Thales · Anaximander · Anaximenes · Heraclitus · Xenophanes · Parmenides · Zeno · Melissus · Pythagoras · Empedocles · Anaxagoras · Leucippus · Diogenes · Archelaus · Gorgias · Prodicus — The Presocratics
The thinkers before Socrates survive mostly as fragments — sentences quoted by later writers — and as testimonia, reports about them by those writers. This volume gathers both, always labeled as such: Fragment = the philosopher's own words as quoted; Testimonium = a later writer's report about him.
Sources. The core is Arthur Fairbanks, The First Philosophers of Greece (1898), which gives the Greek fragments with an English translation for Thales, Anaximander, Anaximenes, Heraclitus, Xenophanes, Parmenides, Zeno, Melissus, Pythagoras and the Pythagoreans, Empedocles, and Anaxagoras. Parmenides and Empedocles are poems, so their fragments follow the verse numbering of Fairbanks's text. Diogenes of Apollonia and Archelaus come from John Burnet, Early Greek Philosophy (4th ed., 1930); Leucippus's testimonia from the same work. Gorgias's Encomium on Helen is LaRue Van Hook's 1913 translation (Classical Weekly 6.16), and Prodicus's Choice of Heracles is H. G. Dakyns's 1897 translation of Xenophon, Memorabilia 2.1.21–34. All are public domain.
Numbering. The standard reference system for these fragments is the Diels–Kranz (DK) numbering. Fairbanks (1898) predates it and uses his own numbering, so a DK number is shown only where it was verified by matching the Greek text against Diels, Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker (3rd ed., 1912); fragments without a verified match keep Fairbanks's number alone. Parmenides is numbered by DK throughout (B1–B19), since his fragments are verse ranges of the poem; the overlaps are the DK system's own (B3 is a clause inside B2; B4 sits inside B8's range; B7 and B8 divide one verse). Empedocles is numbered by the verse at which each fragment begins, with the DK number where verified.
Notes on the texts. Heraclitus has no recoverable text for Fairbanks's numbers 87, 88, 89, 98, 99, 126, and 128, and those numbers are absent. Melissus fragments 1–5 have no separate Greek: Fairbanks prints them as a condensed statement from Simplicius, not as a genuine quotation, and they are labeled as such. In Empedocles, verse 314 has no Greek in Fairbanks (English only), and nineteen verses in all are English-only; a misprint in Fairbanks's numbering (two fragments both numbered 281) is corrected to 282. Gorgias's Helen is given in the thirteen sections Van Hook translated (§§1–10, 15, 19–21); §§11–14 and 16–18 are omitted, never filled. Prodicus's fable is Xenophon's report and paraphrase, not a fragment edition, and is labeled as such.
Documented gaps. Democritus is not yet on the site: his fragments survive in Cyril Bailey, The Greek Atomists and Epicurus (1928), as quotations inside a discursive study, and extracting them with reliable Diels numbers needs a dedicated pass. Leucippus has no verbatim fragment in any public-domain English translation (the one sentence, DK 67 B 2, is cited but not translated in Burnet or Bailey), so he appears in testimonia only. The Sophists Protagoras, Hippias, Antiphon, and the rest have no public-domain English fragment translation and are likewise gaps, as are Thrasymachus, Lycophron, Xeniades, and Critias.
Works in this volume — 25
Testimonia
Contents — 14 sections
Plato, de Legg. x. 899 B
Plato, de Legg. x. 899 B. And as for all the stars and the moon and the years and the months and all the seasons, can we hold any other opinion about them than this same one—that inasmuch as soul or souls appear to be the cause of all these things, and good souls the cause of every excellence, we are to call them gods, whether they order the whole heavens as living beings in bodies, or whether they accomplish this in some other form and manner? Is there any one who acknowledges this, and yet holds that all things are not full of gods?
Arist
Arist. Met. i. 3; 983 b 6. Most of the early students of philosophy thought that first principles in the form of matter, and only these, are the sources of all things; for that of which all things consist, the antecedent from which they have sprung, and into which they are finally resolved (in so far as being underlies them and is changed with their changes), this they say is the element and first principle of things. 983 b 18. As to the quantity and form of this first principle, there is a difference of opinion; but Thales, the founder of this sort of philosophy, says that it is water (accordingly he declares that the earth rests on water), getting the idea, I suppose, because he saw that the nourishment of all beings is moist, and that warmth itself is generated from moisture and persists in it (for that from which all things spring is the first principle of them); and getting the idea also from the fact that the germs of all beings are of a moist nature, while water is the first principle of the nature of what is moist. And there are some who think that the ancients, and they who lived long before the present generation, and the first students of the gods, had a similar idea in regard to nature; for in their poems Okeanos and Tethys were the parents of generation, and that by which the gods swore was water,—the poets themselves called it Styx; for that which is most ancient is most highly esteemed, and that which is most highly esteemed is an object to swear by. Whether there is any such ancient and early opinion concerning nature would be an obscure question; but Thales is said to have expressed this opinion in regard to the first cause.
Arist. de Coelo ii. 13; 294 a 28
Arist. de Coelo ii. 13; 294 a 28. Some say that the earth rests on water. We have ascertained that the oldest statement of this character is the one accredited to Thales the Milesian, to the effect that it rests on water, floating like a piece of wood or something else of that sort.
Arist. de Anima i. 2; 405 a 19
Arist. de Anima i. 2; 405 a 19. And Thales, according to what is related of him, seems to have regarded the soul as something endowed with the power of motion, if indeed he said that the loadstone has a soul because if moves iron. i. 5; 411 a 7. Some say that soul is diffused throughout the whole universe; and it may have been this which led Thales to think that all things are full of gods.
Simpl. in Arist. de Anima 8 r 32, 16.—Thales posits water as the element, but it is the element of bodies, and he thinks that the soul is not a body at all. 31, 21 D.—And in speaking thus of Thales he adds with a degree of reproach that he assigned a soul to the magnetic stone as the power which moves the iron, that he might prove soul to be a moving power in it; but he did not assert that this soul was water, although water had been designated as the element, since he said that water is the element of substances, but he supposed soul to be unsubstantial form. 20 r 73, 22. For Thales, also, I suppose, thought all things to be full of gods, the gods being blended with them; and this is strange.
(Theophrastos, Dox. 475) Simpl
(Theophrastos, Dox. 475) Simpl. Phys. 6 r; 23, 21. Of those who say that the first principle [ἀρχή] is one and movable, to whom Aristotle applies the distinctive name of physicists, some say that it is limited; as, for instance, Thales of Miletos, son of Examyes, and Hippo who seems also to have lost belief in the gods. These say that the first principle is water, and they are led to this result by things that appear to sense; for warmth lives in moisture and dead things wither up and all germs are moist and all nutriment is moist. Now it is natural that things should be nourished by that from which each has come; and water is the first principle of moist nature ...; accordingly they assume that water is the first principle of all things, and they assert that the earth rests on water. Thales is the first to have set on foot the investigation of nature by the Greeks; although so many others preceded him, in Theophrastos’s opinion he so far surpassed them as to cause them to be forgotten. It is said that he left nothing in writing except a book entitled ‘Nautical Astronomy.’
Hipp. i.; Dox. 555
Hipp. i.; Dox. 555. It is said that Thales of Miletos, one of the seven wise men, was the first to undertake the study of physical philosophy. He said that the beginning (the first principle) and the end of all things is water. All things acquire firmness as this solidifies, and again as it is melted their existence is threatened; to this are due earthquakes and whirlwinds and movements of the stars. And all things are movable and in a fluid state, the character of the compound being determined by the nature of the principle from which it springs. This principle is god, and it has neither beginning nor end. Thales was the first of the Greeks to devote himself to the study and investigation of the stars, and was the originator of this branch of science; on one occasion he was looking up at the heavens, and was just saying he was intent on studying what was overhead, when he fell into a well; whereupon a maidservant named Thratta laughed at him and said: In his zeal for things in the sky he does not see what is at his feet. And he lived in the time of Kroesos.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 1; Dox. 579. He says that Thales was the earliest thinker to regard water as the first principle of all things. For from this all things come, and to it they all return.
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 2; Dox. 275. Thales of Miletos regards the first principle and the elements as the same thing. But there is a very great difference between them, for elements are composite, but we claim that first principles are neither composite nor the result of processes. So we call earth, water, air, fire, elements; and we call them first principles for the reason that there is nothing antecedent to them from which they are sprung, since this would not be a first principle, but rather that from which it is derived. Now there is something anterior to earth and water from which they are derived, namely the matter that is formless and invisible, and the form which we call entelechy, and privation. So Thales was in error when he called water an element and a first principle. i. 3; 276. Thales the Milesian declared that the first principle of things is water. [This man seems to have been the first philosopher, and the Ionic school derived its name from him; for there were very many successive leaders in philosophy. And Thales was a student of philosophy in Egypt, but he came to Miletos in his old age.] For he says that all things come from water and all are resolved into water. The first basis for this conclusion is the fact that the seed of all animals is their first principle and it is moist; thus it is natural to conclude that all things come from water as their first principle. Secondly, the fact that all plants are nourished by moisture and bear fruit, and unless they get moisture they wither away. Thirdly, the fact that the very fire of the sun and the stars is fed by the exhalations from the waters, and so is the universe itself. 7; 301. Thales said that the mind in the universe is god, and the all is endowed with soul and is full of spirits; and its divine moving power pervades the elementary water. 8; 307. Thales et al. say that spirits are psychical beings; and that heroes are souls separated from bodies, good heroes are good souls, bad heroes are bad souls. 8; 307. The followers of Thales et al. assert that matter is turned about, varying, changing, and in a fluid state, the whole in every part of the whole. 12; 310. Thales and his successors declared that the first cause is immovable. 16; 314. The followers of Thales and Pythagoras hold that bodies can receive impressions and can be divided even to infinity; and so can all figures, lines, surfaces, solids, matter, place, and time. 18; 315. The physicists, followers of Thales, all recognise that the void is really a void. 21; 321. Thales: Necessity is most powerful, for it controls everything.
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327. Thales and his successors hold that the universe is one. 12; 340. Thales et al. hold that the sphere of the entire heaven is divided into five circles which they call zones; and of these the first is called the arctic zone, and is always visible, the next is the summer solstice, the next is the equinoctial, the next the winter solstice, and the next the antarctic, which is invisible. And the ecliptic in the three middle ones is called the zodiac and is projected to touch the three middle ones. All these are cut by the meridian at a right angle from the north to the opposite quarter. 13; 341. The stars consist of earth, but are on fire. 20; 349. The sun consists of earth. 24; 353. The eclipses of the sun take place when the moon passes across it in direct line, since the moon is earthy in character; and it seems to the eye to be laid on the disk of the sun. 28; 358. The moon is lighted from the sun. 29; 360. Thales et al. agree with the mathematicians that the monthly phases of the moon show that it travels along with the sun and is lighted by it, and eclipses show that it comes into the shadow of the earth, the earth coming between the two heavenly bodies and blocking the light of the moon.
Aet. iii. 9-10; 376
Aet. iii. 9-10; 376. The earth is one and spherical in form. 11; 377. It is in the midst of the universe. 15; 379. Thales and Demokritos find in water the cause of earthquakes.
Aet. iv. 1; 384
Aet. iv. 1; 384. Thales thinks that the Etesian winds blowing against Egypt raise the mass of the Nile, because its outflow is beaten back by the swelling of the sea which lies over against its mouth. 2; 386. Thales was the first to declare that the soul is by nature always moving or self-moving.
Aet. v. 26; 438
Aet. v. 26; 438. Plants are living animals; this is evident from the fact that they wave their branches and keep them extended, and they yield to attack and relax them freely again, so that weights also draw them down.
(Philodemos) Cic. de Nat
(Philodemos) Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 10; Dox. 531. For Thales of Miletos, who first studied these matters, said that water is the first principle of things, while god is the mind which formed all things from water. If gods exist without sense and mind, why should god be connected with water, if mind itself can exist without a body?
II.
II.
Fragments
Fragment 1
‘Immortal and indestructible,’ ‘surrounds all and directs all.’
Source: Aristotle, Physics iii.4; 203 b 13 ff.
Fragment 2
‘(To that they return when they are destroyed) of necessity; for he says that they suffer punishment and give satisfaction to one another for injustice.’ (b) PASSAGES RELATING TO ANAXIMANDROS IN ARISTOTLE.
Source: Simplicius, Physics 6 r (24, 19); Diels, Dox. 476
Fragment 1
ἀθάνατον γὰρ καὶ ἀνώλεθρον περιέχειν ἅπαντα καὶ πάντα κυβερνᾶν
Source: Aristotle, Physics iii.4; 203 b 13 ff.
Fragment 2
κατὰ τὸ χρεών· διδόναι γὰρ αὐτὰ ἀλλήλοις τίσιν καὶ δίκην τῆς ἀδικίας.[
Source: Simplicius, Physics 6 r (24, 19); Diels, Dox. 476
Fragment 1
ἀθάνατον γὰρ καὶ ἀνώλεθρον περιέχειν ἅπαντα καὶ πάντα κυβερνᾶν
‘Immortal and indestructible,’ ‘surrounds all and directs all.’
Source: Aristotle, Physics iii.4; 203 b 13 ff.
Source: Aristotle, Physics iii.4; 203 b 13 ff.
Fragment 2
κατὰ τὸ χρεών· διδόναι γὰρ αὐτὰ ἀλλήλοις τίσιν καὶ δίκην τῆς ἀδικίας.[
‘(To that they return when they are destroyed) of necessity; for he says that they suffer punishment and give satisfaction to one another for injustice.’ (b) PASSAGES RELATING TO ANAXIMANDROS IN ARISTOTLE.
Source: Simplicius, Physics 6 r (24, 19); Diels, Dox. 476
Source: Simplicius, Physics 6 r (24, 19); Diels, Dox. 476
Testimonia
Contents — 20 sections
- Arist
- Phys. iii. 4; 203 b 7
- Phys. iii. 5; 204 b 22
- Phys. iii. 8; 208 a 8
- De Coelo iii. 5; 303 b 11
- Meteor. 2; 355 a 21
- Metaph. xii. 2; 1069 b 18
- (Theophrastos, Dox. 477) Simpl
- Simpl
- Alex. in Meteor. 91 r (vol. i. 268 Id.), Dox. 494
- Hipp
- Plut
- Herm
- Aet
- Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327
- Aet. iii. 3; Dox. 367
- Aet. iv. 3; Dox. 387
- Aet. v. 19; Dox. 430
- Cic. de Nat
- III.
Arist
Arist. Phys. i. 4; 187 a 12. For some who hold that the real, the underlying substance, is a unity, either one of the three [elements] or something else that is denser than fire and more rarefied than air, teach that other things are generated by condensation and rarefaction.... 20. And others believe that existing opposites are separated from the unity, as Anaximandros says, and those also who say that unity and multiplicity exist, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras; for these separate other things from the mixture [μῖγμα].
Phys. iii. 4; 203 b 7
Phys. iii. 4; 203 b 7. There is no beginning of the infinite, for in that case it would have an end. But it is without beginning and indestructible, as being a sort of first principle; for it is necessary that whatever comes into existence should have an end, and there is a conclusion of all destruction. Wherefore as we say, there is no first principle of this [i.e. the infinite], but it itself seems to be the first principle of all other things and to surround all and to direct all, as they say who think that there are no other causes besides the infinite (such as mind, or friendship), but that it itself is divine; for it is immortal and indestructible, as Anaximandros and most of the physicists say.
Simpl. Phys. 32 r; 150, 20. There is another method, according to which they do not attribute change to matter itself, nor do they suppose that generation takes place by a transformation of the underlying substance, but by separation; for the opposites existing in the substance which is infinite matter are separated, according to Anaximandros, who was the earliest thinker to call the underlying substance the first principle. And the opposites are heat and cold, dry and moist, and the rest.
Phys. iii. 5; 204 b 22
Phys. iii. 5; 204 b 22. But it is not possible that infinite matter is one and simple; either, as some say, that it is something different from the elements, from which they are generated, or that it is absolutely one. For there are some who make the infinite of this character, but they do not consider it to be air or water, in order that other things may not be blotted out by the infinite; for these are mutually antagonistic to one another, inasmuch as air is cold, water is moist, and fire hot; if one of these were infinite, the rest would be at once blotted out; but now they say that the infinite is something different from these things, namely, that from which they come.
Phys. iii. 8; 208 a 8
Phys. iii. 8; 208 a 8. In order that generation may actually occur, it is not necessary to prove that the infinite should actually be matter that sense can perceive; for it is possible that destruction of one thing is generation of another, provided the all is limited.
De Coelo iii. 5; 303 b 11
De Coelo iii. 5; 303 b 11. For some say that there is only one underlying substance; and of these some say that it is water, some that it is air, some that it is fire, and some that it is more rarefied than water and denser than air; and these last say that being infinite it surrounds all the heavens.
Meteor. 2; 355 a 21
Meteor. 2; 355 a 21. It is natural that this very thing should be unintelligible to those who say that at first when the earth was moist and the universe including the earth was warmed by the sun, then air was formed and the whole heavens were dried, and this produced the winds and made the heavens revolve.
Metaph. xii. 2; 1069 b 18
Metaph. xii. 2; 1069 b 18. So not only is it very properly admitted that all things are generated from not-being, but also that they all come from being:—potentially from being, actually from not-being; and this is the unity of Anaxagoras (for this is better than to say that all things exist together [ὁμοῦ πάντα]), and it is the mixture [μῖγμα] of Empedokles and Anaximandros.
Plut. Symp. viii. 730 E. Wherefore they (the Syrians) reverence the fish as of the same origin and the same family as man, holding a more reasonable philosophy than that of Anaximandros; for he declares, not that fishes and men were generated at the same time, but that at first men were generated in the form of fishes, and that growing up as sharks do till they were able to help themselves, they then came forth on the dry ground.
(Theophrastos, Dox. 477) Simpl
(Theophrastos, Dox. 477) Simpl. Phys. 6 r; 24, 26. Among those who say that the first principle is one and movable and infinite, is Anaximandros of Miletos, son of Praxiades, pupil and successor of Thales. He said that the first principle and element of all things is infinite, and he was the first to apply this word to the first principle; and he says that it is neither water nor any other one of the things called elements, but the infinite is something of a different nature, from which came all the heavens and the worlds in them; and from what source things arise, to that they return of necessity when they are destroyed; for he says that they suffer punishment and give satisfaction to one another for injustice according to the order of time, putting it in rather poetical language. Evidently when he sees the four elements changing into one another, he does not deem it right to make any one of these the underlying substance, but something else besides them. And he does not think that things come into being by change in the nature of the element, but by the separation of the opposites which the eternal motion causes. On this account Aristotle compares him with Anaxagoras.
Simpl
Simpl. Phys. 6 v; 27, 23; Dox. 478. The translation is given under Anaxagoras, infra.
Alex. in Meteor. 91 r (vol. i. 268 Id.), Dox. 494
Alex. in Meteor. 91 r (vol. i. 268 Id.), Dox. 494. Some of the physicists say that the sea is what is left of the first moisture; for when the region about the earth was moist, the upper part of the moisture was evaporated by the sun, and from it came the winds and the revolutions of the sun and moon, since these made their revolutions by reason of the vapours and exhalations, and revolved in those regions where they found an abundance of them. What is left of this moisture in the hollow places is the sea; so it diminishes in quantity, being evaporated gradually by the sun, and finally it will be completely dried up. Theophrastos says that Anaximandros and Diogenes were of this opinion.
Hipp
Hipp. Phil. 6; Dox. 559. Anaximandros was a pupil of Thales. He was a Milesian, son of Praxiades. He said that the first principle of things is of the nature of the infinite, and from this the heavens and the worlds in them arise. And this (first principle) is eternal and does not grow old, and it surrounds all the worlds. He says of time that in it generation and being and destruction are determined. He said that the first principle and the element of beings is the infinite, a word which he was the earliest to apply to the first principle. Besides this, motion is eternal, and as a result of it the heavens arise. The earth is a heavenly body, controlled by no other power, and keeping its position because it is the same distance from all things; the form of it is curved, cylindrical like a stone column; it has two faces, one of these is the ground beneath our feet, and the other is opposite to it. The stars are a circle of fire, separated from the fire about the world, and surrounded by air. There are certain breathing-holes like the holes of a flute through which we see the stars; so that when the holes are stopped up, there are eclipses. The moon is sometimes full and sometimes in other phases as these holes are stopped up or open. The circle of the sun is twenty-seven times that of the moon, and the sun is higher than the moon, but the circles of the fixed stars are lower. Animals come into being through vapours raised by the sun. Man, however, came into being from another animal, namely the fish, for at first he was like a fish. Winds are due to a separation of the lightest vapours and the motion of the masses of these vapours; and moisture comes from the vapour raised by the sun from them; and lightning occurs when a wind falls upon clouds and separates them. Anaximandros was born in the third year of the forty-second Olympiad.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 2; Dox. 579. Anaximandros, the companion of Thales, says that the infinite is the sole cause of all generation and destruction, and from it the heavens were separated, and similarly all the worlds, which are infinite in number. And he declared that destruction and, far earlier, generation have taken place since an indefinite time, since all things are involved in a cycle. He says that the earth is a cylinder in form, and that its depth is one-third of its breadth. And he says that at the beginning of this world something [τι Diels] productive of heat and cold from the eternal being was separated therefrom, and a sort of sphere of this flame surrounded the air about the earth, as bark surrounds a tree; then this sphere was broken into parts and defined into distinct circles, and thus arose the sun and the moon and the stars. Farther he says that at the beginning man was generated from all sorts of animals, since all the rest can quickly get food for themselves, but man alone requires careful feeding for a long time; such a being at the beginning could not have preserved his existence. Such is the teaching of Anaximandros.
Herm
Herm. I. G. P. 10; Dox. 653. His compatriot Anaximandros says that the first principle is older than water and is eternal motion; in this all things come into being, and all things perish.
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 277. Anaximandros of Miletos, son of Praxiades, says that the first principle of things is the infinite; for from this all things come, and all things perish and return to this. Accordingly, an infinite number of worlds have been generated and have perished again and returned to their source. So he calls it infinite, in order that the generation which takes place may not lessen it. But he fails to say what the infinite is, whether it is air or water or earth or some other thing. He fails to show what matter is, and simply calls it the active cause. For the infinite is nothing else but matter; and matter cannot be energy, unless an active agent is its substance. 7; 302. Anaximandros declared that the infinite heavens are gods.
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327. Anaximandros (et al.): Infinite worlds exist in the infinite in every cycle; Dox. 329, and these worlds are equally distant from each other. 4; 331. The world is perishable. 11; 340. Anaximandros: The heavens arise from a mixture of heat and cold. 13; 342. The stars are wheel-shaped masses of air, full of fire, breathing out flames from pores in different parts. 15; 345. Anaximandros et al.: The sun has the highest position of all, the moon is next in order, and beneath it are the fixed stars and the planets. 16; 345. The stars are carried on by the circles and the spheres in which each one moves. 20; 348. The circle of the sun is twenty-eight times as large as the earth, like a chariot wheel, having a hollow centre and this full of fire, shining in every part, and sending out fire through a narrow opening like the air from a flute. 21; 351. The sun is equal in size to the earth, but the circle from which it sends forth its exhalations, and by which it is borne through the heavens, is twenty-seven times as large as the earth. 24; 354. An eclipse takes place when the outlet for the fiery exhalations is closed. 25; 355. The circle of the moon is nineteen times as large as the earth, and like the circle of the sun is full of fire; and eclipses are due to the revolutions of the wheel; for it is like a chariot wheel, hollow inside, and the centre of it is full of fire, but there is only one exit for the fire. 28; 358. The moon shines by its own light. 29; 359. The moon is eclipsed when the hole in the wheel is stopped.
Aet. iii. 3; Dox. 367
Aet. iii. 3; Dox. 367. Anaximandros said that lightning is due to wind; for when it is surrounded and pressed together by a thick cloud and so driven out by reason of its lightness and rarefaction, then the breaking makes a noise, while the separation makes a rift of brightness in the darkness of the cloud.
Aet. iv. 3; Dox. 387
Aet. iv. 3; Dox. 387. Anaximandros et al.: The soul is like air in its nature.
Aet. v. 19; Dox. 430
Aet. v. 19; Dox. 430. Anaximandros said that the first animals were generated in the moisture, and were covered with a prickly skin; and as they grew older, they became drier, and after the skin broke off from them, they lived for a little while.
Cic. de Nat
Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 10; Dox. 531. It was the opinion of Anaximandros that gods have a beginning, at long intervals rising and setting, and that they are the innumerable worlds. But who of us can think of god except as immortal?
III.
III.
Fragments
Fragment 1
Air is the nearest to an immaterial thing; for since we are generated in the flow of air, it is necessary that it should be infinite and abundant, because it is never exhausted. (b) PASSAGES RELATING TO ANAXIMENES IN ARISTOTLE, &c.
Source: Olympiodorus, in Collection des anciens alchimistes grecs I (Paris, 1887), p. 83
Fragment 1
ἐγγύς ἐστιν ὁ ἀὴρ τοῦ ἀσωμάτου· καὶ ὅτι κατ’ ἔκροιαν τούτου γινόμεθα, ἀνάγκη αὐτὸν καὶ ἄπειρον εἶναι καὶ πλούσιον διὰ τὸ μηδέποτε ἐκλείπειν.
Source: Olympiodorus, in Collection des anciens alchimistes grecs I (Paris, 1887), p. 83
Fragment 1
ἐγγύς ἐστιν ὁ ἀὴρ τοῦ ἀσωμάτου· καὶ ὅτι κατ’ ἔκροιαν τούτου γινόμεθα, ἀνάγκη αὐτὸν καὶ ἄπειρον εἶναι καὶ πλούσιον διὰ τὸ μηδέποτε ἐκλείπειν.
Air is the nearest to an immaterial thing; for since we are generated in the flow of air, it is necessary that it should be infinite and abundant, because it is never exhausted. (b) PASSAGES RELATING TO ANAXIMENES IN ARISTOTLE, &c.
Source: Olympiodorus, in Collection des anciens alchimistes grecs I (Paris, 1887), p. 83
Source: Olympiodorus, in Collection des anciens alchimistes grecs I (Paris, 1887), p. 83
Testimonia
Contents — 13 sections
Arist
Arist. Meteor. ii. 1; 354 a 28. Most of the earlier students of the heavenly bodies believed that the sun did not go underneath the earth, but rather around the earth and this region, and that it disappeared from view and produced night, because the earth was so high toward the north.
Simpl. de Coelo 273 b 45; Schol. Arist. 514 a 33. He regarded the first principle as unlimited, but not as undefined, for he called it air, thinking that air had a sufficient adaptability to change.
Simpl. Phys. 32 r 149, 32. Of this one writer alone, Theophrastos, in his account of the Physicists, uses the words μάνωσις and πύκνωσις of texture. The rest, of course, spoke of μανότης and πυκνότης.
Simpl. Phys. 257 v. Some say that the universe always existed, not that it has always been the same, but rather that it successively changes its character in certain periods of time; as, for instance, Anaximenes and Herakleitos and Diogenes.
Arist. de Coelo ii. 13; 294 b 13
Arist. de Coelo ii. 13; 294 b 13. Anaximenes and Anaxagoras and Demokritos say that the breadth of the earth is the reason why it remains where it is.
Arist
Arist. Meteor. ii. 7; 365 (a 17), b 6. Anaximenes says that the earth was wet, and when it dried it broke apart, and that earthquakes are due to the breaking and falling of hills; accordingly earthquakes occur in droughts, and in rainy seasons also; they occur in drought, as has been said, because the earth dries and breaks apart, and it also crumbles when it is wet through with waters.
Arist
Arist. Metaph. i. 3; 984 a 5. Anaximenes regarded air as the first principle.
Plut. Prim. Frig. vii. 3, p. 947. According to Anaximenes, the early philosopher, we should not neglect either cold or heat in being but should regard them as common experiences of matter which are incident to its changes. He says that the compressed and the condensed state of matter is cold, while the rarefied and relaxed (a word he himself uses) state of it is heat. Whence he says it is not strange that men breathe hot and cold out of the mouth; for the breath is cooled as it is compressed and condensed by the lips, but when the mouth is relaxed, it comes out warm by reason of its rarefaction.
Theophrastos; Simpl
Theophrastos; Simpl. Phys. 6 r 24, 26; Dox. 476. Anaximenes of Miletos, son of Eurystratos, a companion of Anaximandros, agrees with him that the essential nature of things is one and infinite, but he regards it as not indeterminate but rather determinate, and calls it air; the air differs in rarity and in density as the nature of things is different; when very attenuated it becomes fire, when more condensed wind, and then cloud, and when still more condensed water and earth and stone, and all other things are composed of these; and he regards motion as eternal, and by this changes are produced.
Hipp
Hipp. Philos. 7; Dox. 560. Anaximenes, himself a Milesian, son of Eurystratos, said that infinite air is the first principle, from which arise the things that have come and are coming into existence, and the things that will be, and gods and divine beings, while other things are produced from these. And the form of air is as follows:—When it is of a very even consistency, it is imperceptible to vision, but it becomes evident as the result of cold or heat or moisture, or when it is moved. It is always in motion; for things would not change as they do unless it were in motion. It has a different appearance when it is made more dense or thinner; when it is expanded into a thinner state it becomes fire, and again winds are condensed air, and air becomes cloud by compression, and water when it is compressed farther, and earth and finally stones as it is more condensed. So that generation is controlled by the opposites, heat and cold. And the broad earth is supported on air; similarly the sun and the moon and all the rest of the stars, being fiery bodies, are supported on the air by their breadth. And stars are made of earth, since exhalations arise from this, and these being attenuated become fire, and of this fire when it is raised to the heaven the stars are constituted. There are also bodies of an earthy nature in the place occupied by the stars, and carried along with them in their motion. He says that the stars do not move under the earth, as others have supposed, but around the earth, just as a cap is moved about the head. And the sun is hidden not by going underneath the earth, but because it is covered by some of the higher parts of the earth, and because of its greater distance from us. The stars do not give forth heat because they are so far away. Winds are produced when the air that has been attenuated is set in motion; and when it comes together and is yet farther condensed, clouds are produced, and so it changes into water. And hail is formed when the water descending from the clouds is frozen; and snow, when these being yet more filled with moisture become frozen; and lightning, when clouds are separated by violence of the winds; for when they are separated, the flash is bright and like fire. And a rainbow is produced when the sun’s rays fall on compressed air; and earthquakes are produced when the earth is changed yet more by heating and cooling. Such are the opinions of Anaximenes. And he flourished about the first year of the fifty-eighth Olympiad.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 3; Dox. 579. Anaximenes says that air is the first principle of all things, and that it is infinite in quantity but is defined by its qualities; and all things are generated by a certain condensation or rarefaction of it. Motion also exists from eternity. And by compression of the air the earth was formed, and it is very broad; accordingly he says that this rests on air; and the sun and the moon and the rest of the stars were formed from earth. He declared that the sun is earth because of its swift motion, and it has the proper amount of heat.
Cic. de Nat
Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 10; Dox. 531. Afterwards Anaximenes said that air is god, [and that it arose] and that it is boundless and infinite and always in motion; just as though air without any form could be god, when it is very necessary that god should be not only of some form, but of the most beautiful form; or as though everything which comes into being were not thereby subject to death.
Aet. i. 3; Dox. 278
Aet. i. 3; Dox. 278. Anaximenes of Miletos, son of Eurystratos, declared that air is the first principle of things, for from this all things arise and into this they are all resolved again. As our soul which is air, he says, holds us together, so wind [i.e. breath, πνεῦμα] and air encompass the whole world. He uses these words ‘air’ and ‘wind’ synonymously. He is mistaken in thinking that animals are composed of simple homogeneous air and wind; for it is impossible that one first principle should constitute the substance of things, but an active cause is also necessary; just as silver alone is not enough to become coin, but there is need of an active cause, i.e. a coin-maker; [so there is need of copper and wood and other substances].
Aet. ii. 1; 327
Aet. ii. 1; 327. Anaximenes et al.: Infinite worlds exist in the infinite in every cycle. 4; 331. The world is perishable. 11; 339. The sky is the revolving vault most distant from the earth. 14; 344. The stars are fixed like nailheads in the crystalline (vault). 19; 347. The stars shine for none of these reasons, but solely by the light of the sun. 22; 352. The sun is broad [like a leaf]. 23; 352. The stars revolve, being pushed by condensed resisting air.
Aet. iii. 10; 377
Aet. iii. 10; 377. The form of the earth is like a table. 15; 379. The dryness of the air, due to drought, and its wetness, due to rainstorms, are the causes of earthquakes.
Aet. iv. 3; 387
Aet. iv. 3; 387. Anaximenes et al.: The soul is like air in its nature.
IV.
IV.
Fragments
Contents — 124 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B50)
- Fragment 2 (DK B1)
- Fragment 3 (DK B34)
- Fragment 4
- Fragment 5 (DK B17)
- Fragment 6 (DK B127)
- Fragment 7
- Fragment 8
- Fragment 9 (DK B122)
- Fragment 10 (DK B124)
- Fragment 11
- Fragment 12 (DK B92)
- Fragment 13 (DK B55)
- Fragment 14
- Fragment 15
- Fragment 16 (DK B40)
- Fragment 17
- Fragment 18 (DK B108)
- Fragment 19 (DK B41)
- Fragment 20
- Fragment 21 (DK B30)
- Fragment 22
- Fragment 23
- Fragment 24 (DK B65)
- Fragment 25 (DK B16)
- Fragment 26 (DK B66)
- Fragment 27
- Fragment 28 (DK B64)
- Fragment 29 (DK B94)
- Fragment 30 (DK B120)
- Fragment 31
- Fragment 32 (DK B6)
- Fragment 33
- Fragment 34 (DK B99)
- Fragment 35
- Fragment 36 (DK B67)
- Fragment 37 (DK B7)
- Fragment 38 (DK B98)
- Fragment 39 (DK B126)
- Fragment 40 (DK B91)
- Fragments 41-42
- Fragment 43
- Fragment 44 (DK B53)
- Fragment 45
- Fragment 46 (DK B8)
- Fragment 47 (DK B54)
- Fragment 48 (DK B47)
- Fragment 49 (DK B35)
- Fragment 50 (DK B59)
- Fragment 51 (DK B9)
- Fragment 52 (DK B61)
- Fragments 53-54
- Fragment 55
- Fragment 57
- Fragment 58 (DK B58)
- Fragment 59 (DK B10)
- Fragment 60
- Fragment 61 (DK B102)
- Fragment 62 (DK B79)
- Fragment 63
- Fragment 64
- Fragment 66
- Fragment 67 (DK B62)
- Fragment 68 (DK B36)
- Fragment 69
- Fragment 70
- Fragment 71 (DK B45)
- Fragment 72
- Fragment 73 (DK B117)
- Fragment 74 (DK B119)
- Fragment 77
- Fragment 78 (DK B87)
- Fragment 79
- Fragment 80
- Fragment 81 (DK B49)
- Fragment 82 (DK B84)
- Fragment 83
- Fragment 84 (DK B125)
- Fragment 85 (DK B96)
- Fragment 86 (DK B12)
- Fragment 90 (DK B75)
- Fragment 91
- Fragment 92
- Fragment 93
- Fragment 94 (DK B73)
- Fragment 95 (DK B89)
- Fragment 96 (DK B78)
- Fragment 97
- Fragment 100 (DK B44)
- Fragment 101
- Fragment 102
- Fragment 103 (DK B43)
- Fragment 104
- Fragment 105
- Fragment 106 (DK B116)
- Fragment 107 (DK B112)
- Fragment 108 (DK B95)
- Fragment 109 (DK B109)
- Fragment 110 (DK B33)
- Fragment 111
- Fragment 112
- Fragment 113
- Fragment 114 (DK B121)
- Fragment 115
- Fragment 116 (DK B86)
- Fragment 117
- Fragment 118
- Fragment 119 (DK B42)
- Fragment 120 (DK B5)
- Fragment 121
- Fragment 122 (DK B26)
- Fragment 123 (DK B63)
- Fragment 124
- Fragment 125 (DK B14)
- Fragment 127
- Fragment 129 (DK B68)
- Fragment 130
- Fragment 131
- Fragment 132
- Fragment 133
- Fragment 134
- Fragment 135 (DK B134)
- Fragment 136
- Fragment 137 (DK B135)
Fragment 1 (DK B50)
Not on my authority, but on that of truth, it is wise for you to accept the fact that all things are one.
Hippolytos quotes this with Fragment 45, to show that Herakleitos taught the underlying unity of all things. On the word λόγος (meaning both discourse and the truth the discourse contains), v. Zeller, i. 630, n. 1.
Source: π. διαίτης 1, 19, π. τροφῆς 9. Philo, Leg. all. i. 3, p. 44; Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 C.
Fragment 2 (DK B1)
This truth, though it always exists, men do not understand, as well before they hear it as when they hear it for the first time. For although all things happen in accordance with this truth, men seem unskilled indeed when they make trial of words and matters such as I am setting forth, in my effort to discriminate each thing according to its nature, and to tell what its state is. But other men fail to notice what they do when awake, in the same manner that they forget what they do when asleep.
Hippolytos quotes this passage with reference to a universal all-pervading reason.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. vii. 132; (except last clause) Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. In part: Arist. Rhet. iii. 5, 1407 b 14; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 716 (= Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 680); Amelius in Euseb. P. E. xi. 19, p. 540. (and elsewhere). Cf. Philo, Quis rer. div. haer. 43, p. 505; Joh. Sic. in Walz, Rhett. Gr. vi. p. 95.
Fragment 3 (DK B34)
Those who hear without the power to understand are like deaf men; the proverb holds true of them—‘Present, they are absent.’
Quoted by Clement in illustration of Ev. Luc. xiv. 35.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Theod. Ther. i. 13, 49: ἀπιέναι MS. Clem.
Fragment 4
Eyes and ears are bad witnesses for men, since their souls lack understanding.
Sextus Emp. interprets this as meaning ‘rude souls trust the irrational senses.’ Cf. Zeller, i. 716, n. 5.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. viii. 126; Stob. Flor. iv. 56; cf. Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 5 (DK B17)
Most men do not understand such things as they are wont to meet with; nor by learning do they come to know them, though they think they do.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 2, p. 432; cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46.
Fragment 6 (DK B127)
They know not how to listen, nor how to speak.
Clement compares this with Eccles. vi. 35.
Source: fol. 90 r) gives first thirteen words (Byw. 130). Cf. Apollonius, Ep. 27. Byw. 126, the last sentence, from Origen, c. Cels. i. 5, p. 6 (quoting Celsus); and in part vii. 62, p. 384, Clem. Al. Prot. 4, p. 44. The whole passage, lacking the last eight words, is published by Neumann, Hermes xv. 1880, p. 605 (cf. also xvi. 159), from fol. 83 a of a MS. entitled Χρησμοὶ θεῶν (containing also works ascribed to Justin Martyr) formerly in the Strassburg library. This same MS. gives the following fragment, the last clauses of which Neumann joins to the passage as given in the text: δαιμόνων ἀγάλμασιν εὔχονται οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, ὥσπερ ἀκούοιεν, οὐκ ἀποδιδοῦσιν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀπαιτοῖεν. 130a. Given by Neumann from the Strassburg MS. just referred to. The saying is attributed to Xenophanes by Aristotle, Rhet. 23; 1400 b 5 and Plutarch, v. infra, p. 78.
Fragment 7
If you do not hope, you will not find that which is not hoped for; since it is difficult to discover and impossible to attain.
Clement compares this with Isaias vii. 9. With Gomperz’s punctuation: ‘Unless you expect the unexpected, you will not find truth; for, &c.’
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 4, p. 437; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 51.
Fragment 8
Seekers for gold dig much earth, and find little gold.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 2, p. 565; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 52.
Fragment 9 (DK B122)
Controversy.
Source: Suidas, under ἀμφισβατεῖν and ἀγχιβατεῖν.
Fragment 10 (DK B124)
Nature loves to hide.
‘So we worship the creator of nature, because the knowledge of him is difficult.’
Source: Themist. Or. v. p. 69 (xii. p. 159). Cf. Philo, Qu. in gen. iv. 1 p. 237, de profug. 32, p. 573, de somn. i. 2, p. 621, de spec. legg. 8, p. 344; Julian, Or. vii. p. 216 C.
Fragment 11
The Lord [whose is the oracle] at Delphi neither speaks nor conceals, but gives a sign.
Source: Plut. de pyth. orac. 21, p. 404 E; Stob. Flor. v. 72, lxxxi. 17; Iambl. de myst. iii. 15. Cf. Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 12 (DK B92)
And the Sibyl with raving mouth, uttering words solemn, unadorned, and unsweetened, reaches with her voice a thousand years because of the god in her.
Quoted by Plutarch to show that allurements of sense are out of place in the holy responses of the god. Both this fragment and the preceding seem originally to have referred to the nature of Herakleitos’s teaching; it is obscure, and yet divine.
Source: p. 416 A; M. Antonin. ix. 3.
Fragment 13 (DK B55)
What can be seen, heard, and learned, this I prize.
Hippolytos contrasts this with Fr. 47, and in this connection the translation of Schuster, ‘Am I to prize these (invisible) things above what can be seen, heard, learned?’ seems the more natural.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9.
Fragment 14
(For this is characteristic of the present age, when, inasmuch as all lands and seas may be crossed by man, it would no longer be fitting to depend on the witness of poets and mythographers, as our ancestors generally did), ‘bringing forth untrustworthy witnesses to confirm disputed points,’ in the words of Herakleitos.
Source: Polyb. iv. 40.
Fragment 15
Eyes are more exact witnesses than ears.
Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 261 sqq.
Source: Polyb. xii. 27; cf. Hdt. i.
Fragment 16 (DK B40)
Much learning does not teach one to have understanding; else it would have taught Hesiod, and Pythagoras, and again Xenophanes, and Hekataios.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. First part: Aul. Gell. N. A. praef. 12; Clem. Al. Strom. i. 19, p. 373: Athen. xiii. p. 610 B: Julian, Or. vi. p. 187 D; Proklos in Tim. 31 F.
Fragment 17
Pythagoras, son of Mnesarchos, prosecuted investigations more than any other man, and [selecting these treatises] he made a wisdom of his own—much learning and bad art.
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 6. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. i. 21, p. 396.
Fragment 18 (DK B108)
No one of all whose discourses I have heard has arrived at this result: the recognition that wisdom is apart from all other things.
V. Teichmüller, i. 109 ff. on the idea of katharsis in Herakleitos.
Source: p. 392 C (Eus. P. E. xi. 11, p. 528) and de prim. frig. 10, p. 949 A, gives simply πυρὸς θάνατος ἀέρος γένεσις.
Fragment 19 (DK B41)
Wisdom is one thing: [to understand the intelligence by which all things are steered through all things]; it is willing and it is unwilling to be called by the name Zeus.
The first two clauses follow Fr. 16 in Diog. Laer.; the idea in parenthesis often appears in Stoic writers.
Source: Laer. Diog. ix. 1; Plut. de Is. 77, p. 382 C. Cf. Kleanthes, H. Z. 36; Pseudo-Linos, 13, Mul. Byw. 65; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 256. The fragments are combined by Gomperz, l. c.
Fragment 20
This order, the same for all things, no one of gods or men has made, but it always was, and is, and ever shall be, an ever-living fire, kindling according to fixed measure, and extinguished according to fixed measure.
Zeller, i. 645 n. 1, discusses the various interpretations, and prefers to translate the first phrase ‘This world, the same for all,’ i.e. including gods and men.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 711 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676). First clause: Plut. de anim. procr. 5, p. 1014 A. Last clause: Sim. in Arist. de coelo, p. 132, Kars.; Olympiod. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201, Finc. Bywater traces the thought through writers of Stoical school.
Fragment 21 (DK B30)
The transformations of fire are, first of all, sea; and of the sea one half is earth, and the other half is lightning flash.
Zeller, i. 647 n. 1, regards πρηστήρ as identical with κεραυνός of Fr. 28. Burnett, Early Greek Philosophy, p. 153 n. 53, suggests fiery stormcloud, Seneca’s igneus turbo.
Source: p. 497; Theodor. Ther. xi. p. 152, 25.
Fragment 22
All things are exchanged for fire, and fire for all things; as wares are exchanged for gold, and gold for wares.
Source: Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 E; cf. Philo, de incor. mun. 21, p. 508; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Herakl. alleg. Hom. 43; Euseb. P. E. xiv. 3, p. 720 &c. Probably only the word ἀμείβομαι comes from Herakleitos; cf. the two forms of Fr. 31 in Plutarch.
Fragment 23
(The earth) is poured out as sea, and measures the same amount as existed before it became earth.
V. Lassalle, ii. 63; Heinze, Logos, p. 25; Schuster, p. 129; Zeller, i. 690 n. 1.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 712 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676).
Fragment 24 (DK B65)
Want and satiety.
Context: Fire is intelligent and the governing cause of all things. Herakleitos calls it want and satiety. In his opinion want is the process of arrangement, and satiety the process of conflagration.
Source: Philo, Leg. all. iii. 3, p. 88, de vict. 6, p. 242; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plut. de EI 9, p. 389 C.
Fragment 25 (DK B16)
Fire lives in the death of earth, and air lives in the death of fire; water lives in the death of air, and earth in that of water.
Not accepted by Zeller, i. 676, who regards it as a Stoic version of Fr. 68.
Source: Maxim. Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489. Cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46. Plut. de EI
Fragment 26 (DK B66)
Fire coming upon all things will test them, and lay hold of them.
Burnett suggests that the reference to a judgment (κρινέει) was inserted by Hippolytos to obtain the Christian idea of a judgment.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10.
Fragment 27
How could one escape the notice of that which never sets?
Cf. Schuster, p. 184; Zeller, i. 649 n. 2; Teichmüller, i. 184.
Source: Clem. Al. Paedag. ii. 10, p. 229. τις, τινα Schleierm., τι Gataker.
Fragment 28 (DK B64)
The thunderbolt directs the course of all things.
Cf. Fr. 19.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Klean. H. Z. 10. Philodem. de piet. p. 70, Gomp.
Fragment 29 (DK B94)
The sun will not overstep his bounds; if he does, the Erinnyes, allies of justice, will find him out.
Source: Plut. de exil. 11, p. 604 A; de Iside 48, p. 370 D. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Prot. 21, p. 132.
Fragment 30 (DK B120)
The limit of the evening and the morning is the Bear; and opposite the Bear is the boundary of bright Zeus.
Strabo regards this as a Homeric expression for the fact that the northern circle is the boundary of rising and setting. Zeus aithrios means the clear heavens.
Source: Strabo, i. 6, p. 3. Vulg. adds γὰρ after ἠοῦς.
Fragment 31
If there were no sun, it would be night.
Source: Plut. Ag. et ign. 7, p. 957 A. Cf. Plut. de fort. 3, p. 98; Clem. Al. Prot. 11, p. 87; Somn. Scip. 1, 20.
Fragment 32 (DK B6)
The sun is new every day.
Source: Arist. Met. ii. 2, p. 355 a 9; Alexander Aph. in Met. l. l. 93 a; Olymp. in Met. l. l.; Prokl. in Tim. p. 334 B. Cf. Plotin. Enn. ii. 1, p. 97; Plato, Polit. vi. p. 498 B (and Schol.); Olymp. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201 Finc.
Fragment 33
(Herakleitos and Demokritos bear witness that Thales was an astronomer, and predicted eclipses, etc.)
Fragment 34 (DK B99)
The seasons bring all things.
‘Time is not motion of a simple sort, but, so to speak, motion in an order which has measure and limits and periods. The sun, guardian of these, ... appoints and announces the seasons, which, according to Herakleitos, bring all things.’
Source: Plut. Quaes. Plat. viii. 4, p. 1007 E. Cf. Plut. de def. orac.
Fragment 35
Hesiod is the teacher of most men; they suppose that his knowledge was very extensive, when in fact he did not know night and day, for they are one.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. εὐφροσύνην, corr. Miller.
Fragment 36 (DK B67)
God is day and night, winter and summer, war and peace, satiety and hunger; but he assumes different forms, just as when incense is mingled with incense; every one gives him the name he pleases.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10 (cf. v. 21).
Fragment 37 (DK B7)
If all things should become smoke, then perception would be by the nostrils.
Arist. ‘Some think that odour is a smoky exhalation, ... and that every one is brought in contact with this in smelling. So Herakleitos says that if all things,’ etc. The reference is originally to the conflagration of the universe [ἐκπύρωσις].
Source: Arist. de sensu 5, p. 443 a 21.
Fragment 38 (DK B98)
Souls smell in Hades.
Plutarch adds the reason: Because they retain a perception of what is fiery.
Source: Plut. de fac. in orbe lun. 28, p. 943 E. Patin, Einheitslehre, p. 23, points out that this so-called fragment is probably due to a misunderstanding of the passage in Aristotle (Fr. 37).
Fragment 39 (DK B126)
Cool things become warm, the warm grows cool; the wet dries, the parched becomes wet.
Source: p. 768.
Fragment 40 (DK B91)
It scatters and brings together; it approaches and departs.
This follows the next fragment, as illustrating change.
Source: Plut. de EI 18, p. 392 B. V. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vi.
Fragments 41-42
You could not step twice in the same rivers; for other and yet other waters are ever flowing on.
Source: Plut. Quaes. nat. 2, p. 912 A. First half: Plato, Krat. 402 A; Arist. Metaph. xiv. 5, p. 1010 a 13; Plut. de sera num. vind. 15, p. 559 C; de EI 18, p. 392 A; Simplic. in Arist. Phys. 17 p. 77, 32; Ibid. f. 308 v.; Arius Didymus in Euseb. P. E. xv. 20, p. 821. [Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. iii. 115.] ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ.
Fragment 43
Herakleitos blamed Homer for saying: Would that strife might perish from among gods and men! For then, said he, all things would pass away.
Aristotle assigns a different reason: For there could be no harmony without sharps and flats, nor living beings without male and female, which are contraries.
Source: Simpl. in Arist. Cat. p. 104 Δ ed. Basil. (Scholl. in Arist. 88 b 28); Schol. Ven. ad Il. xviii. 107, and Eustath. p. 1133, 56. Cf. Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1, p. 1235 a 26; Plutarch de Isid. 48, 370 D; Numen. in Chalcid. on Tim. 295.
Fragment 44 (DK B53)
War is father of all and king of all; and some he made gods and some men, some slaves and some free.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. First part: Plut. de Iside 48, p. 370 D; Prok on Tim. 54 A (cf. 24. B); Lucian, quomodo hist. consc. 2; Icar. 8.
Fragment 45
Men do not understand how that which draws apart agrees with itself; harmony lies in the bending back, as for instance of the bow and of the lyre.
V. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. p. 94. Reading παλίντονος from fragment 56, we obtain the meaning ‘opposite tension’ more distinctly.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Plato, Symp. 187 A, Soph. 242 D; Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 B.
Fragment 46 (DK B8)
Opposition unites. From what draws apart results the most beautiful harmony. All things take place by strife.
Quoted by Aristotle as an illustration of the search for a deeper principle, more in accordance with nature.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. viii. 2, p. 1155 b 14. Cf. Theophr. Metaph. 15; Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1; 1235 a 13. These are rather summary phrases than quotations.
Fragment 47 (DK B54)
Hidden harmony is better than manifest.
Source: Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 C; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9-10.
Fragment 48 (DK B47)
Let us not make rash conjectures about the greatest things.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 73.
Fragment 49 (DK B35)
Men who desire wisdom must be learners of very many things.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 733.
Fragment 50 (DK B59)
For woolcarders the straight and the crooked path is one and the same.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. γραφέων, corr. Duncker. The MSS. reading may be a participle introducing the quotation, and wrongly included in the excerpt, as Tannery suggests (Science hellèn. pp. 198 ff.).
Fragment 51 (DK B9)
Asses would rather have refuse than gold.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. x. 5, p. 1176 a 6. Cf. Albertus M. de veget. vi. 401 (p. 545 Mey.) R. P. 40 B: ‘Boves ... felices ... cum inveniant orobum ad comendum.’ Bywater, Journal Philol. 1880, p. 230.
Fragment 52 (DK B61)
The sea is the purest and the foulest water; it is drinkable and healthful for fishes; but for men it is unfit to drink and hurtful.
Quoted by Hippolytos as an example of Herakleitos’ identification of opposites.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55.
Fragments 53-54
Swine like to wash in the mire; barnyard fowls in the dust.
Source: Columella, de R. R. viii. 4. Cf. Galen, Protrept. 13, p. 5 ed. Bas.; Athen. v. 178 F. Cf. Clem. Al. Protrept. 10, p. 75; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55; Plotin. Enn. i. 6, p. 55.
Fragment 55
Every beast is tended by blows.
Cf. Zeller, i. p. 724: ‘Every creature feeds on earth.’
Source: Arist. de mundo 6, p. 401 a 8 (Apuleius, de mundo 36; Stob. Ecl. i. 2, p. 86). From Cod. Flor. of Apuleius Goldbacher obtains the following (Zeit. f. d. Oester. Gymn. 1876, p. 496): Ζεὺς ἅπαντα εὐεργετεῖ ὁμῶς ὡς ἄν τινα μέρη σώματος αὑτοῦ.
Fragment 57
Good and bad are the same.
Source: Arist. Top. viii. 5, p. 159 b 30; Phys. i. 2, p. 185 b 20; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Simpl. in Phys. 11 v. 50, 11; 18 v. 82, 23.
Fragment 58 (DK B58)
(Good and bad are one; at any rate, as Herakleitos says) physicians, who cut and burn and in every way torment the sick, complain that they do not receive any adequate recompense from them.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 54; Plato, Gorg. 521 E, Polit. 293 B; Simpl. in Epict. 13, p. 83 D, and 27 p. 178 A.
Fragment 59 (DK B10)
Thou shouldst unite things whole and things not whole, that which tends to unite and that which tends to separate, the harmonious and the discordant; from all things arises the one, and from the one all things.
Source: Arist. de mundo 5, p. 396 b 12 (Apuleius, de mundo 20; Stob. Ecl. i. 34, p. 690).
Fragment 60
They would not have known the name of justice, were it not for these things.
According to the context in Clement ‘these things’ refers to injustice.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 3, p. 568. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vii.
Fragment 61 (DK B102)
(God, ordering things as they ought to be, perfects all things in the harmony of the whole, as Herakleitos says that) for god all things are fair and good and just, but men suppose that some are unjust and others just.
Cf. Hippocr. de Diaeta (Bernays, Herakl. 22; RP 37 c) Accordingly the arrangements (laws) which men have made are never constant, either when they are right, or when they are not right; but the arrangements the gods have made are always right, both those which are right and those which are not right; so great is the difference between them.
Source: Schol. B in Il. iv. 4, p. 120 Bk. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta i. 11 RP. 37 C; Bernays, Herakl. 22. Probably a Stoic deduction from Herakleitos, and therefore to be omitted here.
Fragment 62 (DK B79)
Men should know that war is general and that justice is strife; all things arise and [pass away] through strife.
Source: Orig. cont. Cels. vi. 42, p. 312. Cf. Plut. de soll. anim. 7, p. 964; Laer. Diog. ix. 8.
Fragment 63
For they are absolutely destined....
Source: Stob. Ecl. i. 6, p. 178. Vulg. εἱμαρμένη, A εἱμαρμένα.
Fragment 64
All the things we see when awake are death, and all the things we see when asleep are sleep.
For various interpretations, v. Teichmüller, i. 97 sq.; Zeller, i. 715; Patin, Einheitslehre, 19.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 520. Cf. Strom. v. 14, p. 712; Philo, de Joseph. 22, p. 59.
Fragment 66
The name of the bow is life, but its work is death.
A similar play on words is found in Fr. 101.
Source: Schol. in Il. i. 49; Cramer, A. P. iii. p. 122; Etym. Mag. under βίος; Tzetz. Ex. in Il. p. 101; Eust. in Il. i. 49, p. 41. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta 21 οὔνομα τρόφη, ἔργον δὲ οὐχί.
Fragment 67 (DK B62)
Gods are mortals, men are immortals, each living in the others’ death and dying in the others’ life.
Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230, R. P. 38.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24, p. 51; Maxim. Tyr. x. 4, p. 107, xli. 4, p. 489; Lucian, Vit. auct. 14; Porph. de ant. nymph. 10; Clem. Al. Paed. iii. 1, p. 251; Philo, Leg. alleg. i. 33, p. 65, and Qu. in Gen. iv. 152, p. 360. Human and divine nature identical: Dio Cass. Frr. i.-xxxv. Ch. 30, i. 40 Dind.; Stob. Ecl. i.
Fragment 68 (DK B36)
For to souls it is death to become water, and for water it is death to become earth; but water is formed from earth, and from water, soul.
Clement quotes this as borrowed from Orpheus; and Hippolytos also found it in the poets.
Source: Philo, de incorr. mundi 21, p. 509; Aristides Quint. ii. p. 106 Meib.; Clem. Al. Strom. vi. 2, p. 746; Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 16; Julian, Or. v. p. 165 D; Prokl. in Tim. p. 36 C; Olympiod. in Plat. Gorg. p. 357 Jahn; idem, p. 542.
Fragment 69
Upward, downward, the way is one and the same.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plato, Phileb. 43 A; Kleomed. π. μετεώρων i. p. 75 Bak.; Maximus Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489; Tertull. adv. Marc. ii. 28; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 45; Philo, de incorr. mun. 21, p. 508; and de somn. i. 24, p. 644; and de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Muson. Stob. Flor. cviii. 60; M. Antonin. vi. 17.
Fragment 70
Beginning and end are common (to both ways).
Source: Porphyr. Schol. B. Il. xiv. 200, p. 392 Bek. Cf. Hippokr. π. τόπων
Fragment 71 (DK B45)
The limits of the soul you could not discover, though traversing every path.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7; Tertull. de anima 2. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 7.
Fragment 72
It is a delight to souls to become wet.
Source: Numen. Porphyr. de antro nymph. 10.
Fragment 73 (DK B117)
Whenever a man gets drunk, he is led about by a beardless boy, stumbling, not knowing whither he goes, for his soul is wet.
Source: Stob. Flor. v. 120. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 74 (DK B119)
The dry soul is wisest and best.
Byw. 75. A dry beam is the wisest and best soul; Fr. 76. Where the earth is dry, the soul is wisest and best. If Fr. 74 is the genuine form, the corruptions are very early. We cannot, however, regard all three forms as genuine, and it is at least doubtful whether Fr. 75 expresses a Herakleitean idea. Zeller and others add to Fr. 74 the rest of the phrase in Plutarch, ‘flashing through the body as lightning through the cloud.’
Source: Plutarch, Rom. 28; Aristid. Quint. ii. p. 106; Porphyr. de antro nymph. 11; Synesius, de insomn. p. 140 A Petav.; Stob. Flor. v. 120; Glykas, Ann. i. p. 74 B; Eustath. Il. xxiii. 261, p. 1299, 17.
Fragment 77
Man, like a light in the night, is kindled and put out.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628.
Fragment 78 (DK B87)
Life and death, and waking and sleeping, and youth and old age, are the same; for the latter change and are the former, and the former change back to the latter.
Source: Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, p. 106 E; and de EI 18, p. 392 D. (Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. p. 100, thinks that more of the contents of these passages is drawn from Herakleitean sources.) Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230; Tzetz. Chil. ii. 722.
Fragment 79
Lifetime is a child playing draughts; the kingdom is a child’s.
Clement understood αἰών to be Zeus; Hippolytos made it equivalent to αἰώνιος, the eternal (king).
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Clem. Al. Paed. i. 5, p. 111; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. ii. 1, p. 12; Prokl. in Tim. 101 F; Plato, Legg. i. 644 D, x. 903 D; Philo, de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Plut. de EI 21, p. 393 E; Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 80
I inquired of myself.
The translation follows the sense in Diogenes; in Plutarch it is parallel with the Delphic oracle, ‘I have sought to know myself.’
Source: Plut. adv. Colot. 20, p. 1118 C; Dio Chrys. Or. 55, p. 282; Tatian, Or. ad Graec.; Diog. Laer. ix. 5; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Julian, Or. vi. p. 185 A; Prokl. on Tim. 106 E; Suidas s. v. ποστοῦμος. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 1, p. 429; Plotin. Enn. v. 9, p. 559; Hesychius ἐδίζησα.
Fragment 81 (DK B49)
In the same rivers we step and we do not step; we are and we are not.
Cf. Fr. 41.
Source: Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24; Seneca, Epist. 58. Cf. Epicharm. Fr. B 40 Lorenz.
Fragment 82 (DK B84)
It is weariness to toil at the same things, and to be subject to them.
Source: These passages do not yield any definite fragment of Herakleitos.
Fragment 83
Changing it finds rest.
Source: Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468 and p. 473; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41, p. 906 and p. 894; Aeneas G. Theophrast. p. 9 and p. 11.
Fragment 84 (DK B125)
Even a potion separates into its ingredients when it is not stirred.
Source: Theophrast. π. ἰλίγγων 9, p. 138 Wim.; Alexand. Aphr. Probl. p. 11 Usen. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 27.
Fragment 85 (DK B96)
Corpses are more fit to be thrown away than dung.
Source: Strabo, xvi. 26, p. 784; Plutarch, Qu. conv. iv. 4, p. 669 A; Pollux, Onom. v. 163; Origen, c. Cels. v. 14, p. 247 (quoting Celsus, v. 24, p. 253); Julian, Or. vii. p. 226 C. Cf. Philo, de profug. ii. p. 555; Plotin. Enn. v. 1, p. 483; Schol. V. ad Il. xxiv. 54 (= Eustath. ad Il. p. 1338, 47); Epictet. Diss. ii. 4, 5.
Fragment 86 (DK B12)
Being born they wish to live and to meet death, [or rather to find rest,] and they leave behind children to die.
87. Thirty years make a generation, according to Herakleitos. 88. Not without reason does Herakleitos call a month a generation. 89. A man may become a grandfather in thirty years.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 516. Mullach assigns the bracketed words to Clement.
Fragment 90 (DK B75)
The sleeping are workmen (and fellow-workers) in what happens in the world.
Source: M. Antonin. vi. 42. Pfleiderer rejects καὶ συνεργοὺς.
Fragment 91
Understanding is common to all. It is necessary for those who speak with intelligence to hold fast to the common element of all, as a city holds fast to law, and much more strongly. For all human laws are nourished by one which is divine, and it has power so much as it will; and it suffices for all things and more than suffices.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 84. Cf. Kleanth. H. Zeus 24; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 15; Plut. de Isid. 45, p. 369 A; Plotin. Enn. vi. 5, p. 668; Empedokles, v. 231 Stn.
Fragment 92
And though reason is common, most people live as though they had an understanding peculiar to themselves.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 133, where the quotation is apparently longer. Burnett, 140, n. 35, acutely suggests φρονέειν for λόγου.
Fragment 93
With what they most constantly associate, with this they are at variance.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 94 (DK B73)
It is not meet to act and speak like men asleep.
Cf. Fr. 2 and 90.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 95 (DK B89)
They that are awake have one world in common, but of the sleeping each turns aside into a world of his own.
Source: Plut. de superst. 3, p. 166 C. Cf. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Protrept. 21, p. 132 Arcer. The form is Plutarch’s.
Fragment 96 (DK B78)
For human nature has not wisdom, but divine nature has.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291.
Fragment 97
Man is called a baby by god, even as a child is by man.
The translation is Burnett’s, following the suggestion of Petersen in Hermes xiv. 1879, p. 304. Fr. 98. And does not Herakleitos, whom you bring forward, say this very thing, that the wisest of men will appear as an ape before God, both in wisdom and in beauty and in all other respects? Fr. 99. You are ignorant, sir, of that fine saying of Herakleitos, that the most beautiful of apes is ugly in comparison with beings of another kind, and the most beautiful of earthen pots is ugly in comparison with maidenkind, as Hippias the wise man says.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46 Bern.
Fragment 100 (DK B44)
The people ought to fight for their law as for a wall.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2.
Fragment 101
Greater deaths gain greater portions.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 7, p. 586; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. 8. Theodor. reads μόνοι.
Fragment 102
Gods and men honour those slain in battle.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 4, p. 571; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33.
Fragment 103 (DK B43)
Wantonness must be quenched more than a conflagration.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2. M Cobet σβεννύναι, L σβεννύην.
Fragment 104
It is not good for men to have whatever they want. Disease makes health sweet and good; hunger, satiety; toil, rest.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 83, 4. Cf. εὐαρέστησις, Clem. Al. Strom. ii.
Fragment 105
It is hard to contend with passion; for whatever it desires to get it buys at the cost of soul.
106. It is the part of all men to know themselves and to be temperate. 107. To be temperate is the greatest virtue; and it is wisdom to speak the truth and to act according to nature with understanding.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. ii. 2, p. 1105 a 8; and Eth. Eud. ii. 7, p. 1223 b 22; and Pol. v. 11, p. 1315 a 29; Plut. de cohib. ira 9, p. 457 D; and Erot. 11, p. 755 D; Iambl. Protrep. p. 140 Arc.; and Coriol. 22.
Fragment 106 (DK B116)
Stob. Flor. v. 119. Neither this nor the following fragment can be regarded as genuine.
Fragment 107 (DK B112)
Stob. Flor. iii. 84.
Fragment 108 (DK B95)
It is better to conceal stupidity, but it is an effort in time of relaxation and over the wine.
Source: Plut. qu. conv. iii. proœm. p. 644 F; and de audien. 12, p. 43 D; and virt. doc. posse 2, p. 439 D; Stob. Flor. xviii. 32.
Fragment 109 (DK B109)
It is better to conceal ignorance than to put it forth into the midst.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 82 κρύπτειν ἀμαθίην κρέσσον ἢ ἐς τὸ μέσον φέρειν. A variation of 108.
Fragment 110 (DK B33)
It is law to obey the counsel of one.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681).
Fragment 111
For what sense or understanding have they? They follow the bards and employ the crowd as their teacher, not knowing that many are bad and few good. For the very best choose one thing before all others, immortal glory among mortals, while the masses eat their fill like cattle.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 9, p. 682; and iv. 7, p. 586; Prokl. on Alkib. p. 255 Creuz, ii. 525 Cous. Clement omits first clause; Proklos ends with ἀγαθοί.
Fragment 112
In Priene was born Bias son of Teutamas, who is of more account than the rest.
Diogenes adds the apothegm ‘most men are bad.’
Source: Diog. Laer. i. 88.
Fragment 113
To me one man is ten thousand if he be the best.
Source: Galen, π. διαγνώσεως σφυγμῶν I. I. iii. p. 53 ed. Bas.; Symmachus, Epist. ix. 115 (105 Paris 1604); Theod. Prod. in Lazerii Misc. i. p. 20; and Tetrastich. in Basil. i. (fol. κ 2 vers. ed. Bas.); Diog. Laer. ix. 16; Cicero, ad Att. xvi. 11; Cf. Seneca, Ep. 7.
Fragment 114 (DK B121)
The Ephesians deserve to be hanged, every one that is a man grown, and the youth to abandon the city, for they cast out Hermodoros the best man among them, saying:—Let no one among us be best, and if one be best, let him be so elsewhere and among others.
Source: Strabo, xiv. 25, p. 642; Cicero, Tusc. v. 105; Muson., Stob. Flor. xl. 9; Laer. Diog. ix. 2; Iambl. de vita Pyth. 30, p. 154 Arc. Cf. Lucian vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 115
Dogs also bark at those they do not know.
Source: Plut. An seni sit ger. resp. vii. p. 787.
Fragment 116 (DK B86)
As the result of incredulity (divine things) miss being known.
Either because men are incredulous, or the things incredible. Cf. Zeller, Phil. Gr. i.⁴ 574 A 2. Gomperz combined this with fragment 10.
Source: Plut. Coriol. 38; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 13, p. 699. Clem. ἀπιστίη.
Fragment 117
The fool is wont to be in a flutter at every word.
Source: Plutarch, de audiendo 7, p. 41 A; de aud. poet., p. 28 D.
Fragment 118
The most esteemed of those in estimation knows how to be on his guard; yet truly justice shall overtake forgers of lies and witnesses to them.
If the reference is to Homer, read πλάσσειν, ‘knows how to create myths.’
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649. Bergk φλυάσσειν, Bernays Bywater πλάσσειν.
Fragment 119 (DK B42)
(He used to say that) Homer deserved to be cast out of the lists and flogged, and Archilochos likewise.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. Schleiermacher attributes to H. on the basis of Schol. Ven. A. on Iliad xviii. 251 Eustath. 1142, 5; Bywater suggests Herakleides and compares Eust. p. 705, 60, and Achilles Tat. Isag. p. 124 B Petav.
Fragment 120 (DK B5)
One day is equal to every other.
Fragment 121
Character is a man’s guardian divinity.
Source: Plutarch, Qu. Plat. i. 2, 999 E; Alex. Aphrod. de fato 6, p. 16 (de anima ii. 48, p. 150); Stob. Flor. civ. 23. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Ep. 9.
Fragment 122 (DK B26)
There awaits men at death what they do not expect or think.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 630; Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66); Theodoret. Ther. viii. p. 118, 1. Cf. Themist. (Plut.) in Stob. Flor. cxx. 28.
Fragment 123 (DK B63)
Then [it is necessary] that God raise them up, and that they become guardians of the living and the dead.
Or adopting Sauppe’s conjectures in full ‘that he become a watchful guardian....’
Source: Hippolyt. Ref. haer. ix. 10; the fragment is quoted to show that Herakleitos believes in the resurrection of the flesh, and recognises that god is the cause of this resurrection. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649.
Fragment 124
Night-walkers, wizards, bacchanals, revellers, sharers in the mysteries.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66).
Fragment 125 (DK B14)
For what are esteemed mysteries among men they celebrate in an unholy way.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2. p. 19 (Euseb. P. E. ii. p. 67). Bywater compares Arnobius adv. nat. v. 29.
Fragment 127
For if it were not to Dionysos that they made the procession and sang the song with phallic symbols, their deeds would indeed be most shameful; but Hades and Dionysos are the same, to whomever they go mad and share the revel.
128. I distinguish two kinds of sacrifices; those of men altogether purified, which would occur rarely, as Herakleitos says, in the case of a single individual, or of some very few men easily counted; secondly, those that are material and corporeal and composite through change, such as are in harmony with those who are still restrained by the body.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 30. MSS. ἐποιοῦντο, corr. Lobeck: MSS. εἴργασται, corr. Schleierm. Clem. Al. ὅτεῳ, Plutarch, de Isid. 28, p. 362 A ὅτε οὖν ... ληραίνουσιν.
Fragment 129 (DK B68)
(Herakleitos fittingly called religious rites) cures (for the soul).
Source: Iamblich. de Myst. i. 11.
Fragment 130
They purify themselves by defiling themselves with blood, as if one who had stepped into the mud were to wash it off with mud. If any one of men should observe him doing so, he would think he was insane. And to these images they pray, just as if one were to converse with men’s houses, for they know not what gods and heroes are. 130a. If they are gods, why do ye lament them? And if ye lament them, no longer consider them gods.
The fragment in the critical notes reads: ‘To images of gods they pray, to those who do not hear, as though they might hear; to those who do not answer, as though they might not make request.’
Source: Greg. Naz. Or. xxv. (xxiii.) 15, p. 466, ed. Par. 1778 πηλῷ πηλὸν καθαιρόντων. Elias Cretensis on the Gregory passage (cod. Vat. Pii II.
Fragment 131
All things are full of souls and of divine spirits.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 132
He was wont to say that false opinion is a sacred disease, and that vision is deceitful.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7. Cf. Floril. Monac. 195, p. 282.
Fragment 133
Each one who has come to be esteemed without due grounds, ought to hide his face.
Source: Apollonius, Ep. 18.
Fragment 134
False opinion of progress is the stoppage of progress.
Source: Floril. Monac. 199, p. 283. Cf. Philo, ap. Ioan. Dam. S. P. 693 E, fr. p. 652 Mang. Stob. Flor. iv. 88 credits it to Bion; Maxim. Conf. Serm. 34, p. 624 Combef.
Fragment 135 (DK B134)
Their education is a second sun to those that have been educated.
Source: Floril. Monac. 200, p. 283.
Fragment 136
As food is timely in famine, so opportune favour heals the need of the soul.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 8, p. 557.
Fragment 137 (DK B135)
The same one was wont to say that the shortest way to glory was to become good. PASSAGES IN PLATO AND ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO HERAKLEITOS. Plato, Theaet. 160 D. Homer, and Herakleitos, and the whole company which say that all things are in motion and in a state of flux. Cf. 152 D H. Kratylos, 401 D. According to Herakleitos all things are in motion and nothing abides. Cf. 402 A, and frag. 41; also 412 D, 440 C. Plato also alludes to fragments 32, 45, 98-99. Aristotle: Topica i. 11, 104 f 21. All things are in motion, according to Herakleitos. Top. viii. 5; 155 f 30. Wherefore those that hold different opinions, as that good and bad are the same thing, as Herakleitos says, do not grant that the opposite cannot coexist with itself; not as though they did not think this to be the case, but because as followers of Herakleitos they are obliged to speak as they do. Phys. i. 2; 185 b 19. But still, if in the argument all things that exist are one, as a cloak or a himation, it turns out that they are stating the position of Herakleitos; for the same thing will apply to good and bad, and to good and not-good, so that good and not-good, and man and horse, will be the same; and they will not be arguing that all things are one, but that they are nothing, and that the same thing applies to such and to so much. Phys. iii. 5; 205 a 3. As Herakleitos says that all things sometime become fire. De coelo i. 10; 279 b 16. And others in their turn say that sometimes combination is taking place, and at other times destruction, and that this will always continue, as Empedokles of Agrigentum, and Herakleitos of Ephesos. De anima i. 2; 405 a 25. And Herakleitos also says that the first principle is soul, as it were a fiery exhalation, of which all other things consist; for it is the least corporeal and always in a state of flux, and the moving is known by the moving; and he agreed with most thinkers in holding that things are in motion. De part anim. i. 5; 645 a 17. And as Herakleitos is reported to have said to strangers who wanted to meet him, who stopped when they entered and saw him getting warm by an oven—for he bade them enter boldly, since, said he, gods are here—so should one enter upon the investigation of each of the animals without timidity, as there is in them all something natural and beautiful. Met. i. 3; 984 a 7. Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos of Ephesos call fire the first cause. Cf. 996 a 9, 1001 a 15. Met. iii. 3; 1005 b 24. For it is impossible for any one to postulate that the same thing is and is not, as some think Herakleitos says. Met. iii. 5; 1010 a 13. V. Frag. 41-42, supra. Met. iii. 7; 1012 a 24. For the word of Herakleitos, that all things are and are not, seems to make all things true. Met. x. 5; 1062 a 32. For one might ask Herakleitos himself after this manner and speedily compel him to agree that it is never possible for opposite statements to be true about the same things. Cf. 1063 b 24. Met. xii. 4; 1078 b 12. For the doctrine of ideas is held by its supporters because they are convinced by Herakleitos’s words in regard to the truth, viz., that all things perceived by the senses are always in a state of flux; so that if there is to be a science and a knowledge of anything, it is necessary to assume the existence of other objects in nature besides those that are perceived by sense, for there can be no science of things in a state of flux. Eth. ii. 3; 1105 a 8. It is harder to fight against pleasure than against anger, as Herakleitos says. Eth. vii. 3; 1146 b 30. For some believe their opinions no less strongly than what they know by scientific procedure; and Herakleitos is an example of this. Eth. viii. 2; 1155 b 4. And Herakleitos says that opposition unites, and that the most beautiful harmony results from opposites, and that all things come into being through strife. Eth. x. 5; 1176 a 6. As Herakleitos says, an ass would prefer refuse to gold, for natural food is sweeter to asses than gold. PASSAGES REFERRING TO HERAKLEITOS IN THE ‘DOXOGRAPHISTS.’
138. Timaios wrote thus: So Pythagoras does not appear to have discovered the true art of words, nor yet the one accused by Herakleitos, but Herakleitos himself is the one who is the pretender.
Sext. Emp. adv. Math. vii. 129. According to Herakleitos we become intelligent when we get this divine reason by breathing it in, and in sleep we are forgetful, but on waking we gain our senses again. For in sleep since the pores of the senses are closed, the mind in us is separated from what is akin to it in what surrounds us, and its connection through pores is only preserved like a sort of root; and being cut off it loses its former power of memory; but when we wake it peeps out through the pores of sense as through little doors, and entering into connection with what surrounds us it regains the power of reason.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 46, p. 646.
Contents — 124 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B50)
- Fragment 2 (DK B1)
- Fragment 3 (DK B34)
- Fragment 4
- Fragment 5 (DK B17)
- Fragment 6 (DK B127)
- Fragment 7
- Fragment 8
- Fragment 9 (DK B122)
- Fragment 10 (DK B124)
- Fragment 11
- Fragment 12 (DK B92)
- Fragment 13 (DK B55)
- Fragment 14
- Fragment 15
- Fragment 16 (DK B40)
- Fragment 17
- Fragment 18 (DK B108)
- Fragment 19 (DK B41)
- Fragment 20
- Fragment 21 (DK B30)
- Fragment 22
- Fragment 23
- Fragment 24 (DK B65)
- Fragment 25 (DK B16)
- Fragment 26 (DK B66)
- Fragment 27
- Fragment 28 (DK B64)
- Fragment 29 (DK B94)
- Fragment 30 (DK B120)
- Fragment 31
- Fragment 32 (DK B6)
- Fragment 33
- Fragment 34 (DK B99)
- Fragment 35
- Fragment 36 (DK B67)
- Fragment 37 (DK B7)
- Fragment 38 (DK B98)
- Fragment 39 (DK B126)
- Fragment 40 (DK B91)
- Fragments 41-42
- Fragment 43
- Fragment 44 (DK B53)
- Fragment 45
- Fragment 46 (DK B8)
- Fragment 47 (DK B54)
- Fragment 48 (DK B47)
- Fragment 49 (DK B35)
- Fragment 50 (DK B59)
- Fragment 51 (DK B9)
- Fragment 52 (DK B61)
- Fragments 53-54
- Fragment 55
- Fragment 57
- Fragment 58 (DK B58)
- Fragment 59 (DK B10)
- Fragment 60
- Fragment 61 (DK B102)
- Fragment 62 (DK B79)
- Fragment 63
- Fragment 64
- Fragment 66
- Fragment 67 (DK B62)
- Fragment 68 (DK B36)
- Fragment 69
- Fragment 70
- Fragment 71 (DK B45)
- Fragment 72
- Fragment 73 (DK B117)
- Fragment 74 (DK B119)
- Fragment 77
- Fragment 78 (DK B87)
- Fragment 79
- Fragment 80
- Fragment 81 (DK B49)
- Fragment 82 (DK B84)
- Fragment 83
- Fragment 84 (DK B125)
- Fragment 85 (DK B96)
- Fragment 86 (DK B12)
- Fragment 90 (DK B75)
- Fragment 91
- Fragment 92
- Fragment 93
- Fragment 94 (DK B73)
- Fragment 95 (DK B89)
- Fragment 96 (DK B78)
- Fragment 97
- Fragment 100 (DK B44)
- Fragment 101
- Fragment 102
- Fragment 103 (DK B43)
- Fragment 104
- Fragment 105
- Fragment 106 (DK B116)
- Fragment 107 (DK B112)
- Fragment 108 (DK B95)
- Fragment 109 (DK B109)
- Fragment 110 (DK B33)
- Fragment 111
- Fragment 112
- Fragment 113
- Fragment 114 (DK B121)
- Fragment 115
- Fragment 116 (DK B86)
- Fragment 117
- Fragment 118
- Fragment 119 (DK B42)
- Fragment 120 (DK B5)
- Fragment 121
- Fragment 122 (DK B26)
- Fragment 123 (DK B63)
- Fragment 124
- Fragment 125 (DK B14)
- Fragment 127
- Fragment 129 (DK B68)
- Fragment 130
- Fragment 131
- Fragment 132
- Fragment 133
- Fragment 134
- Fragment 135 (DK B134)
- Fragment 136
- Fragment 137 (DK B135)
Fragment 1 (DK B50)
οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λόγου ἀκούσαντας ὁμολογέειν σοφόν ἐστι, ἓν πάντα εἶναι.
Source: π. διαίτης 1, 19, π. τροφῆς 9. Philo, Leg. all. i. 3, p. 44; Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 C.
Fragment 2 (DK B1)
τοῦ δὲ λόγου τοῦδ’ ἐόντος αἰεὶ ἀξύνετοι γίνονται ἄνθρωποι καὶ πρόσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντες τὸ πρῶτον. γινομένων γὰρ πάντων κατὰ τὸν λόγον τόνδε ἀπείροισι ἐοίκασι πειρώμενοι καὶ ἐπέων καὶ ἔργων τοιουτέων ὁκοίων ἐγὼ διηγεῦμαι, διαιρέων ἕκαστον κατὰ φύσιν καὶ φράζων ὅκως ἔχει. τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους λανθάνει ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντες ποιέουσι, ὅκωσπερ ὁκόσα εὕδοντες ἐπιλανθάνονται.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. vii. 132; (except last clause) Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. In part: Arist. Rhet. iii. 5, 1407 b 14; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 716 (= Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 680); Amelius in Euseb. P. E. xi. 19, p. 540. (and elsewhere). Cf. Philo, Quis rer. div. haer. 43, p. 505; Joh. Sic. in Walz, Rhett. Gr. vi. p. 95.
Fragment 3 (DK B34)
ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖσι ἐοίκασι· φάτις αὐτοῖσι μαρτυρέει παρεόντας ἀπεῖναι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Theod. Ther. i. 13, 49: ἀπιέναι MS. Clem.
Fragment 4
κακοὶ μάρτυρες ἀνθρώποισι ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ ὦτα, βαρβάρους ψυχὰς ἐχόντων.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. viii. 126; Stob. Flor. iv. 56; cf. Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 5 (DK B17)
οὐ φρονέουσι τοιαῦτα πολλοὶ ὁκόσοισι ἐγκυρέουσι οὐδὲ μαθόντες γινώσκουσι, ἑωυτοῖσι δὲ δοκέουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 2, p. 432; cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46.
Fragment 6 (DK B127)
ἀκοῦσαι οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι οὐδ’ εἰπεῖν.
Source: fol. 90 r) gives first thirteen words (Byw. 130). Cf. Apollonius, Ep. 27. Byw. 126, the last sentence, from Origen, c. Cels. i. 5, p. 6 (quoting Celsus); and in part vii. 62, p. 384, Clem. Al. Prot. 4, p. 44. The whole passage, lacking the last eight words, is published by Neumann, Hermes xv. 1880, p. 605 (cf. also xvi. 159), from fol. 83 a of a MS. entitled Χρησμοὶ θεῶν (containing also works ascribed to Justin Martyr) formerly in the Strassburg library. This same MS. gives the following fragment, the last clauses of which Neumann joins to the passage as given in the text: δαιμόνων ἀγάλμασιν εὔχονται οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, ὥσπερ ἀκούοιεν, οὐκ ἀποδιδοῦσιν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀπαιτοῖεν. 130a. Given by Neumann from the Strassburg MS. just referred to. The saying is attributed to Xenophanes by Aristotle, Rhet. 23; 1400 b 5 and Plutarch, v. infra, p. 78.
Fragment 7
ἐὰν μὴ ἔλπηαι, ἀνέλπιστον οὐκ ἐξευρήσει, ἀνεξερεύνητον ἐὸν καὶ ἄπορον.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 4, p. 437; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 51.
Fragment 8
χρυσὸν οἱ διζήμενοι γῆν πολλὴν ὀρύσσουσι καὶ εὑρίσκουσι ὀλίγον.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 2, p. 565; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 52.
Fragment 9 (DK B122)
ἀγχιβασίην.
Source: Suidas, under ἀμφισβατεῖν and ἀγχιβατεῖν.
Fragment 10 (DK B124)
φύσις κρύπτεσθαι φιλεῖ.
Source: Themist. Or. v. p. 69 (xii. p. 159). Cf. Philo, Qu. in gen. iv. 1 p. 237, de profug. 32, p. 573, de somn. i. 2, p. 621, de spec. legg. 8, p. 344; Julian, Or. vii. p. 216 C.
Fragment 11
ὁ ἄναξ [οὗ τὸ μαντεῖόν ἐστι τὸ] ἐν Δελφοῖς οὔτε λέγει οὔτε κρύπτει, ἀλλὰ σημαίνει.
Source: Plut. de pyth. orac. 21, p. 404 E; Stob. Flor. v. 72, lxxxi. 17; Iambl. de myst. iii. 15. Cf. Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 12 (DK B92)
σίβυλλα δὲ μαινομένῳ στόματι ἀγέλαστα καὶ ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ ἀμύριστα φθεγγομένη χιλίων ἐτέων ἐξικνέεται τῇ φωνῇ διὰ τὸν θεὸν.
Source: p. 416 A; M. Antonin. ix. 3.
Fragment 13 (DK B55)
ὅσων ὄψις ἀκοὴ μάθησις, ταῦτα ἐγὼ προτιμέω.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9.
Fragment 14
ἀπίστους ἀμφισβητουμένων παρεχόμενοι βεβαιωτάς.
Source: Polyb. iv. 40.
Fragment 15
ὀφθαλμοὶ τῶν ὤτων ἀκριβέστεροι μάρτυρες.
Source: Polyb. xii. 27; cf. Hdt. i.
Fragment 16 (DK B40)
πολυμαθίη νόον ἔχειν οὐ διδάσκει· Ἡσίοδον γὰρ ἂν ἐδίδαξε καὶ Πυθαγόρην αὖτίς τε Ξενοφάνεα καὶ Ἑκαταῖον.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. First part: Aul. Gell. N. A. praef. 12; Clem. Al. Strom. i. 19, p. 373: Athen. xiii. p. 610 B: Julian, Or. vi. p. 187 D; Proklos in Tim. 31 F.
Fragment 17
Πυθαγόρης Μνησάρχου ἱστορίην ἤσκησε ἀνθρώπων μάλιστα πάντων· καὶ [ἐκλεξάμενος ταύτας τὰς συγγραφὰς] ἐποίησε ἑωυτοῦ σοφίην, πολυμαθίην, κακοτεχνίην.
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 6. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. i. 21, p. 396.
Fragment 18 (DK B108)
ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα οὐδεὶς ἀφικνέεται ἐς τοῦτο, ὥστε γινώσκειν ὅτι σοφόν ἐστι πάντων κεχωρισμένον.
Source: p. 392 C (Eus. P. E. xi. 11, p. 528) and de prim. frig. 10, p. 949 A, gives simply πυρὸς θάνατος ἀέρος γένεσις.
Fragment 19 (DK B41)
ἓν τὸ σοφόν, [ἐπίστασθαι γνώμην ᾗ κυβερνᾶται πάντα διὰ πάντων]. (65) λέγεσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλει καὶ ἐθέλει Ζηνὸς οὔνομα.
Source: Laer. Diog. ix. 1; Plut. de Is. 77, p. 382 C. Cf. Kleanthes, H. Z. 36; Pseudo-Linos, 13, Mul. Byw. 65; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 256. The fragments are combined by Gomperz, l. c.
Fragment 20
κόσμον <τόνδε> τὸν αὐτὸν ἁπάντων οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησε, ἀλλ’ ἦν αἰεὶ καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται πῦρ ἀείζωον, ἁπτόμενον μέτρα καὶ ἀποσβεννύμενον μέτρα.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 711 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676). First clause: Plut. de anim. procr. 5, p. 1014 A. Last clause: Sim. in Arist. de coelo, p. 132, Kars.; Olympiod. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201, Finc. Bywater traces the thought through writers of Stoical school.
Fragment 21 (DK B30)
πυρὸς τροπαὶ πρῶτον θάλασσα· θαλάσσης δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ γῆ, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ πρηστήρ.
Source: p. 497; Theodor. Ther. xi. p. 152, 25.
Fragment 22
πυρὸς ἀνταμείβεται πάντα καὶ πῦρ ἁπάντων, ὥσπερ χρυσοῦ χρήματα καὶ χρημάτων χρυσός.
Source: Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 E; cf. Philo, de incor. mun. 21, p. 508; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Herakl. alleg. Hom. 43; Euseb. P. E. xiv. 3, p. 720 &c. Probably only the word ἀμείβομαι comes from Herakleitos; cf. the two forms of Fr. 31 in Plutarch.
Fragment 23
θάλασσα διαχέεται καὶ μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι †γῆ†.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 712 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676).
Fragment 24 (DK B65)
χρησμοσύνη ... κόρος.
Source: Philo, Leg. all. iii. 3, p. 88, de vict. 6, p. 242; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plut. de EI 9, p. 389 C.
Fragment 25 (DK B16)
ζῇ πῦρ τὸν γῆς θάνατον, καὶ ἀὴρ ζῇ τὸν πυρὸς θάνατον· ὕδωρ ζῇ τὸν ἀέρος θάνατον, γῆ τὸν ὕδατος.
Source: Maxim. Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489. Cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46. Plut. de EI
Fragment 26 (DK B66)
πάντα τὸ πῦρ ἐπελθὸν κρινέει καὶ καταλήψεται.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10.
Fragment 27
τὸ μὴ δῦνόν ποτε πῶς ἄν τις λάθοι;
Source: Clem. Al. Paedag. ii. 10, p. 229. τις, τινα Schleierm., τι Gataker.
Fragment 28 (DK B64)
τὰ δὲ πάντα οἰακίζει κεραυνός.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Klean. H. Z. 10. Philodem. de piet. p. 70, Gomp.
Fragment 29 (DK B94)
ἥλιος οὐχ ὑπερβήσεται μέτρα· εἰ δὲ μή, Ἐρινύες μιν δίκης ἐπίκουροι ἐξευρήσουσι.
Source: Plut. de exil. 11, p. 604 A; de Iside 48, p. 370 D. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Prot. 21, p. 132.
Fragment 30 (DK B120)
ἠοῦς καὶ ἑσπέρης τέρματα ἡ ἄρκτος, καὶ ἀντίοι τῆς ἄρκτου οὖρος αἰθρίου Διός.
Source: Strabo, i. 6, p. 3. Vulg. adds γὰρ after ἠοῦς.
Fragment 31
εἰ μὴ ἥλιος ἦν, εὐφρόνη ἂν ἦν.
Source: Plut. Ag. et ign. 7, p. 957 A. Cf. Plut. de fort. 3, p. 98; Clem. Al. Prot. 11, p. 87; Somn. Scip. 1, 20.
Fragment 32 (DK B6)
νέος ἐφ’ ἡμέρῃ ἥλιος.
Source: Arist. Met. ii. 2, p. 355 a 9; Alexander Aph. in Met. l. l. 93 a; Olymp. in Met. l. l.; Prokl. in Tim. p. 334 B. Cf. Plotin. Enn. ii. 1, p. 97; Plato, Polit. vi. p. 498 B (and Schol.); Olymp. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201 Finc.
Fragment 33
Diog. Laer. i. 23 yields no fragment.
Fragment 34 (DK B99)
ὧραι πάντα φέρουσι.
Source: Plut. Quaes. Plat. viii. 4, p. 1007 E. Cf. Plut. de def. orac.
Fragment 35
διδάσκαλος δὲ πλείστων Ἡσίοδος· τοῦτον ἐπίστανται πλεῖστα εἰδέναι, ὅστις ἡμέρην καὶ εὐφρόνην οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε· ἔστι γὰρ ἕν.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. εὐφροσύνην, corr. Miller.
Fragment 36 (DK B67)
ὁ θεὸς ἡμέρη εὐφρόνη, χειμὼν θέρος, πόλεμος εἰρήνη, κόρος λιμός· ἀλλοιοῦται δὲ ὅκωσπερ ὁκόταν συμμιγῇ <θύωμα> θυώμασι· ὀνομάζεται καθ’ ἡδονὴν ἑκάστου.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10 (cf. v. 21).
Fragment 37 (DK B7)
εἰ πάντα τὰ ὄντα καπνὸς γένοιτο, ῥῖνες ἂν διαγνοῖεν.
Source: Arist. de sensu 5, p. 443 a 21.
Fragment 38 (DK B98)
†αἱ ψυχαὶ ὀσμῶνται καθ’ Ἅιδην.†
Source: Plut. de fac. in orbe lun. 28, p. 943 E. Patin, Einheitslehre, p. 23, points out that this so-called fragment is probably due to a misunderstanding of the passage in Aristotle (Fr. 37).
Fragment 39 (DK B126)
τὰ ψυχρὰ θέρεται, θερμὸν ψύχεται, ὑγρὸν αὐαίνεται, καρφαλέον νοτίζεται.
Source: p. 768.
Fragment 40 (DK B91)
σκίδνησι καὶ συνάγει, πρόσεισι καὶ ἄπεισι.
Source: Plut. de EI 18, p. 392 B. V. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vi.
Fragments 41-42
ποταμοῖσι δὶς τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίης· ἕτερα γὰρ (καὶ ἕτερα) ἐπιρρέει ὕδατα.
Source: Plut. Quaes. nat. 2, p. 912 A. First half: Plato, Krat. 402 A; Arist. Metaph. xiv. 5, p. 1010 a 13; Plut. de sera num. vind. 15, p. 559 C; de EI 18, p. 392 A; Simplic. in Arist. Phys. 17 p. 77, 32; Ibid. f. 308 v.; Arius Didymus in Euseb. P. E. xv. 20, p. 821. [Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. iii. 115.] ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ.
Fragment 43
μέμφεται τῷ Ὁμήρῳ Ἡράκλειτος εἰπόντι· ὡς ἔρις ἔκ τε θεῶν ἔκ τ’ ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλοιτο· οἰχήσεσθαι γάρ φησι πάντα.
Source: Simpl. in Arist. Cat. p. 104 Δ ed. Basil. (Scholl. in Arist. 88 b 28); Schol. Ven. ad Il. xviii. 107, and Eustath. p. 1133, 56. Cf. Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1, p. 1235 a 26; Plutarch de Isid. 48, 370 D; Numen. in Chalcid. on Tim. 295.
Fragment 44 (DK B53)
πόλεμος πάντων μὲν πατήρ ἐστι πάντων δὲ βασιλεύς, καὶ τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς ἔδειξε τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς μὲν δούλους ἐποίησε τοὺς δὲ ἐλευθέρους.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. First part: Plut. de Iside 48, p. 370 D; Prok on Tim. 54 A (cf. 24. B); Lucian, quomodo hist. consc. 2; Icar. 8.
Fragment 45
οὐ ξυνίασι ὅκως διαφερόμενον ἑωυτῷ ὁμολογέει· παλίντροπος ἁρμονίη ὅκωσπερ τόξου καὶ λύρης.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Plato, Symp. 187 A, Soph. 242 D; Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 B.
Fragment 46 (DK B8)
τὸ ἀντίξουν συμφέρον. ἐκ τῶν διαφερόντων καλλίστην ἁρμονίαν. πάντα κατ’ ἔριν γίνεσθαι.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. viii. 2, p. 1155 b 14. Cf. Theophr. Metaph. 15; Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1; 1235 a 13. These are rather summary phrases than quotations.
Fragment 47 (DK B54)
ἁρμονίη ἀφανὴς φανερῆς κρείσσων.
Source: Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 C; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9-10.
Fragment 48 (DK B47)
μὴ εἰκῆ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων συμβαλώμεθα.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 73.
Fragment 49 (DK B35)
χρὴ εὖ μάλα πολλῶν ἵστορας φιλοσόφους ἄνδρας εἶναι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 733.
Fragment 50 (DK B59)
γναφέων ὁδὸς εὐθεῖα καὶ σκολιὴ μία ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ αὐτή.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. γραφέων, corr. Duncker. The MSS. reading may be a participle introducing the quotation, and wrongly included in the excerpt, as Tannery suggests (Science hellèn. pp. 198 ff.).
Fragment 51 (DK B9)
ὄνοι σύρματ’ ἂν ἕλοιντο μᾶλλον ἢ χρυσόν.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. x. 5, p. 1176 a 6. Cf. Albertus M. de veget. vi. 401 (p. 545 Mey.) R. P. 40 B: ‘Boves ... felices ... cum inveniant orobum ad comendum.’ Bywater, Journal Philol. 1880, p. 230.
Fragment 52 (DK B61)
θάλασσα ὕδωρ καθαρώτατον καὶ μιαρώτατον, ἰχθύσι μὲν πότιμον καὶ σωτήριον, ἀνθρώποις δὲ ἄτοπον καὶ ὀλέθριον.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55.
Fragments 53-54
Sues coeno, cohortales aves pulvere (vel cinere) lavari. βορβόρῳ χαίρειν.
Source: Columella, de R. R. viii. 4. Cf. Galen, Protrept. 13, p. 5 ed. Bas.; Athen. v. 178 F. Cf. Clem. Al. Protrept. 10, p. 75; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55; Plotin. Enn. i. 6, p. 55.
Fragment 55
πᾶν ἑρπετὸν πληγῇ νέμεται.
Source: Arist. de mundo 6, p. 401 a 8 (Apuleius, de mundo 36; Stob. Ecl. i. 2, p. 86). From Cod. Flor. of Apuleius Goldbacher obtains the following (Zeit. f. d. Oester. Gymn. 1876, p. 496): Ζεὺς ἅπαντα εὐεργετεῖ ὁμῶς ὡς ἄν τινα μέρη σώματος αὑτοῦ.
Fragment 57
ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν ταὐτόν.
Source: Arist. Top. viii. 5, p. 159 b 30; Phys. i. 2, p. 185 b 20; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Simpl. in Phys. 11 v. 50, 11; 18 v. 82, 23.
Fragment 58 (DK B58)
οἱ ἰατροὶ τέμνοντες καίοντες πάντη βασανίζοντες κακῶς τοὺς ἀρρωστοῦντας ἐπαιτιῶνται μηδέν’ ἄξιον μισθὸν λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν ἀρρωστούντων.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 54; Plato, Gorg. 521 E, Polit. 293 B; Simpl. in Epict. 13, p. 83 D, and 27 p. 178 A.
Fragment 59 (DK B10)
συνάψειας οὖλα καὶ οὐχὶ οὖλα, συμφερόμενον διαφερόμενον, συνᾷδον διᾷδον· ἐκ πάντων ἓν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντα.
Source: Arist. de mundo 5, p. 396 b 12 (Apuleius, de mundo 20; Stob. Ecl. i. 34, p. 690).
Fragment 60
δίκης οὔνομα οὐκ ἂν ᾔδεσαν, εἰ ταῦτα μὴ ἦν.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 3, p. 568. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vii.
Fragment 61 (DK B102)
†τῷ μὲν θεῷ καλὰ πάντα καὶ ἀγαθὰ καὶ δίκαια, ἄνθρωποι δὲ ἃ μὲν ἄδικα ὑπειλήφασιν, ἃ δὲ δίκαια.†
Source: Schol. B in Il. iv. 4, p. 120 Bk. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta i. 11 RP. 37 C; Bernays, Herakl. 22. Probably a Stoic deduction from Herakleitos, and therefore to be omitted here.
Fragment 62 (DK B79)
εἰδέναι χρὴ τὸν πόλεμον ἐόντα ξυνόν, καὶ δίκην ἔριν· καὶ γινόμενα πάντα κατ’ ἔριν καὶ †χρεώμενα†.
Source: Orig. cont. Cels. vi. 42, p. 312. Cf. Plut. de soll. anim. 7, p. 964; Laer. Diog. ix. 8.
Fragment 63
ἔστι γὰρ εἱμαρμένα πάντως....
Source: Stob. Ecl. i. 6, p. 178. Vulg. εἱμαρμένη, A εἱμαρμένα.
Fragment 64
θάνατός ἐστι ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντες ὁρεόμεν, ὁκόσα δὲ εὕδοντες ὕπνος.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 520. Cf. Strom. v. 14, p. 712; Philo, de Joseph. 22, p. 59.
Fragment 66
τοῦ βιοῦ οὔνομα βίος, ἔργον δὲ θάνατος.
Source: Schol. in Il. i. 49; Cramer, A. P. iii. p. 122; Etym. Mag. under βίος; Tzetz. Ex. in Il. p. 101; Eust. in Il. i. 49, p. 41. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta 21 οὔνομα τρόφη, ἔργον δὲ οὐχί.
Fragment 67 (DK B62)
θεοὶ θνητοί, ἄνθρωποι ἀθάνατοι, ζῶντες τὸν ἐκείνων θάνατον τὸν δὲ ἐκείνων βίον τεθνεῶτες.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24, p. 51; Maxim. Tyr. x. 4, p. 107, xli. 4, p. 489; Lucian, Vit. auct. 14; Porph. de ant. nymph. 10; Clem. Al. Paed. iii. 1, p. 251; Philo, Leg. alleg. i. 33, p. 65, and Qu. in Gen. iv. 152, p. 360. Human and divine nature identical: Dio Cass. Frr. i.-xxxv. Ch. 30, i. 40 Dind.; Stob. Ecl. i.
Fragment 68 (DK B36)
ψυχῇσι γὰρ θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι, ὕδατι δὲ θάνατος γῆν γενέσθαι· ἐκ γῆς δὲ ὕδωρ γίνεται, ἐξ ὕδατος δὲ ψυχή.
Source: Philo, de incorr. mundi 21, p. 509; Aristides Quint. ii. p. 106 Meib.; Clem. Al. Strom. vi. 2, p. 746; Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 16; Julian, Or. v. p. 165 D; Prokl. in Tim. p. 36 C; Olympiod. in Plat. Gorg. p. 357 Jahn; idem, p. 542.
Fragment 69
ὁδὸς ἄνω κάτω μία καὶ ὡυτή.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plato, Phileb. 43 A; Kleomed. π. μετεώρων i. p. 75 Bak.; Maximus Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489; Tertull. adv. Marc. ii. 28; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 45; Philo, de incorr. mun. 21, p. 508; and de somn. i. 24, p. 644; and de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Muson. Stob. Flor. cviii. 60; M. Antonin. vi. 17.
Fragment 70
ξυνὸν ἀρχὴ καὶ πέρας.
Source: Porphyr. Schol. B. Il. xiv. 200, p. 392 Bek. Cf. Hippokr. π. τόπων
Fragment 71 (DK B45)
ψυχῆς πείρατα οὐκ ἂν ἐξεύροιο πᾶσαν ἐπιπορευόμενος ὁδόν.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7; Tertull. de anima 2. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 7.
Fragment 72
ψυχῇσι τέρψις ὑγρῇσι γενέσθαι.
Source: Numen. Porphyr. de antro nymph. 10.
Fragment 73 (DK B117)
ἀνὴρ ὁκότ’ ἂν μεθύσθῃ, ἄγεται ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνήβου σφαλλόμενος, οὐκ ἐπαίων ὅκη βαίνει, ὑγρὴν τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων.
Source: Stob. Flor. v. 120. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 74 (DK B119)
αὔη ψυχὴ σοφωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη.
Source: Plutarch, Rom. 28; Aristid. Quint. ii. p. 106; Porphyr. de antro nymph. 11; Synesius, de insomn. p. 140 A Petav.; Stob. Flor. v. 120; Glykas, Ann. i. p. 74 B; Eustath. Il. xxiii. 261, p. 1299, 17.
Fragment 77
ἄνθρωπος, ὅκως ἐν εὐφρόνῃ φάος, ἅπτεται ἀποσβέννυται.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628.
Fragment 78 (DK B87)
ταὔτ’ εἶναι ζῶν καὶ τεθνηκός, καὶ τὸ ἐγρηγορὸς καὶ τὸ καθεῦδον, καὶ νέον καὶ γηραιόν· τάδε γὰρ μεταπεσόντα ἐκεῖνά ἐστι κἀκεῖνα πάλιν μεταπεσόντα ταῦτα.
Source: Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, p. 106 E; and de EI 18, p. 392 D. (Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. p. 100, thinks that more of the contents of these passages is drawn from Herakleitean sources.) Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230; Tzetz. Chil. ii. 722.
Fragment 79
αἰὼν παῖς ἐστι παίζων πεσσεύων· παιδὸς ἡ βασιληίη.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Clem. Al. Paed. i. 5, p. 111; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. ii. 1, p. 12; Prokl. in Tim. 101 F; Plato, Legg. i. 644 D, x. 903 D; Philo, de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Plut. de EI 21, p. 393 E; Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 80
ἐδιζησάμην ἐμεωυτόν.
Source: Plut. adv. Colot. 20, p. 1118 C; Dio Chrys. Or. 55, p. 282; Tatian, Or. ad Graec.; Diog. Laer. ix. 5; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Julian, Or. vi. p. 185 A; Prokl. on Tim. 106 E; Suidas s. v. ποστοῦμος. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 1, p. 429; Plotin. Enn. v. 9, p. 559; Hesychius ἐδίζησα.
Fragment 81 (DK B49)
ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνομέν τε καὶ οὐκ ἐμβαίνομεν, εἶμέν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶμεν.
Source: Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24; Seneca, Epist. 58. Cf. Epicharm. Fr. B 40 Lorenz.
Fragment 82 (DK B84)
κάματός ἐστι τοῖς αὐτοῖς μοχθεῖν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι.
Source: These passages do not yield any definite fragment of Herakleitos.
Fragment 83
μεταβάλλον ἀναπαύεται.
Source: Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468 and p. 473; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41, p. 906 and p. 894; Aeneas G. Theophrast. p. 9 and p. 11.
Fragment 84 (DK B125)
καὶ ὁ κυκεὼν διίσταται μὴ κινεόμενος.
Source: Theophrast. π. ἰλίγγων 9, p. 138 Wim.; Alexand. Aphr. Probl. p. 11 Usen. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 27.
Fragment 85 (DK B96)
νέκυες κοπρίων ἐκβλητότεροι.
Source: Strabo, xvi. 26, p. 784; Plutarch, Qu. conv. iv. 4, p. 669 A; Pollux, Onom. v. 163; Origen, c. Cels. v. 14, p. 247 (quoting Celsus, v. 24, p. 253); Julian, Or. vii. p. 226 C. Cf. Philo, de profug. ii. p. 555; Plotin. Enn. v. 1, p. 483; Schol. V. ad Il. xxiv. 54 (= Eustath. ad Il. p. 1338, 47); Epictet. Diss. ii. 4, 5.
Fragment 86 (DK B12)
γενόμενοι ζώειν ἐθέλουσι μόρους τ’ ἔχειν· [μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναπαύεσθαι,] καὶ παῖδας καταλείπουσι μόρους γενέσθαι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 516. Mullach assigns the bracketed words to Clement.
Fragment 90 (DK B75)
τοὺς καθεύδοντας ἐργάτας εἶναι [καὶ συνεργοὺς] τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ γινομένων.
Source: M. Antonin. vi. 42. Pfleiderer rejects καὶ συνεργοὺς.
Fragment 91
ξυνόν ἐστι πᾶσι τὸ φρονέειν. ξὺν νόῳ λέγοντας ἰσχυρίζεσθαι χρὴ τῷ ξυνῷ πάντων, ὅκωσπερ νόμῳ πόλις καὶ πολὺ ἰσχυροτέρως. τρέφονται γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἀνθρώπειοι νόμοι ὑπὸ ἑνὸς τοῦ θείου· κρατέει γὰρ τοσοῦτον ὁκόσον ἐθέλει καὶ ἐξαρκέει πᾶσι καὶ περιγίνεται.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 84. Cf. Kleanth. H. Zeus 24; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 15; Plut. de Isid. 45, p. 369 A; Plotin. Enn. vi. 5, p. 668; Empedokles, v. 231 Stn.
Fragment 92
τοῦ λόγου δ’ ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, ζώουσι οἱ πολλοὶ ὡς ἰδίην ἔχοντες φρόνησιν.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 133, where the quotation is apparently longer. Burnett, 140, n. 35, acutely suggests φρονέειν for λόγου.
Fragment 93
ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκέως ὁμιλέουσι, τούτῳ διαφέρονται.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 94 (DK B73)
οὐ δεῖ ὥσπερ καθεύδοντας ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 95 (DK B89)
τοῖς ἐγρηγορόσιν ἕνα καὶ κοινὸν κόσμον εἶναι, τῶν δὲ κοιμωμένων ἕκαστον εἰς ἴδιον ἀποστρέφεσθαι.
Source: Plut. de superst. 3, p. 166 C. Cf. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Protrept. 21, p. 132 Arcer. The form is Plutarch’s.
Fragment 96 (DK B78)
ἦθος ἀνθρώπειον μὲν οὐκ ἔχει γνώμας, θεῖον δὲ ἔχει.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291.
Fragment 97
ἀνὴρ νήπιος ἤκουσε πρὸς δαίμονος ὅκωσπερ παῖς πρὸς ἀνδρός.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46 Bern.
Fragment 100 (DK B44)
μάχεσθαι χρὴ τὸν δῆμον ὑπὲρ τοῦ νόμου ὅκως ὑπὲρ τείχεος.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2.
Fragment 101
μόροι μέζονες μέζονας μοίρας λαγχάνουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 7, p. 586; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. 8. Theodor. reads μόνοι.
Fragment 102
ἀρηιφάτους θεοὶ τιμῶσι καὶ ἄνθρωποι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 4, p. 571; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33.
Fragment 103 (DK B43)
ὕβριν χρὴ σβεννύειν ἢ πυρκαιήν.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2. M Cobet σβεννύναι, L σβεννύην.
Fragment 104
ἀνθρώποισι γίνεσθαι ὁκόσα θέλουσι οὐκ ἄμεινον. νοῦσος ὑγίειαν ἐποίησε ἡδὺ καὶ ἀγαθόν, λιμὸς κόρον, κάματος ἀνάπαυσιν.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 83, 4. Cf. εὐαρέστησις, Clem. Al. Strom. ii.
Fragment 105
θυμῷ μάχεσθαι χαλεπόν· ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν χρηίζῃ γίνεσθαι, ψυχῆς ὠνέεται.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. ii. 2, p. 1105 a 8; and Eth. Eud. ii. 7, p. 1223 b 22; and Pol. v. 11, p. 1315 a 29; Plut. de cohib. ira 9, p. 457 D; and Erot. 11, p. 755 D; Iambl. Protrep. p. 140 Arc.; and Coriol. 22.
Fragment 106 (DK B116)
†ἀνθρώποισι πᾶσι μέτεστι γιγνώσκειν ἑαυτοὺς καὶ σωφρονεῖν†.
Fragment 107 (DK B112)
†σωφρονεῖν ἀρετὴ μεγίστη· καὶ σοφίη ἀληθέα λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπαίοντας†.
Fragment 108 (DK B95)
ἀμαθίην ἄμεινον κρύπτειν· ἔργον δὲ ἐν ἀνέσει καὶ παρ’ οἶνον.
Source: Plut. qu. conv. iii. proœm. p. 644 F; and de audien. 12, p. 43 D; and virt. doc. posse 2, p. 439 D; Stob. Flor. xviii. 32.
Fragment 109 (DK B109)
κρύπτειν ἀμαθίην κρέσσον ἢ ἐς τὸ μέσον φέρειν.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 82 κρύπτειν ἀμαθίην κρέσσον ἢ ἐς τὸ μέσον φέρειν. A variation of 108.
Fragment 110 (DK B33)
νόμος καὶ βουλῇ πείθεσθαι ἑνός.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681).
Fragment 111
τίς γὰρ αὐτῶν νόος ἢ φρήν; [δήμων] ἀοιδοῖσι ἕπονται καὶ διδασκάλῳ χρέωνται ὁμίλῳ, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι πολλοὶ κακοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἀγαθοί. αἱρεῦνται γὰρ ἓν ἀντία πάντων οἱ ἄριστοι, κλέος ἀέναον θνητῶν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ κεκόρηνται ὅκωσπερ κτήνεα.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 9, p. 682; and iv. 7, p. 586; Prokl. on Alkib. p. 255 Creuz, ii. 525 Cous. Clement omits first clause; Proklos ends with ἀγαθοί.
Fragment 112
ἐν Πριήνῃ Βίας ἐγένετο ὁ Τευτάμεω οὗ πλέων λόγος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων.
Source: Diog. Laer. i. 88.
Fragment 113
εἷς ἐμοὶ μύριοι, ἐὰν ἄριστοις ᾖ.
Source: Galen, π. διαγνώσεως σφυγμῶν I. I. iii. p. 53 ed. Bas.; Symmachus, Epist. ix. 115 (105 Paris 1604); Theod. Prod. in Lazerii Misc. i. p. 20; and Tetrastich. in Basil. i. (fol. κ 2 vers. ed. Bas.); Diog. Laer. ix. 16; Cicero, ad Att. xvi. 11; Cf. Seneca, Ep. 7.
Fragment 114 (DK B121)
ἄξιον Ἐφεσίοις ἡβηδὸν ἀπάγξασθαι πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς ἀνήβοις τὴν πόλιν καταλιπεῖν, οἵτινες Ἑρμόδωρον ἄνδρα ἑωυτῶν ὀνήιστον ἐξέβαλον, φάντες· ἡμέων μηδὲ εἷς ὀνήιστος ἔστω, εἰ δὲ μή, ἄλλῃ δὲ καὶ μετ’ ἄλλων.
Source: Strabo, xiv. 25, p. 642; Cicero, Tusc. v. 105; Muson., Stob. Flor. xl. 9; Laer. Diog. ix. 2; Iambl. de vita Pyth. 30, p. 154 Arc. Cf. Lucian vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 115
κύνες καὶ βαύζουσι ὃν ἂν μὴ γινώσκωσι.
Source: Plut. An seni sit ger. resp. vii. p. 787.
Fragment 116 (DK B86)
ἀπιστίῃ διαφυγγάνει μὴ γινώσκεσθαι.
Source: Plut. Coriol. 38; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 13, p. 699. Clem. ἀπιστίη.
Fragment 117
βλὰξ ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι φιλέει.
Source: Plutarch, de audiendo 7, p. 41 A; de aud. poet., p. 28 D.
Fragment 118
δοκεόντων ὁ δοκιμώτατος γινώσκει φυλάσσειν· καὶ μέντοι καὶ δίκη καταλήψεται ψευδέων τέκτονας καὶ μάρτυρας.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649. Bergk φλυάσσειν, Bernays Bywater πλάσσειν.
Fragment 119 (DK B42)
τὸν Ὅμηρον ἄξιον ἐκ τῶν ἀγώνων ἐκβάλλεσθαι καὶ ῥαπίζεσθαι, καὶ Ἀρχίλοχον ὁμοίως.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. Schleiermacher attributes to H. on the basis of Schol. Ven. A. on Iliad xviii. 251 Eustath. 1142, 5; Bywater suggests Herakleides and compares Eust. p. 705, 60, and Achilles Tat. Isag. p. 124 B Petav.
Fragment 120 (DK B5)
Seneca, Ep. 12 ‘Unus dies par omni est.’ The Greek cannot be restored from Plutarch, Camill. 19 φύσιν ἡμέρας ἁπάσης μίαν οὖσαν.
Fragment 121
ἦθος ἀνθρώπῳ δαίμων.
Source: Plutarch, Qu. Plat. i. 2, 999 E; Alex. Aphrod. de fato 6, p. 16 (de anima ii. 48, p. 150); Stob. Flor. civ. 23. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Ep. 9.
Fragment 122 (DK B26)
ἀνθρώπους μένει τελευτήσαντας ἅσσα οὐκ ἔλπονται οὐδὲ δοκέουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 630; Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66); Theodoret. Ther. viii. p. 118, 1. Cf. Themist. (Plut.) in Stob. Flor. cxx. 28.
Fragment 123 (DK B63)
ἔνθα †δεόντι† ἐπανίστασθαι καὶ φύλακας γίνεσθαι ἐγερτὶ ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν.
Source: Hippolyt. Ref. haer. ix. 10; the fragment is quoted to show that Herakleitos believes in the resurrection of the flesh, and recognises that god is the cause of this resurrection. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649.
Fragment 124
νυκτιπόλοι, μάγοι, βάκχοι, λῆναι, μύσται.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66).
Fragment 125 (DK B14)
τὰ γὰρ νομιζόμενα κατ’ ἀνθρώπους μυστήρια ἀνιερωστὶ μυεῦνται. 126 = 130b.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2. p. 19 (Euseb. P. E. ii. p. 67). Bywater compares Arnobius adv. nat. v. 29.
Fragment 127
εἰ μὴ γὰρ Διονύσῳ πομπὴν ἐποιεῦντο καὶ ὕμνεον ᾆσμα αἰδοίοισι, ἀναιδέστατα εἴργαστ’ ἄν· ὡυτὸς δὲ Ἄιδης καὶ Διόνυσος, ὅτεῳ μαίνονται καὶ ληναίζουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 30. MSS. ἐποιοῦντο, corr. Lobeck: MSS. εἴργασται, corr. Schleierm. Clem. Al. ὅτεῳ, Plutarch, de Isid. 28, p. 362 A ὅτε οὖν ... ληραίνουσιν.
Fragment 129 (DK B68)
ἄκεα.
Source: Iamblich. de Myst. i. 11.
Fragment 130
καθαίρονται δὲ αἵματι μιαινόμενοι ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἐς πηλὸν ἐμβὰς πηλῷ ἀπονίζοιτο. μαίνεσθαι δ’ ἂν δοκοίη, εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιφράσαιτο οὕτω ποιέοντα. καὶ τοῖς ἀγάλμασι τουτέοισι εὔχονται, ὁκοῖον εἴ τις τοῖς δόμοισι λεσχηνεύοιτο, οὔ τι γινώσκων θεοὺς οὐδ’ ἥρωας οἵτινές εἰσι. 130a. εἰ θεοί εἰσι, ἵνα τί θρηνέετε αὐτούς; εἰ δὲ θρηνέετε αὐτοὺς, μηκέτι τούτους ἡγέεσθε θεούς. SPURIOUS FRAGMENTS.
Source: Greg. Naz. Or. xxv. (xxiii.) 15, p. 466, ed. Par. 1778 πηλῷ πηλὸν καθαιρόντων. Elias Cretensis on the Gregory passage (cod. Vat. Pii II.
Fragment 131
πάντα ψυχῶν εἶναι καὶ δαιμόνων πλήρη.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 132
τήν τε οἴησιν ἱερὰν νόσον ἔλεγε καὶ τὴν ὅρασιν ψεύδεσθαι.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7. Cf. Floril. Monac. 195, p. 282.
Fragment 133
ἐγκαλυπτέος ἕκαστος ὁ ματαίως ἐν δόξῃ γενόμενος.
Source: Apollonius, Ep. 18.
Fragment 134
οἴησις προκοπῆς ἐγκοπὴ προκοπῆς.
Source: Floril. Monac. 199, p. 283. Cf. Philo, ap. Ioan. Dam. S. P. 693 E, fr. p. 652 Mang. Stob. Flor. iv. 88 credits it to Bion; Maxim. Conf. Serm. 34, p. 624 Combef.
Fragment 135 (DK B134)
τὴν παιδείαν ἕτερον ἥλιον εἶναι τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις.
Source: Floril. Monac. 200, p. 283.
Fragment 136
ἡ εὔκαιρος χάρις λιμῷ καθάπερ τροφὴ ἁρμόττουσα τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔνδειαν ἰᾶται.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 8, p. 557.
Fragment 137 (DK B135)
συντομωτάτην ὁδὸν ὁ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν εἰς εὐδοξίαν τὸ γενέσθαι ἀγαθόν.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 46, p. 646.
Contents — 124 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B50)
- Fragment 2 (DK B1)
- Fragment 3 (DK B34)
- Fragment 4
- Fragment 5 (DK B17)
- Fragment 6 (DK B127)
- Fragment 7
- Fragment 8
- Fragment 9 (DK B122)
- Fragment 10 (DK B124)
- Fragment 11
- Fragment 12 (DK B92)
- Fragment 13 (DK B55)
- Fragment 14
- Fragment 15
- Fragment 16 (DK B40)
- Fragment 17
- Fragment 18 (DK B108)
- Fragment 19 (DK B41)
- Fragment 20
- Fragment 21 (DK B30)
- Fragment 22
- Fragment 23
- Fragment 24 (DK B65)
- Fragment 25 (DK B16)
- Fragment 26 (DK B66)
- Fragment 27
- Fragment 28 (DK B64)
- Fragment 29 (DK B94)
- Fragment 30 (DK B120)
- Fragment 31
- Fragment 32 (DK B6)
- Fragment 33
- Fragment 34 (DK B99)
- Fragment 35
- Fragment 36 (DK B67)
- Fragment 37 (DK B7)
- Fragment 38 (DK B98)
- Fragment 39 (DK B126)
- Fragment 40 (DK B91)
- Fragments 41-42
- Fragment 43
- Fragment 44 (DK B53)
- Fragment 45
- Fragment 46 (DK B8)
- Fragment 47 (DK B54)
- Fragment 48 (DK B47)
- Fragment 49 (DK B35)
- Fragment 50 (DK B59)
- Fragment 51 (DK B9)
- Fragment 52 (DK B61)
- Fragments 53-54
- Fragment 55
- Fragment 57
- Fragment 58 (DK B58)
- Fragment 59 (DK B10)
- Fragment 60
- Fragment 61 (DK B102)
- Fragment 62 (DK B79)
- Fragment 63
- Fragment 64
- Fragment 66
- Fragment 67 (DK B62)
- Fragment 68 (DK B36)
- Fragment 69
- Fragment 70
- Fragment 71 (DK B45)
- Fragment 72
- Fragment 73 (DK B117)
- Fragment 74 (DK B119)
- Fragment 77
- Fragment 78 (DK B87)
- Fragment 79
- Fragment 80
- Fragment 81 (DK B49)
- Fragment 82 (DK B84)
- Fragment 83
- Fragment 84 (DK B125)
- Fragment 85 (DK B96)
- Fragment 86 (DK B12)
- Fragment 90 (DK B75)
- Fragment 91
- Fragment 92
- Fragment 93
- Fragment 94 (DK B73)
- Fragment 95 (DK B89)
- Fragment 96 (DK B78)
- Fragment 97
- Fragment 100 (DK B44)
- Fragment 101
- Fragment 102
- Fragment 103 (DK B43)
- Fragment 104
- Fragment 105
- Fragment 106 (DK B116)
- Fragment 107 (DK B112)
- Fragment 108 (DK B95)
- Fragment 109 (DK B109)
- Fragment 110 (DK B33)
- Fragment 111
- Fragment 112
- Fragment 113
- Fragment 114 (DK B121)
- Fragment 115
- Fragment 116 (DK B86)
- Fragment 117
- Fragment 118
- Fragment 119 (DK B42)
- Fragment 120 (DK B5)
- Fragment 121
- Fragment 122 (DK B26)
- Fragment 123 (DK B63)
- Fragment 124
- Fragment 125 (DK B14)
- Fragment 127
- Fragment 129 (DK B68)
- Fragment 130
- Fragment 131
- Fragment 132
- Fragment 133
- Fragment 134
- Fragment 135 (DK B134)
- Fragment 136
- Fragment 137 (DK B135)
Fragment 1 (DK B50)
οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λόγου ἀκούσαντας ὁμολογέειν σοφόν ἐστι, ἓν πάντα εἶναι.
Source: π. διαίτης 1, 19, π. τροφῆς 9. Philo, Leg. all. i. 3, p. 44; Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 C.
Fragment 1 (DK B50)
Not on my authority, but on that of truth, it is wise for you to accept the fact that all things are one.
Hippolytos quotes this with Fragment 45, to show that Herakleitos taught the underlying unity of all things. On the word λόγος (meaning both discourse and the truth the discourse contains), v. Zeller, i. 630, n. 1.
Source: π. διαίτης 1, 19, π. τροφῆς 9. Philo, Leg. all. i. 3, p. 44; Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 C.
Fragment 2 (DK B1)
τοῦ δὲ λόγου τοῦδ’ ἐόντος αἰεὶ ἀξύνετοι γίνονται ἄνθρωποι καὶ πρόσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντες τὸ πρῶτον. γινομένων γὰρ πάντων κατὰ τὸν λόγον τόνδε ἀπείροισι ἐοίκασι πειρώμενοι καὶ ἐπέων καὶ ἔργων τοιουτέων ὁκοίων ἐγὼ διηγεῦμαι, διαιρέων ἕκαστον κατὰ φύσιν καὶ φράζων ὅκως ἔχει. τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους λανθάνει ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντες ποιέουσι, ὅκωσπερ ὁκόσα εὕδοντες ἐπιλανθάνονται.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. vii. 132; (except last clause) Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. In part: Arist. Rhet. iii. 5, 1407 b 14; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 716 (= Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 680); Amelius in Euseb. P. E. xi. 19, p. 540. (and elsewhere). Cf. Philo, Quis rer. div. haer. 43, p. 505; Joh. Sic. in Walz, Rhett. Gr. vi. p. 95.
Fragment 2 (DK B1)
This truth, though it always exists, men do not understand, as well before they hear it as when they hear it for the first time. For although all things happen in accordance with this truth, men seem unskilled indeed when they make trial of words and matters such as I am setting forth, in my effort to discriminate each thing according to its nature, and to tell what its state is. But other men fail to notice what they do when awake, in the same manner that they forget what they do when asleep.
Hippolytos quotes this passage with reference to a universal all-pervading reason.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. vii. 132; (except last clause) Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. In part: Arist. Rhet. iii. 5, 1407 b 14; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 716 (= Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 680); Amelius in Euseb. P. E. xi. 19, p. 540. (and elsewhere). Cf. Philo, Quis rer. div. haer. 43, p. 505; Joh. Sic. in Walz, Rhett. Gr. vi. p. 95.
Fragment 3 (DK B34)
ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖσι ἐοίκασι· φάτις αὐτοῖσι μαρτυρέει παρεόντας ἀπεῖναι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Theod. Ther. i. 13, 49: ἀπιέναι MS. Clem.
Fragment 3 (DK B34)
Those who hear without the power to understand are like deaf men; the proverb holds true of them—‘Present, they are absent.’
Quoted by Clement in illustration of Ev. Luc. xiv. 35.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Theod. Ther. i. 13, 49: ἀπιέναι MS. Clem.
Fragment 4
κακοὶ μάρτυρες ἀνθρώποισι ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ ὦτα, βαρβάρους ψυχὰς ἐχόντων.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. viii. 126; Stob. Flor. iv. 56; cf. Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 4
Eyes and ears are bad witnesses for men, since their souls lack understanding.
Sextus Emp. interprets this as meaning ‘rude souls trust the irrational senses.’ Cf. Zeller, i. 716, n. 5.
Source: Sext. Emp. adv. math. viii. 126; Stob. Flor. iv. 56; cf. Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 5 (DK B17)
οὐ φρονέουσι τοιαῦτα πολλοὶ ὁκόσοισι ἐγκυρέουσι οὐδὲ μαθόντες γινώσκουσι, ἑωυτοῖσι δὲ δοκέουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 2, p. 432; cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46.
Fragment 5 (DK B17)
Most men do not understand such things as they are wont to meet with; nor by learning do they come to know them, though they think they do.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 2, p. 432; cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46.
Fragment 6 (DK B127)
ἀκοῦσαι οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι οὐδ’ εἰπεῖν.
Source: fol. 90 r) gives first thirteen words (Byw. 130). Cf. Apollonius, Ep. 27. Byw. 126, the last sentence, from Origen, c. Cels. i. 5, p. 6 (quoting Celsus); and in part vii. 62, p. 384, Clem. Al. Prot. 4, p. 44. The whole passage, lacking the last eight words, is published by Neumann, Hermes xv. 1880, p. 605 (cf. also xvi. 159), from fol. 83 a of a MS. entitled Χρησμοὶ θεῶν (containing also works ascribed to Justin Martyr) formerly in the Strassburg library. This same MS. gives the following fragment, the last clauses of which Neumann joins to the passage as given in the text: δαιμόνων ἀγάλμασιν εὔχονται οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, ὥσπερ ἀκούοιεν, οὐκ ἀποδιδοῦσιν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀπαιτοῖεν. 130a. Given by Neumann from the Strassburg MS. just referred to. The saying is attributed to Xenophanes by Aristotle, Rhet. 23; 1400 b 5 and Plutarch, v. infra, p. 78.
Fragment 6 (DK B127)
They know not how to listen, nor how to speak.
Clement compares this with Eccles. vi. 35.
Source: fol. 90 r) gives first thirteen words (Byw. 130). Cf. Apollonius, Ep. 27. Byw. 126, the last sentence, from Origen, c. Cels. i. 5, p. 6 (quoting Celsus); and in part vii. 62, p. 384, Clem. Al. Prot. 4, p. 44. The whole passage, lacking the last eight words, is published by Neumann, Hermes xv. 1880, p. 605 (cf. also xvi. 159), from fol. 83 a of a MS. entitled Χρησμοὶ θεῶν (containing also works ascribed to Justin Martyr) formerly in the Strassburg library. This same MS. gives the following fragment, the last clauses of which Neumann joins to the passage as given in the text: δαιμόνων ἀγάλμασιν εὔχονται οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, ὥσπερ ἀκούοιεν, οὐκ ἀποδιδοῦσιν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀπαιτοῖεν. 130a. Given by Neumann from the Strassburg MS. just referred to. The saying is attributed to Xenophanes by Aristotle, Rhet. 23; 1400 b 5 and Plutarch, v. infra, p. 78.
Fragment 7
ἐὰν μὴ ἔλπηαι, ἀνέλπιστον οὐκ ἐξευρήσει, ἀνεξερεύνητον ἐὸν καὶ ἄπορον.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 4, p. 437; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 51.
Fragment 7
If you do not hope, you will not find that which is not hoped for; since it is difficult to discover and impossible to attain.
Clement compares this with Isaias vii. 9. With Gomperz’s punctuation: ‘Unless you expect the unexpected, you will not find truth; for, &c.’
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 4, p. 437; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 51.
Fragment 8
χρυσὸν οἱ διζήμενοι γῆν πολλὴν ὀρύσσουσι καὶ εὑρίσκουσι ὀλίγον.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 2, p. 565; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 52.
Fragment 8
Seekers for gold dig much earth, and find little gold.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 2, p. 565; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 52.
Fragment 9 (DK B122)
ἀγχιβασίην.
Source: Suidas, under ἀμφισβατεῖν and ἀγχιβατεῖν.
Fragment 9 (DK B122)
Controversy.
Source: Suidas, under ἀμφισβατεῖν and ἀγχιβατεῖν.
Fragment 10 (DK B124)
φύσις κρύπτεσθαι φιλεῖ.
Source: Themist. Or. v. p. 69 (xii. p. 159). Cf. Philo, Qu. in gen. iv. 1 p. 237, de profug. 32, p. 573, de somn. i. 2, p. 621, de spec. legg. 8, p. 344; Julian, Or. vii. p. 216 C.
Fragment 10 (DK B124)
Nature loves to hide.
‘So we worship the creator of nature, because the knowledge of him is difficult.’
Source: Themist. Or. v. p. 69 (xii. p. 159). Cf. Philo, Qu. in gen. iv. 1 p. 237, de profug. 32, p. 573, de somn. i. 2, p. 621, de spec. legg. 8, p. 344; Julian, Or. vii. p. 216 C.
Fragment 11
ὁ ἄναξ [οὗ τὸ μαντεῖόν ἐστι τὸ] ἐν Δελφοῖς οὔτε λέγει οὔτε κρύπτει, ἀλλὰ σημαίνει.
Source: Plut. de pyth. orac. 21, p. 404 E; Stob. Flor. v. 72, lxxxi. 17; Iambl. de myst. iii. 15. Cf. Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 11
The Lord [whose is the oracle] at Delphi neither speaks nor conceals, but gives a sign.
Source: Plut. de pyth. orac. 21, p. 404 E; Stob. Flor. v. 72, lxxxi. 17; Iambl. de myst. iii. 15. Cf. Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 12 (DK B92)
σίβυλλα δὲ μαινομένῳ στόματι ἀγέλαστα καὶ ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ ἀμύριστα φθεγγομένη χιλίων ἐτέων ἐξικνέεται τῇ φωνῇ διὰ τὸν θεὸν.
Source: p. 416 A; M. Antonin. ix. 3.
Fragment 12 (DK B92)
And the Sibyl with raving mouth, uttering words solemn, unadorned, and unsweetened, reaches with her voice a thousand years because of the god in her.
Quoted by Plutarch to show that allurements of sense are out of place in the holy responses of the god. Both this fragment and the preceding seem originally to have referred to the nature of Herakleitos’s teaching; it is obscure, and yet divine.
Source: p. 416 A; M. Antonin. ix. 3.
Fragment 13 (DK B55)
ὅσων ὄψις ἀκοὴ μάθησις, ταῦτα ἐγὼ προτιμέω.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9.
Fragment 13 (DK B55)
What can be seen, heard, and learned, this I prize.
Hippolytos contrasts this with Fr. 47, and in this connection the translation of Schuster, ‘Am I to prize these (invisible) things above what can be seen, heard, learned?’ seems the more natural.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9.
Fragment 14
ἀπίστους ἀμφισβητουμένων παρεχόμενοι βεβαιωτάς.
Source: Polyb. iv. 40.
Fragment 14
(For this is characteristic of the present age, when, inasmuch as all lands and seas may be crossed by man, it would no longer be fitting to depend on the witness of poets and mythographers, as our ancestors generally did), ‘bringing forth untrustworthy witnesses to confirm disputed points,’ in the words of Herakleitos.
Source: Polyb. iv. 40.
Fragment 15
ὀφθαλμοὶ τῶν ὤτων ἀκριβέστεροι μάρτυρες.
Source: Polyb. xii. 27; cf. Hdt. i.
Fragment 15
Eyes are more exact witnesses than ears.
Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 261 sqq.
Source: Polyb. xii. 27; cf. Hdt. i.
Fragment 16 (DK B40)
πολυμαθίη νόον ἔχειν οὐ διδάσκει· Ἡσίοδον γὰρ ἂν ἐδίδαξε καὶ Πυθαγόρην αὖτίς τε Ξενοφάνεα καὶ Ἑκαταῖον.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. First part: Aul. Gell. N. A. praef. 12; Clem. Al. Strom. i. 19, p. 373: Athen. xiii. p. 610 B: Julian, Or. vi. p. 187 D; Proklos in Tim. 31 F.
Fragment 16 (DK B40)
Much learning does not teach one to have understanding; else it would have taught Hesiod, and Pythagoras, and again Xenophanes, and Hekataios.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. First part: Aul. Gell. N. A. praef. 12; Clem. Al. Strom. i. 19, p. 373: Athen. xiii. p. 610 B: Julian, Or. vi. p. 187 D; Proklos in Tim. 31 F.
Fragment 17
Πυθαγόρης Μνησάρχου ἱστορίην ἤσκησε ἀνθρώπων μάλιστα πάντων· καὶ [ἐκλεξάμενος ταύτας τὰς συγγραφὰς] ἐποίησε ἑωυτοῦ σοφίην, πολυμαθίην, κακοτεχνίην.
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 6. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. i. 21, p. 396.
Fragment 17
Pythagoras, son of Mnesarchos, prosecuted investigations more than any other man, and [selecting these treatises] he made a wisdom of his own—much learning and bad art.
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 6. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. i. 21, p. 396.
Fragment 18 (DK B108)
ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα οὐδεὶς ἀφικνέεται ἐς τοῦτο, ὥστε γινώσκειν ὅτι σοφόν ἐστι πάντων κεχωρισμένον.
Source: p. 392 C (Eus. P. E. xi. 11, p. 528) and de prim. frig. 10, p. 949 A, gives simply πυρὸς θάνατος ἀέρος γένεσις.
Fragment 18 (DK B108)
No one of all whose discourses I have heard has arrived at this result: the recognition that wisdom is apart from all other things.
V. Teichmüller, i. 109 ff. on the idea of katharsis in Herakleitos.
Source: p. 392 C (Eus. P. E. xi. 11, p. 528) and de prim. frig. 10, p. 949 A, gives simply πυρὸς θάνατος ἀέρος γένεσις.
Fragment 19 (DK B41)
ἓν τὸ σοφόν, [ἐπίστασθαι γνώμην ᾗ κυβερνᾶται πάντα διὰ πάντων]. (65) λέγεσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλει καὶ ἐθέλει Ζηνὸς οὔνομα.
Source: Laer. Diog. ix. 1; Plut. de Is. 77, p. 382 C. Cf. Kleanthes, H. Z. 36; Pseudo-Linos, 13, Mul. Byw. 65; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 256. The fragments are combined by Gomperz, l. c.
Fragment 19 (DK B41)
Wisdom is one thing: [to understand the intelligence by which all things are steered through all things]; it is willing and it is unwilling to be called by the name Zeus.
The first two clauses follow Fr. 16 in Diog. Laer.; the idea in parenthesis often appears in Stoic writers.
Source: Laer. Diog. ix. 1; Plut. de Is. 77, p. 382 C. Cf. Kleanthes, H. Z. 36; Pseudo-Linos, 13, Mul. Byw. 65; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681); Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 256. The fragments are combined by Gomperz, l. c.
Fragment 20
κόσμον <τόνδε> τὸν αὐτὸν ἁπάντων οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησε, ἀλλ’ ἦν αἰεὶ καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται πῦρ ἀείζωον, ἁπτόμενον μέτρα καὶ ἀποσβεννύμενον μέτρα.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 711 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676). First clause: Plut. de anim. procr. 5, p. 1014 A. Last clause: Sim. in Arist. de coelo, p. 132, Kars.; Olympiod. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201, Finc. Bywater traces the thought through writers of Stoical school.
Fragment 20
This order, the same for all things, no one of gods or men has made, but it always was, and is, and ever shall be, an ever-living fire, kindling according to fixed measure, and extinguished according to fixed measure.
Zeller, i. 645 n. 1, discusses the various interpretations, and prefers to translate the first phrase ‘This world, the same for all,’ i.e. including gods and men.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 711 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676). First clause: Plut. de anim. procr. 5, p. 1014 A. Last clause: Sim. in Arist. de coelo, p. 132, Kars.; Olympiod. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201, Finc. Bywater traces the thought through writers of Stoical school.
Fragment 21 (DK B30)
πυρὸς τροπαὶ πρῶτον θάλασσα· θαλάσσης δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ γῆ, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ πρηστήρ.
Source: p. 497; Theodor. Ther. xi. p. 152, 25.
Fragment 21 (DK B30)
The transformations of fire are, first of all, sea; and of the sea one half is earth, and the other half is lightning flash.
Zeller, i. 647 n. 1, regards πρηστήρ as identical with κεραυνός of Fr. 28. Burnett, Early Greek Philosophy, p. 153 n. 53, suggests fiery stormcloud, Seneca’s igneus turbo.
Source: p. 497; Theodor. Ther. xi. p. 152, 25.
Fragment 22
πυρὸς ἀνταμείβεται πάντα καὶ πῦρ ἁπάντων, ὥσπερ χρυσοῦ χρήματα καὶ χρημάτων χρυσός.
Source: Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 E; cf. Philo, de incor. mun. 21, p. 508; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Herakl. alleg. Hom. 43; Euseb. P. E. xiv. 3, p. 720 &c. Probably only the word ἀμείβομαι comes from Herakleitos; cf. the two forms of Fr. 31 in Plutarch.
Fragment 22
All things are exchanged for fire, and fire for all things; as wares are exchanged for gold, and gold for wares.
Source: Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 E; cf. Philo, de incor. mun. 21, p. 508; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Herakl. alleg. Hom. 43; Euseb. P. E. xiv. 3, p. 720 &c. Probably only the word ἀμείβομαι comes from Herakleitos; cf. the two forms of Fr. 31 in Plutarch.
Fragment 23
θάλασσα διαχέεται καὶ μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι †γῆ†.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 712 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676).
Fragment 23
(The earth) is poured out as sea, and measures the same amount as existed before it became earth.
V. Lassalle, ii. 63; Heinze, Logos, p. 25; Schuster, p. 129; Zeller, i. 690 n. 1.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 712 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 676).
Fragment 24 (DK B65)
χρησμοσύνη ... κόρος.
Source: Philo, Leg. all. iii. 3, p. 88, de vict. 6, p. 242; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plut. de EI 9, p. 389 C.
Fragment 24 (DK B65)
Want and satiety.
Context: Fire is intelligent and the governing cause of all things. Herakleitos calls it want and satiety. In his opinion want is the process of arrangement, and satiety the process of conflagration.
Source: Philo, Leg. all. iii. 3, p. 88, de vict. 6, p. 242; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plut. de EI 9, p. 389 C.
Fragment 25 (DK B16)
ζῇ πῦρ τὸν γῆς θάνατον, καὶ ἀὴρ ζῇ τὸν πυρὸς θάνατον· ὕδωρ ζῇ τὸν ἀέρος θάνατον, γῆ τὸν ὕδατος.
Source: Maxim. Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489. Cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46. Plut. de EI
Fragment 25 (DK B16)
Fire lives in the death of earth, and air lives in the death of fire; water lives in the death of air, and earth in that of water.
Not accepted by Zeller, i. 676, who regards it as a Stoic version of Fr. 68.
Source: Maxim. Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489. Cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46. Plut. de EI
Fragment 26 (DK B66)
πάντα τὸ πῦρ ἐπελθὸν κρινέει καὶ καταλήψεται.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10.
Fragment 26 (DK B66)
Fire coming upon all things will test them, and lay hold of them.
Burnett suggests that the reference to a judgment (κρινέει) was inserted by Hippolytos to obtain the Christian idea of a judgment.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10.
Fragment 27
τὸ μὴ δῦνόν ποτε πῶς ἄν τις λάθοι;
Source: Clem. Al. Paedag. ii. 10, p. 229. τις, τινα Schleierm., τι Gataker.
Fragment 27
How could one escape the notice of that which never sets?
Cf. Schuster, p. 184; Zeller, i. 649 n. 2; Teichmüller, i. 184.
Source: Clem. Al. Paedag. ii. 10, p. 229. τις, τινα Schleierm., τι Gataker.
Fragment 28 (DK B64)
τὰ δὲ πάντα οἰακίζει κεραυνός.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Klean. H. Z. 10. Philodem. de piet. p. 70, Gomp.
Fragment 28 (DK B64)
The thunderbolt directs the course of all things.
Cf. Fr. 19.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Klean. H. Z. 10. Philodem. de piet. p. 70, Gomp.
Fragment 29 (DK B94)
ἥλιος οὐχ ὑπερβήσεται μέτρα· εἰ δὲ μή, Ἐρινύες μιν δίκης ἐπίκουροι ἐξευρήσουσι.
Source: Plut. de exil. 11, p. 604 A; de Iside 48, p. 370 D. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Prot. 21, p. 132.
Fragment 29 (DK B94)
The sun will not overstep his bounds; if he does, the Erinnyes, allies of justice, will find him out.
Source: Plut. de exil. 11, p. 604 A; de Iside 48, p. 370 D. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Prot. 21, p. 132.
Fragment 30 (DK B120)
ἠοῦς καὶ ἑσπέρης τέρματα ἡ ἄρκτος, καὶ ἀντίοι τῆς ἄρκτου οὖρος αἰθρίου Διός.
Source: Strabo, i. 6, p. 3. Vulg. adds γὰρ after ἠοῦς.
Fragment 30 (DK B120)
The limit of the evening and the morning is the Bear; and opposite the Bear is the boundary of bright Zeus.
Strabo regards this as a Homeric expression for the fact that the northern circle is the boundary of rising and setting. Zeus aithrios means the clear heavens.
Source: Strabo, i. 6, p. 3. Vulg. adds γὰρ after ἠοῦς.
Fragment 31
εἰ μὴ ἥλιος ἦν, εὐφρόνη ἂν ἦν.
Source: Plut. Ag. et ign. 7, p. 957 A. Cf. Plut. de fort. 3, p. 98; Clem. Al. Prot. 11, p. 87; Somn. Scip. 1, 20.
Fragment 31
If there were no sun, it would be night.
Source: Plut. Ag. et ign. 7, p. 957 A. Cf. Plut. de fort. 3, p. 98; Clem. Al. Prot. 11, p. 87; Somn. Scip. 1, 20.
Fragment 32 (DK B6)
νέος ἐφ’ ἡμέρῃ ἥλιος.
Source: Arist. Met. ii. 2, p. 355 a 9; Alexander Aph. in Met. l. l. 93 a; Olymp. in Met. l. l.; Prokl. in Tim. p. 334 B. Cf. Plotin. Enn. ii. 1, p. 97; Plato, Polit. vi. p. 498 B (and Schol.); Olymp. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201 Finc.
Fragment 32 (DK B6)
The sun is new every day.
Source: Arist. Met. ii. 2, p. 355 a 9; Alexander Aph. in Met. l. l. 93 a; Olymp. in Met. l. l.; Prokl. in Tim. p. 334 B. Cf. Plotin. Enn. ii. 1, p. 97; Plato, Polit. vi. p. 498 B (and Schol.); Olymp. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201 Finc.
Fragment 33
Diog. Laer. i. 23 yields no fragment.
Fragment 33
(Herakleitos and Demokritos bear witness that Thales was an astronomer, and predicted eclipses, etc.)
Fragment 34 (DK B99)
ὧραι πάντα φέρουσι.
Source: Plut. Quaes. Plat. viii. 4, p. 1007 E. Cf. Plut. de def. orac.
Fragment 34 (DK B99)
The seasons bring all things.
‘Time is not motion of a simple sort, but, so to speak, motion in an order which has measure and limits and periods. The sun, guardian of these, ... appoints and announces the seasons, which, according to Herakleitos, bring all things.’
Source: Plut. Quaes. Plat. viii. 4, p. 1007 E. Cf. Plut. de def. orac.
Fragment 35
διδάσκαλος δὲ πλείστων Ἡσίοδος· τοῦτον ἐπίστανται πλεῖστα εἰδέναι, ὅστις ἡμέρην καὶ εὐφρόνην οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε· ἔστι γὰρ ἕν.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. εὐφροσύνην, corr. Miller.
Fragment 35
Hesiod is the teacher of most men; they suppose that his knowledge was very extensive, when in fact he did not know night and day, for they are one.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. εὐφροσύνην, corr. Miller.
Fragment 36 (DK B67)
ὁ θεὸς ἡμέρη εὐφρόνη, χειμὼν θέρος, πόλεμος εἰρήνη, κόρος λιμός· ἀλλοιοῦται δὲ ὅκωσπερ ὁκόταν συμμιγῇ <θύωμα> θυώμασι· ὀνομάζεται καθ’ ἡδονὴν ἑκάστου.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10 (cf. v. 21).
Fragment 36 (DK B67)
God is day and night, winter and summer, war and peace, satiety and hunger; but he assumes different forms, just as when incense is mingled with incense; every one gives him the name he pleases.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10 (cf. v. 21).
Fragment 37 (DK B7)
εἰ πάντα τὰ ὄντα καπνὸς γένοιτο, ῥῖνες ἂν διαγνοῖεν.
Source: Arist. de sensu 5, p. 443 a 21.
Fragment 37 (DK B7)
If all things should become smoke, then perception would be by the nostrils.
Arist. ‘Some think that odour is a smoky exhalation, ... and that every one is brought in contact with this in smelling. So Herakleitos says that if all things,’ etc. The reference is originally to the conflagration of the universe [ἐκπύρωσις].
Source: Arist. de sensu 5, p. 443 a 21.
Fragment 38 (DK B98)
†αἱ ψυχαὶ ὀσμῶνται καθ’ Ἅιδην.†
Source: Plut. de fac. in orbe lun. 28, p. 943 E. Patin, Einheitslehre, p. 23, points out that this so-called fragment is probably due to a misunderstanding of the passage in Aristotle (Fr. 37).
Fragment 38 (DK B98)
Souls smell in Hades.
Plutarch adds the reason: Because they retain a perception of what is fiery.
Source: Plut. de fac. in orbe lun. 28, p. 943 E. Patin, Einheitslehre, p. 23, points out that this so-called fragment is probably due to a misunderstanding of the passage in Aristotle (Fr. 37).
Fragment 39 (DK B126)
τὰ ψυχρὰ θέρεται, θερμὸν ψύχεται, ὑγρὸν αὐαίνεται, καρφαλέον νοτίζεται.
Source: p. 768.
Fragment 39 (DK B126)
Cool things become warm, the warm grows cool; the wet dries, the parched becomes wet.
Source: p. 768.
Fragment 40 (DK B91)
σκίδνησι καὶ συνάγει, πρόσεισι καὶ ἄπεισι.
Source: Plut. de EI 18, p. 392 B. V. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vi.
Fragment 40 (DK B91)
It scatters and brings together; it approaches and departs.
This follows the next fragment, as illustrating change.
Source: Plut. de EI 18, p. 392 B. V. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vi.
Fragments 41-42
ποταμοῖσι δὶς τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίης· ἕτερα γὰρ (καὶ ἕτερα) ἐπιρρέει ὕδατα.
Source: Plut. Quaes. nat. 2, p. 912 A. First half: Plato, Krat. 402 A; Arist. Metaph. xiv. 5, p. 1010 a 13; Plut. de sera num. vind. 15, p. 559 C; de EI 18, p. 392 A; Simplic. in Arist. Phys. 17 p. 77, 32; Ibid. f. 308 v.; Arius Didymus in Euseb. P. E. xv. 20, p. 821. [Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. iii. 115.] ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ.
Fragments 41-42
You could not step twice in the same rivers; for other and yet other waters are ever flowing on.
Source: Plut. Quaes. nat. 2, p. 912 A. First half: Plato, Krat. 402 A; Arist. Metaph. xiv. 5, p. 1010 a 13; Plut. de sera num. vind. 15, p. 559 C; de EI 18, p. 392 A; Simplic. in Arist. Phys. 17 p. 77, 32; Ibid. f. 308 v.; Arius Didymus in Euseb. P. E. xv. 20, p. 821. [Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. iii. 115.] ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ.
Fragment 43
μέμφεται τῷ Ὁμήρῳ Ἡράκλειτος εἰπόντι· ὡς ἔρις ἔκ τε θεῶν ἔκ τ’ ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλοιτο· οἰχήσεσθαι γάρ φησι πάντα.
Source: Simpl. in Arist. Cat. p. 104 Δ ed. Basil. (Scholl. in Arist. 88 b 28); Schol. Ven. ad Il. xviii. 107, and Eustath. p. 1133, 56. Cf. Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1, p. 1235 a 26; Plutarch de Isid. 48, 370 D; Numen. in Chalcid. on Tim. 295.
Fragment 43
Herakleitos blamed Homer for saying: Would that strife might perish from among gods and men! For then, said he, all things would pass away.
Aristotle assigns a different reason: For there could be no harmony without sharps and flats, nor living beings without male and female, which are contraries.
Source: Simpl. in Arist. Cat. p. 104 Δ ed. Basil. (Scholl. in Arist. 88 b 28); Schol. Ven. ad Il. xviii. 107, and Eustath. p. 1133, 56. Cf. Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1, p. 1235 a 26; Plutarch de Isid. 48, 370 D; Numen. in Chalcid. on Tim. 295.
Fragment 44 (DK B53)
πόλεμος πάντων μὲν πατήρ ἐστι πάντων δὲ βασιλεύς, καὶ τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς ἔδειξε τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς μὲν δούλους ἐποίησε τοὺς δὲ ἐλευθέρους.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. First part: Plut. de Iside 48, p. 370 D; Prok on Tim. 54 A (cf. 24. B); Lucian, quomodo hist. consc. 2; Icar. 8.
Fragment 44 (DK B53)
War is father of all and king of all; and some he made gods and some men, some slaves and some free.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. First part: Plut. de Iside 48, p. 370 D; Prok on Tim. 54 A (cf. 24. B); Lucian, quomodo hist. consc. 2; Icar. 8.
Fragment 45
οὐ ξυνίασι ὅκως διαφερόμενον ἑωυτῷ ὁμολογέει· παλίντροπος ἁρμονίη ὅκωσπερ τόξου καὶ λύρης.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Plato, Symp. 187 A, Soph. 242 D; Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 B.
Fragment 45
Men do not understand how that which draws apart agrees with itself; harmony lies in the bending back, as for instance of the bow and of the lyre.
V. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. p. 94. Reading παλίντονος from fragment 56, we obtain the meaning ‘opposite tension’ more distinctly.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Plato, Symp. 187 A, Soph. 242 D; Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 B.
Fragment 46 (DK B8)
τὸ ἀντίξουν συμφέρον. ἐκ τῶν διαφερόντων καλλίστην ἁρμονίαν. πάντα κατ’ ἔριν γίνεσθαι.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. viii. 2, p. 1155 b 14. Cf. Theophr. Metaph. 15; Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1; 1235 a 13. These are rather summary phrases than quotations.
Fragment 46 (DK B8)
Opposition unites. From what draws apart results the most beautiful harmony. All things take place by strife.
Quoted by Aristotle as an illustration of the search for a deeper principle, more in accordance with nature.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. viii. 2, p. 1155 b 14. Cf. Theophr. Metaph. 15; Arist. Eth. Eud. vii. 1; 1235 a 13. These are rather summary phrases than quotations.
Fragment 47 (DK B54)
ἁρμονίη ἀφανὴς φανερῆς κρείσσων.
Source: Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 C; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9-10.
Fragment 47 (DK B54)
Hidden harmony is better than manifest.
Source: Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 C; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9-10.
Fragment 48 (DK B47)
μὴ εἰκῆ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων συμβαλώμεθα.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 73.
Fragment 48 (DK B47)
Let us not make rash conjectures about the greatest things.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 73.
Fragment 49 (DK B35)
χρὴ εὖ μάλα πολλῶν ἵστορας φιλοσόφους ἄνδρας εἶναι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 733.
Fragment 49 (DK B35)
Men who desire wisdom must be learners of very many things.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 733.
Fragment 50 (DK B59)
γναφέων ὁδὸς εὐθεῖα καὶ σκολιὴ μία ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ αὐτή.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. γραφέων, corr. Duncker. The MSS. reading may be a participle introducing the quotation, and wrongly included in the excerpt, as Tannery suggests (Science hellèn. pp. 198 ff.).
Fragment 50 (DK B59)
For woolcarders the straight and the crooked path is one and the same.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. γραφέων, corr. Duncker. The MSS. reading may be a participle introducing the quotation, and wrongly included in the excerpt, as Tannery suggests (Science hellèn. pp. 198 ff.).
Fragment 51 (DK B9)
ὄνοι σύρματ’ ἂν ἕλοιντο μᾶλλον ἢ χρυσόν.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. x. 5, p. 1176 a 6. Cf. Albertus M. de veget. vi. 401 (p. 545 Mey.) R. P. 40 B: ‘Boves ... felices ... cum inveniant orobum ad comendum.’ Bywater, Journal Philol. 1880, p. 230.
Fragment 51 (DK B9)
Asses would rather have refuse than gold.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. x. 5, p. 1176 a 6. Cf. Albertus M. de veget. vi. 401 (p. 545 Mey.) R. P. 40 B: ‘Boves ... felices ... cum inveniant orobum ad comendum.’ Bywater, Journal Philol. 1880, p. 230.
Fragment 52 (DK B61)
θάλασσα ὕδωρ καθαρώτατον καὶ μιαρώτατον, ἰχθύσι μὲν πότιμον καὶ σωτήριον, ἀνθρώποις δὲ ἄτοπον καὶ ὀλέθριον.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55.
Fragment 52 (DK B61)
The sea is the purest and the foulest water; it is drinkable and healthful for fishes; but for men it is unfit to drink and hurtful.
Quoted by Hippolytos as an example of Herakleitos’ identification of opposites.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55.
Fragments 53-54
Sues coeno, cohortales aves pulvere (vel cinere) lavari. βορβόρῳ χαίρειν.
Source: Columella, de R. R. viii. 4. Cf. Galen, Protrept. 13, p. 5 ed. Bas.; Athen. v. 178 F. Cf. Clem. Al. Protrept. 10, p. 75; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55; Plotin. Enn. i. 6, p. 55.
Fragments 53-54
Swine like to wash in the mire; barnyard fowls in the dust.
Source: Columella, de R. R. viii. 4. Cf. Galen, Protrept. 13, p. 5 ed. Bas.; Athen. v. 178 F. Cf. Clem. Al. Protrept. 10, p. 75; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55; Plotin. Enn. i. 6, p. 55.
Fragment 55
πᾶν ἑρπετὸν πληγῇ νέμεται.
Source: Arist. de mundo 6, p. 401 a 8 (Apuleius, de mundo 36; Stob. Ecl. i. 2, p. 86). From Cod. Flor. of Apuleius Goldbacher obtains the following (Zeit. f. d. Oester. Gymn. 1876, p. 496): Ζεὺς ἅπαντα εὐεργετεῖ ὁμῶς ὡς ἄν τινα μέρη σώματος αὑτοῦ.
Fragment 55
Every beast is tended by blows.
Cf. Zeller, i. p. 724: ‘Every creature feeds on earth.’
Source: Arist. de mundo 6, p. 401 a 8 (Apuleius, de mundo 36; Stob. Ecl. i. 2, p. 86). From Cod. Flor. of Apuleius Goldbacher obtains the following (Zeit. f. d. Oester. Gymn. 1876, p. 496): Ζεὺς ἅπαντα εὐεργετεῖ ὁμῶς ὡς ἄν τινα μέρη σώματος αὑτοῦ.
Fragment 57
ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν ταὐτόν.
Source: Arist. Top. viii. 5, p. 159 b 30; Phys. i. 2, p. 185 b 20; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Simpl. in Phys. 11 v. 50, 11; 18 v. 82, 23.
Fragment 57
Good and bad are the same.
Source: Arist. Top. viii. 5, p. 159 b 30; Phys. i. 2, p. 185 b 20; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Simpl. in Phys. 11 v. 50, 11; 18 v. 82, 23.
Fragment 58 (DK B58)
οἱ ἰατροὶ τέμνοντες καίοντες πάντη βασανίζοντες κακῶς τοὺς ἀρρωστοῦντας ἐπαιτιῶνται μηδέν’ ἄξιον μισθὸν λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν ἀρρωστούντων.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 54; Plato, Gorg. 521 E, Polit. 293 B; Simpl. in Epict. 13, p. 83 D, and 27 p. 178 A.
Fragment 58 (DK B58)
(Good and bad are one; at any rate, as Herakleitos says) physicians, who cut and burn and in every way torment the sick, complain that they do not receive any adequate recompense from them.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 54; Plato, Gorg. 521 E, Polit. 293 B; Simpl. in Epict. 13, p. 83 D, and 27 p. 178 A.
Fragment 59 (DK B10)
συνάψειας οὖλα καὶ οὐχὶ οὖλα, συμφερόμενον διαφερόμενον, συνᾷδον διᾷδον· ἐκ πάντων ἓν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντα.
Source: Arist. de mundo 5, p. 396 b 12 (Apuleius, de mundo 20; Stob. Ecl. i. 34, p. 690).
Fragment 59 (DK B10)
Thou shouldst unite things whole and things not whole, that which tends to unite and that which tends to separate, the harmonious and the discordant; from all things arises the one, and from the one all things.
Source: Arist. de mundo 5, p. 396 b 12 (Apuleius, de mundo 20; Stob. Ecl. i. 34, p. 690).
Fragment 60
δίκης οὔνομα οὐκ ἂν ᾔδεσαν, εἰ ταῦτα μὴ ἦν.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 3, p. 568. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vii.
Fragment 60
They would not have known the name of justice, were it not for these things.
According to the context in Clement ‘these things’ refers to injustice.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 3, p. 568. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. vii.
Fragment 61 (DK B102)
†τῷ μὲν θεῷ καλὰ πάντα καὶ ἀγαθὰ καὶ δίκαια, ἄνθρωποι δὲ ἃ μὲν ἄδικα ὑπειλήφασιν, ἃ δὲ δίκαια.†
Source: Schol. B in Il. iv. 4, p. 120 Bk. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta i. 11 RP. 37 C; Bernays, Herakl. 22. Probably a Stoic deduction from Herakleitos, and therefore to be omitted here.
Fragment 61 (DK B102)
(God, ordering things as they ought to be, perfects all things in the harmony of the whole, as Herakleitos says that) for god all things are fair and good and just, but men suppose that some are unjust and others just.
Cf. Hippocr. de Diaeta (Bernays, Herakl. 22; RP 37 c) Accordingly the arrangements (laws) which men have made are never constant, either when they are right, or when they are not right; but the arrangements the gods have made are always right, both those which are right and those which are not right; so great is the difference between them.
Source: Schol. B in Il. iv. 4, p. 120 Bk. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta i. 11 RP. 37 C; Bernays, Herakl. 22. Probably a Stoic deduction from Herakleitos, and therefore to be omitted here.
Fragment 62 (DK B79)
εἰδέναι χρὴ τὸν πόλεμον ἐόντα ξυνόν, καὶ δίκην ἔριν· καὶ γινόμενα πάντα κατ’ ἔριν καὶ †χρεώμενα†.
Source: Orig. cont. Cels. vi. 42, p. 312. Cf. Plut. de soll. anim. 7, p. 964; Laer. Diog. ix. 8.
Fragment 62 (DK B79)
Men should know that war is general and that justice is strife; all things arise and [pass away] through strife.
Source: Orig. cont. Cels. vi. 42, p. 312. Cf. Plut. de soll. anim. 7, p. 964; Laer. Diog. ix. 8.
Fragment 63
ἔστι γὰρ εἱμαρμένα πάντως....
Source: Stob. Ecl. i. 6, p. 178. Vulg. εἱμαρμένη, A εἱμαρμένα.
Fragment 63
For they are absolutely destined....
Source: Stob. Ecl. i. 6, p. 178. Vulg. εἱμαρμένη, A εἱμαρμένα.
Fragment 64
θάνατός ἐστι ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντες ὁρεόμεν, ὁκόσα δὲ εὕδοντες ὕπνος.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 520. Cf. Strom. v. 14, p. 712; Philo, de Joseph. 22, p. 59.
Fragment 64
All the things we see when awake are death, and all the things we see when asleep are sleep.
For various interpretations, v. Teichmüller, i. 97 sq.; Zeller, i. 715; Patin, Einheitslehre, 19.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 520. Cf. Strom. v. 14, p. 712; Philo, de Joseph. 22, p. 59.
Fragment 66
τοῦ βιοῦ οὔνομα βίος, ἔργον δὲ θάνατος.
Source: Schol. in Il. i. 49; Cramer, A. P. iii. p. 122; Etym. Mag. under βίος; Tzetz. Ex. in Il. p. 101; Eust. in Il. i. 49, p. 41. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta 21 οὔνομα τρόφη, ἔργον δὲ οὐχί.
Fragment 66
The name of the bow is life, but its work is death.
A similar play on words is found in Fr. 101.
Source: Schol. in Il. i. 49; Cramer, A. P. iii. p. 122; Etym. Mag. under βίος; Tzetz. Ex. in Il. p. 101; Eust. in Il. i. 49, p. 41. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta 21 οὔνομα τρόφη, ἔργον δὲ οὐχί.
Fragment 67 (DK B62)
θεοὶ θνητοί, ἄνθρωποι ἀθάνατοι, ζῶντες τὸν ἐκείνων θάνατον τὸν δὲ ἐκείνων βίον τεθνεῶτες.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24, p. 51; Maxim. Tyr. x. 4, p. 107, xli. 4, p. 489; Lucian, Vit. auct. 14; Porph. de ant. nymph. 10; Clem. Al. Paed. iii. 1, p. 251; Philo, Leg. alleg. i. 33, p. 65, and Qu. in Gen. iv. 152, p. 360. Human and divine nature identical: Dio Cass. Frr. i.-xxxv. Ch. 30, i. 40 Dind.; Stob. Ecl. i.
Fragment 67 (DK B62)
Gods are mortals, men are immortals, each living in the others’ death and dying in the others’ life.
Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230, R. P. 38.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24, p. 51; Maxim. Tyr. x. 4, p. 107, xli. 4, p. 489; Lucian, Vit. auct. 14; Porph. de ant. nymph. 10; Clem. Al. Paed. iii. 1, p. 251; Philo, Leg. alleg. i. 33, p. 65, and Qu. in Gen. iv. 152, p. 360. Human and divine nature identical: Dio Cass. Frr. i.-xxxv. Ch. 30, i. 40 Dind.; Stob. Ecl. i.
Fragment 68 (DK B36)
ψυχῇσι γὰρ θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι, ὕδατι δὲ θάνατος γῆν γενέσθαι· ἐκ γῆς δὲ ὕδωρ γίνεται, ἐξ ὕδατος δὲ ψυχή.
Source: Philo, de incorr. mundi 21, p. 509; Aristides Quint. ii. p. 106 Meib.; Clem. Al. Strom. vi. 2, p. 746; Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 16; Julian, Or. v. p. 165 D; Prokl. in Tim. p. 36 C; Olympiod. in Plat. Gorg. p. 357 Jahn; idem, p. 542.
Fragment 68 (DK B36)
For to souls it is death to become water, and for water it is death to become earth; but water is formed from earth, and from water, soul.
Clement quotes this as borrowed from Orpheus; and Hippolytos also found it in the poets.
Source: Philo, de incorr. mundi 21, p. 509; Aristides Quint. ii. p. 106 Meib.; Clem. Al. Strom. vi. 2, p. 746; Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 16; Julian, Or. v. p. 165 D; Prokl. in Tim. p. 36 C; Olympiod. in Plat. Gorg. p. 357 Jahn; idem, p. 542.
Fragment 69
ὁδὸς ἄνω κάτω μία καὶ ὡυτή.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plato, Phileb. 43 A; Kleomed. π. μετεώρων i. p. 75 Bak.; Maximus Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489; Tertull. adv. Marc. ii. 28; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 45; Philo, de incorr. mun. 21, p. 508; and de somn. i. 24, p. 644; and de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Muson. Stob. Flor. cviii. 60; M. Antonin. vi. 17.
Fragment 69
Upward, downward, the way is one and the same.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plato, Phileb. 43 A; Kleomed. π. μετεώρων i. p. 75 Bak.; Maximus Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489; Tertull. adv. Marc. ii. 28; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 45; Philo, de incorr. mun. 21, p. 508; and de somn. i. 24, p. 644; and de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Muson. Stob. Flor. cviii. 60; M. Antonin. vi. 17.
Fragment 70
ξυνὸν ἀρχὴ καὶ πέρας.
Source: Porphyr. Schol. B. Il. xiv. 200, p. 392 Bek. Cf. Hippokr. π. τόπων
Fragment 70
Beginning and end are common (to both ways).
Source: Porphyr. Schol. B. Il. xiv. 200, p. 392 Bek. Cf. Hippokr. π. τόπων
Fragment 71 (DK B45)
ψυχῆς πείρατα οὐκ ἂν ἐξεύροιο πᾶσαν ἐπιπορευόμενος ὁδόν.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7; Tertull. de anima 2. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 7.
Fragment 71 (DK B45)
The limits of the soul you could not discover, though traversing every path.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7; Tertull. de anima 2. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 7.
Fragment 72
ψυχῇσι τέρψις ὑγρῇσι γενέσθαι.
Source: Numen. Porphyr. de antro nymph. 10.
Fragment 72
It is a delight to souls to become wet.
Source: Numen. Porphyr. de antro nymph. 10.
Fragment 73 (DK B117)
ἀνὴρ ὁκότ’ ἂν μεθύσθῃ, ἄγεται ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνήβου σφαλλόμενος, οὐκ ἐπαίων ὅκη βαίνει, ὑγρὴν τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων.
Source: Stob. Flor. v. 120. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 73 (DK B117)
Whenever a man gets drunk, he is led about by a beardless boy, stumbling, not knowing whither he goes, for his soul is wet.
Source: Stob. Flor. v. 120. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 74 (DK B119)
αὔη ψυχὴ σοφωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη.
Source: Plutarch, Rom. 28; Aristid. Quint. ii. p. 106; Porphyr. de antro nymph. 11; Synesius, de insomn. p. 140 A Petav.; Stob. Flor. v. 120; Glykas, Ann. i. p. 74 B; Eustath. Il. xxiii. 261, p. 1299, 17.
Fragment 74 (DK B119)
The dry soul is wisest and best.
Byw. 75. A dry beam is the wisest and best soul; Fr. 76. Where the earth is dry, the soul is wisest and best. If Fr. 74 is the genuine form, the corruptions are very early. We cannot, however, regard all three forms as genuine, and it is at least doubtful whether Fr. 75 expresses a Herakleitean idea. Zeller and others add to Fr. 74 the rest of the phrase in Plutarch, ‘flashing through the body as lightning through the cloud.’
Source: Plutarch, Rom. 28; Aristid. Quint. ii. p. 106; Porphyr. de antro nymph. 11; Synesius, de insomn. p. 140 A Petav.; Stob. Flor. v. 120; Glykas, Ann. i. p. 74 B; Eustath. Il. xxiii. 261, p. 1299, 17.
Fragment 77
ἄνθρωπος, ὅκως ἐν εὐφρόνῃ φάος, ἅπτεται ἀποσβέννυται.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628.
Fragment 77
Man, like a light in the night, is kindled and put out.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628.
Fragment 78 (DK B87)
ταὔτ’ εἶναι ζῶν καὶ τεθνηκός, καὶ τὸ ἐγρηγορὸς καὶ τὸ καθεῦδον, καὶ νέον καὶ γηραιόν· τάδε γὰρ μεταπεσόντα ἐκεῖνά ἐστι κἀκεῖνα πάλιν μεταπεσόντα ταῦτα.
Source: Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, p. 106 E; and de EI 18, p. 392 D. (Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. p. 100, thinks that more of the contents of these passages is drawn from Herakleitean sources.) Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230; Tzetz. Chil. ii. 722.
Fragment 78 (DK B87)
Life and death, and waking and sleeping, and youth and old age, are the same; for the latter change and are the former, and the former change back to the latter.
Source: Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, p. 106 E; and de EI 18, p. 392 D. (Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. p. 100, thinks that more of the contents of these passages is drawn from Herakleitean sources.) Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230; Tzetz. Chil. ii. 722.
Fragment 79
αἰὼν παῖς ἐστι παίζων πεσσεύων· παιδὸς ἡ βασιληίη.
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Clem. Al. Paed. i. 5, p. 111; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. ii. 1, p. 12; Prokl. in Tim. 101 F; Plato, Legg. i. 644 D, x. 903 D; Philo, de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Plut. de EI 21, p. 393 E; Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 79
Lifetime is a child playing draughts; the kingdom is a child’s.
Clement understood αἰών to be Zeus; Hippolytos made it equivalent to αἰώνιος, the eternal (king).
Source: Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Clem. Al. Paed. i. 5, p. 111; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. ii. 1, p. 12; Prokl. in Tim. 101 F; Plato, Legg. i. 644 D, x. 903 D; Philo, de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Plut. de EI 21, p. 393 E; Lucian, vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 80
ἐδιζησάμην ἐμεωυτόν.
Source: Plut. adv. Colot. 20, p. 1118 C; Dio Chrys. Or. 55, p. 282; Tatian, Or. ad Graec.; Diog. Laer. ix. 5; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Julian, Or. vi. p. 185 A; Prokl. on Tim. 106 E; Suidas s. v. ποστοῦμος. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 1, p. 429; Plotin. Enn. v. 9, p. 559; Hesychius ἐδίζησα.
Fragment 80
I inquired of myself.
The translation follows the sense in Diogenes; in Plutarch it is parallel with the Delphic oracle, ‘I have sought to know myself.’
Source: Plut. adv. Colot. 20, p. 1118 C; Dio Chrys. Or. 55, p. 282; Tatian, Or. ad Graec.; Diog. Laer. ix. 5; Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468; Julian, Or. vi. p. 185 A; Prokl. on Tim. 106 E; Suidas s. v. ποστοῦμος. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 1, p. 429; Plotin. Enn. v. 9, p. 559; Hesychius ἐδίζησα.
Fragment 81 (DK B49)
ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνομέν τε καὶ οὐκ ἐμβαίνομεν, εἶμέν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶμεν.
Source: Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24; Seneca, Epist. 58. Cf. Epicharm. Fr. B 40 Lorenz.
Fragment 81 (DK B49)
In the same rivers we step and we do not step; we are and we are not.
Cf. Fr. 41.
Source: Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24; Seneca, Epist. 58. Cf. Epicharm. Fr. B 40 Lorenz.
Fragment 82 (DK B84)
κάματός ἐστι τοῖς αὐτοῖς μοχθεῖν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι.
Source: These passages do not yield any definite fragment of Herakleitos.
Fragment 82 (DK B84)
It is weariness to toil at the same things, and to be subject to them.
Source: These passages do not yield any definite fragment of Herakleitos.
Fragment 83
μεταβάλλον ἀναπαύεται.
Source: Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468 and p. 473; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41, p. 906 and p. 894; Aeneas G. Theophrast. p. 9 and p. 11.
Fragment 83
Changing it finds rest.
Source: Plotin. Enn. iv. 8, p. 468 and p. 473; Iambl. Stob. Ecl. i. 41, p. 906 and p. 894; Aeneas G. Theophrast. p. 9 and p. 11.
Fragment 84 (DK B125)
καὶ ὁ κυκεὼν διίσταται μὴ κινεόμενος.
Source: Theophrast. π. ἰλίγγων 9, p. 138 Wim.; Alexand. Aphr. Probl. p. 11 Usen. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 27.
Fragment 84 (DK B125)
Even a potion separates into its ingredients when it is not stirred.
Source: Theophrast. π. ἰλίγγων 9, p. 138 Wim.; Alexand. Aphr. Probl. p. 11 Usen. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 27.
Fragment 85 (DK B96)
νέκυες κοπρίων ἐκβλητότεροι.
Source: Strabo, xvi. 26, p. 784; Plutarch, Qu. conv. iv. 4, p. 669 A; Pollux, Onom. v. 163; Origen, c. Cels. v. 14, p. 247 (quoting Celsus, v. 24, p. 253); Julian, Or. vii. p. 226 C. Cf. Philo, de profug. ii. p. 555; Plotin. Enn. v. 1, p. 483; Schol. V. ad Il. xxiv. 54 (= Eustath. ad Il. p. 1338, 47); Epictet. Diss. ii. 4, 5.
Fragment 85 (DK B96)
Corpses are more fit to be thrown away than dung.
Source: Strabo, xvi. 26, p. 784; Plutarch, Qu. conv. iv. 4, p. 669 A; Pollux, Onom. v. 163; Origen, c. Cels. v. 14, p. 247 (quoting Celsus, v. 24, p. 253); Julian, Or. vii. p. 226 C. Cf. Philo, de profug. ii. p. 555; Plotin. Enn. v. 1, p. 483; Schol. V. ad Il. xxiv. 54 (= Eustath. ad Il. p. 1338, 47); Epictet. Diss. ii. 4, 5.
Fragment 86 (DK B12)
γενόμενοι ζώειν ἐθέλουσι μόρους τ’ ἔχειν· [μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναπαύεσθαι,] καὶ παῖδας καταλείπουσι μόρους γενέσθαι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 516. Mullach assigns the bracketed words to Clement.
Fragment 86 (DK B12)
Being born they wish to live and to meet death, [or rather to find rest,] and they leave behind children to die.
87. Thirty years make a generation, according to Herakleitos. 88. Not without reason does Herakleitos call a month a generation. 89. A man may become a grandfather in thirty years.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 516. Mullach assigns the bracketed words to Clement.
Fragment 90 (DK B75)
τοὺς καθεύδοντας ἐργάτας εἶναι [καὶ συνεργοὺς] τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ γινομένων.
Source: M. Antonin. vi. 42. Pfleiderer rejects καὶ συνεργοὺς.
Fragment 90 (DK B75)
The sleeping are workmen (and fellow-workers) in what happens in the world.
Source: M. Antonin. vi. 42. Pfleiderer rejects καὶ συνεργοὺς.
Fragment 91
ξυνόν ἐστι πᾶσι τὸ φρονέειν. ξὺν νόῳ λέγοντας ἰσχυρίζεσθαι χρὴ τῷ ξυνῷ πάντων, ὅκωσπερ νόμῳ πόλις καὶ πολὺ ἰσχυροτέρως. τρέφονται γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἀνθρώπειοι νόμοι ὑπὸ ἑνὸς τοῦ θείου· κρατέει γὰρ τοσοῦτον ὁκόσον ἐθέλει καὶ ἐξαρκέει πᾶσι καὶ περιγίνεται.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 84. Cf. Kleanth. H. Zeus 24; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 15; Plut. de Isid. 45, p. 369 A; Plotin. Enn. vi. 5, p. 668; Empedokles, v. 231 Stn.
Fragment 91
Understanding is common to all. It is necessary for those who speak with intelligence to hold fast to the common element of all, as a city holds fast to law, and much more strongly. For all human laws are nourished by one which is divine, and it has power so much as it will; and it suffices for all things and more than suffices.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 84. Cf. Kleanth. H. Zeus 24; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 15; Plut. de Isid. 45, p. 369 A; Plotin. Enn. vi. 5, p. 668; Empedokles, v. 231 Stn.
Fragment 92
τοῦ λόγου δ’ ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, ζώουσι οἱ πολλοὶ ὡς ἰδίην ἔχοντες φρόνησιν.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 133, where the quotation is apparently longer. Burnett, 140, n. 35, acutely suggests φρονέειν for λόγου.
Fragment 92
And though reason is common, most people live as though they had an understanding peculiar to themselves.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 133, where the quotation is apparently longer. Burnett, 140, n. 35, acutely suggests φρονέειν for λόγου.
Fragment 93
ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκέως ὁμιλέουσι, τούτῳ διαφέρονται.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 93
With what they most constantly associate, with this they are at variance.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 94 (DK B73)
οὐ δεῖ ὥσπερ καθεύδοντας ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 94 (DK B73)
It is not meet to act and speak like men asleep.
Cf. Fr. 2 and 90.
Source: M. Antonin. iv. 46.
Fragment 95 (DK B89)
τοῖς ἐγρηγορόσιν ἕνα καὶ κοινὸν κόσμον εἶναι, τῶν δὲ κοιμωμένων ἕκαστον εἰς ἴδιον ἀποστρέφεσθαι.
Source: Plut. de superst. 3, p. 166 C. Cf. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Protrept. 21, p. 132 Arcer. The form is Plutarch’s.
Fragment 95 (DK B89)
They that are awake have one world in common, but of the sleeping each turns aside into a world of his own.
Source: Plut. de superst. 3, p. 166 C. Cf. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. vi. 26; Iambl. Protrept. 21, p. 132 Arcer. The form is Plutarch’s.
Fragment 96 (DK B78)
ἦθος ἀνθρώπειον μὲν οὐκ ἔχει γνώμας, θεῖον δὲ ἔχει.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291.
Fragment 96 (DK B78)
For human nature has not wisdom, but divine nature has.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291.
Fragment 97
ἀνὴρ νήπιος ἤκουσε πρὸς δαίμονος ὅκωσπερ παῖς πρὸς ἀνδρός.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46 Bern.
Fragment 97
Man is called a baby by god, even as a child is by man.
The translation is Burnett’s, following the suggestion of Petersen in Hermes xiv. 1879, p. 304. Fr. 98. And does not Herakleitos, whom you bring forward, say this very thing, that the wisest of men will appear as an ape before God, both in wisdom and in beauty and in all other respects? Fr. 99. You are ignorant, sir, of that fine saying of Herakleitos, that the most beautiful of apes is ugly in comparison with beings of another kind, and the most beautiful of earthen pots is ugly in comparison with maidenkind, as Hippias the wise man says.
Source: Origen, c. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46 Bern.
Fragment 100 (DK B44)
μάχεσθαι χρὴ τὸν δῆμον ὑπὲρ τοῦ νόμου ὅκως ὑπὲρ τείχεος.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2.
Fragment 100 (DK B44)
The people ought to fight for their law as for a wall.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2.
Fragment 101
μόροι μέζονες μέζονας μοίρας λαγχάνουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 7, p. 586; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. 8. Theodor. reads μόνοι.
Fragment 101
Greater deaths gain greater portions.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 7, p. 586; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. 8. Theodor. reads μόνοι.
Fragment 102
ἀρηιφάτους θεοὶ τιμῶσι καὶ ἄνθρωποι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 4, p. 571; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33.
Fragment 102
Gods and men honour those slain in battle.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 4, p. 571; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33.
Fragment 103 (DK B43)
ὕβριν χρὴ σβεννύειν ἢ πυρκαιήν.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2. M Cobet σβεννύναι, L σβεννύην.
Fragment 103 (DK B43)
Wantonness must be quenched more than a conflagration.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 2. M Cobet σβεννύναι, L σβεννύην.
Fragment 104
ἀνθρώποισι γίνεσθαι ὁκόσα θέλουσι οὐκ ἄμεινον. νοῦσος ὑγίειαν ἐποίησε ἡδὺ καὶ ἀγαθόν, λιμὸς κόρον, κάματος ἀνάπαυσιν.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 83, 4. Cf. εὐαρέστησις, Clem. Al. Strom. ii.
Fragment 104
It is not good for men to have whatever they want. Disease makes health sweet and good; hunger, satiety; toil, rest.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 83, 4. Cf. εὐαρέστησις, Clem. Al. Strom. ii.
Fragment 105
θυμῷ μάχεσθαι χαλεπόν· ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν χρηίζῃ γίνεσθαι, ψυχῆς ὠνέεται.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. ii. 2, p. 1105 a 8; and Eth. Eud. ii. 7, p. 1223 b 22; and Pol. v. 11, p. 1315 a 29; Plut. de cohib. ira 9, p. 457 D; and Erot. 11, p. 755 D; Iambl. Protrep. p. 140 Arc.; and Coriol. 22.
Fragment 105
It is hard to contend with passion; for whatever it desires to get it buys at the cost of soul.
106. It is the part of all men to know themselves and to be temperate. 107. To be temperate is the greatest virtue; and it is wisdom to speak the truth and to act according to nature with understanding.
Source: Arist. Eth. Nic. ii. 2, p. 1105 a 8; and Eth. Eud. ii. 7, p. 1223 b 22; and Pol. v. 11, p. 1315 a 29; Plut. de cohib. ira 9, p. 457 D; and Erot. 11, p. 755 D; Iambl. Protrep. p. 140 Arc.; and Coriol. 22.
Fragment 106 (DK B116)
†ἀνθρώποισι πᾶσι μέτεστι γιγνώσκειν ἑαυτοὺς καὶ σωφρονεῖν†.
Fragment 106 (DK B116)
Stob. Flor. v. 119. Neither this nor the following fragment can be regarded as genuine.
Fragment 107 (DK B112)
†σωφρονεῖν ἀρετὴ μεγίστη· καὶ σοφίη ἀληθέα λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπαίοντας†.
Fragment 107 (DK B112)
Stob. Flor. iii. 84.
Fragment 108 (DK B95)
ἀμαθίην ἄμεινον κρύπτειν· ἔργον δὲ ἐν ἀνέσει καὶ παρ’ οἶνον.
Source: Plut. qu. conv. iii. proœm. p. 644 F; and de audien. 12, p. 43 D; and virt. doc. posse 2, p. 439 D; Stob. Flor. xviii. 32.
Fragment 108 (DK B95)
It is better to conceal stupidity, but it is an effort in time of relaxation and over the wine.
Source: Plut. qu. conv. iii. proœm. p. 644 F; and de audien. 12, p. 43 D; and virt. doc. posse 2, p. 439 D; Stob. Flor. xviii. 32.
Fragment 109 (DK B109)
κρύπτειν ἀμαθίην κρέσσον ἢ ἐς τὸ μέσον φέρειν.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 82 κρύπτειν ἀμαθίην κρέσσον ἢ ἐς τὸ μέσον φέρειν. A variation of 108.
Fragment 109 (DK B109)
It is better to conceal ignorance than to put it forth into the midst.
Source: Stob. Flor. iii. 82 κρύπτειν ἀμαθίην κρέσσον ἢ ἐς τὸ μέσον φέρειν. A variation of 108.
Fragment 110 (DK B33)
νόμος καὶ βουλῇ πείθεσθαι ἑνός.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681).
Fragment 110 (DK B33)
It is law to obey the counsel of one.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 681).
Fragment 111
τίς γὰρ αὐτῶν νόος ἢ φρήν; [δήμων] ἀοιδοῖσι ἕπονται καὶ διδασκάλῳ χρέωνται ὁμίλῳ, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι πολλοὶ κακοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἀγαθοί. αἱρεῦνται γὰρ ἓν ἀντία πάντων οἱ ἄριστοι, κλέος ἀέναον θνητῶν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ κεκόρηνται ὅκωσπερ κτήνεα.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 9, p. 682; and iv. 7, p. 586; Prokl. on Alkib. p. 255 Creuz, ii. 525 Cous. Clement omits first clause; Proklos ends with ἀγαθοί.
Fragment 111
For what sense or understanding have they? They follow the bards and employ the crowd as their teacher, not knowing that many are bad and few good. For the very best choose one thing before all others, immortal glory among mortals, while the masses eat their fill like cattle.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 9, p. 682; and iv. 7, p. 586; Prokl. on Alkib. p. 255 Creuz, ii. 525 Cous. Clement omits first clause; Proklos ends with ἀγαθοί.
Fragment 112
ἐν Πριήνῃ Βίας ἐγένετο ὁ Τευτάμεω οὗ πλέων λόγος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων.
Source: Diog. Laer. i. 88.
Fragment 112
In Priene was born Bias son of Teutamas, who is of more account than the rest.
Diogenes adds the apothegm ‘most men are bad.’
Source: Diog. Laer. i. 88.
Fragment 113
εἷς ἐμοὶ μύριοι, ἐὰν ἄριστοις ᾖ.
Source: Galen, π. διαγνώσεως σφυγμῶν I. I. iii. p. 53 ed. Bas.; Symmachus, Epist. ix. 115 (105 Paris 1604); Theod. Prod. in Lazerii Misc. i. p. 20; and Tetrastich. in Basil. i. (fol. κ 2 vers. ed. Bas.); Diog. Laer. ix. 16; Cicero, ad Att. xvi. 11; Cf. Seneca, Ep. 7.
Fragment 113
To me one man is ten thousand if he be the best.
Source: Galen, π. διαγνώσεως σφυγμῶν I. I. iii. p. 53 ed. Bas.; Symmachus, Epist. ix. 115 (105 Paris 1604); Theod. Prod. in Lazerii Misc. i. p. 20; and Tetrastich. in Basil. i. (fol. κ 2 vers. ed. Bas.); Diog. Laer. ix. 16; Cicero, ad Att. xvi. 11; Cf. Seneca, Ep. 7.
Fragment 114 (DK B121)
ἄξιον Ἐφεσίοις ἡβηδὸν ἀπάγξασθαι πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς ἀνήβοις τὴν πόλιν καταλιπεῖν, οἵτινες Ἑρμόδωρον ἄνδρα ἑωυτῶν ὀνήιστον ἐξέβαλον, φάντες· ἡμέων μηδὲ εἷς ὀνήιστος ἔστω, εἰ δὲ μή, ἄλλῃ δὲ καὶ μετ’ ἄλλων.
Source: Strabo, xiv. 25, p. 642; Cicero, Tusc. v. 105; Muson., Stob. Flor. xl. 9; Laer. Diog. ix. 2; Iambl. de vita Pyth. 30, p. 154 Arc. Cf. Lucian vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 114 (DK B121)
The Ephesians deserve to be hanged, every one that is a man grown, and the youth to abandon the city, for they cast out Hermodoros the best man among them, saying:—Let no one among us be best, and if one be best, let him be so elsewhere and among others.
Source: Strabo, xiv. 25, p. 642; Cicero, Tusc. v. 105; Muson., Stob. Flor. xl. 9; Laer. Diog. ix. 2; Iambl. de vita Pyth. 30, p. 154 Arc. Cf. Lucian vit. auct. 14.
Fragment 115
κύνες καὶ βαύζουσι ὃν ἂν μὴ γινώσκωσι.
Source: Plut. An seni sit ger. resp. vii. p. 787.
Fragment 115
Dogs also bark at those they do not know.
Source: Plut. An seni sit ger. resp. vii. p. 787.
Fragment 116 (DK B86)
ἀπιστίῃ διαφυγγάνει μὴ γινώσκεσθαι.
Source: Plut. Coriol. 38; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 13, p. 699. Clem. ἀπιστίη.
Fragment 116 (DK B86)
As the result of incredulity (divine things) miss being known.
Either because men are incredulous, or the things incredible. Cf. Zeller, Phil. Gr. i.⁴ 574 A 2. Gomperz combined this with fragment 10.
Source: Plut. Coriol. 38; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 13, p. 699. Clem. ἀπιστίη.
Fragment 117
βλὰξ ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι φιλέει.
Source: Plutarch, de audiendo 7, p. 41 A; de aud. poet., p. 28 D.
Fragment 117
The fool is wont to be in a flutter at every word.
Source: Plutarch, de audiendo 7, p. 41 A; de aud. poet., p. 28 D.
Fragment 118
δοκεόντων ὁ δοκιμώτατος γινώσκει φυλάσσειν· καὶ μέντοι καὶ δίκη καταλήψεται ψευδέων τέκτονας καὶ μάρτυρας.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649. Bergk φλυάσσειν, Bernays Bywater πλάσσειν.
Fragment 118
The most esteemed of those in estimation knows how to be on his guard; yet truly justice shall overtake forgers of lies and witnesses to them.
If the reference is to Homer, read πλάσσειν, ‘knows how to create myths.’
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649. Bergk φλυάσσειν, Bernays Bywater πλάσσειν.
Fragment 119 (DK B42)
τὸν Ὅμηρον ἄξιον ἐκ τῶν ἀγώνων ἐκβάλλεσθαι καὶ ῥαπίζεσθαι, καὶ Ἀρχίλοχον ὁμοίως.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. Schleiermacher attributes to H. on the basis of Schol. Ven. A. on Iliad xviii. 251 Eustath. 1142, 5; Bywater suggests Herakleides and compares Eust. p. 705, 60, and Achilles Tat. Isag. p. 124 B Petav.
Fragment 119 (DK B42)
(He used to say that) Homer deserved to be cast out of the lists and flogged, and Archilochos likewise.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 1. Schleiermacher attributes to H. on the basis of Schol. Ven. A. on Iliad xviii. 251 Eustath. 1142, 5; Bywater suggests Herakleides and compares Eust. p. 705, 60, and Achilles Tat. Isag. p. 124 B Petav.
Fragment 120 (DK B5)
Seneca, Ep. 12 ‘Unus dies par omni est.’ The Greek cannot be restored from Plutarch, Camill. 19 φύσιν ἡμέρας ἁπάσης μίαν οὖσαν.
Fragment 120 (DK B5)
One day is equal to every other.
Fragment 121
ἦθος ἀνθρώπῳ δαίμων.
Source: Plutarch, Qu. Plat. i. 2, 999 E; Alex. Aphrod. de fato 6, p. 16 (de anima ii. 48, p. 150); Stob. Flor. civ. 23. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Ep. 9.
Fragment 121
Character is a man’s guardian divinity.
Source: Plutarch, Qu. Plat. i. 2, 999 E; Alex. Aphrod. de fato 6, p. 16 (de anima ii. 48, p. 150); Stob. Flor. civ. 23. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Ep. 9.
Fragment 122 (DK B26)
ἀνθρώπους μένει τελευτήσαντας ἅσσα οὐκ ἔλπονται οὐδὲ δοκέουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 630; Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66); Theodoret. Ther. viii. p. 118, 1. Cf. Themist. (Plut.) in Stob. Flor. cxx. 28.
Fragment 122 (DK B26)
There awaits men at death what they do not expect or think.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 630; Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66); Theodoret. Ther. viii. p. 118, 1. Cf. Themist. (Plut.) in Stob. Flor. cxx. 28.
Fragment 123 (DK B63)
ἔνθα †δεόντι† ἐπανίστασθαι καὶ φύλακας γίνεσθαι ἐγερτὶ ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν.
Source: Hippolyt. Ref. haer. ix. 10; the fragment is quoted to show that Herakleitos believes in the resurrection of the flesh, and recognises that god is the cause of this resurrection. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649.
Fragment 123 (DK B63)
Then [it is necessary] that God raise them up, and that they become guardians of the living and the dead.
Or adopting Sauppe’s conjectures in full ‘that he become a watchful guardian....’
Source: Hippolyt. Ref. haer. ix. 10; the fragment is quoted to show that Herakleitos believes in the resurrection of the flesh, and recognises that god is the cause of this resurrection. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 1, p. 649.
Fragment 124
νυκτιπόλοι, μάγοι, βάκχοι, λῆναι, μύσται.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66).
Fragment 124
Night-walkers, wizards, bacchanals, revellers, sharers in the mysteries.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. E. ii. 3, p. 66).
Fragment 125 (DK B14)
τὰ γὰρ νομιζόμενα κατ’ ἀνθρώπους μυστήρια ἀνιερωστὶ μυεῦνται. 126 = 130b.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2. p. 19 (Euseb. P. E. ii. p. 67). Bywater compares Arnobius adv. nat. v. 29.
Fragment 125 (DK B14)
For what are esteemed mysteries among men they celebrate in an unholy way.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2. p. 19 (Euseb. P. E. ii. p. 67). Bywater compares Arnobius adv. nat. v. 29.
Fragment 127
εἰ μὴ γὰρ Διονύσῳ πομπὴν ἐποιεῦντο καὶ ὕμνεον ᾆσμα αἰδοίοισι, ἀναιδέστατα εἴργαστ’ ἄν· ὡυτὸς δὲ Ἄιδης καὶ Διόνυσος, ὅτεῳ μαίνονται καὶ ληναίζουσι.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 30. MSS. ἐποιοῦντο, corr. Lobeck: MSS. εἴργασται, corr. Schleierm. Clem. Al. ὅτεῳ, Plutarch, de Isid. 28, p. 362 A ὅτε οὖν ... ληραίνουσιν.
Fragment 127
For if it were not to Dionysos that they made the procession and sang the song with phallic symbols, their deeds would indeed be most shameful; but Hades and Dionysos are the same, to whomever they go mad and share the revel.
128. I distinguish two kinds of sacrifices; those of men altogether purified, which would occur rarely, as Herakleitos says, in the case of a single individual, or of some very few men easily counted; secondly, those that are material and corporeal and composite through change, such as are in harmony with those who are still restrained by the body.
Source: Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, p. 30. MSS. ἐποιοῦντο, corr. Lobeck: MSS. εἴργασται, corr. Schleierm. Clem. Al. ὅτεῳ, Plutarch, de Isid. 28, p. 362 A ὅτε οὖν ... ληραίνουσιν.
Fragment 129 (DK B68)
ἄκεα.
Source: Iamblich. de Myst. i. 11.
Fragment 129 (DK B68)
(Herakleitos fittingly called religious rites) cures (for the soul).
Source: Iamblich. de Myst. i. 11.
Fragment 130
καθαίρονται δὲ αἵματι μιαινόμενοι ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἐς πηλὸν ἐμβὰς πηλῷ ἀπονίζοιτο. μαίνεσθαι δ’ ἂν δοκοίη, εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιφράσαιτο οὕτω ποιέοντα. καὶ τοῖς ἀγάλμασι τουτέοισι εὔχονται, ὁκοῖον εἴ τις τοῖς δόμοισι λεσχηνεύοιτο, οὔ τι γινώσκων θεοὺς οὐδ’ ἥρωας οἵτινές εἰσι. 130a. εἰ θεοί εἰσι, ἵνα τί θρηνέετε αὐτούς; εἰ δὲ θρηνέετε αὐτοὺς, μηκέτι τούτους ἡγέεσθε θεούς. SPURIOUS FRAGMENTS.
Source: Greg. Naz. Or. xxv. (xxiii.) 15, p. 466, ed. Par. 1778 πηλῷ πηλὸν καθαιρόντων. Elias Cretensis on the Gregory passage (cod. Vat. Pii II.
Fragment 130
They purify themselves by defiling themselves with blood, as if one who had stepped into the mud were to wash it off with mud. If any one of men should observe him doing so, he would think he was insane. And to these images they pray, just as if one were to converse with men’s houses, for they know not what gods and heroes are. 130a. If they are gods, why do ye lament them? And if ye lament them, no longer consider them gods.
The fragment in the critical notes reads: ‘To images of gods they pray, to those who do not hear, as though they might hear; to those who do not answer, as though they might not make request.’
Source: Greg. Naz. Or. xxv. (xxiii.) 15, p. 466, ed. Par. 1778 πηλῷ πηλὸν καθαιρόντων. Elias Cretensis on the Gregory passage (cod. Vat. Pii II.
Fragment 131
πάντα ψυχῶν εἶναι καὶ δαιμόνων πλήρη.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 131
All things are full of souls and of divine spirits.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7.
Fragment 132
τήν τε οἴησιν ἱερὰν νόσον ἔλεγε καὶ τὴν ὅρασιν ψεύδεσθαι.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7. Cf. Floril. Monac. 195, p. 282.
Fragment 132
He was wont to say that false opinion is a sacred disease, and that vision is deceitful.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 7. Cf. Floril. Monac. 195, p. 282.
Fragment 133
ἐγκαλυπτέος ἕκαστος ὁ ματαίως ἐν δόξῃ γενόμενος.
Source: Apollonius, Ep. 18.
Fragment 133
Each one who has come to be esteemed without due grounds, ought to hide his face.
Source: Apollonius, Ep. 18.
Fragment 134
οἴησις προκοπῆς ἐγκοπὴ προκοπῆς.
Source: Floril. Monac. 199, p. 283. Cf. Philo, ap. Ioan. Dam. S. P. 693 E, fr. p. 652 Mang. Stob. Flor. iv. 88 credits it to Bion; Maxim. Conf. Serm. 34, p. 624 Combef.
Fragment 134
False opinion of progress is the stoppage of progress.
Source: Floril. Monac. 199, p. 283. Cf. Philo, ap. Ioan. Dam. S. P. 693 E, fr. p. 652 Mang. Stob. Flor. iv. 88 credits it to Bion; Maxim. Conf. Serm. 34, p. 624 Combef.
Fragment 135 (DK B134)
τὴν παιδείαν ἕτερον ἥλιον εἶναι τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις.
Source: Floril. Monac. 200, p. 283.
Fragment 135 (DK B134)
Their education is a second sun to those that have been educated.
Source: Floril. Monac. 200, p. 283.
Fragment 136
ἡ εὔκαιρος χάρις λιμῷ καθάπερ τροφὴ ἁρμόττουσα τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔνδειαν ἰᾶται.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 8, p. 557.
Fragment 136
As food is timely in famine, so opportune favour heals the need of the soul.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 8, p. 557.
Fragment 137 (DK B135)
συντομωτάτην ὁδὸν ὁ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν εἰς εὐδοξίαν τὸ γενέσθαι ἀγαθόν.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 46, p. 646.
Fragment 137 (DK B135)
The same one was wont to say that the shortest way to glory was to become good. PASSAGES IN PLATO AND ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO HERAKLEITOS. Plato, Theaet. 160 D. Homer, and Herakleitos, and the whole company which say that all things are in motion and in a state of flux. Cf. 152 D H. Kratylos, 401 D. According to Herakleitos all things are in motion and nothing abides. Cf. 402 A, and frag. 41; also 412 D, 440 C. Plato also alludes to fragments 32, 45, 98-99. Aristotle: Topica i. 11, 104 f 21. All things are in motion, according to Herakleitos. Top. viii. 5; 155 f 30. Wherefore those that hold different opinions, as that good and bad are the same thing, as Herakleitos says, do not grant that the opposite cannot coexist with itself; not as though they did not think this to be the case, but because as followers of Herakleitos they are obliged to speak as they do. Phys. i. 2; 185 b 19. But still, if in the argument all things that exist are one, as a cloak or a himation, it turns out that they are stating the position of Herakleitos; for the same thing will apply to good and bad, and to good and not-good, so that good and not-good, and man and horse, will be the same; and they will not be arguing that all things are one, but that they are nothing, and that the same thing applies to such and to so much. Phys. iii. 5; 205 a 3. As Herakleitos says that all things sometime become fire. De coelo i. 10; 279 b 16. And others in their turn say that sometimes combination is taking place, and at other times destruction, and that this will always continue, as Empedokles of Agrigentum, and Herakleitos of Ephesos. De anima i. 2; 405 a 25. And Herakleitos also says that the first principle is soul, as it were a fiery exhalation, of which all other things consist; for it is the least corporeal and always in a state of flux, and the moving is known by the moving; and he agreed with most thinkers in holding that things are in motion. De part anim. i. 5; 645 a 17. And as Herakleitos is reported to have said to strangers who wanted to meet him, who stopped when they entered and saw him getting warm by an oven—for he bade them enter boldly, since, said he, gods are here—so should one enter upon the investigation of each of the animals without timidity, as there is in them all something natural and beautiful. Met. i. 3; 984 a 7. Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos of Ephesos call fire the first cause. Cf. 996 a 9, 1001 a 15. Met. iii. 3; 1005 b 24. For it is impossible for any one to postulate that the same thing is and is not, as some think Herakleitos says. Met. iii. 5; 1010 a 13. V. Frag. 41-42, supra. Met. iii. 7; 1012 a 24. For the word of Herakleitos, that all things are and are not, seems to make all things true. Met. x. 5; 1062 a 32. For one might ask Herakleitos himself after this manner and speedily compel him to agree that it is never possible for opposite statements to be true about the same things. Cf. 1063 b 24. Met. xii. 4; 1078 b 12. For the doctrine of ideas is held by its supporters because they are convinced by Herakleitos’s words in regard to the truth, viz., that all things perceived by the senses are always in a state of flux; so that if there is to be a science and a knowledge of anything, it is necessary to assume the existence of other objects in nature besides those that are perceived by sense, for there can be no science of things in a state of flux. Eth. ii. 3; 1105 a 8. It is harder to fight against pleasure than against anger, as Herakleitos says. Eth. vii. 3; 1146 b 30. For some believe their opinions no less strongly than what they know by scientific procedure; and Herakleitos is an example of this. Eth. viii. 2; 1155 b 4. And Herakleitos says that opposition unites, and that the most beautiful harmony results from opposites, and that all things come into being through strife. Eth. x. 5; 1176 a 6. As Herakleitos says, an ass would prefer refuse to gold, for natural food is sweeter to asses than gold. PASSAGES REFERRING TO HERAKLEITOS IN THE ‘DOXOGRAPHISTS.’
138. Timaios wrote thus: So Pythagoras does not appear to have discovered the true art of words, nor yet the one accused by Herakleitos, but Herakleitos himself is the one who is the pretender.
Sext. Emp. adv. Math. vii. 129. According to Herakleitos we become intelligent when we get this divine reason by breathing it in, and in sleep we are forgetful, but on waking we gain our senses again. For in sleep since the pores of the senses are closed, the mind in us is separated from what is akin to it in what surrounds us, and its connection through pores is only preserved like a sort of root; and being cut off it loses its former power of memory; but when we wake it peeps out through the pores of sense as through little doors, and entering into connection with what surrounds us it regains the power of reason.
Source: Maximus Conf. Serm. 46, p. 646.
Testimonia
Contents — 21 sections
- Ar. Did. Epit. 39, 2; Dox. 471. Zeno as well as Herakleitos says that the soul
- Sim. in Phys. 6 r; Dox. 475
- Theoph. de Sens. 1; Dox. 499
- Phil. de Piet. 14, 25; Dox. 548
- Hipp
- Epi. adv. Haer. iii. 20; Dox. 591. Herakleitos the Ephesian, son of Blyson,
- Galen, His
- Herm
- Aet. i. 3; Dox. 283
- Aet. 1. 5; Dox. 292
- Aet. i. 7; Dox. 303
- Aet. i. 9; Dox. 307
- Aet. i. 13; Dox. 312
- Aet. i. 23; Dox. 320
- Aet. i. 27; Dox. 322
- Aet. i. 23; Dox. 323
- Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327, Herakleitos et al
- Aet. iii. 3; Dox. 369
- Aet. iv. 3; Dox. 338
- Aet. v. 23; Dox. 434
- V.
Ar. Did. Epit. 39, 2; Dox. 471. Zeno as well as Herakleitos says that the soul
Ar. Did. Epit. 39, 2; Dox. 471. Zeno as well as Herakleitos says that the soul is a perceptive exhalation. The latter desiring to make it clear that souls always gain mental faculties by giving forth exhalations, likened them to rivers; and these are his words: (Fr. 42) ‘Other and yet other waters are flowing on upon those who step in the same rivers.’
Sim. in Phys. 6 r; Dox. 475
Sim. in Phys. 6 r; Dox. 475. (Theophrastos says) Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos of Ephesos teach that the one is moved and limited, but they make fire the first principle and derive all things from fire by condensation and rarefaction, and again they resolve them into fire since this one thing is the essential nature underlying their appearance; for Herakleitos says that all things are transformations of fire [πυρὸς ἀμοιβὴν], and he finds a certain order and definite time in the changes of the universe according to a fated [εἱμαρμένην] necessity.
Theoph. de Sens. 1; Dox. 499
Theoph. de Sens. 1; Dox. 499. The followers of Anaxagoras and Herakleitos say that men perceive by the presence in themselves of the opposite quality.
Phil. de Piet. 14, 25; Dox. 548
Phil. de Piet. 14, 25; Dox. 548. (Chrysippos) in his third book says that the universe is one of the beings endowed with sense, fellow-citizen with men and gods, and that strife and Zeus are the same thing, as Herakleitos says.
Hipp
Hipp. Phil. 44; Dox. 558. Herakleitos the Ephesian, a philosopher of the physical school, was always lamenting, charging all men with ignorance of the whole of life, but still he pitied the life of mortals. For he would say that he himself knew all things, but that other men knew nothing. His language agrees quite well with that of Empedokles when he says that strife and love are the first principles of all things, and that god is intelligent fire, and that all things enter into a common motion and do not stand still. And as Empedokles said that the whole region occupied by man is full of evils, and that the evils extend from the region about the earth as far as the moon but do not go farther, inasmuch as all the region beyond the moon is purer, so also it seemed to Herakleitos.
Epi. adv. Haer. iii. 20; Dox. 591. Herakleitos the Ephesian, son of Blyson,
Epi. adv. Haer. iii. 20; Dox. 591. Herakleitos the Ephesian, son of Blyson, said that fire is the source of all things, and that all things are resolved into fire again.
Galen, His
Galen, His. Phil. 62; Dox. 626. Herakleitos says that the sun is a burning mass, kindled at its rising, and quenched at its setting.
Herm
Herm. I. G. P. 13; Dox. 654. Perhaps I might yield to the arguments of noble Demokritos and want to laugh with him, unless Herakleitos led me to the opposite view as he said weeping: Fire is the first principle of all things, and it is subject to rarefaction and condensation, the one active, the other passive, the one synthetic, the other analytic. Enough for me, for I am already steeped in such first principles.
Aet. i. 3; Dox. 283
Aet. i. 3; Dox. 283. Herakleitos and Hippasos say that the first principle of all things is fire; for they say that all things arise from fire and they all end by becoming fire. As this is quenched all things come into the order of the universe; for first the dense part of it contracting into itself becomes earth, then the earth becoming relaxed by fire is rendered water in its nature, then it is sublimated and becomes air; and again the universe and all bodies are consumed by fire in the conflagration. [Fire then is the first principle because all things arise from this, and the final principle because all things are resolved into this.]
Aet. 1. 5; Dox. 292
Aet. 1. 5; Dox. 292. Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos the Ephesian say that the all is one, ever moving and limited, and that fire is its first principle.
Aet. i. 7; Dox. 303
Aet. i. 7; Dox. 303. Herakleitos says that the periodic fire is eternal, and that destined reason working through opposition is the creator [δημιουργὸν] of things.
Aet. i. 9; Dox. 307
Aet. i. 9; Dox. 307. H. et al. declare that matter is subject to change, variation, and transformation, and that it flows the whole through the whole.
Aet. i. 13; Dox. 312
Aet. i. 13; Dox. 312. H. introduces certain very small and indivisible particles (or H. seems to some to leave particles, instead of the unity).
Aet. i. 23; Dox. 320
Aet. i. 23; Dox. 320. H. denies rest and fixed position to the whole; for this is the attribute of dead bodies; but he assigns eternal motion to what is eternal, perishable motion to what is perishable.
Aet. i. 27; Dox. 322
Aet. i. 27; Dox. 322. H. says that all things happen according to fate and that fate itself is necessity. Indeed he writes ‘For it is absolutely destined.’ (Frag. 63.)
Aet. i. 23; Dox. 323
Aet. i. 23; Dox. 323. H. declares that reason, pervading the essence of the all, is the essence of fate. And it is itself ethereal matter, seed of the generation of the all, and measure of the allotted period.
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327, Herakleitos et al
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327, Herakleitos et al. The universe is one. 4; Dox. 331. The universe is generated not according to time, but according to thought. 11; Dox. 340; H. et al. The heaven is of a fiery nature. 13; Dox. 342. H. and Parmenides. The stars are compressed bits of fire. 17; Dox. 346. H. and Parm. The stars are nurtured by an exhalation from the earth. 20; Dox. 351. H. and Hekataios. The sun is an intelligent burning mass rising out of the sea. (The same words are assigned to Stoics, Plut. 2, 890 A; Dox. 349.) 21; Dox. 351. It is as great ‘as the width of a human foot.’ 22; Dox. 352. It is bowl-shaped, rather gibbous. 24; Dox. 354. An eclipse takes place by the turning of the bowl-shaped body so that the concave side is upward, and the convex side downward toward our vision. [25; Dox. 356. The earth is surrounded with mist.] 27; Dox. 358. (The moon) is bowl-shaped. 28; Dox. 359. Sun and moon are subject to the same influences. For these heavenly bodies being bowl-shaped, receive bright rays from the moist exhalation, and give light in appearance [πρὸς τὴν φαντασίαν]; the sun more brightly, for it moves in purer aether [ἀήρ], and the moon moves in thicker aether and so it shines more dimly. 29; Dox. 359. Eclipses of the moon are occasioned by the turning of the bowl-shaped body. 32; Dox. 364. The great year consists of eighteen thousand sun-years. According to Diogenes and Herakleitos the year consists of three hundred and sixty-five days.
Aet. iii. 3; Dox. 369
Aet. iii. 3; Dox. 369. Thunder is occasioned by a gathering of winds and clouds, and the impact of gusts of wind on the clouds; and lightning by a kindling of the exhalations; and fiery whirlwinds [πρηστῆρας] by a burning and a quenching of the clouds.
Aet. iv. 3; Dox. 338
Aet. iv. 3; Dox. 338. Parmenides and Hippasos and Herakleitos call the soul a fiery substance. 7; Dox. 392. H. says that souls set free from the body go into the soul of the all, inasmuch as it is akin to them in nature and essence.
Aet. v. 23; Dox. 434
Aet. v. 23; Dox. 434. Herakleitos and the Stoics say that men come to maturity at about fourteen years, with the beginning of sexual life; for trees come to maturity when they begin to bear fruit.... And at about the age of fourteen men gain understanding of good and evil, and of instruction as to these matters.
V.
V.
Fragments
Contents — 31 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B23)
- Fragment 2 (DK B24)
- Fragment 3 (DK B25)
- Fragment 4 (DK B26)
- Fragment 5 (DK B14)
- Fragment 6 (DK B15)
- Fragment 7
- Fragment 8
- Fragment 9 (DK B33)
- Fragment 10 (DK B29)
- Fragment 11
- Fragment 12 (DK B28)
- Fragment 13 (DK B32)
- Fragment 14 (DK B34)
- Fragment 15
- Fragment 16 (DK B18)
- Fragment 17 (DK B22)
- Fragment 18
- Fragment 19
- Fragment 20
- Fragment 21
- Fragment 22 (DK B6)
- Fragment 23 (DK B5)
- Fragment 24 (DK B7)
- Fragment 25
- Fragment 26 (DK B9)
- Fragment 27
- Fragment 28 (DK B10)
- Fragment 29 (DK B37)
- Fragment 30
- Fragment 31 (DK B36)
Fragment 1 (DK B23)
God is one, supreme among gods and men, and not like mortals in body or in mind.
Source: viii. p. 62. Last half line: Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 18; Proklos in Tim. p. 78, &c.
Fragment 2 (DK B24)
The whole [of god] sees, the whole perceives, the whole hears.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 144.
Fragment 3 (DK B25)
But without effort he sets in motion all things by mind and thought.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 20; Dox. 481.
Fragment 4 (DK B26)
It [i.e. being] always abides in the same place, not moved at all, nor is it fitting that it should move from one place to another.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 11; Dox. 481.
Fragment 5 (DK B14)
But mortals suppose that the gods are born (as they themselves are), and that they wear man’s clothing and have human voice and body.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. p. 714; Euseb. Praep. Ev. xiii. 13, p. 678 D, following Fr. 1. Theodoret, Gr. Aff. Curat. iii. 72, p. 49.
Fragment 6 (DK B15)
But if cattle or lions had hands, so as to paint with their hands and produce works of art as men do, they would paint their gods and give them bodies in form like their own—horses like horses, cattle like cattle.
Source: Clem. Euseb. and Theod. after preceding fragment. Line 5 stands third in MSS. and earlier texts; Karsten places it fifth.
Fragment 7
Homer and Hesiod attributed to the gods all things which are disreputable and worthy of blame when done by men; and they told of them many lawless deeds, stealing, adultery, and deception of each other.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 193 and i. 289 combined.
Fragment 8
For all things come from earth, and all things end by becoming earth.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. x. 313; Stob. Ecl. Phys. i. p. 294, Dox. 284; Schol. Vill. and Schol. Min. to Homer, Il. Η 99.
Fragment 9 (DK B33)
For we are all sprung from earth and water.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 361 and x. 313; Eustath. Il. Η 99, p. 668, 60.
Fragment 10 (DK B29)
All things that come into being and grow are earth and water.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 41 r 189, 1, attributes this verse to Anaximenes on the authority of Porphyry. Joh. Philoponus (Phys. i. 188 b 30) attributes it to Xenophanes on the same authority.
Fragment 11
The sea is the source of water and the source of wind; for neither would blasts of wind arise in the clouds and blow out from within them, except for the great sea, nor would the streams of rivers nor the rain-water in the sky exist but for the sea; but the great sea is the begetter of clouds and winds and rivers.
Source: Schol. Genev. to Homer, Il. Ι 199, 2. V. Sitz. d. berl. Akad. June 18, 1891. I have inserted Diels’ emendation in lines 2 and 3. The first line also occurs in Stob. Flor. ed. Gais. iv. App. p. 6.
Fragment 12 (DK B28)
This upper limit of earth at our feet is visible and †touches the air,† but below it reaches to infinity.
Source: Achill. Tat. in Isagoge ad Aratum (Petavii Doctr. Tempor. iii. p. 76). Cf. Aristotle, de Xenophane, &c., 2; 976 a 32.
Fragment 13 (DK B32)
She whom men call Iris (rainbow), this also is by nature cloud, violet and red and pale green to behold.
Source: Eustath. Il. Λ 24, p. 827, 59; Schol. Vill. ad Il. Λ 27 and Schol. Leyd. in Valckenaer, Diatr. Eurip. p. 195.
Fragment 14 (DK B34)
Accordingly there has not been a man, nor will there be, who knows distinctly what I say about the gods or in regard to all things, for even if one chances for the most part to say what is true, still he would not know; but every one thinks he knows.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 49 and 110, and viii. 326. Vv. 1-2: Plut. aud. poet. 17 E; Laer. Diog. ix. 72. Vv. 3-4: Hipp. Phil. 14, Dox. 565; Origen, Philos. xiv. vol. i. p. 892; Galen, de diff. puls. iii.
Fragment 15
These things have seemed to me to resemble the truth.
Source: Plut. Symp. ix. 746 B. Karst. reads δεδόξασται.
Fragment 16 (DK B18)
In the beginning the gods did not at all reveal all things clearly to mortals, but by searching men in the course of time find them out better.
Source: Stob. Flor. xxix. 41 G, Ecl. Phys., I. 224.
Fragment 17 (DK B22)
The following are fit topics for conversation for men reclining on a soft couch by the fire in the winter season, when after a meal they are drinking sweet wine and eating a little pulse: Who are you, and what is your family? What is your age, my friend? How old were you when the Medes invaded this land?
Source: Athen. ii. p. 54 E. V. 3: Eustath. p. 948, 40.
Fragment 18
Now, however, I come to another topic, and I will show the way.... They say that once on a time when a hound was badly treated a passer-by pitied him and said, ‘Stop beating him, for it is the soul of a dear friend; I recognised him on hearing his voice.’
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 36; Suidas, v. Ξενοφάνης. Anthol. Graec. i.
Fragment 19
But if one wins a victory by swiftness of foot, or in the pentathlon, where the grove of Zeus lies by Pisas’ stream at Olympia, or as a wrestler, or in painful boxing, or in that severe contest called the pancration, he would {5} be more glorious in the eyes of the citizens, he would win a front seat at assemblies, and would be entertained by the city at the public table, and he would receive a gift which would be a keepsake for him. If he won by means of horses he would get all these things {10} although he did not deserve them, as I deserve them, for our wisdom is better than the strength of men or of horses. This is indeed a very wrong custom, nor is it right to prefer strength to excellent wisdom. For if there should be in the city a man good at boxing, or in the {15} pentathlon, or in wrestling, or in swiftness of foot, which is honoured more than strength (among the contests men enter into at the games), the city would not on that account be any better governed. Small joy would it be to any city in this case if a citizen conquers at the games {20} on the banks of the Pisas, for this does not fill with wealth its secret chambers.
Source: Athen. x. 413 F.
Fragment 20
Having learned profitless luxuries from the Lydians, while as yet they had no experience of hateful tyranny, they proceeded into the market-place, no less than a thousand in number all told, with purple garments completely covering them, boastful, proud of their comely locks, anointed with unguents of rich perfume.
Source: Athen. xii. p. 526.
Fragment 21
For now the floor is clean, the hands of all and the cups are clean; one puts on the woven garlands, another passes around the fragrant ointment in a vase; the mixing bowl stands full of good cheer, and more wine, mild and of delicate bouquet, is at hand in jars, which {5} says it will never fail. In the midst frankincense sends forth its sacred fragrance, and there is water, cold, and sweet, and pure; the yellow loaves are near at hand, and the table of honour is loaded with cheese and rich honey. The altar in the midst is thickly covered with {10} flowers on every side; singing and mirth fill the house. Men making merry should first hymn the god with propitious stanzas and pure words; and when they have poured out libations and prayed for power to do the right (since this lies nearest at hand), then it is no unfitting {15} thing to drink as much as will not prevent your walking home without a slave, if you are not very old. And one ought to praise that man who, when he has drunk, unfolds noble things as his memory and his toil for virtue suggest; but there is nothing praiseworthy in {20} discussing battles of Titans or of Giants or Centaurs, fictions of former ages, nor in plotting violent revolutions. But it is good always to pay careful respect to the gods.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 462.
Fragment 22 (DK B6)
For sending the thigh-bone of a goat, thou didst receive the rich leg of a fatted bull, an honourable present to a man, the fame whereof shall come to all Greece, and shall not cease so long as there is a race of Greek bards.
Source: Athen. ix. P. 368 E. V. 3: MSS. ἀφίξεται, corr. Karst. V. 4: Meineke κλέος Ἑλλαδικῶν, Bergk ἀοιδοπόλων ᾖ γένος Ἑλλαδικῶν.
Fragment 23 (DK B5)
Nor would any one first pour the wine into the cup to mix it, but water first and the wine above it.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 782. V. 2: Vulg. ἐγχεύας, corr. Casaub.
Fragment 24 (DK B7)
Already now sixty-seven years my thoughts have been tossed restlessly up and down Greece, but then it was twenty and five years from my birth, if I know how to speak the truth about these things.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 19.
Fragment 25
Nor is this (an oath) an equal demand to make of an impious man as compared with a pious man.
Source: Arist. Rhet. i. 15; p. 377 a 20.
Fragment 26 (DK B9)
Much more feeble than an aged man.
Source: Etym. Magn. s.v. Γηράς; attributed to Xenophon.
Fragment 27
Bacchic wands of fir stand about the firmly built house.
Source: Schol. ad Aristoph. Equit. v. 408. Vulg. ἐλάται, MS. θ ἐλάτε, V ἐλάτη. Lobeck, Aglaoph. p. 308 i, suggests ἐκστᾶσιν δ’ ἐλατῶν πυκινοὶ περὶ δώματα βάκχοι, and compares Eurip. Bacch. 110. (28). Draco Straton. p. 33, ed. Herm.; Cram. An. Oxon. iii. p. 296 (Herod. περὶ διχρόν. p. 367 Lehrs); Cram. An. Oxon. iv. p. 415 (Choerob. dict. p. 566 Gais.). (29). Herod. περὶ μον. λέξ. 41, 5. MSS. Ξενοφῶν, corr. Dind. Cf. Etym. Magn. 235, 4. Etym. Gud. 301, 15. (30). Herod. Ibid. 30, 30. MSS. καὶ μὴν, corr. Lehrs. Cf. περὶ κλισ. ὄνομ. 772, 33. (31). Herod. περὶ διχρόν. 296, 5.
Fragment 28 (DK B10)
From the beginning, according to Homer, since all have learned them.
Fragment 29 (DK B37)
If the god had not made light-coloured honey, I should have said that a fig was far sweeter.
Fragment 30
Holy water trickles down in thy grottoes.
Fragment 31 (DK B36)
As many things as they have made plain for mortals to see!
Contents — 31 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B23)
- Fragment 2 (DK B24)
- Fragment 3 (DK B25)
- Fragment 4 (DK B26)
- Fragment 5 (DK B14)
- Fragment 6 (DK B15)
- Fragment 7
- Fragment 8
- Fragment 9 (DK B33)
- Fragment 10 (DK B29)
- Fragment 11
- Fragment 12 (DK B28)
- Fragment 13 (DK B32)
- Fragment 14 (DK B34)
- Fragment 15
- Fragment 16 (DK B18)
- Fragment 17 (DK B22)
- Fragment 18
- Fragment 19
- Fragment 20
- Fragment 21
- Fragment 22 (DK B6)
- Fragment 23 (DK B5)
- Fragment 24 (DK B7)
- Fragment 25
- Fragment 26 (DK B9)
- Fragment 27
- Fragment 28 (DK B10)
- Fragment 29 (DK B37)
- Fragment 30
- Fragment 31 (DK B36)
Fragment 1 (DK B23)
εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστος, οὔτε δέμας θνητοῖσιν ὁμοίιος οὔτε νόημα.
Source: viii. p. 62. Last half line: Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 18; Proklos in Tim. p. 78, &c.
Fragment 2 (DK B24)
οὖλος ὁρᾷ, οὖλος δὲ νοεῖ, οὖλος δέ τ’ ἀκούει.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 144.
Fragment 3 (DK B25)
ἀλλ’ ἀπάνευθε πόνοιο νόου φρενὶ πάντα κραδαίνει.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 20; Dox. 481.
Fragment 4 (DK B26)
αἰεὶ δ’ ἐν ταὐτῷ μίμνει κινούμενον οὐδέν, οὐδὲ μετέρχεσθαί μιν ἐπιπρέπει ἄλλοτε ἄλλῃ.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 11; Dox. 481.
Fragment 5 (DK B14)
ἀλλὰ βροτοὶ δοκέουσι γεννᾶσθαι θεοὺς, τὴν σφετέραν δ’ ἐσθῆτά τ’ ἔχειν φωνήν τε δέμας τε.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. p. 714; Euseb. Praep. Ev. xiii. 13, p. 678 D, following Fr. 1. Theodoret, Gr. Aff. Curat. iii. 72, p. 49.
Fragment 6 (DK B15)
... ἀλλ’ εἰ χεῖρας ἔχον βόες ἤε λέοντες, <ὡς> γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον καὶ σώματ’ ἐποίουν τοιαῦθ’, οἷόν περ καὶ αὐτοὶ δέμας εἶχον <ἕκαστοι> ἵπποι μέν θ’ ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὁμοῖα.
Source: Clem. Euseb. and Theod. after preceding fragment. Line 5 stands third in MSS. and earlier texts; Karsten places it fifth.
Fragment 7
πάντα θεοῖς ἀνέθηκαν Ὅμηρός θ’ Ἡσίοδός τε ὅσσα παρ’ ἀνθρώποισιν ὀνείδεα καὶ ψόγος ἐστί, καὶ πλεῖστ’ ἐφθέγξαντο· θεῶν ἀθεμίστια ἔργα, κλέπτειν, μοιχεύειν τε καὶ ἀλλήλους ἀπατεύειν.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 193 and i. 289 combined.
Fragment 8
ἐκ γαίης γὰρ πάντα, καὶ εἰς γῆν πάντα τελευτᾷ.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. x. 313; Stob. Ecl. Phys. i. p. 294, Dox. 284; Schol. Vill. and Schol. Min. to Homer, Il. Η 99.
Fragment 9 (DK B33)
πάντες γὰρ γαίης τε καὶ ὕδατος ἐκγενόμεσθα.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 361 and x. 313; Eustath. Il. Η 99, p. 668, 60.
Fragment 10 (DK B29)
γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ πάντ’ ἐσθ’ ὅσα γίνοντ’ ἠδὲ φύονται.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 41 r 189, 1, attributes this verse to Anaximenes on the authority of Porphyry. Joh. Philoponus (Phys. i. 188 b 30) attributes it to Xenophanes on the same authority.
Fragment 11
πηγή δ’ ἐστι θάλασσ’ ὕδατος, πηγὴ δ’ ἀνέμοιο· οὔτε γὰρ ἐν νέφεσιν <πνοιαί κ’ ἀνέμοιο φύοιντο ἐκπνείοντος> ἔσωθεν ἄνευ πόντου μεγάλοιο οὔτε ῥοαὶ ποταμῶν οὔτ’ αἰθέρος ὄμβριον ὕδωρ ἀλλὰ μέγας πόντος γενέτωρ νεφέων ἀνέμων τε καὶ ποταμῶν.
Source: Schol. Genev. to Homer, Il. Ι 199, 2. V. Sitz. d. berl. Akad. June 18, 1891. I have inserted Diels’ emendation in lines 2 and 3. The first line also occurs in Stob. Flor. ed. Gais. iv. App. p. 6.
Fragment 12 (DK B28)
γαίης μὲν τόδε πεῖρας ἄνω παρὰ ποσσὶν ὁρᾶται αἰθέρι προσπλάζον, τὰ κάτω δ’ ἐς ἄπειρον ἱκάνει.
Source: Achill. Tat. in Isagoge ad Aratum (Petavii Doctr. Tempor. iii. p. 76). Cf. Aristotle, de Xenophane, &c., 2; 976 a 32.
Fragment 13 (DK B32)
ἣν τ’ Ἶριν καλέουσι, νέφος καὶ τοῦτο πέφυκε πορφύρεον καὶ φοινίκεον καὶ χλωρὸν ἰδέσθαι.
Source: Eustath. Il. Λ 24, p. 827, 59; Schol. Vill. ad Il. Λ 27 and Schol. Leyd. in Valckenaer, Diatr. Eurip. p. 195.
Fragment 14 (DK B34)
καὶ τὸ μὲν οὖν σαφὲς οὔτις ἀνὴρ γένετ’ οὔδε τις ἔσται εἰδὼς ἀμφὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἅσσα λέγω περὶ πάντων· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα τύχοι τετελεσμένον εἰπών, αὐτὸς ὅμως οὐκ οἶδε· δοκὸς δ’ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τέτυκται.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 49 and 110, and viii. 326. Vv. 1-2: Plut. aud. poet. 17 E; Laer. Diog. ix. 72. Vv. 3-4: Hipp. Phil. 14, Dox. 565; Origen, Philos. xiv. vol. i. p. 892; Galen, de diff. puls. iii.
Fragment 15
ταῦτα δεδόξασθαι μὲν ἐοικότα τοῖς ἐτύμοισι.
Source: Plut. Symp. ix. 746 B. Karst. reads δεδόξασται.
Fragment 16 (DK B18)
οὔτοι ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς πάντα θεοὶ θνητοῖς ὑπέδειξαν, ἀλλὰ χρόνῳ ζητέοντες ἐφευρίσκουσιν ἄμεινον.
Source: Stob. Flor. xxix. 41 G, Ecl. Phys., I. 224.
Fragment 17 (DK B22)
πὰρ πυρὶ χρὴ τοιαῦτα λέγειν χειμῶνος ἐν ὥρῃ ἐν κλίνῃ μαλακῇ κατακείμενον, ἔμπλεον ὄντα, πίνοντα γλυκὺν οἶνον, ὑποτρώγοντ’ ἐρεβίνθους· τίς πόθεν εἶς ἀνδρῶν; πόσα τοι ἔτε’ ἐστί, φέριστε; πηλίκος ἦσθ’ ὅθ’ ὁ Μῆδος ἀφίκετο;
Source: Athen. ii. p. 54 E. V. 3: Eustath. p. 948, 40.
Fragment 18
νῦν αὖτ’ ἄλλον ἔπειμι λόγον, δείξω δὲ κέλευθον. ... καί ποτέ μιν στυφελιζομένου σκύλακος παριόντα φασὶν ἐποικτῖραι καὶ τόδε φάσθαι ἔπος· παῦσαι μηδὲ ῥάπιζ’, ἐπεὶ ἦ φίλου ἀνέρος ἐστίν ψυχή, τὴν ἔγνων φθεγξαμένης ἀίων.
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 36; Suidas, v. Ξενοφάνης. Anthol. Graec. i.
Fragment 19
ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν ταχυτῆτι ποδῶν νίκην τις ἄροιτο ἢ πενταθλεύων, ἔνθα Διὸς τέμενος πὰρ Πίσαο ῥοῇσ’ ἐν Ὀλυμπίῃ, εἴτε παλαίων, ἢ καὶ πυκτοσύνην ἀλγινόεσσαν ἔχων, εἴτε τὸ δεινὸν ἄεθλον, ὃ παγκράτιον καλέουσιν, ἀστοῖσίν κ’ εἴη κυδρότερος προσορᾶν, καί κε προεδρίην φανερὴν ἐν ἀγῶσιν ἄροιτο, καί κεν σῖτ’ εἴη δημοσίων κτεάνων ἐκ πόλεως καὶ δῶρον, ὅ οἱ κειμήλιον εἴη· εἴτε καὶ ἵπποισιν, ταῦτά χ’ ἅπαντα λάχοι, οὐκ ἐὼν ἄξιος, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ· ῥώμης γὰρ ἀμείνων ἀνδρῶν ἠδ’ ἵππων ἡμετέρη σοφίη. ἀλλ’ εἰκῆ μάλα τοῦτο νομίζεται· οὐδὲ δίκαιον προκρίνειν ῥώμην τῆς ἀγαθῆς σοφίης. οὔτε γὰρ εἰ πύκτης ἀγαθὸς λαοῖσι μετείη, οὔτ’ εἰ πενταθλεῖν, οὔτε παλαισμοσύνην, οὐδὲ μὲν εἰ ταχυτῆτι ποδῶν, τόπερ ἐστὶ πρότιμον ῥώμης ὅσσ’ ἀνδρῶν ἔργ’ ἐν ἀγῶνι πέλει, τοὔνεκεν ἂν δὴ μᾶλλον ἐν εὐνομίῃ πόλις εἴη· σμικρὸν δ’ ἄν τι πόλει χάρμα γένοιτ’ ἐπὶ τῷ, εἴ τις ἀεθλεύων νικῷ Πίσαο παρ’ ὄχθας· οὐ γὰρ πιαίνει ταῦτα μυχοὺς πόλεως.
Source: Athen. x. 413 F.
Fragment 20
ἁβροσύνας δὲ μαθόντες ἀνωφελέας παρὰ Λυδῶν, ὄφρα τυρρανίης ἦσαν ἄνευ στυγερῆς, ᾔεσαν εἰς ἀγορὴν παναλουργέα φάρε’ ἔχοντες, οὐ μείους ὥσπερ χίλιοι εἰς ἐπίπαν, αὐχαλέοι, χαίτῃσιν ἀγαλλόμενοι εὐπρεπέεσσιν, ἀσκητοῖς ὀδμὴν χρίμασι δευόμενοι.
Source: Athen. xii. p. 526.
Fragment 21
νῦν γὰρ δὴ ζάπεδον καθαρὸν καὶ χεῖρες ἁπάντων καὶ κύλικες· πλεκτοὺς δ’ ἀμφιτιθεῖ στεφάνους, ἄλλος δ’ εὐῶδες μύρον ἐν φιάλῃ παρατείνει· κρατὴρ δ’ ἕστηκεν μεστὸς ἐυφροσύνης· ἄλλος δ’ οἶνος ἑτοῖμος, ὃς οὔποτέ φησι προδώσειν, μείλιχος ἐν κεράμοισ’, ἄνθεος ὀσδόμενος· ἐν δὲ μέσοισ’ ἁγνὴν ὀδμὴν λιβανωτὸς ἵησιν, ψυχρὸν δ’ ἔστιν ὕδωρ καὶ γλυκὺ καὶ καθαρόν· πάρκεινται δ’ ἄρτοι ξανθοὶ γεραρή τε τράπεζα τυροῦ καὶ μέλιτος πίονος ἀχθομένη· βωμὸς δ’ ἄνθεσιν ἀν τὸ μέσον πάντῃ πεπύκασται, μολπὴ δ’ ἀμφὶς ἔχει δώματα καὶ θαλίη. χρὴ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν θεὸν ὑμνεῖν εὔφρονας ἄνδρας εὐφήμοις μύθοις καὶ καθαροῖσι λόγοις. σπείσαντας δὲ καὶ εὐξαμένους τὰ δίκαια δύνασθαι πρήσσειν· (ταῦτα γὰρ ὦν ἐστι προχειρότερον·) οὐχ ὕβρις πίνειν ὁπόσον κεν ἔχων ἀφίκοιο οἴκαδ’ ἄνευ προπόλου, μὴ πάνυ γηραλέος· ἀνδρῶν δ’ αἰνεῖν τοῦτον, ὃς ἐσθλὰ πιὼν ἀναφαίνει, ὥς οἱ μνημοσύνη καὶ <πόνος> ἀμφ’ ἀρετῆς. οὔτι μάχας διέπειν Τιτάνων οὐδὲ Γιγάντων, οὐδέ τι Κενταύρων, πλάσματα τῶν προτέρων, ἢ στασίας σφεδανάς· τοῖσ’ οὐδὲν χρηστὸν ἔνεστιν· θεῶν <δὲ> προμηθείην αἰὲν ἔχειν ἀγαθόν.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 462.
Fragment 22 (DK B6)
πέμψας γὰρ κωλῆν ἐρίφου σκέλος ἤραο πῖον ταύρου λαρινοῦ, τίμιον ἀνδρὶ λαχεῖν, τοῦ κλέος Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ἐφίξεται οὐδ’ ἀπολήξει ἔστ’ ἂν ἀοιδάων ᾖ γένος Ἑλλαδικόν.
Source: Athen. ix. P. 368 E. V. 3: MSS. ἀφίξεται, corr. Karst. V. 4: Meineke κλέος Ἑλλαδικῶν, Bergk ἀοιδοπόλων ᾖ γένος Ἑλλαδικῶν.
Fragment 23 (DK B5)
οὐδέ κεν ἐν κύλικι πρότερον κεράσειέ τις οἶνον ἐγχέας, ἀλλ’ ὕδωρ καὶ καθύπερθε μέθυ.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 782. V. 2: Vulg. ἐγχεύας, corr. Casaub.
Fragment 24 (DK B7)
ἤδη δ’ ἑπτά τ’ ἔασι καὶ ἑξήκοντ’ ἐνιαυτοί βληστρίζοντες ἐμὴν φροντίδ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα γῆν· ἐκ γενετῆς δὲ τότ’ ἦσαν ἐείκοσι πέντε τε πρὸς τοῖς, εἴπερ ἐγὼ περὶ τῶνδ’ οἶδα λέγειν ἐτύμως.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 19.
Fragment 25
οὐκ ἴση πρόκλησις αὕτη, ἀσεβεῖ πρὸς εὐσεβῆ.
Source: Arist. Rhet. i. 15; p. 377 a 20.
Fragment 26 (DK B9)
ἀνδρὸς γηρέντος πολλὸν ἀφαυρότερος.
Source: Etym. Magn. s.v. Γηράς; attributed to Xenophon.
Fragment 27
ἑστᾶσιν δ’ ἐλάτης <βάκχοι> πυκινὸν περὶ δῶμα.
Source: Schol. ad Aristoph. Equit. v. 408. Vulg. ἐλάται, MS. θ ἐλάτε, V ἐλάτη. Lobeck, Aglaoph. p. 308 i, suggests ἐκστᾶσιν δ’ ἐλατῶν πυκινοὶ περὶ δώματα βάκχοι, and compares Eurip. Bacch. 110. (28). Draco Straton. p. 33, ed. Herm.; Cram. An. Oxon. iii. p. 296 (Herod. περὶ διχρόν. p. 367 Lehrs); Cram. An. Oxon. iv. p. 415 (Choerob. dict. p. 566 Gais.). (29). Herod. περὶ μον. λέξ. 41, 5. MSS. Ξενοφῶν, corr. Dind. Cf. Etym. Magn. 235, 4. Etym. Gud. 301, 15. (30). Herod. Ibid. 30, 30. MSS. καὶ μὴν, corr. Lehrs. Cf. περὶ κλισ. ὄνομ. 772, 33. (31). Herod. περὶ διχρόν. 296, 5.
Fragment 28 (DK B10)
ἐξ ἀρχῆς καθ’ Ὅμηρον ἐπεὶ μεμαθήκασι πάντες.
Fragment 29 (DK B37)
εἰ μὴ χλωρὸν ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι, πολλὸν ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι.
Fragment 30
<ἁγνὸν> ἐνὶ σπεάτεσσι τεοῖς καταλείβεται ὕδωρ.
Fragment 31 (DK B36)
ὁππόσα δὴ θνητοῖσι πεφήνασιν εἰσοράασθαι.
Contents — 31 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B23)
- Fragment 2 (DK B24)
- Fragment 3 (DK B25)
- Fragment 4 (DK B26)
- Fragment 5 (DK B14)
- Fragment 6 (DK B15)
- Fragment 7
- Fragment 8
- Fragment 9 (DK B33)
- Fragment 10 (DK B29)
- Fragment 11
- Fragment 12 (DK B28)
- Fragment 13 (DK B32)
- Fragment 14 (DK B34)
- Fragment 15
- Fragment 16 (DK B18)
- Fragment 17 (DK B22)
- Fragment 18
- Fragment 19
- Fragment 20
- Fragment 21
- Fragment 22 (DK B6)
- Fragment 23 (DK B5)
- Fragment 24 (DK B7)
- Fragment 25
- Fragment 26 (DK B9)
- Fragment 27
- Fragment 28 (DK B10)
- Fragment 29 (DK B37)
- Fragment 30
- Fragment 31 (DK B36)
Fragment 1 (DK B23)
εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστος, οὔτε δέμας θνητοῖσιν ὁμοίιος οὔτε νόημα.
God is one, supreme among gods and men, and not like mortals in body or in mind.
Source: viii. p. 62. Last half line: Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 18; Proklos in Tim. p. 78, &c.
Source: viii. p. 62. Last half line: Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 18; Proklos in Tim. p. 78, &c.
Fragment 2 (DK B24)
οὖλος ὁρᾷ, οὖλος δὲ νοεῖ, οὖλος δέ τ’ ἀκούει.
The whole [of god] sees, the whole perceives, the whole hears.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 144.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 144.
Fragment 3 (DK B25)
ἀλλ’ ἀπάνευθε πόνοιο νόου φρενὶ πάντα κραδαίνει.
But without effort he sets in motion all things by mind and thought.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 20; Dox. 481.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 20; Dox. 481.
Fragment 4 (DK B26)
αἰεὶ δ’ ἐν ταὐτῷ μίμνει κινούμενον οὐδέν, οὐδὲ μετέρχεσθαί μιν ἐπιπρέπει ἄλλοτε ἄλλῃ.
It [i.e. being] always abides in the same place, not moved at all, nor is it fitting that it should move from one place to another.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 11; Dox. 481.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 11; Dox. 481.
Fragment 5 (DK B14)
ἀλλὰ βροτοὶ δοκέουσι γεννᾶσθαι θεοὺς, τὴν σφετέραν δ’ ἐσθῆτά τ’ ἔχειν φωνήν τε δέμας τε.
But mortals suppose that the gods are born (as they themselves are), and that they wear man’s clothing and have human voice and body.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. p. 714; Euseb. Praep. Ev. xiii. 13, p. 678 D, following Fr. 1. Theodoret, Gr. Aff. Curat. iii. 72, p. 49.
Source: Clem. Al. Strom. v. p. 714; Euseb. Praep. Ev. xiii. 13, p. 678 D, following Fr. 1. Theodoret, Gr. Aff. Curat. iii. 72, p. 49.
Fragment 6 (DK B15)
... ἀλλ’ εἰ χεῖρας ἔχον βόες ἤε λέοντες, <ὡς> γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον καὶ σώματ’ ἐποίουν τοιαῦθ’, οἷόν περ καὶ αὐτοὶ δέμας εἶχον <ἕκαστοι> ἵπποι μέν θ’ ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὁμοῖα.
But if cattle or lions had hands, so as to paint with their hands and produce works of art as men do, they would paint their gods and give them bodies in form like their own—horses like horses, cattle like cattle.
Source: Clem. Euseb. and Theod. after preceding fragment. Line 5 stands third in MSS. and earlier texts; Karsten places it fifth.
Source: Clem. Euseb. and Theod. after preceding fragment. Line 5 stands third in MSS. and earlier texts; Karsten places it fifth.
Fragment 7
πάντα θεοῖς ἀνέθηκαν Ὅμηρός θ’ Ἡσίοδός τε ὅσσα παρ’ ἀνθρώποισιν ὀνείδεα καὶ ψόγος ἐστί, καὶ πλεῖστ’ ἐφθέγξαντο· θεῶν ἀθεμίστια ἔργα, κλέπτειν, μοιχεύειν τε καὶ ἀλλήλους ἀπατεύειν.
Homer and Hesiod attributed to the gods all things which are disreputable and worthy of blame when done by men; and they told of them many lawless deeds, stealing, adultery, and deception of each other.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 193 and i. 289 combined.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 193 and i. 289 combined.
Fragment 8
ἐκ γαίης γὰρ πάντα, καὶ εἰς γῆν πάντα τελευτᾷ.
For all things come from earth, and all things end by becoming earth.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. x. 313; Stob. Ecl. Phys. i. p. 294, Dox. 284; Schol. Vill. and Schol. Min. to Homer, Il. Η 99.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. x. 313; Stob. Ecl. Phys. i. p. 294, Dox. 284; Schol. Vill. and Schol. Min. to Homer, Il. Η 99.
Fragment 9 (DK B33)
πάντες γὰρ γαίης τε καὶ ὕδατος ἐκγενόμεσθα.
For we are all sprung from earth and water.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 361 and x. 313; Eustath. Il. Η 99, p. 668, 60.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 361 and x. 313; Eustath. Il. Η 99, p. 668, 60.
Fragment 10 (DK B29)
γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ πάντ’ ἐσθ’ ὅσα γίνοντ’ ἠδὲ φύονται.
All things that come into being and grow are earth and water.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 41 r 189, 1, attributes this verse to Anaximenes on the authority of Porphyry. Joh. Philoponus (Phys. i. 188 b 30) attributes it to Xenophanes on the same authority.
Source: Simplic. Phys. 41 r 189, 1, attributes this verse to Anaximenes on the authority of Porphyry. Joh. Philoponus (Phys. i. 188 b 30) attributes it to Xenophanes on the same authority.
Fragment 11
πηγή δ’ ἐστι θάλασσ’ ὕδατος, πηγὴ δ’ ἀνέμοιο· οὔτε γὰρ ἐν νέφεσιν <πνοιαί κ’ ἀνέμοιο φύοιντο ἐκπνείοντος> ἔσωθεν ἄνευ πόντου μεγάλοιο οὔτε ῥοαὶ ποταμῶν οὔτ’ αἰθέρος ὄμβριον ὕδωρ ἀλλὰ μέγας πόντος γενέτωρ νεφέων ἀνέμων τε καὶ ποταμῶν.
The sea is the source of water and the source of wind; for neither would blasts of wind arise in the clouds and blow out from within them, except for the great sea, nor would the streams of rivers nor the rain-water in the sky exist but for the sea; but the great sea is the begetter of clouds and winds and rivers.
Source: Schol. Genev. to Homer, Il. Ι 199, 2. V. Sitz. d. berl. Akad. June 18, 1891. I have inserted Diels’ emendation in lines 2 and 3. The first line also occurs in Stob. Flor. ed. Gais. iv. App. p. 6.
Source: Schol. Genev. to Homer, Il. Ι 199, 2. V. Sitz. d. berl. Akad. June 18, 1891. I have inserted Diels’ emendation in lines 2 and 3. The first line also occurs in Stob. Flor. ed. Gais. iv. App. p. 6.
Fragment 12 (DK B28)
γαίης μὲν τόδε πεῖρας ἄνω παρὰ ποσσὶν ὁρᾶται αἰθέρι προσπλάζον, τὰ κάτω δ’ ἐς ἄπειρον ἱκάνει.
This upper limit of earth at our feet is visible and †touches the air,† but below it reaches to infinity.
Source: Achill. Tat. in Isagoge ad Aratum (Petavii Doctr. Tempor. iii. p. 76). Cf. Aristotle, de Xenophane, &c., 2; 976 a 32.
Source: Achill. Tat. in Isagoge ad Aratum (Petavii Doctr. Tempor. iii. p. 76). Cf. Aristotle, de Xenophane, &c., 2; 976 a 32.
Fragment 13 (DK B32)
ἣν τ’ Ἶριν καλέουσι, νέφος καὶ τοῦτο πέφυκε πορφύρεον καὶ φοινίκεον καὶ χλωρὸν ἰδέσθαι.
She whom men call Iris (rainbow), this also is by nature cloud, violet and red and pale green to behold.
Source: Eustath. Il. Λ 24, p. 827, 59; Schol. Vill. ad Il. Λ 27 and Schol. Leyd. in Valckenaer, Diatr. Eurip. p. 195.
Source: Eustath. Il. Λ 24, p. 827, 59; Schol. Vill. ad Il. Λ 27 and Schol. Leyd. in Valckenaer, Diatr. Eurip. p. 195.
Fragment 14 (DK B34)
καὶ τὸ μὲν οὖν σαφὲς οὔτις ἀνὴρ γένετ’ οὔδε τις ἔσται εἰδὼς ἀμφὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἅσσα λέγω περὶ πάντων· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα τύχοι τετελεσμένον εἰπών, αὐτὸς ὅμως οὐκ οἶδε· δοκὸς δ’ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τέτυκται.
Accordingly there has not been a man, nor will there be, who knows distinctly what I say about the gods or in regard to all things, for even if one chances for the most part to say what is true, still he would not know; but every one thinks he knows.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 49 and 110, and viii. 326. Vv. 1-2: Plut. aud. poet. 17 E; Laer. Diog. ix. 72. Vv. 3-4: Hipp. Phil. 14, Dox. 565; Origen, Philos. xiv. vol. i. p. 892; Galen, de diff. puls. iii.
Source: Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 49 and 110, and viii. 326. Vv. 1-2: Plut. aud. poet. 17 E; Laer. Diog. ix. 72. Vv. 3-4: Hipp. Phil. 14, Dox. 565; Origen, Philos. xiv. vol. i. p. 892; Galen, de diff. puls. iii.
Fragment 15
ταῦτα δεδόξασθαι μὲν ἐοικότα τοῖς ἐτύμοισι.
These things have seemed to me to resemble the truth.
Source: Plut. Symp. ix. 746 B. Karst. reads δεδόξασται.
Source: Plut. Symp. ix. 746 B. Karst. reads δεδόξασται.
Fragment 16 (DK B18)
οὔτοι ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς πάντα θεοὶ θνητοῖς ὑπέδειξαν, ἀλλὰ χρόνῳ ζητέοντες ἐφευρίσκουσιν ἄμεινον.
In the beginning the gods did not at all reveal all things clearly to mortals, but by searching men in the course of time find them out better.
Source: Stob. Flor. xxix. 41 G, Ecl. Phys., I. 224.
Source: Stob. Flor. xxix. 41 G, Ecl. Phys., I. 224.
Fragment 17 (DK B22)
πὰρ πυρὶ χρὴ τοιαῦτα λέγειν χειμῶνος ἐν ὥρῃ ἐν κλίνῃ μαλακῇ κατακείμενον, ἔμπλεον ὄντα, πίνοντα γλυκὺν οἶνον, ὑποτρώγοντ’ ἐρεβίνθους· τίς πόθεν εἶς ἀνδρῶν; πόσα τοι ἔτε’ ἐστί, φέριστε; πηλίκος ἦσθ’ ὅθ’ ὁ Μῆδος ἀφίκετο;
The following are fit topics for conversation for men reclining on a soft couch by the fire in the winter season, when after a meal they are drinking sweet wine and eating a little pulse: Who are you, and what is your family? What is your age, my friend? How old were you when the Medes invaded this land?
Source: Athen. ii. p. 54 E. V. 3: Eustath. p. 948, 40.
Source: Athen. ii. p. 54 E. V. 3: Eustath. p. 948, 40.
Fragment 18
νῦν αὖτ’ ἄλλον ἔπειμι λόγον, δείξω δὲ κέλευθον. ... καί ποτέ μιν στυφελιζομένου σκύλακος παριόντα φασὶν ἐποικτῖραι καὶ τόδε φάσθαι ἔπος· παῦσαι μηδὲ ῥάπιζ’, ἐπεὶ ἦ φίλου ἀνέρος ἐστίν ψυχή, τὴν ἔγνων φθεγξαμένης ἀίων.
Now, however, I come to another topic, and I will show the way.... They say that once on a time when a hound was badly treated a passer-by pitied him and said, ‘Stop beating him, for it is the soul of a dear friend; I recognised him on hearing his voice.’
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 36; Suidas, v. Ξενοφάνης. Anthol. Graec. i.
Source: Diog. Laer. viii. 36; Suidas, v. Ξενοφάνης. Anthol. Graec. i.
Fragment 19
ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν ταχυτῆτι ποδῶν νίκην τις ἄροιτο ἢ πενταθλεύων, ἔνθα Διὸς τέμενος πὰρ Πίσαο ῥοῇσ’ ἐν Ὀλυμπίῃ, εἴτε παλαίων, ἢ καὶ πυκτοσύνην ἀλγινόεσσαν ἔχων, εἴτε τὸ δεινὸν ἄεθλον, ὃ παγκράτιον καλέουσιν, ἀστοῖσίν κ’ εἴη κυδρότερος προσορᾶν, καί κε προεδρίην φανερὴν ἐν ἀγῶσιν ἄροιτο, καί κεν σῖτ’ εἴη δημοσίων κτεάνων ἐκ πόλεως καὶ δῶρον, ὅ οἱ κειμήλιον εἴη· εἴτε καὶ ἵπποισιν, ταῦτά χ’ ἅπαντα λάχοι, οὐκ ἐὼν ἄξιος, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ· ῥώμης γὰρ ἀμείνων ἀνδρῶν ἠδ’ ἵππων ἡμετέρη σοφίη. ἀλλ’ εἰκῆ μάλα τοῦτο νομίζεται· οὐδὲ δίκαιον προκρίνειν ῥώμην τῆς ἀγαθῆς σοφίης. οὔτε γὰρ εἰ πύκτης ἀγαθὸς λαοῖσι μετείη, οὔτ’ εἰ πενταθλεῖν, οὔτε παλαισμοσύνην, οὐδὲ μὲν εἰ ταχυτῆτι ποδῶν, τόπερ ἐστὶ πρότιμον ῥώμης ὅσσ’ ἀνδρῶν ἔργ’ ἐν ἀγῶνι πέλει, τοὔνεκεν ἂν δὴ μᾶλλον ἐν εὐνομίῃ πόλις εἴη· σμικρὸν δ’ ἄν τι πόλει χάρμα γένοιτ’ ἐπὶ τῷ, εἴ τις ἀεθλεύων νικῷ Πίσαο παρ’ ὄχθας· οὐ γὰρ πιαίνει ταῦτα μυχοὺς πόλεως.
But if one wins a victory by swiftness of foot, or in the pentathlon, where the grove of Zeus lies by Pisas’ stream at Olympia, or as a wrestler, or in painful boxing, or in that severe contest called the pancration, he would {5} be more glorious in the eyes of the citizens, he would win a front seat at assemblies, and would be entertained by the city at the public table, and he would receive a gift which would be a keepsake for him. If he won by means of horses he would get all these things {10} although he did not deserve them, as I deserve them, for our wisdom is better than the strength of men or of horses. This is indeed a very wrong custom, nor is it right to prefer strength to excellent wisdom. For if there should be in the city a man good at boxing, or in the {15} pentathlon, or in wrestling, or in swiftness of foot, which is honoured more than strength (among the contests men enter into at the games), the city would not on that account be any better governed. Small joy would it be to any city in this case if a citizen conquers at the games {20} on the banks of the Pisas, for this does not fill with wealth its secret chambers.
Source: Athen. x. 413 F.
Source: Athen. x. 413 F.
Fragment 20
ἁβροσύνας δὲ μαθόντες ἀνωφελέας παρὰ Λυδῶν, ὄφρα τυρρανίης ἦσαν ἄνευ στυγερῆς, ᾔεσαν εἰς ἀγορὴν παναλουργέα φάρε’ ἔχοντες, οὐ μείους ὥσπερ χίλιοι εἰς ἐπίπαν, αὐχαλέοι, χαίτῃσιν ἀγαλλόμενοι εὐπρεπέεσσιν, ἀσκητοῖς ὀδμὴν χρίμασι δευόμενοι.
Having learned profitless luxuries from the Lydians, while as yet they had no experience of hateful tyranny, they proceeded into the market-place, no less than a thousand in number all told, with purple garments completely covering them, boastful, proud of their comely locks, anointed with unguents of rich perfume.
Source: Athen. xii. p. 526.
Source: Athen. xii. p. 526.
Fragment 21
νῦν γὰρ δὴ ζάπεδον καθαρὸν καὶ χεῖρες ἁπάντων καὶ κύλικες· πλεκτοὺς δ’ ἀμφιτιθεῖ στεφάνους, ἄλλος δ’ εὐῶδες μύρον ἐν φιάλῃ παρατείνει· κρατὴρ δ’ ἕστηκεν μεστὸς ἐυφροσύνης· ἄλλος δ’ οἶνος ἑτοῖμος, ὃς οὔποτέ φησι προδώσειν, μείλιχος ἐν κεράμοισ’, ἄνθεος ὀσδόμενος· ἐν δὲ μέσοισ’ ἁγνὴν ὀδμὴν λιβανωτὸς ἵησιν, ψυχρὸν δ’ ἔστιν ὕδωρ καὶ γλυκὺ καὶ καθαρόν· πάρκεινται δ’ ἄρτοι ξανθοὶ γεραρή τε τράπεζα τυροῦ καὶ μέλιτος πίονος ἀχθομένη· βωμὸς δ’ ἄνθεσιν ἀν τὸ μέσον πάντῃ πεπύκασται, μολπὴ δ’ ἀμφὶς ἔχει δώματα καὶ θαλίη. χρὴ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν θεὸν ὑμνεῖν εὔφρονας ἄνδρας εὐφήμοις μύθοις καὶ καθαροῖσι λόγοις. σπείσαντας δὲ καὶ εὐξαμένους τὰ δίκαια δύνασθαι πρήσσειν· (ταῦτα γὰρ ὦν ἐστι προχειρότερον·) οὐχ ὕβρις πίνειν ὁπόσον κεν ἔχων ἀφίκοιο οἴκαδ’ ἄνευ προπόλου, μὴ πάνυ γηραλέος· ἀνδρῶν δ’ αἰνεῖν τοῦτον, ὃς ἐσθλὰ πιὼν ἀναφαίνει, ὥς οἱ μνημοσύνη καὶ <πόνος> ἀμφ’ ἀρετῆς. οὔτι μάχας διέπειν Τιτάνων οὐδὲ Γιγάντων, οὐδέ τι Κενταύρων, πλάσματα τῶν προτέρων, ἢ στασίας σφεδανάς· τοῖσ’ οὐδὲν χρηστὸν ἔνεστιν· θεῶν <δὲ> προμηθείην αἰὲν ἔχειν ἀγαθόν.
For now the floor is clean, the hands of all and the cups are clean; one puts on the woven garlands, another passes around the fragrant ointment in a vase; the mixing bowl stands full of good cheer, and more wine, mild and of delicate bouquet, is at hand in jars, which {5} says it will never fail. In the midst frankincense sends forth its sacred fragrance, and there is water, cold, and sweet, and pure; the yellow loaves are near at hand, and the table of honour is loaded with cheese and rich honey. The altar in the midst is thickly covered with {10} flowers on every side; singing and mirth fill the house. Men making merry should first hymn the god with propitious stanzas and pure words; and when they have poured out libations and prayed for power to do the right (since this lies nearest at hand), then it is no unfitting {15} thing to drink as much as will not prevent your walking home without a slave, if you are not very old. And one ought to praise that man who, when he has drunk, unfolds noble things as his memory and his toil for virtue suggest; but there is nothing praiseworthy in {20} discussing battles of Titans or of Giants or Centaurs, fictions of former ages, nor in plotting violent revolutions. But it is good always to pay careful respect to the gods.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 462.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 462.
Fragment 22 (DK B6)
πέμψας γὰρ κωλῆν ἐρίφου σκέλος ἤραο πῖον ταύρου λαρινοῦ, τίμιον ἀνδρὶ λαχεῖν, τοῦ κλέος Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ἐφίξεται οὐδ’ ἀπολήξει ἔστ’ ἂν ἀοιδάων ᾖ γένος Ἑλλαδικόν.
For sending the thigh-bone of a goat, thou didst receive the rich leg of a fatted bull, an honourable present to a man, the fame whereof shall come to all Greece, and shall not cease so long as there is a race of Greek bards.
Source: Athen. ix. P. 368 E. V. 3: MSS. ἀφίξεται, corr. Karst. V. 4: Meineke κλέος Ἑλλαδικῶν, Bergk ἀοιδοπόλων ᾖ γένος Ἑλλαδικῶν.
Source: Athen. ix. P. 368 E. V. 3: MSS. ἀφίξεται, corr. Karst. V. 4: Meineke κλέος Ἑλλαδικῶν, Bergk ἀοιδοπόλων ᾖ γένος Ἑλλαδικῶν.
Fragment 23 (DK B5)
οὐδέ κεν ἐν κύλικι πρότερον κεράσειέ τις οἶνον ἐγχέας, ἀλλ’ ὕδωρ καὶ καθύπερθε μέθυ.
Nor would any one first pour the wine into the cup to mix it, but water first and the wine above it.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 782. V. 2: Vulg. ἐγχεύας, corr. Casaub.
Source: Athen. xi. p. 782. V. 2: Vulg. ἐγχεύας, corr. Casaub.
Fragment 24 (DK B7)
ἤδη δ’ ἑπτά τ’ ἔασι καὶ ἑξήκοντ’ ἐνιαυτοί βληστρίζοντες ἐμὴν φροντίδ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα γῆν· ἐκ γενετῆς δὲ τότ’ ἦσαν ἐείκοσι πέντε τε πρὸς τοῖς, εἴπερ ἐγὼ περὶ τῶνδ’ οἶδα λέγειν ἐτύμως.
Already now sixty-seven years my thoughts have been tossed restlessly up and down Greece, but then it was twenty and five years from my birth, if I know how to speak the truth about these things.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 19.
Source: Diog. Laer. ix. 19.
Fragment 25
οὐκ ἴση πρόκλησις αὕτη, ἀσεβεῖ πρὸς εὐσεβῆ.
Nor is this (an oath) an equal demand to make of an impious man as compared with a pious man.
Source: Arist. Rhet. i. 15; p. 377 a 20.
Source: Arist. Rhet. i. 15; p. 377 a 20.
Fragment 26 (DK B9)
ἀνδρὸς γηρέντος πολλὸν ἀφαυρότερος.
Much more feeble than an aged man.
Source: Etym. Magn. s.v. Γηράς; attributed to Xenophon.
Source: Etym. Magn. s.v. Γηράς; attributed to Xenophon.
Fragment 27
ἑστᾶσιν δ’ ἐλάτης <βάκχοι> πυκινὸν περὶ δῶμα.
Bacchic wands of fir stand about the firmly built house.
Source: Schol. ad Aristoph. Equit. v. 408. Vulg. ἐλάται, MS. θ ἐλάτε, V ἐλάτη. Lobeck, Aglaoph. p. 308 i, suggests ἐκστᾶσιν δ’ ἐλατῶν πυκινοὶ περὶ δώματα βάκχοι, and compares Eurip. Bacch. 110. (28). Draco Straton. p. 33, ed. Herm.; Cram. An. Oxon. iii. p. 296 (Herod. περὶ διχρόν. p. 367 Lehrs); Cram. An. Oxon. iv. p. 415 (Choerob. dict. p. 566 Gais.). (29). Herod. περὶ μον. λέξ. 41, 5. MSS. Ξενοφῶν, corr. Dind. Cf. Etym. Magn. 235, 4. Etym. Gud. 301, 15. (30). Herod. Ibid. 30, 30. MSS. καὶ μὴν, corr. Lehrs. Cf. περὶ κλισ. ὄνομ. 772, 33. (31). Herod. περὶ διχρόν. 296, 5.
Source: Schol. ad Aristoph. Equit. v. 408. Vulg. ἐλάται, MS. θ ἐλάτε, V ἐλάτη. Lobeck, Aglaoph. p. 308 i, suggests ἐκστᾶσιν δ’ ἐλατῶν πυκινοὶ περὶ δώματα βάκχοι, and compares Eurip. Bacch. 110. (28). Draco Straton. p. 33, ed. Herm.; Cram. An. Oxon. iii. p. 296 (Herod. περὶ διχρόν. p. 367 Lehrs); Cram. An. Oxon. iv. p. 415 (Choerob. dict. p. 566 Gais.). (29). Herod. περὶ μον. λέξ. 41, 5. MSS. Ξενοφῶν, corr. Dind. Cf. Etym. Magn. 235, 4. Etym. Gud. 301, 15. (30). Herod. Ibid. 30, 30. MSS. καὶ μὴν, corr. Lehrs. Cf. περὶ κλισ. ὄνομ. 772, 33. (31). Herod. περὶ διχρόν. 296, 5.
Fragment 28 (DK B10)
ἐξ ἀρχῆς καθ’ Ὅμηρον ἐπεὶ μεμαθήκασι πάντες.
From the beginning, according to Homer, since all have learned them.
Fragment 29 (DK B37)
εἰ μὴ χλωρὸν ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι, πολλὸν ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι.
If the god had not made light-coloured honey, I should have said that a fig was far sweeter.
Fragment 30
<ἁγνὸν> ἐνὶ σπεάτεσσι τεοῖς καταλείβεται ὕδωρ.
Holy water trickles down in thy grottoes.
Fragment 31 (DK B36)
ὁππόσα δὴ θνητοῖσι πεφήνασιν εἰσοράασθαι.
As many things as they have made plain for mortals to see!
Testimonia
Contents — 23 sections
- Arist
- Ibid. 1400 b 5 (K. 35)
- Plutarch, de vit. pud. p. 530 F (K. 36)
- Diog
- Plut. de comm. not. p. 1084 E (K. 38)
- Diog
- Clem
- A. Gellius, Noct. Att. iii. 11 (K. 31). Some writers have stated that Homer
- Plato, Soph. 242 D
- De Coelo, ii. 13; 294 a 21
- De mirac. oscult. 38; 833 a 16
- Metaph. i. 5; 986 b 10
- Theophrastos, Fr. 5; Simpl
- Theophrast
- Hipp
- Plut
- Galen, Hist
- Aet
- Aet. ii. 4; Dox. 332
- Aet. iii. 2; 367
- Aet. iv. 9; 396
- Aet. v. 1; 415
- VI.
Arist
Arist. Rhet. ii. 23; 1399 b 6 (Karsten, Fr. 34). Xenophanes asserts that those who say the gods are born are as impious as those who say that they die; for in both cases it amounts to this, that the gods do not exist at all.
Ibid. 1400 b 5 (K. 35)
Ibid. 1400 b 5 (K. 35). When the inhabitants of Elea asked Xenophanes whether they should sacrifice to Leukothea and sing a dirge or not, he advised them not to sing a dirge if they thought her divine, and if they thought her human not to sacrifice to her.
Plutarch, de vit. pud. p. 530 F (K. 36)
Plutarch, de vit. pud. p. 530 F (K. 36). When Lasos, son of Hermiones, called that man a coward who was unwilling to play at dice with him, Xenophanes answered that he was very cowardly and without daring in regard to dishonourable things.
Diog
Diog. Laer. ix. 20 (K. 37). When Empedokles said to him (Xenophanes) that the wise man was not to be found, he answered: Naturally, for it would take a wise man to recognise a wise man.
Plut. de comm. not. p. 1084 E (K. 38)
Plut. de comm. not. p. 1084 E (K. 38). Xenophanes, when some one told him that he had seen eels living in hot water, said: Then we will boil them in cold water.
Diog
Diog. Laer. ix. 19 (K. 39). ‘Have intercourse with tyrants either as little as possible, or as agreeably as possible.’
Clem
Clem. Al. Strom. vii. p. 841. And Greeks suppose the gods to be like men in their passions as well as in their forms; and accordingly they represent them, each race in forms like their own, in the words of Xenophanes: Ethiopians make their gods black and snub-nosed, Thracians red-haired and with blue eyes; so also they conceive the spirits of the gods to be like themselves.
A. Gellius, Noct. Att. iii. 11 (K. 31). Some writers have stated that Homer
A. Gellius, Noct. Att. iii. 11 (K. 31). Some writers have stated that Homer antedated Hesiod, and among these were Philochoros and Xenophanes of Kolophon; others assert that he was later than Hesiod.
Plato, Soph. 242 D
Plato, Soph. 242 D. And the Eleatic group of thinkers among us, beginning with Xenophanes and even earlier, set forth in tales how what men call all things is really one.
De Coelo, ii. 13; 294 a 21
De Coelo, ii. 13; 294 a 21. On this account some assert that there is no limit to the earth underneath us, saying that it is rooted in infinity, as, for instance, Xenophanes of Kolophon; in order that they may not have the trouble of seeking the cause.
De mirac. oscult. 38; 833 a 16
De mirac. oscult. 38; 833 a 16. The fire at Lipara, Xenophanes says, ceased once for sixteen years, and came back in the seventeenth. And he says that the lava-stream from Aetna is neither of the nature of fire, nor is it continuous, but it appears at intervals of many years.
Metaph. i. 5; 986 b 10
Metaph. i. 5; 986 b 10. There are some who have expressed the opinion about the All that it is one in its essential nature, but they have not expressed this opinion after the same manner nor in an orderly or natural way. 986 b 23. Xenophanes first taught the unity of these things (Parmenides is said to have been his pupil), but he did not make anything clear, nor did he seem to get at the nature of either of these things, but looking up into the broad heavens he said: The unity is god. These, as we have said, are to be dismissed from the present investigation, two of them entirely as being rather more crude, Xenophanes and Melissos; but Parmenides seems to speak in some places with greater care.
Theophrastos, Fr. 5; Simpl
Theophrastos, Fr. 5; Simpl. Phys. 5 v: 22, 36; Dox. 480. Theophrastos says that Xenophanes of Kolophon, teacher of Parmenides, asserted that the first principle is one, and that being is one and all-embracing, and is neither limited nor infinite, neither moving nor at rest. Theophrastos admits, however, that the record of his opinion is derived from some other source than the investigation of nature. This all-embracing unity Xenophanes called god; he shows that god is one because god is the most powerful of all things; for, he says, if there be a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that power should exist in them all alike; but the most powerful and most excellent of all things is god. And he shows that god must have been without beginning, since whatever comes into being must come either from what is like it or from what is unlike it; but, he says, it is no more natural that like should give birth to like, than that like should be born from like; but if it had sprung from what is unlike it, then being would have sprung from not-being. So he showed that god is without beginning and eternal. Nor is it either infinite or subject to limits; for not-being is infinite, as having neither beginning nor middle nor end; moreover limits arise through the relation of a multiplicity of things to each other. Similarly he denies to it both motion and rest; for not-being is immovable, since neither could anything else come into it nor could it itself come into anything else; motion, on the one hand, arises among the several parts of the one, for one thing changes its position with reference to another, so that when he says that it abides in the same state and is not moved (Frag. 4.), ‘And it always abides in the same place, not moved at all, nor is it fitting that it should move from one place to another,’ he does not mean that it abides in a rest that is the antithesis of motion, but rather in a stillness that is out of the sphere of both motion and rest. Nikolaos of Damascus in his book On the Gods mentions him as saying that the first principle of things is infinite and immovable. According to Alexander he regards this principle as limited and spherical. But that Xenophanes shows it to be neither limited nor infinite is clear from the very words quoted,—Alexander says that he regarded it as limited and spherical because it is homogeneous throughout; and he holds that it perceives all things, saying (Frag. 3) ‘But without effort he sets in motion all things by mind and thought.’
Theophrast
Theophrast. Fr. 5 a; Galen, in Hipp. d. n. h. xv. 35 K.; Dox. 481. Several of the commentators have made false statements about Xenophanes, as for instance Sabinos, who uses almost these very words: ‘I say that man is not air, as Anaximenes taught, nor water, as Thales taught, nor earth, as Xenophanes says in some book;’ but no such opinion is found to be expressed by Xenophanes anywhere. And it is clear from Sabinos’s own words that he made a false statement intentionally and did not fall into error through ignorance. Else he would certainly have mentioned by name the book in which Xenophanes expressed this opinion. On the contrary he wrote ‘as Xenophanes says in some book.’ Theophrastos would have recorded this opinion of Xenophanes in his abridgment of the opinions of the physicists, if it were really true. And if you are interested in the investigation of these things, you can read the books of Theophrastos in which he made this abridgment of the opinions of the physicists.
Hipp
Hipp. Philos. i. 14; Dox. 565. Xenophanes of Kolophon, son of Orthomenes, lived to the time of Cyrus. He was the first to say that all things are incomprehensible, in the following verses: (Frag. 14) ‘For even if one chances for the most part to say what is true, still he would not know; but every one thinks he knows.’ And he says that nothing comes into being, nor is anything destroyed, nor moved; and that the universe is one and is not subject to change. And he says that god is eternal and one, homogeneous throughout, limited, spherical, with power of sense-perception in all parts. The sun is formed each day from small fiery particles which are gathered together; the earth is infinite, and is not surrounded by air or by sky; an infinite number of suns and moons exist, and all things come from earth. The sea, he said, is salt because so many things flow together and become mixed in it; but Metrodoros assigns as the reason for its saltness that it has filtered through the earth. And Xenophanes believes that once the earth was mingled with the sea, but in the course of time it became freed from moisture; and his proofs are such as these: that shells are found in the midst of the land and among the mountains, that in the quarries of Syracuse the imprints of a fish and of seals had been found, and in Paros the imprint of an anchovy at some depth in the stone, and in Melite shallow impressions of all sorts of sea products. He says that these imprints were made when everything long ago was covered with mud, and then the imprint dried in the mud. Farther he says that all men will be destroyed when the earth sinks into the sea and becomes mud, and that the race will begin anew from the beginning; and this transformation takes place for all worlds.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 4; Dox. 580. Xenophanes of Kolophon, going his own way and differing from all those that had gone before, did not admit either genesis or destruction, but says that the all is always the same. For if it came into being, it could not have existed before this; and not-being could not come into existence nor could it accomplish anything, nor could anything come from not-being. And he declares that sensations are deceptive, and together with them he does away with the authority of reason itself. And he declares that the earth is constantly sinking little by little into the sea. He says that the sun is composed of numerous fiery particles massed together. And with regard to the gods he declares that there is no rule of one god over another, for it is impious that any of the gods should be ruled; and none of the gods have need of anything at all, for a god hears and sees in all his parts and not in some particular organs. He declares that the earth is infinite and is not surrounded on every side by air; and all things arise from earth; and he says that the sun and the stars arise from clouds.
Galen, Hist
Galen, Hist. Phil. 3; Dox. 601. Xenophanes of Kolophon is said to be the chief of this school, which is ordinarily considered aporetic (skeptical) rather than dogmatic. 7; Dox. 604. To the class holding eclectic views belongs Xenophanes, who has his doubts as to all things, except that he holds this one dogma: that all things are one, and that this is god, who is limited, endowed with reason, and immovable.
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 284. Xenophanes held that the first principle of all things is earth, for he wrote in his book on nature: ‘All things come from earth, and all things end by becoming earth.’
Aet. ii. 4; Dox. 332
Aet. ii. 4; Dox. 332. Xenophanes et al.: The world is without beginning, eternal, imperishable. 13; 343. The stars are formed of burning cloud; these are extinguished each day, but they are kindled again at night, like coals; for their risings and settings are really kindlings and extinguishings. 18; 347. The objects which appear to those on vessels like stars, and which some call Dioscuri, are little clouds which have become luminous by a certain kind of motion. 20; 348. The sun is composed of fiery particles collected from the moist exhalation and massed together, or of burning clouds. 24; 354. Eclipses occur by extinction of the sun; and the sun is born anew at its risings. Xenophanes recorded an eclipse of the sun for a whole month, and another eclipse so complete that the day seemed as night. 24; 355. Xenophanes held that there are many suns and moons according to the different regions and sections and zones of the earth; and that at some fitting time the disk of the sun comes into a region of the earth not inhabited by us, and so it suffers eclipse as though it had gone into a hole; he adds that the sun goes on for an infinite distance, but it seems to turn around by reason of the great distance. 25; 356. The moon is a compressed cloud. 28; 358. It shines by its own light. 29; 360. The moon disappears each month because it is extinguished. 30; 362. The sun serves a purpose in the generation of the world and of the animals on it, as well as in sustaining them, and it drags the moon after it.
Aet. iii. 2; 367
Aet. iii. 2; 367. Comets are groups or motions of burning clouds. 3; 368. Lightnings take place when clouds shine in motion. 4; 371. The phenomena of the heavens come from the warmth of the sun as the principal cause. For when the moisture is drawn up from the sea, the sweet water separated by reason of its lightness becomes mist and passes into clouds, and falls as rain when compressed, and the winds scatter it; for he writes expressly (Frag. 11): ‘The sea is the source of water.’
Aet. iv. 9; 396
Aet. iv. 9; 396. Sensations are deceptive.
Aet. v. 1; 415
Aet. v. 1; 415. Xenophanes and Epikouros abolished the prophetic art.
VI.
VI.
Fragments
Contents — 20 sections
- Fragment B1 (verses 1–32)
- Fragment B2 (verses 33–40)
- Fragment B3 (verse 40)
- Fragment B4 (verses 89–92)
- Fragment B5 (verses 41–42)
- Fragment B6 (verses 43–51)
- Fragment B7 (verses 52–57)
- Fragment B8 (verses 57–120)
- Fragment B9 (verses 121–124)
- Fragment B10 (verses 132–138)
- Fragment B11 (verses 139–143)
- Fragment B12 (verses 125–127)
- Fragment B13 (verses 128–131)
- Fragment B14 (verse 144)
- Fragment B15 (verse 145)
- Fragment B16 (verses 146–149)
- Fragment B17 (verse 150)
- Fragment B18 (Latin)
- Fragment B19 (verses 151–153)
- Additional fragment (Simplicius, Physics 7)
Fragment B1 (verses 1–32)
(Proœmium) The horses which bear me conducted me as far as desire may go, when they had brought me speeding along to the far-famed road of a divinity who herself bears onward through all things the man of understanding. Along this road I was borne, along this the horses, wise indeed, bore me hastening the chariot on, and maidens guided my course. The axle in its box, enkindled by the heat, uttered the sound of a pipe (for it was driven on by the rolling wheels on either side), when the maiden daughters of Helios hastened to conduct me to the light, leaving the realms of night, pushing aside with the hand the veils from their heads. There is the gate between the ways of day and night; lintel above it, and stone threshold beneath, hold it in place, and high in air it is fitted with great doors; retributive Justice holds the keys that open and shut them.[57] However, the maidens addressed her with mild words, and found means to persuade her to thrust back speedily for them the fastened bolt from the doors; and the gate swinging free made the opening wide, turning in their sockets the bronze hinges, well fastened with bolts and nails; then through this the maidens kept horses and chariot straight on the high-road. The goddess received me with kindness, and, taking my right hand in hers, she addressed me with these words:—Youth joined with drivers immortal, who hast come with the horses that bear thee, to our dwelling, hail! since no evil fate has bid thee come on this road (for it lies far outside the beaten track of men), but right and justice. ’Tis necessary for thee to learn all things, both the abiding essence of persuasive truth, and men’s opinions in which rests no true belief. But nevertheless these things also thou shalt learn, since it is necessary to judge accurately the things that rest on opinion, passing all things carefully in review.
Fragment B2 (verses 33–40)
Come now I will tell thee—and do thou hear my word and heed it—what are the only ways of enquiry that lead to knowledge. The one way, assuming that being is and that it is impossible for it not to be, is the trustworthy path, for truth attends it. The other, that not-being is and that it necessarily is, I call a wholly incredible course, since thou canst not recognise not-being (for this is impossible), nor couldst thou speak of it,
Fragment B3 (verse 40)
for thought and being are the same thing.
Fragment B4 (verses 89–92)
Nevertheless, behold steadfastly all absent things as present to thy mind; for thou canst not separate being in one place from contact with being in another place; it is not scattered here and there through the universe, nor is it compounded of parts. [Verses 89–92 also appear within the continuous text of Fragment B8.]
Fragment B5 (verses 41–42)
It makes no difference to me at what point I begin, for I shall always come back again to this.
Fragment B6 (verses 43–51)
It is necessary both to say and to think that being is; for it is possible that being is, and it is impossible that not-being is; this is what I bid thee ponder. I restrain thee from this first course of investigation; and from that course also along which mortals knowing nothing wander aimlessly, since helplessness directs the roaming thought in their bosoms, and they are borne on deaf and likewise blind, amazed, headstrong races, they who consider being and not-being as the same and not the same; and that all things follow a back-turning course.[58]
Fragment B7 (verses 52–57)
That things which are not are, shall never prevail, she said, but do thou restrain thy mind from this course of investigation. And let not long-practised habit compel thee along this path, thine eye careless, thine ear and thy tongue overpowered by noise; but do thou weigh the much contested refutation of their words, which I have uttered.
Fragment B8 (verses 57–120)
There is left but this single path to tell thee of: namely, that being is. And on this path there are many proofs that being is without beginning and indestructible; it is universal, existing alone, immovable and without end; nor ever was it nor will it be, since it now is, all together, one, and continuous. For what generating of it wilt thou seek out? From what did it grow, and how? I will not permit thee to say or to think that it came from not-being; for it is impossible to think or to say that not-being is. What thing would then have stirred it into activity that it should arise from not-being later rather than earlier? So it is necessary that being either is absolutely or is not. Nor will the force of the argument permit that anything spring from being except being itself. Therefore justice does not slacken her fetters to permit generation or destruction, but holds being firm. (The decision as to these things comes in at this point.) Either being exists or it does not exist. It has been decided in accordance with necessity to leave the unthinkable, unspeakable path, as this is not the true path, but that the other path exists and is true. How then should being suffer destruction? How come into existence? If it came into existence, it is not being, nor will it be if it ever is to come into existence.... So its generation is extinguished, and its destruction is proved incredible. Nor is it subject to division, for it is all alike; nor is anything more in it, so as to prevent its cohesion, nor anything less, but all is full of being; therefore the all is continuous, for being is contiguous to being. Farther it is unmoved, in the hold of great chains, without beginning or end, since generation and destruction have completely disappeared and true belief has rejected them. It lies the same, abiding in the same state and by itself; accordingly it abides fixed in the same spot. For powerful necessity holds it in confining bonds, which restrain it on all sides. Therefore divine right does not permit being to have any end; but it is lacking in nothing, for if it lacked anything it would lack everything.[59] Therefore thinking and that by reason of which Nevertheless, behold steadfastly all absent things as present to thy mind; for thou canst not separate being in one place from contact with being in another place; it is not scattered here and there through the universe, nor is it compounded of parts. thought exists are one and the same thing, for thou wilt not find thinking without the being from which it receives its name. Nor is there nor will there be anything apart from being; for fate has linked it together, so that it is a whole and immovable. Wherefore all these things will be but a name, all these things which mortals determined in the belief that they were true, viz. that things arise and perish, that they are and are not, that they change their position and vary in colour. But since there is a final limit, it is perfected on every side, like the mass of a rounded sphere, equally distant from the centre at every point. For it is necessary that it should neither be greater at all nor less anywhere, since there is no not-being which can prevent it from arriving at equality, nor is being such that there may ever be more than what is in one part and less in another, since the whole is inviolate. For if it is equal on all sides, it abides in equality within its limits. At this point I cease trustworthy discourse and the thought about truth; from here on, learn the opinions of mortals, hearing of the illusive order of my verses. not to name, and in so doing they have erred. They distinguish them as antithetic in character, and give them each character and attributes distinct from those of the other. On the one hand there is the aethereal flame of fire, fine, rarefied, everywhere identical with itself and not identical with its opposite; and on the other hand, opposed to the first, is the second principle, flameless darkness, dense and heavy in character. Of these two principles I declare to thee every arrangement as it appears to men, so that no knowledge among mortals may surpass thine.
Fragment B9 (verses 121–124)
Men have determined in their minds to name two principles [lit. forms]; but one of these they ought But since all things are called light and darkness, and the peculiar properties of these are predicated of one thing and another, everything is at the same time full of light and of obscure darkness, of both
Fragment B10 (verses 132–138)
Thou shalt know the nature of the heavens and all signs that are in the sky, the destructive deeds of the pure bright torch of the sun and whence they arose, and thou shalt learn the wandering deeds of the round-eyed moon and its nature. Thou shalt know also the sky surrounding all, whence it arose, and how necessity took it and chained it so as to serve as
Plato, Symp. 178 B; Arist. Met. i. 4, 984 b 26; Plut. Amat. 756 F; Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 9; Stob. Ecl. i. 10, p. 274; Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39, 18.
Fragment B11 (verses 139–143)
a limit to the courses of the stars. How earth and sun and moon and common sky and the milky way of the heavens and highest Olympos and the burning (might of the) stars began to be.
Fragment B12 (verses 125–127)
equally, since neither has anything in common with the other. And the smaller circles are filled with unmixed fire, and those next them with darkness into which their portion of light penetrates; in the midst of these is the divinity who directs the course of all. For she controls dreaded birth and coition in every
Fragment B13 (verses 128–131)
part of the universe, sending female to join with male, and again male to female. First of all the gods she devised love.
Fragment B14 (verse 144)
It (the moon) wanders about the earth, shining
Plut. Colot. p. 1116 A.
Fragment B15 (verse 145)
at night with borrowed light. She is always gazing earnestly toward the rays of the sun.
Plut. Quaest. Rom. 282 A; de fac. lun. 929 A.
Fragment B16 (verses 146–149)
For as at any time is the blending of very complex members in a man, so is the mind in men constituted; for that which thinks is the same in all men and in every man, viz. the essence of the members of the body; and the element that is in
Fragment B17 (verse 150)
excess is thought. On the right hand boys, on the left hand girls.
Galen, Hipp. Epid. vi. 48; Comm. ii. (ix. p. 430 Char).
Fragment B18 (Latin)
{K. 150} When male and female mingle seed of Venus in the form [the body] of one, the excellence from the two different bloods, if it preserves harmony, fashions a well-formed body; but if when the seed is mingled the excellencies fight against each other and do not unite into one, they will distress the sex that is coming into existence, as the twofold seed is mingled in the body of the unfortunate woman.
Caelius Aurelianus, _De Morb. Chron._ iv. 9 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Fragment B19 (verses 151–153)
So, according to men’s opinions, did things arise, and so they are now, and from this state when they shall have reached maturity shall they perish. For each of these men has determined a name as a distinguishing mark.
Additional fragment (Simplicius, Physics 7)
With this there are fineness and heat and light and softness and brightness; and with the dense are classed cold and darkness and hardness and weight, for these are separated the ones on one side, the others on the other.
Simplicius, _Physics_ 7, v. 31, 4 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Contents — 20 sections
- Fragment B1 (verses 1–32)
- Fragment B2 (verses 33–40)
- Fragment B3 (verse 40)
- Fragment B4 (verses 89–92)
- Fragment B5 (verses 41–42)
- Fragment B6 (verses 43–51)
- Fragment B7 (verses 52–57)
- Fragment B8 (verses 57–120)
- Fragment B9 (verses 121–124)
- Fragment B10 (verses 132–138)
- Fragment B11 (verses 139–143)
- Fragment B12 (verses 125–127)
- Fragment B13 (verses 128–131)
- Fragment B14 (verse 144)
- Fragment B15 (verse 145)
- Fragment B16 (verses 146–149)
- Fragment B17 (verse 150)
- Fragment B18 (Latin)
- Fragment B19 (verses 151–153)
- Additional fragment (Simplicius, Physics 7)
Fragment B1 (verses 1–32)
Ἵπποι ταί με φέρουσιν, ὅσον τ’ ἐπὶ θυμὸς ἱκάνοι, πέμπον, ἐπεί μ’ ἐς ὁδὸν βῆσαν πολύφημον ἄγουσαι δαίμονος ἣ κατὰ πάντ’ αὐτὴ φέρει εἰδότα φῶτα. τῇ φερόμην· τῇ γάρ με πολύφραστοι φέρον ἵπποι ἅρμα τιταίνουσαι· κοῦραι δ’ ὁδὸν ἡγεμόνευον. ἄξων δ’ ἐν χνοιῇσιν <ἵει> σύριγγος ἀυτὴν αἰθόμενος (δοιοῖς γὰρ ἐπείγετο δινωτοῖσιν κύκλοις ἀμφοτέρωθεν), ὅτε σπερχοίατο πέμπειν Ἡλιάδες κοῦραι, προλιποῦσαι δώματα νυκτός, εἰς φάος, ὠσάμεναι κρατῶν ἄπο χερσὶ καλύπτρας. ἔνθα πύλαι νυκτός τε καὶ ἤματός εἰσι κελεύθων, καί σφας ὑπέρθυρον ἀμφὶς ἔχει καὶ λάινος οὐδός, αὐταὶ δ’ αἰθέριαι πλῆνται μεγάλοισι θυρέτροις. τῶν δὲ Δίκη πολύποινος ἔχει κληῖδας ἀμοιβούς. τὴν δὴ παρφάμεναι κοῦραι μαλακοῖσι λόγοισιν πεῖσαν ἐπιφραδέως, ὥς σφιν βαλανωτὸν ὀχῆα ἀπτερέως ὤσειε πυλέων ἄπο. ταὶ δὲ θυρέτρων χάσμ’ ἀχανὲς ποίησαν ἀναπτάμεναι, πολυχάλκους ἄξονας ἐν σύριγξιν ἀμοιβαδὸν εἱλίξασαι, γόμφοις καὶ περόνῃσιν ἀρηρότε· τῇ ῥα δι’ αὐτῶν ἰθὺς ἔχον κοῦραι καθ’ ἁμαξιτὸν ἅρμα καὶ ἵππους. καί με θεὰ πρόφρων ὑπεδέξατο, χεῖρα δὲ χειρὶ δεξιτερὴν ἕλεν, ὧδε δ’ ἔπος φάτο καί με προσηύδα· ὦ κοῦρ’ ἀθανάτοισι συνήορος ἡνιόχοισιν, ἵπποις ταί σε φέρουσιν ἱκάνων ἡμέτερον δῶ, χαῖρ’, ἐπεὶ οὔτι σε μοῖρα κακὴ προύπεμπε νέεσθαι τήνδ’ ὁδόν· ἦ γὰρ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων ἐκτὸς πάτου ἐστίν· ἀλλὰ θέμις τε δίκη τε. χρέω δέ σε πάντα πυθέσθαι, ἠμὲν ἀληθείης εὐπειθέος ἀτρεμὲς ἦτορ, ἠδὲ βρότων δόξας τῇς οὐκ ἔνι πίστις ἀληθής. ἀλλ’ ἔμπης καὶ ταῦτα μαθήσεαι, ὡς τὰ δοκοῦντα χρὴ δοκίμως κρῖναι· διὰ παντὸς πάντα περῶντα.
Fragment B2 (verses 33–40)
εἴ δ’ ἄγ’, ἐγὼν ἐρέω, κόμισαι δὲ σὺ μῦθον ἀκούσας, αἵπερ ὁδοὶ μοῦναι διζήσιός εἰσι νοῆσαι. ἡ μὲν ὅπως ἔστιν τε καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἔστι μὴ εἶναι πειθοῦς ἐστι κέλευθος, ἀληθείη γὰρ ὀπηδεῖ· ἡ δ’ ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν τε καὶ ὡς χρεών ἐστι μὴ εἶναι τὴν δή τοι φράζω παναπειθέα ἔμμεν ἀταρπόν· οὔτε γὰρ ἂν γνοίης τό γε μὴ ἐόν· οὐ γὰρ ἀνυστόν· οὔτε φράσαις. τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ νοεῖν ἐστίν τε καὶ εἶναι.
Fragment B3 (verse 40)
τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ νοεῖν ἐστίν τε καὶ εἶναι.
Fragment B4 (verses 89–92)
ἐστὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιδευές, ἐὸν δ’ ἂν παντὸς ἐδεῖτο. λεῦσσε δ’ ὅμως ἀπεόντα νόῳ παρεόντα βεβαίως· οὐ γὰρ ἀποτμήξεις τῇ ἐὸν τῇ ἐόντος ἔχεσθαι οὔτε σκιδνάμενον πάντῃ πάντως κατὰ κόσμον οὔτε συνιστάμενον.
Fragment B5 (verses 41–42)
ξυνὸν δέ μοί ἐστιν, ὁππόθεν ἄρξωμαι, τόθι γὰρ πάλιν ἵξομαι αὖθις.
Fragment B6 (verses 43–51)
χρὴ τὸ λέγειν τε νοεῖν τ’ ἐὸν ἔμμεναι. ἔστι γὰρ εἶναι, μηδὲν δ’ οὐκ εἶναι, τά σ’ ἐγὼ φράζεθαι ἄνωγα, πρώτης γάρ σ’ ἀφ’ ὁδοῦ ταύτης διζήσιος <εἴργω> αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ’ ἀπὸ τῆς, ἣν δὴ βροτοὶ εἰδότες οὐδὲν πλάζονται δίκρανοι· ἀμηχανίη γὰρ ἐν αὐτῶν στήθεσιν ἰθύνει πλαγκτὸν νόον· οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται κωφοὶ ὁμῶς τυφλοί τε τεθηπότες ἄκριτα φῦλα, οἷς τὸ πέλειν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶναι τὠυτὸν νενόμισται κοὐ τὠυτόν, πάντων δὲ παλίντροπός ἐστι κέλευθος.
Fragment B7 (verses 52–57)
οὐ γὰρ μή ποτε τοῦτο δαμῇ, φησιν, εἶναι μὴ ἐόντα ἀλλὰ σὺ τῆσδ’ ἀφ’ ὁδοῦ διζήσιος εἶργε νόημα· μηδέ σ’ ἔθος πολύπειρον ὁδὸν κατὰ τήνδε βιάσθω νωμᾶν ἄσκοπον ὄμμα καὶ ἠχήεσσαν ἀκουήν καὶ γλῶσσαν, κρῖναι δὲ λόγων πολύδηριν ἔλεγχον ἐξ ἐμέθεν ῥηθέντα.
Fragment B8 (verses 57–120)
μόνος δ’ ἔτι μῦθος ὁδοῖο λείπεται, ὡς ἔστιν. ταύτῃ δ’ ἐπὶ σήματ’ ἔασι πολλὰ μάλ’, ὡς ἀγένητον ἐὸν καὶ ἀνώλεθρόν ἐστιν, οὖλον μουνογενές τε καὶ ἀτρεμὲς ἠδ’ ἀτέλεστον. οὐδέ ποτ’ ἦν οὐδ’ ἔσται ἐπεὶ νῦν ἔστιν ὁμοῦ πᾶν, ἕν, ξυνεχές· τίνα γὰρ γένναν διζήσεαι αὐτοῦ; πῇ πόθεν αὐξηθέν; οὔτ’ ἐκ μὴ ἐόντος ἐάσω φάσθαι σ’ οὐδὲ νοεῖν· οὐ γὰρ φατὸν οὐδὲ νοητὸν ἐστὶν ὅπως οὐκ ἔστι. τί δ’ ἄν μιν καὶ χρέος ὦρσεν, ὕστερον ἢ πρόσθεν τοῦ μηδενὸς ἀρξάμενον φῦν; οὕτως ἢ πάμπαν πέλεναι χρεών ἐστιν ἢ οὐχί. οὐδέ ποτ’ ἔκ πῃ ἐόντος ἐφήσει πίστιος ἰσχύς γίνεσθαί τι παρ’ αὐτό· τοῦ εἵνεκεν οὔτε γενέσθαι οὔτ’ ὄλλυσθαι ἀνῆκε Δίκη χαλάσασα πέδῃσιν ἀλλ’ ἔχει. [ἡ δὲ κρίσις περὶ τούτων ἐν τῷδ’ ἔνεστιν] ἔστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν. κέκριται δ’ οὖν ὥσπερ ἀνάγκη, τὴν μὲν ἐᾶν ἀνόητον, ἀνώνυμον· οὐ γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἐστὶν ὁδός· τὴν δ’ ὥστε πέλειν καὶ ἐτήτυμον εἶναι. πῶς δ’ ἂν ἔπειτ’ ἀπόλοιτο ἐόν; πῶς δ’ αὖ κε γένοιτο; εἰ γὰρ ἐγέντ’ οὐκ ἔστ’ οὐδ’ εἴ ποτε μέλλει ἔσεσθαι. τὼς γένεσις μὲν ἀπέσβεσται καὶ ἄπυστος ὄλεθρος. οὐδὲ διαίρετόν ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πᾶν ἐστιν ὁμοῖον· οὐδέ τι τῇ μᾶλλον, τό κεν εἴργοι μιν συνέχεσθαι, οὐδέ τι χειρότερον, πᾶν δ’ ἔμπλεόν ἐστιν ἐόντος. τῷ ξυνεχὲς πᾶν ἐστιν, ἐὸν γὰρ ἐόντι πελάζει. αὐτὰρ ἀκίνητον μεγάλων ἐν πείρασι δεσμῶν ἔστιν, ἄναρχον, ἄπαυστον, ἐπεὶ γένεσις καὶ ὄλεθρος τῆλε μάλ’ ἐπλάγχθησαν, ἀπῶσε δὲ πίστις ἀληθής. τωὐτόν τ’ ἐν τωὐτῷ τε μένον καθ’ ἑωυτό τε κεῖται, χοὕτως ἔμπεδον αὖθι μένει· κρατερὴ γὰρ ἀνάγκη πείρατος ἐν δεσμοῖσιν ἔχει, τό μιν ἀμφὶς ἐέργει. οὕνεκεν οὐκ ἀτελεύτητον τὸ ἐὸν θέμις εἶναι· ἐστὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιδευές, ἐὸν δ’ ἂν παντὸς ἐδεῖτο. λεῦσσε δ’ ὅμως ἀπεόντα νόῳ παρεόντα βεβαίως· οὐ γὰρ ἀποτμήξεις τῇ ἐὸν τῇ ἐόντος ἔχεσθαι οὔτε σκιδνάμενον πάντῃ πάντως κατὰ κόσμον οὔτε συνιστάμενον. τωὐτὸν δ’ ἐστὶ νοεῖν τε καὶ οὕνεκέν ἐστι νόημα. οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ τοῦ ἐόντος, ἐν ᾧ πεφατισμένον ἐστίν, εὑρήσεις τὸ νοεῖν. οὐδὲν χρέος ἔστιν ἢ ἔσται ἄλλο πάρεξ τοῦ ἐόντος, ἐπεὶ τό γε μοῖρ’ ἐπέδησεν οὖλον ἀκίνητόν τ’ ἔμεναι. τῷ πάντ’ ὄνομ’ ἔσται ὅσσα βροτοὶ κατέθεντο, πεποιθότες εἶναι ἀληθῆ, γίνεσθαί τε καὶ ὄλλυσθαι, εἶναί τε καὶ οὐκί, καὶ τόπον ἀλλάσσειν διά τε χρόα φανὸν ἀμείβειν. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πεῖρας πύματον, τετελεσμένον ἐστὶ πάντοθεν, εὐκύκλου σφαίρης ἐναλίγκιον ὄγκῳ, μεσσόθεν ἰσοπαλὲς πάντῃ· τὸ γὰρ οὔτε τι μεῖζον οὔτε τι βαιότερον πέλεναι χρεών ἐστι τῇ ἢ τῇ. οὔτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐόν ἐστι, τό κεν παύοι μιν ἱκνεῖσθαι εἰς ὁμόν, οὔτ’ ἐὸν ἔστιν ὅπως εἴη κεν ἐόντος τῇ μᾶλλον τῇ δ’ ἧσσον, ἐπεὶ πᾶν ἐστιν ἄσυλον. εἰ γὰρ πάντοθεν ἶσον ὁμῶς ἐν πείρασι κύρει. ἐν τῷ σοι παύσω πιστὸν λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης· δόξας δ’ ἀπὸ τοῦδε βροτείας μάνθανε, κόσμον ἐμῶν ἐπέων ἀπατηλὸν ἀκούων. μορφὰς γὰρ κατέθεντο δύο γνώμαις ὀνομάζειν τῶν μίαν οὐ χρεών ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ πεπλανημένοι εἰσίν. ἀντία δ’ ἐκρίναντο δέμας καὶ σήματ’ ἔθεντο χωρὶς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, τῇ μὲν φλογὸς αἰθέριον πῦρ ἤπιον ἔμμεν ἀραιὸν, ἑαυτῷ πάντοσε τωὐτόν, τῷ δ’ ἑτέρῳ μὴ τωὐτόν· ἀτὰρ κἀκεῖνο κατ’ αὐτοῦ ἀντία νύκτ’ ἀδαῆ, πυκινὸν δέμας ἐμβριθές τε. τῶν σοι ἐγὼ διάκοσμον ἐοικότα πάντα φατίζω,
Fragment B9 (verses 121–124)
ὡς οὐ μή ποτέ τίς σε βροτῶν γνώμη παρελάσῃ. αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ πάντα φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται καὶ τὰ κατὰ σφετέρας δυνάμεις ἐπὶ τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς, πᾶν πλέον ἐστὶν ὁμοῦ φάεος καὶ νυκτὸς ἀφάντου,
Fragment B10 (verses 132–138)
πρώτιστον μὲν Ἔρωτα θεῶν μητίσατο πάντων. εἴσῃ δ’ αἰθερίαν τε φύσιν τά τ’ ἐν αἰθέρι πάντα σήματα καὶ καθαρᾶς εὐαγέος ἠελίοιο λαμπάδος ἔργ’ ἀίδηλα καὶ ὁππόθεν ἐξεγένοντο, ἔργα τε κύκλωπος πεύσῃ περίφοιτα σελήνης καὶ φύσιν. εἰδήσεις τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀμφὶς ἔχοντα, ἔνθεν ἔφυ τε, καὶ ὥς μιν ἄγουσ’ ἐπέδησεν Ἀνάγκη
Plato, Symp. 178 B; Arist. Met. i. 4, 984 b 26; Plut. Amat. 756 F; Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 9; Stob. Ecl. i. 10, p. 274; Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39, 18.
Fragment B11 (verses 139–143)
πείρατ’ ἔχειν ἄστρων. πῶς γαῖα καὶ ἥλιος ἠδὲ σελήνη αἰθήρ τε ξυνὸς γάλα τ’ οὐράνιον καὶ Ὄλυμπος ἔσχατος ἠδ’ ἄστρων θερμὸν μένος ὡρμήθησαν γίνεσθαι.
Fragment B12 (verses 125–127)
ἴσων ἀμφοτέρων, ἐπεὶ οὐδετέρῳ μέτα μηδέν. αἱ γὰρ στεινότεραι πλῆνται πυρὸς ἀκρήτοιο, αἱ δ’ ἐπὶ ταῖς νυκτὸς, μετὰ δὲ φλογὸς ἵεται αἶσα,
Fragment B13 (verses 128–131)
ἐν δὲ μέσῳ τούτων δαίμων, ἣ πάντα κυβερνᾷ. πάντῃ γὰρ στυγεροῖο τόκου καὶ μίξιος ἄρχει πέμπουσ’ ἄρσενι θῆλυ μιγὲν τό τ’ ἐνάντιον αὖθις ἄρσεν θηλυτέρῳ.
Fragment B14 (verse 144)
νυκτιφαὲς περὶ γαῖαν ἀλώμενον ἀλλότριον φῶς
Plut. Colot. p. 1116 A.
Fragment B15 (verse 145)
αἴει παπταίνουσα πρὸς αὐγὰς ἠελιοῖο
Plut. Quaest. Rom. 282 A; de fac. lun. 929 A.
Fragment B16 (verses 146–149)
ὡς γὰρ ἑκάστοτ’ ἔχει κρᾶσις μελέων πολυκάμπτων, τὼς νόος ἀνθρώποισι παρέστηκεν· τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ ἔστιν ὅπερ φρονέει μελέων φύσις ἀνθρώποισιν καὶ πᾶσιν καὶ παντί· τὸ γὰρ πλέον ἐστὶ νόημα.
Fragment B17 (verse 150)
δεξιτεροῖσιν μὲν κούρους, λαοῖσι δὲ κούρας.
Galen, Hipp. Epid. vi. 48; Comm. ii. (ix. p. 430 Char).
Fragment B18 (Latin)
Femina virque simul Veneris cum germina miscent unius in formam diverso ex sanguine virtus temperiem servans bene condita corpora fingit. at si virtutes permixto semine pugnent nec faciant unam permixto in corpore dirae nascentem gemino vexabunt semine sexum.
Caelius Aurelianus, _De Morb. Chron._ iv. 9 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Fragment B19 (verses 151–153)
οὕτω τοι κατὰ δόξαν ἔφυν τάδε νῦν τε ἔασι, καὶ μετέπειτ’ ἀπὸ τοῦδε τελευτήσουσι τραφέντα. τοῖς δ’ ὄνομα ἄνθρωποι κατέθεντ’ ἐπίσημον ἑκάστῳ.
Additional fragment (Simplicius, Physics 7)
Simpl. _Phys._ 7, v. 31, 4. ἐπὶ τῷδέ ἐστι τὸ ἀραιὸν καὶ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ φαὸς καὶ τὸ μαλθακὸν καὶ τὸ κουφὸν, ἐπὶ δὲ πυκνῷ ὠνόμασται τὸ ψυχρὸν καὶ ὁ ζόφος καὶ σκληρὸν καὶ βαρύ· ταῦτα γὰρ ἀπεκρίθη ἑκατέρως ἑκατέρα.
Simplicius, _Physics_ 7, v. 31, 4 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Contents — 20 sections
- Fragment B1 (verses 1–32)
- Fragment B2 (verses 33–40)
- Fragment B3 (verse 40)
- Fragment B4 (verses 89–92)
- Fragment B5 (verses 41–42)
- Fragment B6 (verses 43–51)
- Fragment B7 (verses 52–57)
- Fragment B8 (verses 57–120)
- Fragment B9 (verses 121–124)
- Fragment B10 (verses 132–138)
- Fragment B11 (verses 139–143)
- Fragment B12 (verses 125–127)
- Fragment B13 (verses 128–131)
- Fragment B14 (verse 144)
- Fragment B15 (verse 145)
- Fragment B16 (verses 146–149)
- Fragment B17 (verse 150)
- Fragment B18 (Latin)
- Fragment B19 (verses 151–153)
- Additional fragment (Simplicius, Physics 7)
Fragment B1 (verses 1–32)
Ἵπποι ταί με φέρουσιν, ὅσον τ’ ἐπὶ θυμὸς ἱκάνοι, πέμπον, ἐπεί μ’ ἐς ὁδὸν βῆσαν πολύφημον ἄγουσαι δαίμονος ἣ κατὰ πάντ’ αὐτὴ φέρει εἰδότα φῶτα. τῇ φερόμην· τῇ γάρ με πολύφραστοι φέρον ἵπποι ἅρμα τιταίνουσαι· κοῦραι δ’ ὁδὸν ἡγεμόνευον. ἄξων δ’ ἐν χνοιῇσιν <ἵει> σύριγγος ἀυτὴν αἰθόμενος (δοιοῖς γὰρ ἐπείγετο δινωτοῖσιν κύκλοις ἀμφοτέρωθεν), ὅτε σπερχοίατο πέμπειν Ἡλιάδες κοῦραι, προλιποῦσαι δώματα νυκτός, εἰς φάος, ὠσάμεναι κρατῶν ἄπο χερσὶ καλύπτρας. ἔνθα πύλαι νυκτός τε καὶ ἤματός εἰσι κελεύθων, καί σφας ὑπέρθυρον ἀμφὶς ἔχει καὶ λάινος οὐδός, αὐταὶ δ’ αἰθέριαι πλῆνται μεγάλοισι θυρέτροις. τῶν δὲ Δίκη πολύποινος ἔχει κληῖδας ἀμοιβούς. τὴν δὴ παρφάμεναι κοῦραι μαλακοῖσι λόγοισιν πεῖσαν ἐπιφραδέως, ὥς σφιν βαλανωτὸν ὀχῆα ἀπτερέως ὤσειε πυλέων ἄπο. ταὶ δὲ θυρέτρων χάσμ’ ἀχανὲς ποίησαν ἀναπτάμεναι, πολυχάλκους ἄξονας ἐν σύριγξιν ἀμοιβαδὸν εἱλίξασαι, γόμφοις καὶ περόνῃσιν ἀρηρότε· τῇ ῥα δι’ αὐτῶν ἰθὺς ἔχον κοῦραι καθ’ ἁμαξιτὸν ἅρμα καὶ ἵππους. καί με θεὰ πρόφρων ὑπεδέξατο, χεῖρα δὲ χειρὶ δεξιτερὴν ἕλεν, ὧδε δ’ ἔπος φάτο καί με προσηύδα· ὦ κοῦρ’ ἀθανάτοισι συνήορος ἡνιόχοισιν, ἵπποις ταί σε φέρουσιν ἱκάνων ἡμέτερον δῶ, χαῖρ’, ἐπεὶ οὔτι σε μοῖρα κακὴ προύπεμπε νέεσθαι τήνδ’ ὁδόν· ἦ γὰρ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων ἐκτὸς πάτου ἐστίν· ἀλλὰ θέμις τε δίκη τε. χρέω δέ σε πάντα πυθέσθαι, ἠμὲν ἀληθείης εὐπειθέος ἀτρεμὲς ἦτορ, ἠδὲ βρότων δόξας τῇς οὐκ ἔνι πίστις ἀληθής. ἀλλ’ ἔμπης καὶ ταῦτα μαθήσεαι, ὡς τὰ δοκοῦντα χρὴ δοκίμως κρῖναι· διὰ παντὸς πάντα περῶντα.
(Proœmium) The horses which bear me conducted me as far as desire may go, when they had brought me speeding along to the far-famed road of a divinity who herself bears onward through all things the man of understanding. Along this road I was borne, along this the horses, wise indeed, bore me hastening the chariot on, and maidens guided my course. The axle in its box, enkindled by the heat, uttered the sound of a pipe (for it was driven on by the rolling wheels on either side), when the maiden daughters of Helios hastened to conduct me to the light, leaving the realms of night, pushing aside with the hand the veils from their heads. There is the gate between the ways of day and night; lintel above it, and stone threshold beneath, hold it in place, and high in air it is fitted with great doors; retributive Justice holds the keys that open and shut them.[57] However, the maidens addressed her with mild words, and found means to persuade her to thrust back speedily for them the fastened bolt from the doors; and the gate swinging free made the opening wide, turning in their sockets the bronze hinges, well fastened with bolts and nails; then through this the maidens kept horses and chariot straight on the high-road. The goddess received me with kindness, and, taking my right hand in hers, she addressed me with these words:—Youth joined with drivers immortal, who hast come with the horses that bear thee, to our dwelling, hail! since no evil fate has bid thee come on this road (for it lies far outside the beaten track of men), but right and justice. ’Tis necessary for thee to learn all things, both the abiding essence of persuasive truth, and men’s opinions in which rests no true belief. But nevertheless these things also thou shalt learn, since it is necessary to judge accurately the things that rest on opinion, passing all things carefully in review.
Fragment B2 (verses 33–40)
εἴ δ’ ἄγ’, ἐγὼν ἐρέω, κόμισαι δὲ σὺ μῦθον ἀκούσας, αἵπερ ὁδοὶ μοῦναι διζήσιός εἰσι νοῆσαι. ἡ μὲν ὅπως ἔστιν τε καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἔστι μὴ εἶναι πειθοῦς ἐστι κέλευθος, ἀληθείη γὰρ ὀπηδεῖ· ἡ δ’ ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν τε καὶ ὡς χρεών ἐστι μὴ εἶναι τὴν δή τοι φράζω παναπειθέα ἔμμεν ἀταρπόν· οὔτε γὰρ ἂν γνοίης τό γε μὴ ἐόν· οὐ γὰρ ἀνυστόν· οὔτε φράσαις. τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ νοεῖν ἐστίν τε καὶ εἶναι.
Come now I will tell thee—and do thou hear my word and heed it—what are the only ways of enquiry that lead to knowledge. The one way, assuming that being is and that it is impossible for it not to be, is the trustworthy path, for truth attends it. The other, that not-being is and that it necessarily is, I call a wholly incredible course, since thou canst not recognise not-being (for this is impossible), nor couldst thou speak of it,
Fragment B3 (verse 40)
τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ νοεῖν ἐστίν τε καὶ εἶναι.
for thought and being are the same thing.
Fragment B4 (verses 89–92)
ἐστὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιδευές, ἐὸν δ’ ἂν παντὸς ἐδεῖτο. λεῦσσε δ’ ὅμως ἀπεόντα νόῳ παρεόντα βεβαίως· οὐ γὰρ ἀποτμήξεις τῇ ἐὸν τῇ ἐόντος ἔχεσθαι οὔτε σκιδνάμενον πάντῃ πάντως κατὰ κόσμον οὔτε συνιστάμενον.
Nevertheless, behold steadfastly all absent things as present to thy mind; for thou canst not separate being in one place from contact with being in another place; it is not scattered here and there through the universe, nor is it compounded of parts. [Verses 89–92 also appear within the continuous text of Fragment B8.]
Fragment B5 (verses 41–42)
ξυνὸν δέ μοί ἐστιν, ὁππόθεν ἄρξωμαι, τόθι γὰρ πάλιν ἵξομαι αὖθις.
It makes no difference to me at what point I begin, for I shall always come back again to this.
Fragment B6 (verses 43–51)
χρὴ τὸ λέγειν τε νοεῖν τ’ ἐὸν ἔμμεναι. ἔστι γὰρ εἶναι, μηδὲν δ’ οὐκ εἶναι, τά σ’ ἐγὼ φράζεθαι ἄνωγα, πρώτης γάρ σ’ ἀφ’ ὁδοῦ ταύτης διζήσιος <εἴργω> αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ’ ἀπὸ τῆς, ἣν δὴ βροτοὶ εἰδότες οὐδὲν πλάζονται δίκρανοι· ἀμηχανίη γὰρ ἐν αὐτῶν στήθεσιν ἰθύνει πλαγκτὸν νόον· οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται κωφοὶ ὁμῶς τυφλοί τε τεθηπότες ἄκριτα φῦλα, οἷς τὸ πέλειν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶναι τὠυτὸν νενόμισται κοὐ τὠυτόν, πάντων δὲ παλίντροπός ἐστι κέλευθος.
It is necessary both to say and to think that being is; for it is possible that being is, and it is impossible that not-being is; this is what I bid thee ponder. I restrain thee from this first course of investigation; and from that course also along which mortals knowing nothing wander aimlessly, since helplessness directs the roaming thought in their bosoms, and they are borne on deaf and likewise blind, amazed, headstrong races, they who consider being and not-being as the same and not the same; and that all things follow a back-turning course.[58]
Fragment B7 (verses 52–57)
οὐ γὰρ μή ποτε τοῦτο δαμῇ, φησιν, εἶναι μὴ ἐόντα ἀλλὰ σὺ τῆσδ’ ἀφ’ ὁδοῦ διζήσιος εἶργε νόημα· μηδέ σ’ ἔθος πολύπειρον ὁδὸν κατὰ τήνδε βιάσθω νωμᾶν ἄσκοπον ὄμμα καὶ ἠχήεσσαν ἀκουήν καὶ γλῶσσαν, κρῖναι δὲ λόγων πολύδηριν ἔλεγχον ἐξ ἐμέθεν ῥηθέντα.
That things which are not are, shall never prevail, she said, but do thou restrain thy mind from this course of investigation. And let not long-practised habit compel thee along this path, thine eye careless, thine ear and thy tongue overpowered by noise; but do thou weigh the much contested refutation of their words, which I have uttered.
Fragment B8 (verses 57–120)
μόνος δ’ ἔτι μῦθος ὁδοῖο λείπεται, ὡς ἔστιν. ταύτῃ δ’ ἐπὶ σήματ’ ἔασι πολλὰ μάλ’, ὡς ἀγένητον ἐὸν καὶ ἀνώλεθρόν ἐστιν, οὖλον μουνογενές τε καὶ ἀτρεμὲς ἠδ’ ἀτέλεστον. οὐδέ ποτ’ ἦν οὐδ’ ἔσται ἐπεὶ νῦν ἔστιν ὁμοῦ πᾶν, ἕν, ξυνεχές· τίνα γὰρ γένναν διζήσεαι αὐτοῦ; πῇ πόθεν αὐξηθέν; οὔτ’ ἐκ μὴ ἐόντος ἐάσω φάσθαι σ’ οὐδὲ νοεῖν· οὐ γὰρ φατὸν οὐδὲ νοητὸν ἐστὶν ὅπως οὐκ ἔστι. τί δ’ ἄν μιν καὶ χρέος ὦρσεν, ὕστερον ἢ πρόσθεν τοῦ μηδενὸς ἀρξάμενον φῦν; οὕτως ἢ πάμπαν πέλεναι χρεών ἐστιν ἢ οὐχί. οὐδέ ποτ’ ἔκ πῃ ἐόντος ἐφήσει πίστιος ἰσχύς γίνεσθαί τι παρ’ αὐτό· τοῦ εἵνεκεν οὔτε γενέσθαι οὔτ’ ὄλλυσθαι ἀνῆκε Δίκη χαλάσασα πέδῃσιν ἀλλ’ ἔχει. [ἡ δὲ κρίσις περὶ τούτων ἐν τῷδ’ ἔνεστιν] ἔστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν. κέκριται δ’ οὖν ὥσπερ ἀνάγκη, τὴν μὲν ἐᾶν ἀνόητον, ἀνώνυμον· οὐ γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἐστὶν ὁδός· τὴν δ’ ὥστε πέλειν καὶ ἐτήτυμον εἶναι. πῶς δ’ ἂν ἔπειτ’ ἀπόλοιτο ἐόν; πῶς δ’ αὖ κε γένοιτο; εἰ γὰρ ἐγέντ’ οὐκ ἔστ’ οὐδ’ εἴ ποτε μέλλει ἔσεσθαι. τὼς γένεσις μὲν ἀπέσβεσται καὶ ἄπυστος ὄλεθρος. οὐδὲ διαίρετόν ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πᾶν ἐστιν ὁμοῖον· οὐδέ τι τῇ μᾶλλον, τό κεν εἴργοι μιν συνέχεσθαι, οὐδέ τι χειρότερον, πᾶν δ’ ἔμπλεόν ἐστιν ἐόντος. τῷ ξυνεχὲς πᾶν ἐστιν, ἐὸν γὰρ ἐόντι πελάζει. αὐτὰρ ἀκίνητον μεγάλων ἐν πείρασι δεσμῶν ἔστιν, ἄναρχον, ἄπαυστον, ἐπεὶ γένεσις καὶ ὄλεθρος τῆλε μάλ’ ἐπλάγχθησαν, ἀπῶσε δὲ πίστις ἀληθής. τωὐτόν τ’ ἐν τωὐτῷ τε μένον καθ’ ἑωυτό τε κεῖται, χοὕτως ἔμπεδον αὖθι μένει· κρατερὴ γὰρ ἀνάγκη πείρατος ἐν δεσμοῖσιν ἔχει, τό μιν ἀμφὶς ἐέργει. οὕνεκεν οὐκ ἀτελεύτητον τὸ ἐὸν θέμις εἶναι· ἐστὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιδευές, ἐὸν δ’ ἂν παντὸς ἐδεῖτο. λεῦσσε δ’ ὅμως ἀπεόντα νόῳ παρεόντα βεβαίως· οὐ γὰρ ἀποτμήξεις τῇ ἐὸν τῇ ἐόντος ἔχεσθαι οὔτε σκιδνάμενον πάντῃ πάντως κατὰ κόσμον οὔτε συνιστάμενον. τωὐτὸν δ’ ἐστὶ νοεῖν τε καὶ οὕνεκέν ἐστι νόημα. οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ τοῦ ἐόντος, ἐν ᾧ πεφατισμένον ἐστίν, εὑρήσεις τὸ νοεῖν. οὐδὲν χρέος ἔστιν ἢ ἔσται ἄλλο πάρεξ τοῦ ἐόντος, ἐπεὶ τό γε μοῖρ’ ἐπέδησεν οὖλον ἀκίνητόν τ’ ἔμεναι. τῷ πάντ’ ὄνομ’ ἔσται ὅσσα βροτοὶ κατέθεντο, πεποιθότες εἶναι ἀληθῆ, γίνεσθαί τε καὶ ὄλλυσθαι, εἶναί τε καὶ οὐκί, καὶ τόπον ἀλλάσσειν διά τε χρόα φανὸν ἀμείβειν. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πεῖρας πύματον, τετελεσμένον ἐστὶ πάντοθεν, εὐκύκλου σφαίρης ἐναλίγκιον ὄγκῳ, μεσσόθεν ἰσοπαλὲς πάντῃ· τὸ γὰρ οὔτε τι μεῖζον οὔτε τι βαιότερον πέλεναι χρεών ἐστι τῇ ἢ τῇ. οὔτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐόν ἐστι, τό κεν παύοι μιν ἱκνεῖσθαι εἰς ὁμόν, οὔτ’ ἐὸν ἔστιν ὅπως εἴη κεν ἐόντος τῇ μᾶλλον τῇ δ’ ἧσσον, ἐπεὶ πᾶν ἐστιν ἄσυλον. εἰ γὰρ πάντοθεν ἶσον ὁμῶς ἐν πείρασι κύρει. ἐν τῷ σοι παύσω πιστὸν λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης· δόξας δ’ ἀπὸ τοῦδε βροτείας μάνθανε, κόσμον ἐμῶν ἐπέων ἀπατηλὸν ἀκούων. μορφὰς γὰρ κατέθεντο δύο γνώμαις ὀνομάζειν τῶν μίαν οὐ χρεών ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ πεπλανημένοι εἰσίν. ἀντία δ’ ἐκρίναντο δέμας καὶ σήματ’ ἔθεντο χωρὶς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, τῇ μὲν φλογὸς αἰθέριον πῦρ ἤπιον ἔμμεν ἀραιὸν, ἑαυτῷ πάντοσε τωὐτόν, τῷ δ’ ἑτέρῳ μὴ τωὐτόν· ἀτὰρ κἀκεῖνο κατ’ αὐτοῦ ἀντία νύκτ’ ἀδαῆ, πυκινὸν δέμας ἐμβριθές τε. τῶν σοι ἐγὼ διάκοσμον ἐοικότα πάντα φατίζω,
There is left but this single path to tell thee of: namely, that being is. And on this path there are many proofs that being is without beginning and indestructible; it is universal, existing alone, immovable and without end; nor ever was it nor will it be, since it now is, all together, one, and continuous. For what generating of it wilt thou seek out? From what did it grow, and how? I will not permit thee to say or to think that it came from not-being; for it is impossible to think or to say that not-being is. What thing would then have stirred it into activity that it should arise from not-being later rather than earlier? So it is necessary that being either is absolutely or is not. Nor will the force of the argument permit that anything spring from being except being itself. Therefore justice does not slacken her fetters to permit generation or destruction, but holds being firm. (The decision as to these things comes in at this point.) Either being exists or it does not exist. It has been decided in accordance with necessity to leave the unthinkable, unspeakable path, as this is not the true path, but that the other path exists and is true. How then should being suffer destruction? How come into existence? If it came into existence, it is not being, nor will it be if it ever is to come into existence.... So its generation is extinguished, and its destruction is proved incredible. Nor is it subject to division, for it is all alike; nor is anything more in it, so as to prevent its cohesion, nor anything less, but all is full of being; therefore the all is continuous, for being is contiguous to being. Farther it is unmoved, in the hold of great chains, without beginning or end, since generation and destruction have completely disappeared and true belief has rejected them. It lies the same, abiding in the same state and by itself; accordingly it abides fixed in the same spot. For powerful necessity holds it in confining bonds, which restrain it on all sides. Therefore divine right does not permit being to have any end; but it is lacking in nothing, for if it lacked anything it would lack everything.[59] Therefore thinking and that by reason of which Nevertheless, behold steadfastly all absent things as present to thy mind; for thou canst not separate being in one place from contact with being in another place; it is not scattered here and there through the universe, nor is it compounded of parts. thought exists are one and the same thing, for thou wilt not find thinking without the being from which it receives its name. Nor is there nor will there be anything apart from being; for fate has linked it together, so that it is a whole and immovable. Wherefore all these things will be but a name, all these things which mortals determined in the belief that they were true, viz. that things arise and perish, that they are and are not, that they change their position and vary in colour. But since there is a final limit, it is perfected on every side, like the mass of a rounded sphere, equally distant from the centre at every point. For it is necessary that it should neither be greater at all nor less anywhere, since there is no not-being which can prevent it from arriving at equality, nor is being such that there may ever be more than what is in one part and less in another, since the whole is inviolate. For if it is equal on all sides, it abides in equality within its limits. At this point I cease trustworthy discourse and the thought about truth; from here on, learn the opinions of mortals, hearing of the illusive order of my verses. not to name, and in so doing they have erred. They distinguish them as antithetic in character, and give them each character and attributes distinct from those of the other. On the one hand there is the aethereal flame of fire, fine, rarefied, everywhere identical with itself and not identical with its opposite; and on the other hand, opposed to the first, is the second principle, flameless darkness, dense and heavy in character. Of these two principles I declare to thee every arrangement as it appears to men, so that no knowledge among mortals may surpass thine.
Fragment B9 (verses 121–124)
ὡς οὐ μή ποτέ τίς σε βροτῶν γνώμη παρελάσῃ. αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ πάντα φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται καὶ τὰ κατὰ σφετέρας δυνάμεις ἐπὶ τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς, πᾶν πλέον ἐστὶν ὁμοῦ φάεος καὶ νυκτὸς ἀφάντου,
Men have determined in their minds to name two principles [lit. forms]; but one of these they ought But since all things are called light and darkness, and the peculiar properties of these are predicated of one thing and another, everything is at the same time full of light and of obscure darkness, of both
Fragment B10 (verses 132–138)
πρώτιστον μὲν Ἔρωτα θεῶν μητίσατο πάντων. εἴσῃ δ’ αἰθερίαν τε φύσιν τά τ’ ἐν αἰθέρι πάντα σήματα καὶ καθαρᾶς εὐαγέος ἠελίοιο λαμπάδος ἔργ’ ἀίδηλα καὶ ὁππόθεν ἐξεγένοντο, ἔργα τε κύκλωπος πεύσῃ περίφοιτα σελήνης καὶ φύσιν. εἰδήσεις τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀμφὶς ἔχοντα, ἔνθεν ἔφυ τε, καὶ ὥς μιν ἄγουσ’ ἐπέδησεν Ἀνάγκη
Thou shalt know the nature of the heavens and all signs that are in the sky, the destructive deeds of the pure bright torch of the sun and whence they arose, and thou shalt learn the wandering deeds of the round-eyed moon and its nature. Thou shalt know also the sky surrounding all, whence it arose, and how necessity took it and chained it so as to serve as
Plato, Symp. 178 B; Arist. Met. i. 4, 984 b 26; Plut. Amat. 756 F; Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 9; Stob. Ecl. i. 10, p. 274; Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39, 18.
Plato, Symp. 178 B; Arist. Met. i. 4, 984 b 26; Plut. Amat. 756 F; Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 9; Stob. Ecl. i. 10, p. 274; Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39, 18.
Fragment B11 (verses 139–143)
πείρατ’ ἔχειν ἄστρων. πῶς γαῖα καὶ ἥλιος ἠδὲ σελήνη αἰθήρ τε ξυνὸς γάλα τ’ οὐράνιον καὶ Ὄλυμπος ἔσχατος ἠδ’ ἄστρων θερμὸν μένος ὡρμήθησαν γίνεσθαι.
a limit to the courses of the stars. How earth and sun and moon and common sky and the milky way of the heavens and highest Olympos and the burning (might of the) stars began to be.
Fragment B12 (verses 125–127)
ἴσων ἀμφοτέρων, ἐπεὶ οὐδετέρῳ μέτα μηδέν. αἱ γὰρ στεινότεραι πλῆνται πυρὸς ἀκρήτοιο, αἱ δ’ ἐπὶ ταῖς νυκτὸς, μετὰ δὲ φλογὸς ἵεται αἶσα,
equally, since neither has anything in common with the other. And the smaller circles are filled with unmixed fire, and those next them with darkness into which their portion of light penetrates; in the midst of these is the divinity who directs the course of all. For she controls dreaded birth and coition in every
Fragment B13 (verses 128–131)
ἐν δὲ μέσῳ τούτων δαίμων, ἣ πάντα κυβερνᾷ. πάντῃ γὰρ στυγεροῖο τόκου καὶ μίξιος ἄρχει πέμπουσ’ ἄρσενι θῆλυ μιγὲν τό τ’ ἐνάντιον αὖθις ἄρσεν θηλυτέρῳ.
part of the universe, sending female to join with male, and again male to female. First of all the gods she devised love.
Fragment B14 (verse 144)
νυκτιφαὲς περὶ γαῖαν ἀλώμενον ἀλλότριον φῶς
It (the moon) wanders about the earth, shining
Plut. Colot. p. 1116 A.
Plut. Colot. p. 1116 A.
Fragment B15 (verse 145)
αἴει παπταίνουσα πρὸς αὐγὰς ἠελιοῖο
at night with borrowed light. She is always gazing earnestly toward the rays of the sun.
Plut. Quaest. Rom. 282 A; de fac. lun. 929 A.
Plut. Quaest. Rom. 282 A; de fac. lun. 929 A.
Fragment B16 (verses 146–149)
ὡς γὰρ ἑκάστοτ’ ἔχει κρᾶσις μελέων πολυκάμπτων, τὼς νόος ἀνθρώποισι παρέστηκεν· τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ ἔστιν ὅπερ φρονέει μελέων φύσις ἀνθρώποισιν καὶ πᾶσιν καὶ παντί· τὸ γὰρ πλέον ἐστὶ νόημα.
For as at any time is the blending of very complex members in a man, so is the mind in men constituted; for that which thinks is the same in all men and in every man, viz. the essence of the members of the body; and the element that is in
Fragment B17 (verse 150)
δεξιτεροῖσιν μὲν κούρους, λαοῖσι δὲ κούρας.
excess is thought. On the right hand boys, on the left hand girls.
Galen, Hipp. Epid. vi. 48; Comm. ii. (ix. p. 430 Char).
Galen, Hipp. Epid. vi. 48; Comm. ii. (ix. p. 430 Char).
Fragment B18 (Latin)
Femina virque simul Veneris cum germina miscent unius in formam diverso ex sanguine virtus temperiem servans bene condita corpora fingit. at si virtutes permixto semine pugnent nec faciant unam permixto in corpore dirae nascentem gemino vexabunt semine sexum.
{K. 150} When male and female mingle seed of Venus in the form [the body] of one, the excellence from the two different bloods, if it preserves harmony, fashions a well-formed body; but if when the seed is mingled the excellencies fight against each other and do not unite into one, they will distress the sex that is coming into existence, as the twofold seed is mingled in the body of the unfortunate woman.
Caelius Aurelianus, _De Morb. Chron._ iv. 9 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Caelius Aurelianus, _De Morb. Chron._ iv. 9 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Fragment B19 (verses 151–153)
οὕτω τοι κατὰ δόξαν ἔφυν τάδε νῦν τε ἔασι, καὶ μετέπειτ’ ἀπὸ τοῦδε τελευτήσουσι τραφέντα. τοῖς δ’ ὄνομα ἄνθρωποι κατέθεντ’ ἐπίσημον ἑκάστῳ.
So, according to men’s opinions, did things arise, and so they are now, and from this state when they shall have reached maturity shall they perish. For each of these men has determined a name as a distinguishing mark.
Additional fragment (Simplicius, Physics 7)
Simpl. _Phys._ 7, v. 31, 4. ἐπὶ τῷδέ ἐστι τὸ ἀραιὸν καὶ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ φαὸς καὶ τὸ μαλθακὸν καὶ τὸ κουφὸν, ἐπὶ δὲ πυκνῷ ὠνόμασται τὸ ψυχρὸν καὶ ὁ ζόφος καὶ σκληρὸν καὶ βαρύ· ταῦτα γὰρ ἀπεκρίθη ἑκατέρως ἑκατέρα.
With this there are fineness and heat and light and softness and brightness; and with the dense are classed cold and darkness and hardness and weight, for these are separated the ones on one side, the others on the other.
Simplicius, _Physics_ 7, v. 31, 4 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Simplicius, _Physics_ 7, v. 31, 4 (as cited by Fairbanks).
Testimonia
Contents — 27 sections
- Plato, Theaet. 180 D
- Ibid. 183 E
- Soph. 238 C (concluding a discussion of Parmenides)
- Parm. 150 E
- Ibid. 168 C
- Arist
- Ibid. i. 3; 186 a 4
- Ibid. i. 5; 188 a 20
- Ibid. iii. 6; 207 a 15
- Gen. Corr. i. 3; 318 b 6. Parmenides says that the two exist, both being and
- Metaph. i. 3; 984 b 1
- Metaph. i. 5; 986 b 18
- Metaph. ii. 4; 1001 a 32
- Theophrastos, Fr. 6; Alexander Metaph. p. 24, 5 Bon.; Dox. 482
- Theophrastos, Fr. 6 a; Laer
- Theoph. Fr. 17; Diog. Laer. viii. 48; Dox. 492. Theophrastos says that
- Theoph. de Sens. 3; Dox. 499
- Theophr
- Hipp
- Plut
- Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 10; Dox. 590. Parmenides, the son of Pyres, himself also
- Cic. de Nat
- Aet. i. 3; Dox. 284
- Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327
- Aet. iii. 1; 365
- Aet. iv. 3; 388
- Aet. v. 7; 419
Plato, Theaet. 180 D
Plato, Theaet. 180 D. I almost forgot, Theodoros, that there were others who asserted opinions the very opposite of these: ‘the all is alone, unmoved; to this all names apply,’ and the other emphatic statements in opposition to those referred to, which the school of Melissos and Parmenides make, to the effect that all things are one, and that the all stands itself in itself, not having space in which it is moved.
Ibid. 183 E
Ibid. 183 E. Feeling ashamed before Melissos and the rest who assert that the all is one being, for fear we should examine the matter somewhat crudely, I am even more ashamed in view of the fact that Parmenides is one of them. Parmenides seems to me, in the words of Homer, a man to be reverenced and at the same time feared. For when I was a mere youth and he a very old man, I conversed with him, and he seemed to me to have an exceedingly wonderful depth of mind. I fear lest we may not understand what he said, and that we may fail still more to understand his thoughts in saying it; and, what is most important, I fear lest the question before us should fail to receive due consideration....
Soph. 238 C (concluding a discussion of Parmenides)
Soph. 238 C (concluding a discussion of Parmenides). You understand then that it is really impossible to speak of not-being or to say anything about it or to conceive it by itself, but it is inconceivable, not to be spoken of or mentioned, and irrational.
Parm. 150 E
Parm. 150 E. Accordingly the unity itself in relation to itself is as follows: Having in itself neither greatness nor littleness, it could not be exceeded by itself nor could it exceed itself, but being equal it would be equal to itself.
Ibid. 168 C
Ibid. 168 C. This statement: It does not exist, means absolutely that it does not exist anywhere in any way, nor does not-being have any share at all in being. Accordingly not-being could not exist, nor in any other way could it have a share in being.
Arist
Arist. Phys. i. 2; 184 b 16. The first principle must be one, unmoved, as Parmenides and Melissos say, ...
Ibid. i. 3; 186 a 4
Ibid. i. 3; 186 a 4. To those proceeding after this impossible manner things seem to be one, and it is not difficult to refute them from their own statements. For both of them reason in a fallacious manner, both Parmenides and Melissos; for they make false assumptions, and at the same time their course of reasoning is not logical.... And the same sort of arguments are used by Parmenides, although he has some others of his own, and the refutation consists in showing both that he makes mistakes of fact and that he does not draw his conclusions correctly. He makes a mistake in assuming that being is to be spoken of absolutely, speaking of it thus many times; and he draws the false conclusion that, in case only whites are considered, white meaning one thing, none the less there are many whites and not one; since neither in the succession of things nor in the argument will whiteness be one. For what is predicated of white will not be the same as what is predicated of the object which is white, and nothing except white will be separated from the object; since there is no other ground of separation except the fact that the white is different from the object in which the white exists. But Parmenides had not yet arrived at the knowledge of this.
Ibid. i. 5; 188 a 20
Ibid. i. 5; 188 a 20. Parmenides also makes heat and cold first principles; and he calls them fire and earth.
Ibid. iii. 6; 207 a 15
Ibid. iii. 6; 207 a 15. Wherefore we must regard Parmenides as a more acute thinker than Melissos, for the latter says that the infinite is the all, but the former asserts that the all is limited, equally distant from the centre [on every side].
Gen. Corr. i. 3; 318 b 6. Parmenides says that the two exist, both being and
Gen. Corr. i. 3; 318 b 6. Parmenides says that the two exist, both being and not being—i.e. earth and water.
Metaph. i. 3; 984 b 1
Metaph. i. 3; 984 b 1. None of those who have affirmed that the all is one have, it happens, seen the nature of such a cause clearly, except, perhaps, Parmenides, and he in so far as he sometimes asserts that there is not one cause alone, but two causes.
Metaph. i. 5; 986 b 18
Metaph. i. 5; 986 b 18. For Parmenides seemed to lay hold of a unity according to reason, and Melissos according to matter; wherefore the former says it is limited, the latter that it is unlimited. Xenophanes first taught the unity of things (Parmenides is said to have been his pupil), but he did not make anything clear, nor did he seem to get at the nature of either finiteness or infinity, but, looking up into the broad heavens, he said, the unity is god. These, as we said, are to be dismissed from the present investigation, two of them entirely as being somewhat more crude, Xenophanes and Melissos; but Parmenides seems to speak in some places with greater care. For believing that not-being does not exist in addition to being, of necessity he thinks that being is one and that there is nothing else, ... and being compelled to account for phenomena, and assuming that things are one from the standpoint of reason, plural from the standpoint of sense, he again asserts that there are two causes and two first principles, heat and cold, or, as he calls them, fire and earth; of these he regards heat as being, its opposite as not-being.
Metaph. ii. 4; 1001 a 32
Metaph. ii. 4; 1001 a 32. There is nothing different from being, so that it is necessary to agree with the reasoning of Parmenides that all things are one, and that this is being.
Theophrastos, Fr. 6; Alexander Metaph. p. 24, 5 Bon.; Dox. 482
Theophrastos, Fr. 6; Alexander Metaph. p. 24, 5 Bon.; Dox. 482. And succeeding him Parmenides, son of Pyres, the Eleatic—Theophrastos adds the name of Xenophanes—followed both ways. For in declaring that the all is eternal, and in attempting to explain the genesis of things, he expresses different opinions according to the two standpoints:—from the standpoint of truth he supposes the all to be one and not generated and spheroidal in form, while from the standpoint of popular opinion, in order to explain generation of phenomena, he uses two first principles, fire and earth, the one as matter, the other as cause and agent.
Theophrastos, Fr. 6 a; Laer
Theophrastos, Fr. 6 a; Laer. Diog. ix. 21, 22; Dox. 482. Parmenides, son of Pyres, the Eleatic, was a pupil of Xenophanes, yet he did not accept his doctrines.... He was the first to declare that the earth is spheroidal and situated in the middle of the universe. He said that there are two elements, fire and earth; the one has the office of demiurge, the other that of matter. Men first arose from mud; heat and cold are the elements of which all things are composed. He holds that intelligence and life are the same, as Theophrastos records in his book on physics, where he put down the opinions of almost everybody. He said that philosophy has a twofold office, to understand both the truth and also what men believe. Accordingly he says: (Vv. 28-30), ‘’Tis necessary for thee to learn all things, both the abiding essence of persuasive truth, and men’s opinions in which rests no true belief.’
Theoph. Fr. 17; Diog. Laer. viii. 48; Dox. 492. Theophrastos says that
Theoph. Fr. 17; Diog. Laer. viii. 48; Dox. 492. Theophrastos says that Parmenides was the first to call the heavens a universe and the earth spheroidal.
Theoph. de Sens. 3; Dox. 499
Theoph. de Sens. 3; Dox. 499. Parmenides does not make any definite statements as to sensation, except that knowledge is in proportion to the excess of one of the two elements. Intelligence varies as the heat or the cold is in excess, and it is better and purer by reason of heat; but nevertheless it has need of a certain symmetry. (Vv. 146-149) ‘For,’ he says, ‘as at any time is the blending of very complex members in a man, so is the mind in men constituted; for that which thinks is the same in all men and in every man, viz., the essence of the members of the body; and the element that is in excess is thought.’ He says that perceiving and thinking are the same thing, and that remembering and forgetting come from these as the result of mixture, but he does not say definitely whether, if they enter into the mixture in equal quantities, thought will arise or not, nor what the disposition should be. But it is evident that he believes sensation to take place by the presence of some quality in contrast with its opposite, where he says that a corpse does not perceive light and heat and sound by reason of the absence of fire, but that it perceives cold and silence and the similar contrasted qualities, and in general that being as a whole has a certain knowledge. So in his statements he seems to do away with what is difficult by leaving it out.
Theophr
Theophr. Fr. 7; Simpl. Phys. 25 r 115; Dox. 483. In the first book of his physics Theophrastos gives as the opinion of Parmenides: That which is outside of being is not-being, not-being is nothing, accordingly being is one.
Hipp
Hipp. Phil. 11; Dox. 564. Parmenides supposes that the all is one and eternal, and without beginning and spheroidal in form; but even he does not escape the opinion of the many, for he speaks of fire and earth as first principles of the all, of earth as matter, and of fire as agent and cause, and he says that the earth will come to an end, but in what way he does not say. He says that the all is eternal, and not generated, and spherical, and homogeneous, not having place in itself, and unmoved, and limited.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 5; Dox. 580. Parmenides the Eleatic, the companion of Xenophanes, both laid claim to his opinions, and at the same time took the opposite standpoint. For he declared the all to be eternal and immovable according to the real state of the case; for it is alone, existing alone, immovable and without beginning (v. 60); but there is a generation of the things that seem to be according to false opinion, and he excepts sense perceptions from the truth. He says that if anything exists besides being, this is not-being, but not-being does not exist at all. So there is left the being that has no beginning; and he says that the earth was formed by the precipitation of dense air.
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 10; Dox. 590. Parmenides, the son of Pyres, himself also
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 10; Dox. 590. Parmenides, the son of Pyres, himself also of the Eleatic school, said that the first principle of all things is the infinite.
Cic. de Nat
Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 11; Dox. 534. For Parmenides devised a sort of contrivance like a crown (he applied to it the word στεφάνη), an orb of light with continuous heat, which arched the sky, and this he called god, but in it no one could suspect a divine form or a divine sentiment, and he made many monstrosities of this sort; moreover, he raised to the rank of gods War, Discord, Desire, and many other things which disease or sleep or forgetfulness or old age destroys; and similarly with reference to the stars he expresses opinions which have been criticised elsewhere and are omitted here.
Aet. i. 3; Dox. 284
Aet. i. 3; Dox. 284. Parmenides, the Eleatic, son of Pyrrhes, was a companion of Xenophanes, and in his first book the doctrines agree with those of his master; for here that verse occurs: (v. 60), Universal, existing alone, immovable and without beginning. He said that the cause of all things is not earth alone, as his master said, but also fire. 7; 303. The world is immovable and limited, and spheroidal in form. 24; 320. Parmenides and Melissos did away with generation and destruction, because they thought that the all is unmoved. 25; 321. All things are controlled by necessity; this is fated, it is justice and forethought, and the producer of the world.
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327
Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 327. The world is one. 4; 332. It is without beginning and eternal and indestructible. 7; 335. Parmenides taught that there were crowns encircling one another in close succession, one of rarefied matter, another of dense, and between these other mixed crowns of light and darkness; and that which surrounded all was solid like a wall, and under this was a crown of fire; and the centre of all the crowns was solid, and around it was a circle of fire; and of the mixed crowns the one nearest the centre was the source of motion and generation for all, and this ‘the goddess who directs the helm and holds the keys,’ he calls ‘justice and necessity.’ The air is that which is separated from the earth, being evaporated by the forcible pressure of the earth; the sun and the circle of the milky way are the exhalation of fire, and the moon is the mixture of both, namely of air and fire. The aether stands highest of all and surrounding all, and beneath this is ranged the fiery element which we call the heavens, and beneath this are the things of earth. 11; 339. The revolving vault highest above the earth is the heavens. 340. The heavens are of a fiery nature. 13; 342. The stars are masses of fire. 15; 345. He ranks the morning star, which he considers the same as the evening star, first in the aether; and after this the sun, and beneath this the stars in the fiery vault which he calls the heavens. 17; 346. Stars are fed from the exhalations of the earth. 20; 349. The sun is of a fiery nature. The sun and the moon are separated from the milky way, the one from the thinner mixture, which is hot, the other from the denser, which is cold. 25; 356. The moon is of a fiery nature. 26; 357. The moon is of the same size as the sun, and derives its light from it. 30; 361. (The moon appears dark) because darkness is mingled with its fiery nature, whence he calls it the star that shines with a false light.
Aet. iii. 1; 365
Aet. iii. 1; 365. The mixture of dense and thin gives its milk-like appearance to the milky way. 11; 377. Parmenides first defined the inhabited parts of the earth by the two tropical zones. 15; 380. Because the earth is equally distant on all sides from other bodies, and so rests in an equilibrium, not having any reason for swaying one way rather than another; on this account it only shakes and does not move from its place.
Aet. iv. 3; 388
Aet. iv. 3; 388. The soul is of a fiery nature. 5; 391. The reason is in the whole breast. 392. Life and intelligence are the same thing, nor could there be any living being entirely without reason. 9; 397. Sensations arise part by part according to the symmetry of the pores, each particular object of sense being adapted to each sense (organ). 398. Desire is produced by lack of nourishment.
Aet. v. 7; 419
Aet. v. 7; 419. Parmenides holds the opposite opinion; males are produced in the northern part, for this shares the greater density; and females in the southern part by reason of its rarefied state. 420. Some descend from the right side to the right parts of the womb, others from the left to the left parts of the womb; but if they cross in the descent females are born. 11; 422. When the child comes from the right side of the womb, it resembles the father; when it comes from the left side, the mother. 30; 443. Old age attends the failure of heat.
Fragments
Fragment 1
For if, he says, anything were added to another being, it could not make it any greater; for since greatness does not exist, it is impossible to increase the greatness of a thing by adding to it. So that which is added would be nothing. If when something is taken away that which is left is no less, and if it becomes no greater by receiving additions, evidently that which has been added or taken away is nothing.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 139, 11.
Fragment 2
If there is a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that these should be just as many as exist, and not more nor fewer. If there are just as many as there are, then the number would be finite. If there is a multiplicity at all, the number is infinite, for there are always others between any two, and yet others between each pair of these. So the number of things is infinite.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 140, 29.
Fragment 3
if being did not have magnitude, it would not exist at all, if anything exists, it is necessary that each thing should have some magnitude and thickness, and that one part of it should be separated from another. The same argument applies to the thing that precedes this. That also will have magnitude and will have something before it. The same may be said of each thing once for all, for there will be no such thing as last, nor will one thing differ from another. So if there is a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that these should be great and small—small enough not to have any magnitude, and great enough to be infinite.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 v 141, 1.
Fragment 4
If there is such a thing as place, it will be in something, for all being is in something, and that which is in something is in some place. Then this place will be in a place, and so on indefinitely. Accordingly there is no such thing as place.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 130 ν 562, 4.
Fragment 1
εἰ γὰρ ἄλλῳ ὄντι προσγένοιτο, οὐδὲν ἂν μεῖζον ποιήσειεν· μεγέθους γὰρ μηδενὸς ὄντος, προσγενομένου δὲ οὐδὲν οἷόν τε εἰς μέγεθος ἐπιδοῦναι. καὶ οὕτως ἂν ἤδη τὸ προσγινόμενον οὐδὲν εἴη. εἰ δὲ ἀπογινομένου τὸ ἕτερον μηδὲν ἔλαττόν ἐστι, μηδὲ αὖ προσγινομένου αὐξήσεται, δῆλον ὅτι τὸ προσγενόμενον οὐδὲν ἦν οὐδὲ τὸ ἀπογενόμενον.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 139, 11.
Fragment 2
εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη τοσαῦτα εἶναι ὅσα ἐστὶ καὶ οὔτε πλείονα αὐτῶν οὔτε ἐλάττονα. εἰ δὲ τοσαῦτά ἐστιν ὅσα ἐστί, πεπερασμένα ἂν εἴη. εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἄπειρα τὰ ὄντα ἐστίν. ἀεὶ γὰρ ἕτερα μεταξὺ τῶν ὄντων ἐστί, καὶ πάλιν ἐκείνων ἕτερα μεταξύ. καὶ οὕτως ἄπειρα τὰ ὄντα ἐστί.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 140, 29.
Fragment 3
εἰ μὴ ἔχοι μέγεθος τὸ ὂν οὐδ’ ἂν εἴη, εἰ δὲ ἔστιν, ἀνάγκη ἕκαστον μέγεθός τι ἔχειν καὶ πάχος καὶ ἀπέχειν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἕτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου. καὶ περὶ τοῦ προύχοντος ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἕξει μέγεθος καὶ προέξει αὐτοῦ τι. ὅμοιον δὴ τοῦτο ἅπαξ τε εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀεὶ λέγειν· οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον ἔσχατον ἔσται οὔτε ἕτερον πρὸς ἕτερον οὐκ ἔσται. οὕτως εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη αὐτὰ μικρά τε εἶναι καὶ μεγάλα, μικρὰ μὲν ὥστε μὴ ἔχειν μέγεθος, μεγάλα δὲ ὥστε ἄπειρα εἶναι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 v 141, 1.
Fragment 4
εἰ ἔστιν ὁ τόπος, ἔν τινι ἔσται· πᾶν γὰρ ὂν ἔν τινι· τὸ δὲ ἔν τινι καὶ ἐν τόπῳ. ἔσται ἄρα καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐν τόπῳ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπ’ ἄπειρον· οὐκ ἄρα ἔστιν ὁ τόπος.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 130 ν 562, 4.
Fragment 1
εἰ γὰρ ἄλλῳ ὄντι προσγένοιτο, οὐδὲν ἂν μεῖζον ποιήσειεν· μεγέθους γὰρ μηδενὸς ὄντος, προσγενομένου δὲ οὐδὲν οἷόν τε εἰς μέγεθος ἐπιδοῦναι. καὶ οὕτως ἂν ἤδη τὸ προσγινόμενον οὐδὲν εἴη. εἰ δὲ ἀπογινομένου τὸ ἕτερον μηδὲν ἔλαττόν ἐστι, μηδὲ αὖ προσγινομένου αὐξήσεται, δῆλον ὅτι τὸ προσγενόμενον οὐδὲν ἦν οὐδὲ τὸ ἀπογενόμενον.
For if, he says, anything were added to another being, it could not make it any greater; for since greatness does not exist, it is impossible to increase the greatness of a thing by adding to it. So that which is added would be nothing. If when something is taken away that which is left is no less, and if it becomes no greater by receiving additions, evidently that which has been added or taken away is nothing.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 139, 11.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 139, 11.
Fragment 2
εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη τοσαῦτα εἶναι ὅσα ἐστὶ καὶ οὔτε πλείονα αὐτῶν οὔτε ἐλάττονα. εἰ δὲ τοσαῦτά ἐστιν ὅσα ἐστί, πεπερασμένα ἂν εἴη. εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἄπειρα τὰ ὄντα ἐστίν. ἀεὶ γὰρ ἕτερα μεταξὺ τῶν ὄντων ἐστί, καὶ πάλιν ἐκείνων ἕτερα μεταξύ. καὶ οὕτως ἄπειρα τὰ ὄντα ἐστί.
If there is a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that these should be just as many as exist, and not more nor fewer. If there are just as many as there are, then the number would be finite. If there is a multiplicity at all, the number is infinite, for there are always others between any two, and yet others between each pair of these. So the number of things is infinite.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 140, 29.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 r 140, 29.
Fragment 3
εἰ μὴ ἔχοι μέγεθος τὸ ὂν οὐδ’ ἂν εἴη, εἰ δὲ ἔστιν, ἀνάγκη ἕκαστον μέγεθός τι ἔχειν καὶ πάχος καὶ ἀπέχειν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἕτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου. καὶ περὶ τοῦ προύχοντος ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἕξει μέγεθος καὶ προέξει αὐτοῦ τι. ὅμοιον δὴ τοῦτο ἅπαξ τε εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀεὶ λέγειν· οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον ἔσχατον ἔσται οὔτε ἕτερον πρὸς ἕτερον οὐκ ἔσται. οὕτως εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη αὐτὰ μικρά τε εἶναι καὶ μεγάλα, μικρὰ μὲν ὥστε μὴ ἔχειν μέγεθος, μεγάλα δὲ ὥστε ἄπειρα εἶναι.
if being did not have magnitude, it would not exist at all, if anything exists, it is necessary that each thing should have some magnitude and thickness, and that one part of it should be separated from another. The same argument applies to the thing that precedes this. That also will have magnitude and will have something before it. The same may be said of each thing once for all, for there will be no such thing as last, nor will one thing differ from another. So if there is a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that these should be great and small—small enough not to have any magnitude, and great enough to be infinite.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 v 141, 1.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 30 v 141, 1.
Fragment 4
εἰ ἔστιν ὁ τόπος, ἔν τινι ἔσται· πᾶν γὰρ ὂν ἔν τινι· τὸ δὲ ἔν τινι καὶ ἐν τόπῳ. ἔσται ἄρα καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐν τόπῳ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπ’ ἄπειρον· οὐκ ἄρα ἔστιν ὁ τόπος.
If there is such a thing as place, it will be in something, for all being is in something, and that which is in something is in some place. Then this place will be in a place, and so on indefinitely. Accordingly there is no such thing as place.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 130 ν 562, 4.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 130 ν 562, 4.
Testimonia
Contents — 18 sections
- OF THE FRAGMENTS.
- 30 r 138, 30
- These things Zeno says, not denying the one, but holding that each thing has
- Ibid. 30 v 140, 27
- So by the process of division he shows that their number is infinite. And as to
- Ibid. 130 v 562, 3
- Ibid. 131 r 563, 17
- Ibid. 236 v
- 237 r
- 255 r
- (b) ZENO’S ARGUMENTS AS DESCRIBED BY ARISTOTLE.
- Phys. iv. 1; 209 a 23
- vi. 2; 233 a 21
- vi. 9; 239 b 5
- Plut
- Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 11; Dox. 590. Zeno the Eleatic, a dialectician equal to
- Galen, Hist
- Aet. i. 7; Dox. 303
OF THE FRAGMENTS.
OF THE FRAGMENTS.
30 r 138, 30
30 r 138, 30. For Eudemos says in his Physics, ‘Then does not this exist, and is there any one? This was the problem. He reports Zeno as saying that if any one explains to him the one, what it is, he can tell him what things are. But he is puzzled, it seems, because each of the senses declares that there are many things, both absolutely, and as the result of division, but no one establishes the mathematical point. He thinks that what is not increased by receiving additions, or decreased as parts are taken away, is not one of the things that are.’ It was natural that Zeno, who, as if for the sake of exercise, argued both sides of a case (so that he is called double-tongued), should utter such statements raising difficulties about the one; but in his book which has many arguments in regard to each point, he shows that a man who affirms multiplicity naturally falls into contradictions. Among these arguments is one by which he shows that if there are many things, these are both small and great—great enough to be infinite in size, and small enough to be nothing in size. By this he shows that what has neither greatness nor thickness nor bulk could not even be.
These things Zeno says, not denying the one, but holding that each thing has
These things Zeno says, not denying the one, but holding that each thing has the greatness of many and infinite things, since there is always something before that which is apprehended, by reason of its infinite divisibility; and this he proves by first showing that nothing has any greatness because each thing of the many is identical with itself and is one.
Ibid. 30 v 140, 27
Ibid. 30 v 140, 27. And why is it necessary to say that there is a multiplicity of things when it is set forth in Zeno’s own book? For again in showing that, if there is a multiplicity of things, the same things are both finite and infinite, Zeno writes as follows, to use his own words:
So by the process of division he shows that their number is infinite. And as to
So by the process of division he shows that their number is infinite. And as to magnitude, he begins with this same argument. For first showing that
Ibid. 130 v 562, 3
Ibid. 130 v 562, 3. Zeno’s argument seems to deny that place exists, putting the question as follows:
Ibid. 131 r 563, 17
Ibid. 131 r 563, 17. Eudemos’ account of Zeno’s opinion runs as follows:—‘Zeno’s problem seems to come to the same thing. For it is natural that all being should be somewhere, and if there is a place for things, where would this place be? In some other place, and that in another, and so on indefinitely.’
Ibid. 236 v
Ibid. 236 v. Zeno’s argument that when anything is in a space equal to itself, it is either in motion or at rest, and that nothing is moved in the present moment, and that the moving body is always in a space equal to itself at each present moment, may, I think, be put in a syllogism as follows: The arrow which is moving forward is at every present moment in a space equal to itself, accordingly it is <in a space equal to itself> in all time; but that which is in a space equal to itself in the present moment is not in motion. Accordingly it is in a state of rest, since it is not moved in the present moment, and that which is not moving is at rest, since everything is either in motion or at rest. So the arrow which is moving forward is at rest while it is moving forward, in every moment of its motion.
237 r
237 r. The Achilles argument is so named because Achilles is named in it as the example, and the argument shows that if he pursued a tortoise it would be impossible for him to overtake it.
255 r
255 r. Aristotle accordingly solves the problem of Zeno the Eleatic, which he propounded to Protagoras the Sophist. Tell me, Protagoras, said he, does one grain of millet make a noise when it falls, or does the ten-thousandth part of a grain? On receiving the answer that it does not, he went on: Does a measure of millet grains make a noise when it falls, or not? He answered, it does make a noise. Well, said Zeno, does not the statement about the measure of millet apply to the one grain and the ten-thousandth part of a grain? He assented, and Zeno continued, Are not the statements as to the noise the same in regard to each? For as are the things that make a noise, so are the noises. Since this is the case, if the measure of millet makes a noise, the one grain and the ten-thousandth part of a grain make a noise.
(b) ZENO’S ARGUMENTS AS DESCRIBED BY ARISTOTLE.
(b) ZENO’S ARGUMENTS AS DESCRIBED BY ARISTOTLE.
Phys. iv. 1; 209 a 23
Phys. iv. 1; 209 a 23. Zeno’s problem demands some consideration; if all being is in some place, evidently there must be a place of this place, and so on indefinitely. 3; 210 b 22. It is not difficult to solve Zeno’s problem, that if place is anything, it will be in some place; there is no reason why the first place should not be in something else, not however as in that place, but just as health exists in warm beings as a state while warmth exists in matter as a property of it. So it is not necessary to assume an indefinite series of places.
vi. 2; 233 a 21
vi. 2; 233 a 21. (Time and space are continuous ... the divisions of time and space are the same.) Accordingly Zeno’s argument is erroneous, that it is not possible to traverse infinite spaces, or to come in contact with infinite spaces successively in a finite time. Both space and time can be called infinite in two ways, either absolutely as a continuous whole, or by division into the smallest parts. With infinites in point of quantity, it is not possible for anything to come in contact in a finite time, but it is possible in the case of the infinites reached by division, for time itself is infinite from this standpoint. So the result is that it traverses the infinite in an infinite, not a finite time, and that infinites, not finites, come in contact with infinites.
vi. 9; 239 b 5
vi. 9; 239 b 5. And Zeno’s reasoning is fallacious. For if, he says, everything is at rest [or in motion] when it is in a space equal to itself, and the moving body is always in the present moment <in a space equal to itself,> then the moving arrow is still. This is false; for time is not composed of present moments that are indivisible, nor indeed is any other quantity. Zeno presents four arguments concerning motion which involve puzzles to be solved, and the first of these shows that motion does not exist because the moving body must go half the distance before it goes the whole distance; of this we have spoken before (Phys. viii. 8; 263 a 5). And the second is called the Achilles argument; it is this:—The slow runner will never be overtaken by the swiftest, for it is necessary that the pursuer should first reach the point from which the pursued started, so that necessarily the slower is always somewhat in advance. This argument is the same as the preceding, the only difference being that the distance is not divided each time into halves.... His opinion is false that the one in advance is not overtaken; he is not indeed overtaken while he is in advance; but nevertheless he is overtaken, if you will grant that he passes through the limited space. These are the first two arguments, and the third is the one that has been alluded to, that the arrow in its flight is stationary. This depends on the assumption that time is composed of present moments; there will be no syllogism if this is not granted. And the fourth argument is with reference to equal bodies moving in opposite directions past equal bodies in the stadium with equal speed, some from the end of the stadium, others from the middle; in which case he thinks half the time equal to twice the time. The fallacy lies in the fact that while he postulates that bodies of equal size move forward with equal speed for an equal time, he compares the one with something in motion, the other with something at rest.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 6; Dox. 581. Zeno the Eleatic brought out nothing peculiar to himself, but he started farther difficulties about these things.
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 11; Dox. 590. Zeno the Eleatic, a dialectician equal to
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 11; Dox. 590. Zeno the Eleatic, a dialectician equal to the other Zeno, says that the earth does not move, and that no space is void of content. He speaks as follows:—That which is moved is moved in the place in which it is, or in the place in which it is not; it is neither moved in the place in which it is, nor in the place in which it is not; accordingly it is not moved at all.
Galen, Hist
Galen, Hist. Phil. 3; Dox. 601. Zeno the Eleatic is said to have introduced the dialectic philosophy. 7; Dox. 604. He was a skeptic.
Aet. i. 7; Dox. 303
Aet. i. 7; Dox. 303. Melissos and Zeno say that the one is universal, and that it exists alone, eternal, and unlimited. And this one is necessity [Heeren inserts here the name Empedokles], and the material of it is the four elements, and the forms are strife and love. He says that the elements are gods, and the mixture of them is the world. The uniform will be resolved into them; he thinks that souls are divine, and that pure men who share these things in a pure way are divine. 23; 320. Zeno et al. denied generation and destruction, because they thought that the all is unmoved.
Fragments
Contents — 17 sections
Fragment 1
If nothing is, how could this be spoken of as though something is? And if anything is, either it has come into being, or else it always has been. If it came into being, it sprung either from being or from not-being; but it is impossible that any such thing should have sprung from not-being (for nothing else that is could have sprung from it, much less pure being); nor could it have sprung from being, for in that case it <would simply be, and> would not have come into existence. So then being is not generated; being always is, nor will it be destroyed. For being could not be changed into not-being (this also is conceded by the physicists), nor into being; for then it would abide as it is, and would not be destroyed. Accordingly being was not generated, nor will it be destroyed; so it always was and always will be.
Fragment 2
But while that which comes into existence has a beginning, that which does not come into existence does not have a beginning, and being which did not come into existence would not have a beginning. Farther, that which is destroyed has an end; but if anything is not subject to destruction, it does not have an end; and that which has neither beginning nor end is of course infinite; so being is infinite.
Fragment 3
And if it is infinite, it is one; for if being were two, both parts could not be infinite, but each would be limited by the other. But being is infinite; there could not be several beings; accordingly being is one.
Fragment 4
Farther, if being is one it does not move; for the one is always homogeneous [lit. like itself]; and that which is homogeneous could not perish or become greater or change its arrangement or suffer pain or annoyance. If it experienced any of these things it would not be one; for that which is moved with any sort of motion changes something from one thing into something different; but there is nothing else except being, so this will not be moved.
Fragment 5
To follow another line of argument: there is no place void of being, for the void is nothing; but that which is nothing could not exist; so then being is not moved: it is impossible for it to go anywhere, if there is no void. Nor is it possible for it to contract into itself, for in that case different degrees of density would arise, and this is impossible; for it is impossible that the rare should be as full as the dense; but the rare is more empty than the dense, and there is no such thing as emptiness. It is necessary to judge whether being is full or not by its capacity to receive something else: if it will not receive anything it is full; if it will receive something it is not full. Now if the void does not exist, it must of necessity be full; and if this is the case it does not move, not because it is impossible for it to move through space already filled, as we say of bodies, but because all being cannot be moved into being (for there is nothing besides itself), nor can being be moved into not-being, for not-being does not exist.
Fragment 6 (DK B1)
What was, always was and always will be; for if it had come into existence, it necessarily would have been nothing before it came into existence. If now there were nothing existing, nothing would ever have come into existence from nothing.
Source: Phys. 34 v 162, 24.
Fragment 7 (DK B2)
Since then it did not come into being but is, it always was and always will be, and has neither beginning nor end, but is infinite. For if it had come into existence it would have had a beginning (for that which once came into existence would have a beginning) and an end (for that which once came into existence would come to an end); if it neither had a beginning nor came to an end, it always was and always will be; it has not beginning or end; but it is impossible that anything which is not the whole should always exist.... l. 31.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20
Fragment 8
But as it always exists, so it is necessary also that it be always infinite in magnitude. l. 33.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 31.
Fragment 9
Nothing which has beginning and end is either eternal or infinite. l. 5
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 3.
Fragment 10 (DK B4)
If it were not one, it would be bounded by something else.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 5.
Fragment 11
So then the all is eternal and infinite and homogeneous; and it could neither perish nor become greater nor change its arrangement nor suffer pain or distress. If it experienced any of these things it would no longer be one; for if it becomes different, it is necessary that being should not be homogeneous, but that which was before must perish, and that which was not must come into existence. If then the all should become different by a single hair in ten thousand years, it would perish in the whole of time.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19.
Fragment 12 (DK B6)
And it is impossible for its order to change, for the order existing before does not perish, nor does another which did not exist come into being; and since nothing is added to it or subtracted from it or made different, how could any of the things that are change their order? But if anything became different, its order would already have been changed.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Fragment 13
Nor does it suffer pain, for the all could not be pained; it would be impossible for anything suffering pain always to be; nor does it have power equal to the power of what is healthy. It would not be homogeneous if it suffered pain; it would suffer pain whenever anything was added or taken away, and it would no longer be homogeneous. Nor could what is healthy suffer a pang of pain, for both the healthy and being would perish, and not-being would come into existence. The same reasoning that applies to pain applies also to distress.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Fragment 14
Nor is there any void, for the void is nothing, and that which is nothing could not be. Nor does it move, for it has nowhere to go to, since it is full; for if there were a void it could go into the void, but since there is no void it has nowhere to go to. It could not be rare and dense, for it is not possible for the rare to be as full as the dense, but the rare is already more empty than the dense. This is the test of what is full and what is not full: if it has room for anything, or admits anything into it, it is not full; if it does not have room for anything, or admit anything into it, it is full. If no void exists it must be full; if then it is full it does not move. These are the doctrines of Melissos.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 6.
Fragment 15
If being is separated it moves; and that which moves could not exist simultaneously.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 33.
Fragment 16 (DK B9)
If being exists it must be one, and being one it is necessary that it should not itself have body; (19; 87, 6) and if it should have thickness, it would have parts and would no longer be a unity. l. 3
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1.
Fragment 17 (DK B8)
This argument is the strongest proof that being is one only. And the proofs are as follows: For if a multiplicity of things existed it would be necessary that these things should be just such as I say the one is. For if earth exists, and water and air and iron and gold and fire and the living and the dead and black and white, and everything else which men say is real,—if these things exist and we see and hear them correctly, it is necessary that each thing should be such as we first determined, namely, it should not change its character or become different, but should always be each thing what it is. Now we say that we see and hear and understand correctly; but it seems to us that hot becomes cold and cold hot, that hard becomes soft and soft hard, that the living being dies and life comes from what is not living; and that all these things become different, and what they are is not like what they were. It seems to us that iron, being hard to the touch, wastes away †becoming liquefied,† and so does gold, and rock, and whatever else seems to be strong, so that we conclude that we do not see or know things that are. And earth and rock arise from water. These things then do not harmonise with each other. Though we said that many things are eternal, and have forms and strength, it seems that they all become different and change their character each time they are seen. Evidently we do not see correctly, nor is the appearance of multiplicity correct; for they would not change their character if they were real, but would remain each thing as it seemed, for nothing is nobler than that which is real. But if they change their character, being perishes and not-being comes into existence. So then if a multiplicity of things exist, it is necessary that they should be such as the one is. (b) ARISTOTLE’S ACCOUNT OF MELISSOS.
Source: Simpl. de Coelo, 137 r; Schol. Aristot. 509 b 18; cf. Aristokl. Euseb. Pr. Ev. xiv. 17.
Contents — 17 sections
Fragment 1
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
Fragment 2
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
Fragment 3
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
Fragment 4
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
Fragment 5
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
Fragment 6 (DK B1)
ἀεὶ ἦν ὅ τι ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἔσται. εἰ γὰρ ἐγένετο, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι πρὶν γενέσθαι εἶναι μηδέν. †εἰ τύχοι νῦν μηδὲν ἦν, οὐδαμὰ ἂν γένοιτο οὐδὲν ἐκ μηδενός.
Source: Phys. 34 v 162, 24.
Fragment 7 (DK B2)
ὅτε τοίνυν οὐκ ἐγένετο, ἔστι δέ, ἀεὶ ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἔσται καὶ ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἔχει οὐδὲ τελευτήν, ἄλλ’ ἄπειρόν ἐστιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγένετο, ἀρχὴν ἂν εἶχεν· ἤρξατο γὰρ ἄν ποτε γινόμενον· καὶ τελευτήν· ἐτελεύτησε γὰρ ἄν ποτε γινόμενον· εἰ δὲ μήτε ἤρξατο μήτε ἐτελεύτησεν ἀεί τε ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἔσται, οὐκ ἔχει ἀρχὴν οὐδὲ τελευτήν· οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ εἶναι ἀνυστὸν ὅ τι μὴ πᾶν ἐστι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20
Fragment 8
ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἔστιν ἀεί, οὕτω καὶ τὸ μέγεθος ἄπειρον ἀεὶ χρὴ εἶναι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 31.
Fragment 9
ἀρχήν τε καὶ τέλος ἔχον οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀίδιον οὔτε ἄπειρόν ἐστιν.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 3.
Fragment 10 (DK B4)
εἰ μὴ ἓν εἴη, περανεῖ πρὸς ἄλλο.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 5.
Fragment 11
οὕτως οὖν ἀίδιόν ἐστι καὶ ἄπειρον· καὶ ἓν καὶ ὅμοιον πᾶν. καὶ οὔτ’ ἂν ἀπόλοιτο οὔτε μεῖζον γίνοιτο οὔτε μετακοσμέοιτο οὔτε ἀλγεῖ οὔτε ἀνιᾶται. εἰ γάρ τι τούτων πάσχοι, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι ἓν εἴη. εἰ γὰρ ἑτεροιοῦται, ἀνάγκη τὸ ἐὸν μὴ ὅμοιον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἀπόλλυσθαι τὸ πρόσθεν ἐόν, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γίνεσθαι. εἰ τοίνυν τριχὶ μιῇ μυρίοις ἔτεσιν ἑτεροῖον γίνοιτο τὸ πᾶν, ὀλεῖται ἂν ἐν τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19.
Fragment 12 (DK B6)
ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μετακοσμηθῆναι ἀνυστόν· ὁ γὰρ κόσμος ὁ πρόσθεν ἐὼν οὐκ ἀπόλλυται οὔτε ὁ μὴ ἐὼν γίνεται. ὅτε δὲ μήτε προσγίνεται μηδὲν μήτε ἀπόλλυται μήτε ἑτεροιοῦται, πῶς ἂν μετακοσμηθὲν τῶν ἐόντων τι ᾖ; εἰ μὲν γάρ τι ἐγίνετο ἑτεροῖον, ἤδη ἂν καὶ μετακοσμηθείη· οὐδὲ ἀλγεῖ οὐ γὰρ ἂν πᾶν εἴη ἀλγέον· οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο ἀεὶ εἶναι χρῆμα ἀλγέον οὐδὲ ἔχει ἴσην δύναμιν τῷ ὑγιεῖ· οὔτ’ ἂν ὅμοιον εἴη, εἰ ἀλγέοι· ἀπογινομένου γάρ τευ ἂν ἀλγέοι ἢ προσγινομένου, κοὐκ ἂν ἔτι ὅμοιον εἴη. οὐδ’ ἂν τὸ ὑγιὲς ἀλγῆσαι δύναιτο· ἀπὸ γὰρ ἂν ὄλοιτο τὸ ὑγιὲς καὶ τὸ ἐὸν, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γένοιτο.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Fragment 13
καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνιᾶσθαι ωὑτὸς λόγος τῷ ἀλγέοντι.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Fragment 14
οὐδὲ κενεόν ἐστιν οὐδέν· τὸ γὰρ κενεὸν οὐδέν ἐστιν· οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴη τό γε μηδέν. οὐδὲ κινεῖται· ὑποχωρῆσαι γὰρ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδαμῇ, ἀλλὰ πλέων ἐστίν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ κενεὸν ἦν, ὑπεχωρεῖ ἂν εἰς τὸ κενόν· κενοῦ δὲ μὴ ἐόντος οὐκ ἔχει ὅκῃ ὑποχωρήσει. πυκνὸν δὲ καὶ ἀραιὸν οὐκ ἂν εἴη· τὸ γὰρ ἀραιὸν οὐκ ἀνυστὸν πλέων εἶναι ὁμοίως τῷ πυκνῷ, ἀλλ’ ἤδη τὸ ἀραιόν γε κενεώτερον γίνεται τοῦ πυκνοῦ. κρίσιν δὲ ταύτην χρὴ ποιήσασθαι τοῦ πλέω καὶ τοῦ μὴ πλέω· εἰ μὲν οὖν χωρεῖ τι ἢ εἰσδέχεται, οὐ πλέων· εἰ δὲ μήτε χωρεῖ μήτε εἰσδέχεται, πλέων. ἀνάγκη τοίνυν πλέων εἶναι, εἰ κενὸν μὴ ἔστιν. εἰ τοίνυν πλέων ἐστίν, οὐ κινεῖται.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 6.
Fragment 15
εἰ γὰρ διῄρηται τὸ ἐόν, κινεῖται. κινούμενον δὲ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἅμα.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 33.
Fragment 16 (DK B9)
εἰ μὲν ὂν εἴη, δεῖ αὐτὸ ἓν εἶναι· ἓν δὲ ὂν δεῖ αὐτὸ σῶμα μὴ ἔχειν. (19 r 87, 6) εἰ δὲ ἔχοι πάθος, ἔχοι ἂν μόρια καὶ οὐκέτι ἓν εἴη.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1.
Fragment 17 (DK B8)
μέγιστον μὲν οὖν σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὅτι ἓν μόνον ἐστίν. ἀτὰρ καὶ τάδε σημεῖα· εἰ γὰρ ἦν πολλὰ, τοιαῦτα χρῆν αὐτὰ εἶναι, οἷόν περ ἐγώ φημι τὸ ἓν εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ ἔστι γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ πῦρ καὶ τὸ μὲν ζῷον τὸ δὲ τεθνηκὸς καὶ μέλαν καὶ λευκὸν καὶ τὰ ὅσα φασὶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι ἀληθῆ,—εἰ δὴ ταῦτα ἔστι καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀρθῶς ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἀκούομεν, εἶναι χρὴ ἕκαστον τοιοῦτον οἷόν περ τὸ πρῶτον ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν, καὶ μὴ μεταπίπτειν μηδὲ γίνεσθαι ἑτεροῖον, ἀλλ’ αἰεὶ εἶναι ἕκαστον οἷόν περ ἔστιν. νῦν δέ φαμεν ὀρθῶς ὁρᾷν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ συνιέναι, δοκεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν τό τε θερμὸν ψυχρὸν γίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν θερμὸν καὶ τὸ σκληρὸν μαλθακὸν καὶ τὸ μαλθακὸν σκληρὸν, καὶ τὸ ζῷον ἀποθνήσκειν καὶ ἐκ μὴ ζῶντος γίνεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἑτεροιοῦσθαι, καὶ ὅ τι ἦν τε καὶ ὃ νῦν οὐδὲν ὅμοιον εἶναι, ἀλλ’ ὅ τε σίδηρος σκληρὸς ἐὼν τῷ δακτύλῳ κατατρίβεσθαι † ὁμοῦ ῥέων καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ λίθος καὶ ἄλλο ὅ τι ἰσχυρὸν δοκεῖ εἶναι πᾶν, ὥστε συμβαίνει μήτε ὁρᾷν μήτε τὰ ὄντα γινώσκειν· ἐξ ὕδατός τε γῆ καὶ λίθος γίνεσθαι. οὐ τοίνυν ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις ὁμολογεῖ· φαμένοις γὰρ εἶναι πολλὰ καὶ ἀίδια καὶ εἴδη τε καὶ ἴσχυν ἔχοντα, πάντα ἑτεροιοῦσθαι ἡμῖν δοκεῖ καὶ μεταπίπτειν ἐκ τοῦ ἑκάστοτε ὁρωμένου· δῆλον τοίνυν ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἑωρῶμεν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα πολλὰ ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ εἶναι. οὐ γὰρ ἂν μετέπιπτεν εἰ ἀληθῆ ἦν, ἀλλ’ ἦν οἷόν περ ἐδόκει ἕκαστον τοιοῦτον· τοῦ γὰρ ἐόντος ἀληθινοῦ κρεῖσσον οὐδέν. ἢν δὲ μεταπέσῃ, τὸ μὲν ἐὸν ἀπώλετο, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γέγονεν. οὕτως οὖν εἰ πολλὰ εἴη, τοιαῦτα χρὴ εἶναι οἷόν περ τὸ ἕν. Sources and Critical Notes.
Source: Simpl. de Coelo, 137 r; Schol. Aristot. 509 b 18; cf. Aristokl. Euseb. Pr. Ev. xiv. 17.
Contents — 17 sections
Fragment 1
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
If nothing is, how could this be spoken of as though something is? And if anything is, either it has come into being, or else it always has been. If it came into being, it sprung either from being or from not-being; but it is impossible that any such thing should have sprung from not-being (for nothing else that is could have sprung from it, much less pure being); nor could it have sprung from being, for in that case it <would simply be, and> would not have come into existence. So then being is not generated; being always is, nor will it be destroyed. For being could not be changed into not-being (this also is conceded by the physicists), nor into being; for then it would abide as it is, and would not be destroyed. Accordingly being was not generated, nor will it be destroyed; so it always was and always will be.
Fragment 2
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
But while that which comes into existence has a beginning, that which does not come into existence does not have a beginning, and being which did not come into existence would not have a beginning. Farther, that which is destroyed has an end; but if anything is not subject to destruction, it does not have an end; and that which has neither beginning nor end is of course infinite; so being is infinite.
Fragment 3
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
And if it is infinite, it is one; for if being were two, both parts could not be infinite, but each would be limited by the other. But being is infinite; there could not be several beings; accordingly being is one.
Fragment 4
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
Farther, if being is one it does not move; for the one is always homogeneous [lit. like itself]; and that which is homogeneous could not perish or become greater or change its arrangement or suffer pain or annoyance. If it experienced any of these things it would not be one; for that which is moved with any sort of motion changes something from one thing into something different; but there is nothing else except being, so this will not be moved.
Fragment 5
The passage giving these fragments, as they have been called, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.
To follow another line of argument: there is no place void of being, for the void is nothing; but that which is nothing could not exist; so then being is not moved: it is impossible for it to go anywhere, if there is no void. Nor is it possible for it to contract into itself, for in that case different degrees of density would arise, and this is impossible; for it is impossible that the rare should be as full as the dense; but the rare is more empty than the dense, and there is no such thing as emptiness. It is necessary to judge whether being is full or not by its capacity to receive something else: if it will not receive anything it is full; if it will receive something it is not full. Now if the void does not exist, it must of necessity be full; and if this is the case it does not move, not because it is impossible for it to move through space already filled, as we say of bodies, but because all being cannot be moved into being (for there is nothing besides itself), nor can being be moved into not-being, for not-being does not exist.
Fragment 6 (DK B1)
ἀεὶ ἦν ὅ τι ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἔσται. εἰ γὰρ ἐγένετο, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι πρὶν γενέσθαι εἶναι μηδέν. †εἰ τύχοι νῦν μηδὲν ἦν, οὐδαμὰ ἂν γένοιτο οὐδὲν ἐκ μηδενός.
What was, always was and always will be; for if it had come into existence, it necessarily would have been nothing before it came into existence. If now there were nothing existing, nothing would ever have come into existence from nothing.
Source: Phys. 34 v 162, 24.
Source: Phys. 34 v 162, 24.
Fragment 7 (DK B2)
ὅτε τοίνυν οὐκ ἐγένετο, ἔστι δέ, ἀεὶ ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἔσται καὶ ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἔχει οὐδὲ τελευτήν, ἄλλ’ ἄπειρόν ἐστιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγένετο, ἀρχὴν ἂν εἶχεν· ἤρξατο γὰρ ἄν ποτε γινόμενον· καὶ τελευτήν· ἐτελεύτησε γὰρ ἄν ποτε γινόμενον· εἰ δὲ μήτε ἤρξατο μήτε ἐτελεύτησεν ἀεί τε ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἔσται, οὐκ ἔχει ἀρχὴν οὐδὲ τελευτήν· οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ εἶναι ἀνυστὸν ὅ τι μὴ πᾶν ἐστι.
Since then it did not come into being but is, it always was and always will be, and has neither beginning nor end, but is infinite. For if it had come into existence it would have had a beginning (for that which once came into existence would have a beginning) and an end (for that which once came into existence would come to an end); if it neither had a beginning nor came to an end, it always was and always will be; it has not beginning or end; but it is impossible that anything which is not the whole should always exist.... l. 31.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20
Fragment 8
ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἔστιν ἀεί, οὕτω καὶ τὸ μέγεθος ἄπειρον ἀεὶ χρὴ εἶναι.
But as it always exists, so it is necessary also that it be always infinite in magnitude. l. 33.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 31.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 31.
Fragment 9
ἀρχήν τε καὶ τέλος ἔχον οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀίδιον οὔτε ἄπειρόν ἐστιν.
Nothing which has beginning and end is either eternal or infinite. l. 5
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 3.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 3.
Fragment 10 (DK B4)
εἰ μὴ ἓν εἴη, περανεῖ πρὸς ἄλλο.
If it were not one, it would be bounded by something else.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 5.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1., l. 5.
Fragment 11
οὕτως οὖν ἀίδιόν ἐστι καὶ ἄπειρον· καὶ ἓν καὶ ὅμοιον πᾶν. καὶ οὔτ’ ἂν ἀπόλοιτο οὔτε μεῖζον γίνοιτο οὔτε μετακοσμέοιτο οὔτε ἀλγεῖ οὔτε ἀνιᾶται. εἰ γάρ τι τούτων πάσχοι, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι ἓν εἴη. εἰ γὰρ ἑτεροιοῦται, ἀνάγκη τὸ ἐὸν μὴ ὅμοιον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἀπόλλυσθαι τὸ πρόσθεν ἐόν, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γίνεσθαι. εἰ τοίνυν τριχὶ μιῇ μυρίοις ἔτεσιν ἑτεροῖον γίνοιτο τὸ πᾶν, ὀλεῖται ἂν ἐν τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ.
So then the all is eternal and infinite and homogeneous; and it could neither perish nor become greater nor change its arrangement nor suffer pain or distress. If it experienced any of these things it would no longer be one; for if it becomes different, it is necessary that being should not be homogeneous, but that which was before must perish, and that which was not must come into existence. If then the all should become different by a single hair in ten thousand years, it would perish in the whole of time.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19.
Fragment 12 (DK B6)
ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μετακοσμηθῆναι ἀνυστόν· ὁ γὰρ κόσμος ὁ πρόσθεν ἐὼν οὐκ ἀπόλλυται οὔτε ὁ μὴ ἐὼν γίνεται. ὅτε δὲ μήτε προσγίνεται μηδὲν μήτε ἀπόλλυται μήτε ἑτεροιοῦται, πῶς ἂν μετακοσμηθὲν τῶν ἐόντων τι ᾖ; εἰ μὲν γάρ τι ἐγίνετο ἑτεροῖον, ἤδη ἂν καὶ μετακοσμηθείη· οὐδὲ ἀλγεῖ οὐ γὰρ ἂν πᾶν εἴη ἀλγέον· οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο ἀεὶ εἶναι χρῆμα ἀλγέον οὐδὲ ἔχει ἴσην δύναμιν τῷ ὑγιεῖ· οὔτ’ ἂν ὅμοιον εἴη, εἰ ἀλγέοι· ἀπογινομένου γάρ τευ ἂν ἀλγέοι ἢ προσγινομένου, κοὐκ ἂν ἔτι ὅμοιον εἴη. οὐδ’ ἂν τὸ ὑγιὲς ἀλγῆσαι δύναιτο· ἀπὸ γὰρ ἂν ὄλοιτο τὸ ὑγιὲς καὶ τὸ ἐὸν, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γένοιτο.
And it is impossible for its order to change, for the order existing before does not perish, nor does another which did not exist come into being; and since nothing is added to it or subtracted from it or made different, how could any of the things that are change their order? But if anything became different, its order would already have been changed.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Fragment 13
καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνιᾶσθαι ωὑτὸς λόγος τῷ ἀλγέοντι.
Nor does it suffer pain, for the all could not be pained; it would be impossible for anything suffering pain always to be; nor does it have power equal to the power of what is healthy. It would not be homogeneous if it suffered pain; it would suffer pain whenever anything was added or taken away, and it would no longer be homogeneous. Nor could what is healthy suffer a pang of pain, for both the healthy and being would perish, and not-being would come into existence. The same reasoning that applies to pain applies also to distress.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 24.
Fragment 14
οὐδὲ κενεόν ἐστιν οὐδέν· τὸ γὰρ κενεὸν οὐδέν ἐστιν· οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴη τό γε μηδέν. οὐδὲ κινεῖται· ὑποχωρῆσαι γὰρ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδαμῇ, ἀλλὰ πλέων ἐστίν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ κενεὸν ἦν, ὑπεχωρεῖ ἂν εἰς τὸ κενόν· κενοῦ δὲ μὴ ἐόντος οὐκ ἔχει ὅκῃ ὑποχωρήσει. πυκνὸν δὲ καὶ ἀραιὸν οὐκ ἂν εἴη· τὸ γὰρ ἀραιὸν οὐκ ἀνυστὸν πλέων εἶναι ὁμοίως τῷ πυκνῷ, ἀλλ’ ἤδη τὸ ἀραιόν γε κενεώτερον γίνεται τοῦ πυκνοῦ. κρίσιν δὲ ταύτην χρὴ ποιήσασθαι τοῦ πλέω καὶ τοῦ μὴ πλέω· εἰ μὲν οὖν χωρεῖ τι ἢ εἰσδέχεται, οὐ πλέων· εἰ δὲ μήτε χωρεῖ μήτε εἰσδέχεται, πλέων. ἀνάγκη τοίνυν πλέων εἶναι, εἰ κενὸν μὴ ἔστιν. εἰ τοίνυν πλέων ἐστίν, οὐ κινεῖται.
Nor is there any void, for the void is nothing, and that which is nothing could not be. Nor does it move, for it has nowhere to go to, since it is full; for if there were a void it could go into the void, but since there is no void it has nowhere to go to. It could not be rare and dense, for it is not possible for the rare to be as full as the dense, but the rare is already more empty than the dense. This is the test of what is full and what is not full: if it has room for anything, or admits anything into it, it is not full; if it does not have room for anything, or admit anything into it, it is full. If no void exists it must be full; if then it is full it does not move. These are the doctrines of Melissos.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 6.
Source: Phys. 247 r 111, 19., l. 6.
Fragment 15
εἰ γὰρ διῄρηται τὸ ἐόν, κινεῖται. κινούμενον δὲ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἅμα.
If being is separated it moves; and that which moves could not exist simultaneously.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 33.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 23 v 109, 20, l. 33.
Fragment 16 (DK B9)
εἰ μὲν ὂν εἴη, δεῖ αὐτὸ ἓν εἶναι· ἓν δὲ ὂν δεῖ αὐτὸ σῶμα μὴ ἔχειν. (19 r 87, 6) εἰ δὲ ἔχοι πάθος, ἔχοι ἂν μόρια καὶ οὐκέτι ἓν εἴη.
If being exists it must be one, and being one it is necessary that it should not itself have body; (19; 87, 6) and if it should have thickness, it would have parts and would no longer be a unity. l. 3
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1.
Source: Phys. 24 r 110, 1.
Fragment 17 (DK B8)
μέγιστον μὲν οὖν σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὅτι ἓν μόνον ἐστίν. ἀτὰρ καὶ τάδε σημεῖα· εἰ γὰρ ἦν πολλὰ, τοιαῦτα χρῆν αὐτὰ εἶναι, οἷόν περ ἐγώ φημι τὸ ἓν εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ ἔστι γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ πῦρ καὶ τὸ μὲν ζῷον τὸ δὲ τεθνηκὸς καὶ μέλαν καὶ λευκὸν καὶ τὰ ὅσα φασὶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι ἀληθῆ,—εἰ δὴ ταῦτα ἔστι καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀρθῶς ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἀκούομεν, εἶναι χρὴ ἕκαστον τοιοῦτον οἷόν περ τὸ πρῶτον ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν, καὶ μὴ μεταπίπτειν μηδὲ γίνεσθαι ἑτεροῖον, ἀλλ’ αἰεὶ εἶναι ἕκαστον οἷόν περ ἔστιν. νῦν δέ φαμεν ὀρθῶς ὁρᾷν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ συνιέναι, δοκεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν τό τε θερμὸν ψυχρὸν γίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν θερμὸν καὶ τὸ σκληρὸν μαλθακὸν καὶ τὸ μαλθακὸν σκληρὸν, καὶ τὸ ζῷον ἀποθνήσκειν καὶ ἐκ μὴ ζῶντος γίνεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἑτεροιοῦσθαι, καὶ ὅ τι ἦν τε καὶ ὃ νῦν οὐδὲν ὅμοιον εἶναι, ἀλλ’ ὅ τε σίδηρος σκληρὸς ἐὼν τῷ δακτύλῳ κατατρίβεσθαι † ὁμοῦ ῥέων καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ λίθος καὶ ἄλλο ὅ τι ἰσχυρὸν δοκεῖ εἶναι πᾶν, ὥστε συμβαίνει μήτε ὁρᾷν μήτε τὰ ὄντα γινώσκειν· ἐξ ὕδατός τε γῆ καὶ λίθος γίνεσθαι. οὐ τοίνυν ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις ὁμολογεῖ· φαμένοις γὰρ εἶναι πολλὰ καὶ ἀίδια καὶ εἴδη τε καὶ ἴσχυν ἔχοντα, πάντα ἑτεροιοῦσθαι ἡμῖν δοκεῖ καὶ μεταπίπτειν ἐκ τοῦ ἑκάστοτε ὁρωμένου· δῆλον τοίνυν ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἑωρῶμεν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα πολλὰ ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ εἶναι. οὐ γὰρ ἂν μετέπιπτεν εἰ ἀληθῆ ἦν, ἀλλ’ ἦν οἷόν περ ἐδόκει ἕκαστον τοιοῦτον· τοῦ γὰρ ἐόντος ἀληθινοῦ κρεῖσσον οὐδέν. ἢν δὲ μεταπέσῃ, τὸ μὲν ἐὸν ἀπώλετο, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γέγονεν. οὕτως οὖν εἰ πολλὰ εἴη, τοιαῦτα χρὴ εἶναι οἷόν περ τὸ ἕν. Sources and Critical Notes.
This argument is the strongest proof that being is one only. And the proofs are as follows: For if a multiplicity of things existed it would be necessary that these things should be just such as I say the one is. For if earth exists, and water and air and iron and gold and fire and the living and the dead and black and white, and everything else which men say is real,—if these things exist and we see and hear them correctly, it is necessary that each thing should be such as we first determined, namely, it should not change its character or become different, but should always be each thing what it is. Now we say that we see and hear and understand correctly; but it seems to us that hot becomes cold and cold hot, that hard becomes soft and soft hard, that the living being dies and life comes from what is not living; and that all these things become different, and what they are is not like what they were. It seems to us that iron, being hard to the touch, wastes away †becoming liquefied,† and so does gold, and rock, and whatever else seems to be strong, so that we conclude that we do not see or know things that are. And earth and rock arise from water. These things then do not harmonise with each other. Though we said that many things are eternal, and have forms and strength, it seems that they all become different and change their character each time they are seen. Evidently we do not see correctly, nor is the appearance of multiplicity correct; for they would not change their character if they were real, but would remain each thing as it seemed, for nothing is nobler than that which is real. But if they change their character, being perishes and not-being comes into existence. So then if a multiplicity of things exist, it is necessary that they should be such as the one is. (b) ARISTOTLE’S ACCOUNT OF MELISSOS.
Source: Simpl. de Coelo, 137 r; Schol. Aristot. 509 b 18; cf. Aristokl. Euseb. Pr. Ev. xiv. 17.
Source: Simpl. de Coelo, 137 r; Schol. Aristot. 509 b 18; cf. Aristokl. Euseb. Pr. Ev. xiv. 17.
Testimonia
Contents — 14 sections
- FRAGMENTS.
- 22; 103, 13
- 23; 109, 7
- 24; 110, 1
- 24; 111, 18
- 34; 162, 24.
- Simpl. de Coelo 137 r; Schol
- Phys. i. 3; 186 a 6
- Soph. Elen. 5; 163 b 13. The same is true of syllogisms, as for instance in the
- Soph. Elen. 6; 164 b 35. Or again, as Melissos assumes in his argument that
- Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 12; Dox. 590. Melissos of Samos, son of Ithagenes, said
- Aet
- Aet. ii. 1; 327
- Aet. iv. 9; 396
FRAGMENTS.
FRAGMENTS.
22; 103, 13
22; 103, 13. Now let us glance at Melissos’ argument, which we ran across a few lines back. Melissos, making use of the axioms of the physicists, in regard to generation and destruction, begins his book as follows:
23; 109, 7
23; 109, 7. Melissos also is blamed because in his frequent references to the beginning he does not use the word to mean a beginning in time which applies to that which comes into existence, but rather to mean a logical beginning which does not apply to the things that are changing collectively. He seems to have seen clearly before Aristotle that all matter, even that which is eternal, being limited has a limited capacity, and in itself is always at the end of time, and because of the ever-moving beginning of that which passes, it is always at the beginning, and remains eternal, so that that which has beginning and end in quantity has also beginning and end in time, and the reverse; for that which has beginning and end in time is not everything simultaneously. So he bases his proof on beginning and end in time. Accordingly he says that that which is not everything—i.e. which is not the whole simultaneously—is not without beginning or end; what applies to things that are indivisible and infinite in their being, applies so much the more to pure being; and that all applies to being. Melissos puts it as follows:
24; 110, 1
24; 110, 1
24; 111, 18
24; 111, 18. Melissos bringing his previous topic to a conclusion goes on to consider motion.
34; 162, 24.
34; 162, 24.
Simpl. de Coelo 137 r; Schol
Simpl. de Coelo 137 r; Schol. Aristot. 509 b; cf. Aristokl. Euseb. Pr. Ev. xiv. 17.
Phys. i. 3; 186 a 6
Phys. i. 3; 186 a 6. Both Melissos and Parmenides argue fallaciously, and they make false assumptions and their reasonings are not logical; but the argument of Melissos is the more wearisome, for it sets no problem, but granted one strange thing, others follow; and there is no difficulty in this. The error in the reasoning of Melissos is plain, for he thinks that if everything which has come into being has a beginning, he can assume that that which has not come into being does not have a beginning. This, then, is strange, that he should think that everything has a beginning except time, and this does not, and that simple generation has no beginning but change alone begins, as though change as a whole did not come into being. Even if the all is a unity, why then should it not move? Why should not the whole be moved even as a part of it which is a unity, namely water, is moved in itself? Then why should there not be change? It is not possible that being should be one in form, but only in its source.
Soph. Elen. 5; 163 b 13. The same is true of syllogisms, as for instance in the
Soph. Elen. 5; 163 b 13. The same is true of syllogisms, as for instance in the case of Melissos’ argument that the all is infinite; in this he assumes that the all is not generated (for nothing is generated from not-being), and that that which is generated, is generated from a beginning. If then the all was not generated, it does not have a beginning, so it is infinite. It is not necessary to assent to this, for even if everything which is generated has a beginning, it does not follow that if anything has a beginning it was generated, as a man with a fever is warm, but one who is warm may not have a fever.
Soph. Elen. 6; 164 b 35. Or again, as Melissos assumes in his argument that
Soph. Elen. 6; 164 b 35. Or again, as Melissos assumes in his argument that generation and having a beginning are the same thing, or that that which is generated from equals has the same size. The two statements, that what is generated has a beginning, and that what has a beginning is generated, he deems equivalent, so that the generated and the limited are both the same in that they each have a beginning. Because what is generated has a beginning, he postulates that what has a beginning is generated, as though both that which is generated and that which is finite were the same in having a beginning.
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 12; Dox. 590. Melissos of Samos, son of Ithagenes, said
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 12; Dox. 590. Melissos of Samos, son of Ithagenes, said that the all is one in kind, but that nothing is fixed in its nature, for all things are potentially destructible.
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 285. Melissos of Miletos, son of Ithagenes, became his companion, but he did not preserve in its purity the doctrine that was transmitted to him. For he said in regard to the infinite that the world of those things that appear is limited. i. 7; 303. Melissos and Zeno say that the one is universal, and that it exists alone, eternal, and unlimited. And this unity is necessity [Heeren inserts here the name Empedokles], and the material of which it consists is the four elements, and the forms are love and strife. He calls the elements gods, and the mixture of them the world. And the uniform will be resolved. He thinks that souls are divine, and that pure men who share these things in a pure way are divine. i. 24; 320. Melissos (et al.) deny generation and destruction, because they think that the all is unmoved.
Aet. ii. 1; 327
Aet. ii. 1; 327. Melissos (et al.): The universe is one. 328. The all is infinite, but the world is limited. 4; 332. Melissos (et al.): The world is not generated, not to be destroyed, eternal.
Aet. iv. 9; 396
Aet. iv. 9; 396. Melissos (et al.): Sensations are deceptive.
Testimonia
Contents — 55 sections
- Phaedo 62 B
- Kratyl. 400 B
- Gorg. 493 A
- Gorg. 507 E
- PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO THE PYTHAGOREANS.
- Phys. iii. 4; 203 a 1
- iii. 4; 204 a 33
- iv. 6; 213 b 22
- De coel. i. 1; 268 a 10
- ii. 2; 284 b 6
- ii. 2; 285 a 10
- ii. 2; 285 b 23
- ii. 9; 290 b 15
- ii. 9; 291 a 7
- ii. 13; 293 a 19
- iii. 1; 300 a 15
- Metaphys. i. 5; 985 b 23-986 b 8
- †And further, discerning in numbers the conditions and reasons of harmonies
- A different party in this same school say that the first principles are ten,
- 987 a 9-27
- i. 6; 987 b 10
- i. 6; 987 b 22
- i. 8; 989 b 32-990 a 32
- ii. 1; 996 a 4
- ii. 4; 1001 a 9
- 1036 b 17
- ix. 2; 1053 b 11
- xi. 7; 1072 b 31
- xii. 4; 1078 b 21
- xii. 6; 1080 b 16
- xii. 8; 1083 b 9
- xiii. 3; 1090 a 20
- Eth. i. 4; 1096 b 5
- ii. 5; 1106 b 29
- v. 8; 1132 b 21
- Mor. i. 1; 1118 a 11
- PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS: PASSAGES IN THE DOXOGRAPHISTS.
- Aet
- Aet. i. 7; Dox. 302
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet. iii. 2; 366
- Aet. iv. 2; Dox. 386
- Aet
- Ar. Did. Ep. Fr. 32; Dox. 467. Apollodoros in the second book Concerning the
- Theophr
- Cic. de Deor
- Hippol
- Number is the first principle, a thing which is undefined, incomprehensible,
- All numbers, then, taken by classes are fours (for number is undefined in
- He said that the soul is immortal, and that it changes from one body to
- He perished in a conflagration with his disciples in Kroton in Italy. And it
- Epiph. Pro. i.; Dox. 587. Pythagoras laid down the doctrine of the monad and of
- Epiph. Haer. iii. 8; Dox. 390. Pythagoras the Samian, son of Mnesarchos, said
- Herm
Phaedo 62 B
Phaedo 62 B. The saying that is uttered in secret rites, to the effect that we men are in a sort of prison, and that one ought not to loose himself from it nor yet to run away, seems to me something great and not easy to see through; but this at least I think is well said, that it is the gods who care for us, and we men are one of the possessions of the gods.
Kratyl. 400 B
Kratyl. 400 B. For some say that it (the body) is the tomb of the soul—I think it was the followers of Orpheus in particular who introduced this word—which has this enclosure like a prison in order that it may be kept safe.
Gorg. 493 A
Gorg. 493 A. I once heard one of the wise men say that now we are dead and the body is our tomb, and that that part of the soul where desires are, it so happens, is open to persuasion, and moves upward or downward. And, indeed, a clever man—perhaps some inhabitant of Sicily or Italy—speaking allegorically, and taking the word from ‘credible’ (πίθανος) and ‘persuadable’ (πιστικός), called this a jar (πίθος); and he called those without intelligence uninitiated, and that part of the soul of uninitiated persons where the desires are, he called its intemperateness, and said it was not watertight, as a jar might be pierced with holes—using the simile because of its insatiate desires.
Gorg. 507 E
Gorg. 507 E. And the wise men say that one community embraces heaven and earth and gods and men and friendship and order and temperance and righteousness, and for that reason they call this whole a universe, my friend, for it is not without order nor yet is there excess. It seems to me that you do not pay attention to these things, though you are wise in regard to them. But it has escaped your notice that geometrical equality prevails widely among both gods and men.
PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO THE PYTHAGOREANS.
PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO THE PYTHAGOREANS.
Phys. iii. 4; 203 a 1
Phys. iii. 4; 203 a 1. For all who think they have worthily applied themselves to such philosophy, have discoursed concerning the infinite, and they all have asserted some first principle of things—some, like the Pythagoreans and Plato, a first principle existing by itself, not connected with anything else, but being itself the infinite in its essence. Only the Pythagoreans found it among things perceived by sense (for they say that number is not an abstraction), and they held that it was the infinite outside the heavens.
iii. 4; 204 a 33
iii. 4; 204 a 33. (The Pythagoreans) both hold that the infinite is being, and divide it.
iv. 6; 213 b 22
iv. 6; 213 b 22. And the Pythagoreans say that there is a void, and that it enters into the heaven itself from the infinite air, as though it (the heaven) were breathing; and this void defines the natures of things, inasmuch as it is a certain separation and definition of things that lie together; and this is true first in the case of numbers, for the void defines the nature of these.
De coel. i. 1; 268 a 10
De coel. i. 1; 268 a 10. For as the Pythagoreans say, the all and all things are defined by threes; for end and middle and beginning constitute the number of the all, and also the number of the triad.
ii. 2; 284 b 6
ii. 2; 284 b 6. And since there are some who say that there is a right and left of the heavens, as, for instance, those that are called Pythagoreans (for such is their doctrine), we must investigate whether it is as they say.
ii. 2; 285 a 10
ii. 2; 285 a 10. Wherefore one of the Pythagoreans might be surprised in that they say that there are only these two first principles, the right and the left, and they pass over four of them as not having the least validity; for there is no less difference up and down, and front and back than there is right and left in all creatures.
ii. 2; 285 b 23
ii. 2; 285 b 23. And some are dwelling in the upper hemisphere and to the right, while we dwell below and to the left, which is the opposite to what the Pythagoreans say; for they put us above and to the right, while the others are below and at the left.
ii. 9; 290 b 15
ii. 9; 290 b 15. Some think it necessary that noise should arise when so great bodies are in motion, since sound does arise from bodies among us which are not so large and do not move so swiftly; and from the sun and moon and from the stars in so great number, and of so great size, moving so swiftly, there must necessarily arise a sound inconceivably great. Assuming these things and that the swiftness has the principle of harmony by reason of the intervals, they say that the sound of the stars moving on in a circle becomes musical. And since it seems unreasonable that we also do not hear this sound, they say that the reason for this is that the noise exists in the very nature of things, so as not to be distinguishable from the opposite silence; for the distinction of sound and silence lies in their contrast with each other, so that as blacksmiths think there is no difference between them because they are accustomed to the sound, so the same thing happens to men.
ii. 9; 291 a 7
ii. 9; 291 a 7. What occasions the difficulty and makes the Pythagoreans say that there is a harmony of the bodies as they move, is a proof. For whatever things move themselves make a sound and noise; but whatever things are fastened in what moves or exist in it as the parts in a ship, cannot make a noise, nor yet does the ship if it moves in a river.
ii. 13; 293 a 19
ii. 13; 293 a 19. They say that the whole heaven is limited, the opposite to what those of Italy, called the Pythagoreans, say; for these say that fire is at the centre and that the earth is one of the stars, and that moving in a circle about the centre it produces night and day. And they assume yet another earth opposite this which they call the counter-earth [ἀντίχθων], not seeking reasons and causes for phenomena, but stretching phenomena to meet certain assumptions and opinions of theirs and attempting to arrange them in a system.... And farther the Pythagoreans say that the most authoritative part of the All stands guard, because it is specially fitting that it should, and this part is the centre; and this place that the fire occupies, they call the guard of Zeus, as it is called simply the centre, that is, the centre of space and the centre of matter and of nature.
iii. 1; 300 a 15
iii. 1; 300 a 15. The same holds true for those who construct the heaven out of numbers; for some construct nature out of numbers, as do certain of the Pythagoreans.
Metaphys. i. 5; 985 b 23-986 b 8
Metaphys. i. 5; 985 b 23-986 b 8. With these and before them (Anaxagoras, Empedokles, Atomists) those called Pythagoreans applying themselves to the sciences, first developed them; and being brought up in them they thought that the first principles of these (i.e. numbers) were the first principles of all things. And since of these (sciences) numbers are by nature the first, in numbers rather than in fire and earth and water they thought they saw many likenesses to things that are and that are coming to be, as, for instance, justice is such a property of numbers, and soul and mind are such a property, and another is opportunity, and of other things one may say the same of each one.
†And further, discerning in numbers the conditions and reasons of harmonies
†And further, discerning in numbers the conditions and reasons of harmonies also†; since, moreover, other things seemed to be like numbers in their entire nature, and numbers were the first of every nature, they assumed that the elements of numbers were the elements of all things, and that the whole heavens were harmony and number. And whatever characteristics in numbers and harmonies they could show were in agreement with the properties of the heavens and its parts and with its whole arrangement, these they collected and adapted; and if there chanced to be any gap anywhere, they eagerly sought that the whole system might be connected with these (stray phenomena). To give an example of my meaning: inasmuch as ten seemed to be the perfect number and to embrace the whole nature of numbers, they asserted that the number of bodies moving through the heavens were ten, and when only nine were visible, for the reason just stated they postulated the counter-earth as the tenth. We have given a more definite account of these thinkers in other parts of our writings. But we have referred to them here with this purpose in view, that we might ascertain from them what they asserted as the first principles and in what manner they came upon the causes that have been enumerated. They certainly seem to consider number as the first principle and as it were the matter in things and in their conditions and states; and the odd and the even are elements of number, and of these the one is infinite and the other finite, and unity is the product of both of them, for it is both odd and even, and number arises from unity, and the whole heaven, as has been said, is numbers.
A different party in this same school say that the first principles are ten,
A different party in this same school say that the first principles are ten, named according to the following table:—finite and infinite, even and odd, one and many, right and left, male and female, rest and motion, straight and crooked, light and darkness, good and bad, square and oblong. After this manner Alkmaeon of Kroton seems to have conceived them, and either he received this doctrine from them or they from him; for Alkmaeon arrived at maturity when Pythagoras was an old man, and his teachings resembled theirs. For he says that most human affairs are twofold, not meaning opposites reached by definition, as did the former party, but opposites by chance—as, for example, white-black, sweet-bitter, good-bad, small-great. This philosopher let fall his opinions indefinitely about the rest, but the Pythagoreans declared the number of the opposites and what they were. From both one may learn this much, that opposites are the first principles of things; but from the latter he may learn the number of these, and what they are. But how it is possible to bring them into relation with the causes of which we have spoken if they have not clearly worked out; but they seem to range their elements under the category of matter, for they say that being is compounded and formed from them, and that they inhere in it.
987 a 9-27
987 a 9-27. Down to the Italian philosophers and with the exception of them the rest have spoken more reasonably about these principles, except that, as we said, they do indeed use two principles, and the one of these, whence is motion, some regard as one and others as twofold. The Pythagoreans, however, while they in similar manner assume two first principles, add this which is peculiar to themselves: that they do not think that the finite and the infinite and the one are certain other things by nature, such as fire or earth or any other such thing, but the infinite itself and unity itself are the essence of the things of which they are predicated, and so they make number the essence of all things. So they taught after this manner about them, and began to discourse and to define what being is, but they made it altogether too simple a matter. For they made their definitions superficially, and to whatever first the definition might apply, this they thought to be the essence of the matter; as if one should say that twofold and two were the same, because the twofold subsists in the two. But undoubtedly the two and the twofold are not the same; otherwise the one will be many—a consequence which even they would not draw. So much then may be learned from the earlier philosophers and from their successors.
i. 6; 987 b 10
i. 6; 987 b 10. And Plato only changed the name, for the Pythagoreans say that things exist by imitation of numbers, but Plato, by sharing the nature of numbers.
i. 6; 987 b 22
i. 6; 987 b 22. But that the one is the real essence of things, and not something else with unity as an attribute, he affirms, agreeing with the Pythagoreans; and in harmony with them he affirms that numbers are the principles of being for other things. But it is peculiar to him that instead of a single infinite he posits a double infinite, an infinite of greatness and of littleness; and it is also peculiar to him that he separates numbers from things that are seen, while they say that numbers are the things themselves, and do not interpose mathematical objects between them. This separation of the one and numbers from things, in contrast with the position of the Pythagoreans, and the introduction of ideas, are the consequence of his investigation by concepts.
i. 8; 989 b 32-990 a 32
i. 8; 989 b 32-990 a 32. Those, however, who carry on their investigation with reference to all things, and divide things into what are perceived and what are not perceived by sense, evidently examine both classes, so one must delay a little longer over what they say. They speak correctly and incorrectly in reference to the questions now before us. Now those who are called Pythagoreans use principles and elements yet stranger than those of the physicists, in that they do not take them from the sphere of sense, for mathematical objects are without motion, except in the case of astronomy. Still, they discourse about everything in nature and study it; they construct the heaven, they observe what happens in its parts †and their states and motions†; they apply to these their first principles and causes, as though they agreed entirely with the other physicists that being is only what is perceptible and what that which is called heaven includes. But their causes and first principles, they say, are such as to lead up to the higher parts of reality, and are in harmony with this rather than with the doctrines of nature. In what manner motion will take place when finite and infinite, odd and even, are the only underlying realities, they do not say; nor how it is possible for genesis and destruction to take place without motion and change, or for the heavenly bodies to revolve. Farther, if one grant to them that greatness arises from these principles, or if this could be proved, nevertheless, how will it be that some bodies are light and some heavy? For their postulates and statements apply no more to mathematical objects than to things of sense; accordingly they have said nothing at all about fire or earth or any such objects, because I think they have no distinctive doctrine about things of sense. Farther, how is it necessary to assume that number and states of number are the causes of what is in the heavens and what is taking place there from the beginning and now, and that there is no other number than that out of which the world is composed? For when opinion and opportune time are at a certain point in the heavens, and a little farther up or down are injustice and judgment or a mixture of them, and they bring forward as proof that each one of these is number, and the result then is that at this place there is already a multitude of compounded quantities because those states of number have each their place—is this number in heaven the same which it is necessary to assume that each of these things is, or is it something different? Plato says it is different; still, he thinks that both these things and the causes of them are numbers; but the one class are ideal causes, and the others are sense causes.
ii. 1; 996 a 4
ii. 1; 996 a 4. And the most difficult and perplexing question of all is whether unity and being are not, as Plato and the Pythagoreans say, something different from things but their very essence, or whether the underlying substance is something different, friendship, as Empedokles says, or as another says, fire, or water, or air.
ii. 4; 1001 a 9
ii. 4; 1001 a 9. Plato and the Pythagoreans assert that neither being nor yet unity is something different from things, but that it is the very nature of them, as though essence itself consisted in unity and existence.
1036 b 17
1036 b 17. So it turns out that many things of which the forms appear different have one form, as the Pythagoreans discovered; and one can say that there is one form for everything, and the others are not forms; and thus all things will be one.
ix. 2; 1053 b 11
ix. 2; 1053 b 11. Whether the one itself is a sort of essence, as first the Pythagoreans and later Plato affirmed....
xi. 7; 1072 b 31
xi. 7; 1072 b 31. And they are wrong who assume, as do the Pythagoreans and Speusippos, that the most beautiful and the best is not in the first principle, because the first principles of plants and animals are indeed causes; for that which is beautiful and perfect is in what comes from these first principles.
xii. 4; 1078 b 21
xii. 4; 1078 b 21. The Pythagoreans (before Demokritos) only defined a few things, the concepts of which they reduced to numbers, as for instance opportunity or justice or marriage....
xii. 6; 1080 b 16
xii. 6; 1080 b 16. The Pythagoreans say that there is but one number, the mathematical, but things of sense are not separated from this, for they are composed of it; indeed, they construct the whole heaven out of numbers, but not out of unit numbers, for they assume that the unities have quantity; but how the first unity was so constituted as to have quantity, they seem at a loss to say. b 31. All, as many as regard the one as the element and first principle of things, except the Pythagoreans, assert that numbers are based on the unit; but the Pythagoreans assert, as has been remarked, that numbers have quantity.
xii. 8; 1083 b 9
xii. 8; 1083 b 9. The Pythagorean standpoint has on the one hand fewer difficulties than those that have been discussed, but it has new difficulties of its own. The fact that they do not regard number as separate, removes many of the contradictions; but it is impossible that bodies should consist of numbers, and that this number should be mathematical. Nor is it true that indivisible elements have quantity; but, granted that they have this quality of indivisibility, the units have no quantity; for how can quantity be composed of indivisible elements? but arithmetical number consists of units. But these say that things are number; at least, they adapt their speculations to such bodies as consist of elements which are numbers.
xiii. 3; 1090 a 20
xiii. 3; 1090 a 20. On the other hand the Pythagoreans, because they see many qualities of numbers in bodies perceived by sense, regard objects as numbers, not as separate numbers, but as derived from numbers. And why? Because the qualities of numbers exist in harmony both in the heaven and in many other things. But for those who hold that number is mathematical only, it is impossible on the basis of their hypothesis to say any such thing; and it has already been remarked that there can be no science of these numbers. But we say, as above, that there is a science of numbers. Evidently the mathematical does not exist apart by itself, for in that case its qualities could not exist in bodies. In such a matter the Pythagoreans are restrained by nothing; when, however, they construct out of numbers physical bodies—out of numbers that have neither weight nor lightness, bodies that have weight and lightness—they seem to be speaking about another heaven and other bodies than those perceived by sense.
Eth. i. 4; 1096 b 5
Eth. i. 4; 1096 b 5. And the Pythagoreans seem to speak more persuasively about it, putting the unity in the co-ordination of good things.
ii. 5; 1106 b 29
ii. 5; 1106 b 29. The evil partakes of the nature of the infinite, the good of the finite, as the Pythagoreans conjectured.
v. 8; 1132 b 21
v. 8; 1132 b 21. Reciprocity seems to some to be absolutely just, as the Pythagoreans say; for these defined the just as that which is reciprocal to another.
Mor. i. 1; 1118 a 11
Mor. i. 1; 1118 a 11. First Pythagoras attempted to speak concerning virtue, but he did not speak correctly; for bringing virtues into correspondence with numbers, he did not make any distinct.
PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS: PASSAGES IN THE DOXOGRAPHISTS.
PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS: PASSAGES IN THE DOXOGRAPHISTS.
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 280. And again from another starting-point, Pythagoras, son of Mnesarchos, a Samian, who was the first to call this matter by the name of philosophy, assumed as first principles the numbers and the symmetries existing in them, which he calls harmonies, and the elements compounded of both, that are called geometrical. And again he includes the monad and the undefined dyad among the first principles; and for him one of the first principles tends toward the creative and form-giving cause, which is intelligence, that is god, and the other tends toward the passive and material cause, which is the visible universe. And he says that the starting-point of number is the decad; for all Greeks and all barbarians count as far as ten, and when they get as far as this they return to the monad. And again, he says, the power of the ten is in the four and the tetrad. And the reason is this: if any one †returning† from the monad adds the numbers in a series as far as the four, he will fill out the number ten (i.e. 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 10); but if he goes beyond the number of the tetrad, he will exceed the ten. Just as if one should add one and two and should add to these three and four, he will fill out the number ten; so that according to the monad number is in the ten, but potentially in the four. Wherefore the Pythagoreans were wont to speak as though the greatest oath were the tetrad: ‘By him that transmitted to our soul the tetraktys, which has the spring and root of ever-flowing nature.’ And our soul, he says, is composed of the tetrad; for it is intelligence, understanding, opinion, sense, from which things come every art and science, and we ourselves become reasoning beings. The monad, however, is intelligence, for intelligence sees according to the monad. As for example, men are made up of many parts, and part by part they are devoid of sense and comprehension and experience, yet we perceive that man as one alone, whom no being resembles, possesses these qualities; and we perceive that a horse is one, but part by part it is without experience. For these are all forms and classes according to monads. Wherefore, assigning this limit with reference to each one of these, they speak of a reasoning being and a neighing being. On this account then the monad is intelligence by which we perceive these things. And the undefined dyad is science; fittingly, for all proof and all persuasion is part of science, and farther every syllogism brings together what is questioned out of some things that are agreed upon, and easily proves something else; and science is the comprehension of these things, wherefore it would be the dyad. And opinion as the result of comprehending them is the triad; fittingly, for opinion has to do with many things; and the triad is quantity, as ‘The thrice-blessed Danaoi.’ On this account then he includes the triad.... And their sect is called Italic because Pythagoras taught in Italy, for he removed from Samos, his fatherland, because of dissatisfaction with the tyranny of Polykrates.
Aet. i. 7; Dox. 302
Aet. i. 7; Dox. 302. Pythagoras held that one of the first principles, the monad, is god and the good, which is the origin of the One, and is itself intelligence; but the undefined dyad is a divinity and the bad, surrounding which is the mass of matter. i. 8; 307. Divine spirits [δαίμονες] are psychical beings; and heroes are souls separated from bodies, good heroes are good souls, bad heroes are bad souls. i. 9; 307. The followers of Thales and Pythagoras and the Stoics held that matter is variable and changeable and transformable and in a state of flux, the whole through the whole. i. 10; 309. Pythagoras asserted that the so-called forms and ideas exist in numbers and their harmonies, and in what are called geometrical objects, apart from bodies. i. 11; 310. Pythagoras and Aristotle asserted that the first causes are immaterial, but that other causes involve a union or contact with material substance [so that the world is material]. i. 14; 312. The followers of Pythagoras held that the universe is a sphere according to the form of the four elements; but the highest fire alone is conical. i. 15; 314. The Pythagoreans call colour the manifestation of matter. i. 16; 314. Bodies are subject to change of condition, and are divisible to infinity. i. 18; 316. (After quotation from Arist. Phys. iv. 4; 212 a 20) And in his first book on the philosophy of Pythagoras he writes that the heaven is one, and that time and wind and the void which always defines the places of each thing, are introduced from the infinite. And among other things he says that place is the immovable limit of what surrounds the world, or that in which bodies abide and are moved; and that it is full when it surrounds body on every side, and empty when it has absolutely nothing in itself. Accordingly it is necessary for place to exist, and body; and it is never empty except only from the standpoint of thought, for the nature of it in perpetuity is destructive of the interrelation of things and of the combination of bodies; and motions arise according to place of bodies that surround and oppose each other; and no infiniteness is lacking, either of quantity or of extent. i. 20; 318. Pythagoras said that time is the sphere of what surrounds the world. i. 21; 318. Pythagoras, Plato: Motion is a certain otherness or difference in matter. [This is the common limit of all motion.] i. 24; 320. Pythagoras and all that assume that matter is subject to change assert that genesis and destruction in an absolute sense take place; for from change of the elements and modification and separation of them there take place juxtaposition and mixture, and intermingling and melting together.
Aet
Aet. Plac. ii. 1; 327. Pythagoras first named the circumference of all things the universe by reason of the order in it. ii. 4; 330. Pythagoras, Plato, and the Stoics held that the universe is brought into being by god. And it is perishable so far as its nature is concerned, for it is perceived by sense, and therefore material; it will not however be destroyed in accordance with the foreknowledge and plan of god. ii. 6; 334. Pythagoras: The universe is made from five solid figures, which are called also mathematical; of these he says that earth has arisen from the cube, fire from the pyramid, air from the octahedron, and water from the icosahedron, and the sphere of the all from the dodecahedron. ii. 9; 338. The followers of Pythagoras hold that there is a void outside the universe into which the universe breathes forth, and from which it breathes in. ii. 10; 339. Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle: The right hand side of the universe is the eastern part from which comes the beginning of motion, and the left hand side is the west. They say the universe has neither height nor depth, in which statement height means distance from below upwards, and depth from above downwards. For none of the distances thus described exist for the universe, inasmuch as it is disposed around the middle of itself, from which it extends toward the all, and with reference to which it is the same on every side. ii. 12; 340. Thales, Pythagoras, and their followers: The sphere of the whole heaven is divided into five circles, which they call zones; the first of these is called the arctic zone and is ever visible; the second the summer solstice, the third the equinoctial, the fourth the winter solstice, and fifth the antarctic zone, which is invisible. And the ecliptic called the zodiac in the three middle ones is projected to touch the three middle ones. And the meridian crosses all these from the north to the opposite quarter at right angles. It is said that Pythagoras was the first to recognise the slant of the zodiacal circle which Oenopides of Chios appropriated as his own discovery. ii. 13; 343. Herakleides and the Pythagoreans asserted that each world [κόσμος] of the stars is air and aether surrounding earth in the infinite aether. And these doctrines are brought out in the Orphic writings, for they construct each world of the stars. ii. 22; 352. The Pythagoreans: The sun is spherical. ii. 23; 353. Plato, Pythagoras, Aristotle: The solstices lie along the slant of the zodiacal circle, through which the sun goes along the zodiac, and with the accompaniment of the tropic circles; and all these things also the globe shows. ii. 24; 354. An eclipse takes place when the moon comes past. ii. 25; 357. Pythagoras: The moon is a mirror-like body. i. 29; 360. Some of the Pythagoreans (according to the Aristotelian account and the statement of Philip the Opuntian) said that an eclipse of the moon takes place, sometimes by the interposition of the earth, sometimes by the interposition of the counter-earth [ἀντίχθων]. But it seems to some more recent thinkers that it takes place by a spreading of the flame little by little as it is gradually kindled, until it gives the complete full moon, and again, in like manner, it grows less until the conjunction, when it is completely extinguished. ii. 30; 361. Some of the Pythagoreans, among them Philolaos, said that the earthy appearance of the moon is due to its being inhabited by animals and by plants, like those on our earth, only greater and more beautiful; for the animals on it are fifteen times as powerful, not having any sort of excrement, and their day is fifteen times as long as ours. But others said that the outward appearance in the moon is a reflection on the other side of the inflamed circle of the sea that is on our earth. ii. 32; 364. Some regard the greater year ... as the sixty year period, among whom are Oenopides and Pythagoras.
Aet
Aet. Plac. iii. 1; Dox. 364. Some of the Pythagoreans said that the milky way is the burning of a star that fell from its own foundation, setting on fire the region through which it passed in a circle, as Phaethon was burned. And others say that the course of the sun arose in this manner at the first. And certain ones say that the appearance of the sun is like a mirror reflecting its rays toward the heaven, and therefore it happens at times to reflect its rays on the rainbow in the clouds.
Aet. iii. 2; 366
Aet. iii. 2; 366. Some of the followers of Pythagoras say that the comet is one of the stars that are not always shining, but emit their light periodically through a certain definite time; but others say that it is the reflection of our vision into the sun, like reflected images. iii. 14; 378. Pythagoras: The earth, after the analogy of the sphere of the all, is divided into five zones, arctic, antarctic, summer, winter, and equinoctial; of these the middle one he defines to be the middle of the earth, called for this very reason the torrid zone; but the inhabited one [the one between the arctic and the torrid zones] being well-tempered....
Aet. iv. 2; Dox. 386
Aet. iv. 2; Dox. 386. Pythagoras holds that number moves itself, and he takes number as an equivalent for intelligence. iv. 4; 389. Pythagoras, Plato: According to a superficial account the soul is of two parts, the one possessing, the other lacking, reason; but according to close and exact examination, of three parts; for the unreasoning part they divide into the emotions and the desires. (Theodor. v. 20); Dox. 390. The successors of Pythagoras saying that body is a mixture of five elements (for they ranked the aether as a fifth along with the four) held that the powers of the soul are of the same number as these. And these they name intelligence and wisdom and understanding and opinion and sense-perception. iv. 5; 391. Pythagoras: The principle of life is about the heart, but the principle of reason and intelligence is about the head. iv. 5; 392. Pythagoras et al.: The intelligence enters from without. iv. 7; 392. Pythagoras, Plato: The soul is imperishable. iv. 9; 396. Pythagoras et al.: The sense-perceptions are deceptive. iv. 9; 397. Pythagoras, Plato: Each of the sensations is pure, proceeding from each single element. With reference to vision, it was of the nature of aether; hearing, of the nature of wind; smell, of the nature of fire; taste, of the nature of moisture; touch, of the nature of earth. iv. 14; 405. The followers of Pythagoras and of the mathematicians on reflections of vision: For vision moves directly as it were against the bronze [of a mirror], and meeting with a firm smooth surface it is turned and bent back on itself, meeting some such experience as when the arm is extended and then bent back to the shoulder. iv. 20; 409. Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle: Sound is immaterial. For it is not air, but it is the form about the air and the appearance [ἐπιφανεία] after some sort of percussion which becomes sound; and every appearance is immaterial; for it moves with bodies, but is itself absolutely immaterial; as in the case of a bent rod the surface-appearance suffers no change, but the matter is what is bent.
Aet
Aet. Plac. v. 1; 415. Pythagoras did not admit the sacrificial part alone (of augury). v. 3; 417. Pythagoras: The seed is foam of the best part of the blood, a secretion from the nourishment, like blood and marrow. v. 4; 417. Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle: The power of seed is immaterial, like intelligence, the moving power; but the matter that is poured forth is material. v. 20; 432. Pythagoras, Plato: The souls of animals called unreasoning are reasonable, not however with active reasoning powers, because of an imperfect mixture of the bodies and because they do not have the power of speech, as in the case of apes and dogs; for these have intelligence but not the power of speech.
Ar. Did. Ep. Fr. 32; Dox. 467. Apollodoros in the second book Concerning the
Ar. Did. Ep. Fr. 32; Dox. 467. Apollodoros in the second book Concerning the gods: It is the Pythagorean opinion that the morning and the evening star are the same.
Theophr
Theophr. Phys. Op. Fr. 17; Dox. 492. Favorinus says that he (Pythagoras) was the first to call the heavens a universe and the earth round [στρογγύλην].
Cic. de Deor
Cic. de Deor. Nat. i. 11; Philod. piet. Fr. c 4 b; Dox. 533. For Pythagoras, who held that soul is extended through all the nature of things and mingled with them, and that from this our souls are taken, did not see that god would be separated and torn apart by the separation of human souls; and when souls are wretched, as might happen to many, then part of god would be wretched; a thing which could not happen.
Hippol
Hippol. Phil. 2; Dox. 555. There is a second philosophy not far distant from the same time, of which Pythagoras, whom some call a Samian, was the first representative. And this they call the Italian philosophy because Pythagoras fled the rule of Polykrates over the Samians and settled in a city of Italy where he spent his life. The successive leaders of this sect shared the same spirit. And he in his studies of nature mingled astronomy and geometry and music <and arithmetic>. And thus he asserted that god is a monad, and examining the nature of number with especial care, he said that the universe produces melody and is put together with harmony, and he first proved the motion of the seven stars to be rhythm and melody. And in wonder at the structure of the universe, he decreed that at first his disciples should be silent, as it were mystae who were coming into the order of the all; then when he thought they had sufficient education in the principles of truth, and had sought wisdom sufficiently in regard to stars and in regard to nature, he pronounced them pure and then bade them speak. He separated his disciples into two groups, and called one esoteric, and the other exoteric. To the former he entrusted the more perfect sciences, to the latter the more moderate. And he dealt with magic, as they say, and himself discovered the art of physiognomy. Postulating both numbers and measures he was wont to say that the first principle of arithmetic embraced philosophy by combination, after the following manner:
Number is the first principle, a thing which is undefined, incomprehensible,
Number is the first principle, a thing which is undefined, incomprehensible, having in itself all numbers which could reach infinity in amount. And the first principle of numbers is in substance the first monad, which is a male monad, begetting as a father all other numbers. Secondly the dyad is female number, and the same is called by the arithmeticians even. Thirdly the triad is male number; this the arithmeticians have been wont to call odd. Finally the tetrad is a female number, and the same is called even because it is female.
All numbers, then, taken by classes are fours (for number is undefined in
All numbers, then, taken by classes are fours (for number is undefined in reference to class), of which is composed the perfect number, the decad. For the series, one two three and four, becomes ten, if its own name is kept in its essence by each of the numbers. Pythagoras said that this sacred tetraktys is ‘the spring having the roots of ever-flowing nature’ in itself, and from this numbers have their first principle. For the eleven and the twelve and the rest derive from the ten the first principle of their being. The four parts of the decad, this perfect number, are called number, monad, power, and cube. And the interweavings and minglings of these in the origin of growth are what naturally completes nascent number; for when a power is multiplied upon itself, it is the power of a power; and when a power is multiplied on a cube, it is the power of a cube; and when a cube is multiplied on a cube, the cube of a cube; thus all numbers, from which arises the genesis of what arises, are seven:—number, monad, power, cube, power of a power, power of a cube, cube of a cube.
He said that the soul is immortal, and that it changes from one body to
He said that the soul is immortal, and that it changes from one body to another; so he was wont to say that he himself had been born before the Trojan war as Aethalides, and at the time of the Trojan war as Euphorbos, and after that as Hermotimos of Samos, then as Pyrrhos of Delos, fifth as Pythagoras. And Diodoros of Eretria and Aristoxenos the musician say that Pythagoras had come into Zaratas of Chaldaea; and he set forth that in his view there were from the beginning two causes of things, father and mother; and the father is light and the mother darkness; and the parts of light are warm, dry, light, swift; and of darkness are cold, moist, heavy, slow; and of these all the universe is composed, of male and female. And he says that the universe exists in accordance with musical harmony, so the sun also makes an harmonious period. And concerning the things that arise from the earth and the universe they say that Zaratas spoke as follows: There are two divinities, one of the heavens and the other of the earth; the one of the earth produces things from the earth, and it is water; and the divinity of the heavens is fire with a portion of air, warm, and cold; wherefore he says that none of these things will destroy or even pollute the soul, for these are the essence of all things. And it is said that Zaratas forbade men to eat beans because he said that at the beginning and composition of all things when the earth was still a whole, the bean arose. And he says that the proof of this is that if one chews a bean to a pulp and exposes it to the sun for a certain time (for the sun will affect it quickly), it gives out the odour of human seed. And he says that there is another and clearer proof: if when a bean is in flower we were to take the bean and its flower, and putting it into a pitcher moisten it and then bury it in the earth, and after a few days dig it up again, we should see in the first place that it had the form of a womb, and examining it closely we should find the head of a child growing with it.
He perished in a conflagration with his disciples in Kroton in Italy. And it
He perished in a conflagration with his disciples in Kroton in Italy. And it was the custom when one became a disciple for him to burn his property and to leave his money under a seal with Pythagoras, and he remained in silence sometimes three years, sometimes five years, and studied. And immediately on being released from this he mingled with the others and continued a disciple and made his home with them; otherwise he took his money and was sent off. The esoteric class were called Pythagoreans, and the others Pythagoristae. And those of the disciples who escaped the conflagration were Lysis and Archippos and Zalmoxis the slave of Pythagoras, who is said to have taught the Pythagorean philosophy to the Druids among the Celts. It is said that Pythagoras learned numbers and measures from the Egyptians; astonished at the wisdom of the priests, which was deserving of belief and full of fancies and difficult to buy, he imitated it and himself also taught his disciples to be silent, and obliged the student to remain quietly in rooms underneath the earth.
Epiph. Pro. i.; Dox. 587. Pythagoras laid down the doctrine of the monad and of
Epiph. Pro. i.; Dox. 587. Pythagoras laid down the doctrine of the monad and of foreknowledge and the interdict on sacrificing to the gods then believed on, and he bade men not to partake of beings that had life, and to refrain from wine. And he drew a line between the things from the moon upwards, calling these immortal, and those below, which he called mortal; and he taught the transmigration of souls from bodies into bodies even as far as animals and beasts. And he used to teach his followers to observe silence for a period of five years. Finally he named himself a god.
Epiph. Haer. iii. 8; Dox. 390. Pythagoras the Samian, son of Mnesarchos, said
Epiph. Haer. iii. 8; Dox. 390. Pythagoras the Samian, son of Mnesarchos, said that the monad is god, and that nothing has been brought into being apart from this. He was wont to say that wise men ought not to sacrifice animals to the gods, nor yet to eat what had life, or beans, nor to drink wine. And he was wont to say that all things from the moon downward were subject to change, while from the moon upward they were not. And he said that the soul goes at death into other animals. And he bade his disciples to keep silence for a period of five years, and finally he named himself a god.
Herm
Herm. I. G. P. 16; Dox. 655. Others then from the ancient tribe, Pythagoras and his fellow-tribesmen, revered and taciturn, transmitted other dogmas to me as mysteries, and this is the great and unspeakable ipse-dixit: the monad is the first principle of all things. From its forms and from numbers the elements arose. And he declared that the number and form and measure of each of these is somehow as follows:—Fire is composed of twenty-four right-angled triangles, surrounded by four equilaterals. And each equilateral consists of six right-angled triangles, whence they compare it to the pyramid. Air is composed of forty-eight triangles, surrounded by eight equilaterals. And it is compared to the octahedron, which is surrounded by eight equilateral triangles, each of which is separated into six right-angled triangles so as to become forty-eight in all. And water is composed of one hundred and twenty triangles, surrounded by twenty equilaterals, and it is compared to the icosahedron, which is composed of one hundred and twenty equilateral triangles. And aether is composed of twelve equilateral pentagons, and is like a dodecahedron. And earth is composed of forty-eight triangles, and is surrounded by six equilateral pentagons, and it is like a cube. For the cube is surrounded by six tetragons, each of which is separated into eight triangles, so that they become in all forty-eight.
Fragments
Contents — 127 sections
- Fragment 1 (I)
- Fragment 2–10 (I)
- Fragment 11–18 (I)
- Fragment 19–23 (I)
- Fragment 24–32 (I) (DK B111)
- Fragment 33–35 (I)
- Fragment 36–39 (I)
- Fragment 40–44 (I)
- Fragment 45–47 (I)
- Fragment 48–50 (I)
- Fragment 51–54 (I)
- Fragment 55–57 (I)
- Fragment 58–59 (I)
- Fragment 60–73 (I)
- Fragment 74–86 (I)
- Fragment 87–95 (I)
- Fragment 96–109 (I)
- Fragment 110–120 (I)
- Fragment 121–129 (I)
- Fragment 130–134 (I)
- Fragment 135–138 (I) (DK B26)
- Fragment 139–141 (I)
- Fragment 142 (I)
- Fragment 143 (I) (DK B31)
- Fragment 144 (I)
- Fragment 145 (I)
- Fragment 146–148 (I)
- Fragment 149 (I)
- Fragment 150 (I)
- Fragment 151 (I) (DK B40)
- Fragment 152 (I) (DK B42)
- Fragment 153 (I) (DK B85)
- Fragment 154–155 (I) (DK B45)
- Fragment 156 (I)
- Fragment 157–159 (I) (DK B47)
- Fragment 160 (I) (DK B48)
- Fragment 161 (I)
- Fragment 162 (I) (DK B49)
- Fragment 163 (I)
- Fragment 164 (I) (DK B74)
- Fragment 165 (I) (DK B55)
- Fragment 166–167 (I) (DK B56)
- Fragment 168 (I) (DK B54)
- Fragment 169–185 (I) (DK B35)
- Fragment 186–194 (I)
- Fragment 195 (I)
- Fragment 196 (I) (DK B104)
- Fragment 197–198 (I) (DK B51)
- Fragment 199–202 (I) (DK B95)
- Fragment 203–207 (I)
- Fragment 208 (I) (DK B109)
- Fragment 209 (I) (DK B34)
- Fragment 210–213 (II)
- Fragment 214 (II) (DK B72)
- Fragment 215–216 (II) (DK B73)
- Fragment 217–218 (II)
- Fragment 219 (II) (DK B79)
- Fragment 220 (II)
- Fragment 221 (II) (DK B81)
- Fragment 222–231 (II) (DK B110)
- Fragment 232 (II) (DK B116)
- Fragment 233–235 (II)
- Fragment 236–237 (II) (DK B82)
- Fragment 238–239 (II)
- Fragment 240 (II) (DK B80)
- Fragment 241 (II) (DK B87)
- Fragment 242 (II) (DK B94)
- Fragment 243 (II) (DK B148)
- Fragment 244–246 (II) (DK B57)
- Fragment 247–253 (II)
- Fragment 254–256 (II) (DK B59)
- Fragment 257–260 (II)
- Fragment 261 (II) (DK B60)
- Fragment 262–269 (II)
- Fragment 270 (II) (DK B63)
- Fragment 271–272 (II)
- Fragment 273–274 (II)
- Fragment 275 (II) (DK B66)
- Fragment 276–278 (II) (DK B65)
- Fragment 279 (II) (DK B67)
- Fragment 280 (II)
- Fragment 281 (II) (DK B32)
- Fragment 282–283 (II) (DK B90)
- Fragment 284–285 (II)
- Fragment 286 (II)
- Fragment 287–312 (II) (DK B100)
- Fragment 313 (II) (DK B102)
- Fragment 314 (II)
- Fragment 315 (II)
- Fragment 316–325 (II) (DK B83)
- Fragment 326 (II) (DK B88)
- Fragment 327–329 (II) (DK B105)
- Fragment 330 (II) (DK B106)
- Fragment 331–332 (II) (DK B107)
- Fragment 333–337 (II)
- Fragment 338–341 (III) (DK B131)
- Fragment 342–343 (III) (DK B132)
- Fragment 344–351 (III)
- Fragment 352–363 (Purifications)
- Fragment 364–365 (Purifications) (DK B113)
- Fragment 366–368 (Purifications)
- Fragment 369–382 (Purifications) (DK B114)
- Fragment 383–387 (Purifications)
- Fragment 388 (Purifications) (DK B121)
- Fragment 389 (Purifications)
- Fragment 390–391 (Purifications)
- Fragment 392 (Purifications) (DK B120)
- Fragment 393–399 (Purifications)
- Fragment 400–401 (Purifications) (DK B123)
- Fragment 402 (Purifications)
- Fragment 403 (Purifications)
- Fragment 404 (Purifications)
- Fragment 405–414 (Purifications) (DK B128)
- Fragment 415–420 (Purifications)
- Fragment 421–424 (Purifications)
- Fragment 425–426 (Purifications)
- Fragment 427–429 (Purifications) (DK B134)
- Fragment 430–435 (Purifications) (DK B137)
- Fragment 436–437 (Purifications) (DK B139)
- Fragment 438–439 (Purifications) (DK B127)
- Fragment 440 (Purifications)
- Fragment 441 (Purifications)
- Fragment 442–443 (Purifications) (DK B143)
- Fragment 444 (Purifications) (DK B144)
- Fragment 445–446 (Purifications) (DK B145)
- Fragment 447–451 (Purifications) (DK B146)
- Additional fragment 1 (Greek only)
Fragment 1 (I)
And do thou hear me, Pausanias, son of wise Anchites.
Diog. Laer. viii. 60. 2-10. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 123-124. 3. Prokl. on Tim. p. 175. 5. Plut. Mor. 360 C. 6. Diog. Laer. ix. 73; 8-9 a. Plut. Mor. 17 E.
Fragment 2–10 (I)
For scant means of acquiring knowledge are scattered among the members of the body; and many are the evils that break in to blunt the edge of studious thought. And gazing on a little portion of life that is not life, swift to meet their fate, they rise and are borne away like smoke, persuaded only of that on which each one chances as he is driven this way and that, but the whole he vainly boasts he has found. Thus these things are neither seen nor heard distinctly by men, nor comprehended by the mind. And thou, now that thou hast withdrawn hither, shalt learn no more than what mortal mind has seen.
Fragment 11–18 (I)
But, ye gods, avert the madness of those men from my tongue, and from lips that are holy cause a pure stream to flow. And thee I pray, much-wooed white-armed maiden Muse, in what things it is right for beings of a day to hear, do thou, and Piety, driving obedient car, conduct me on. Nor yet shall the flowers of honour well esteemed compel me to pluck them from mortal hands, on condition that I speak boldly more than is holy and only then sit on the heights of wisdom.
175. Stob. Ecl. i. 286. Cf. Arist. Met. ii. 4; 1000 b 2. 178-181. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. p. 37. 182-183. Theophr. Athen. x. 423; Arist. Poet. c. 25; 1461 a 24. Eust. ad Iliad. i. p. 746, 57.
Fragment 19–23 (I)
But come, examine by every means each thing how it is clear, neither putting greater faith in anything seen than in what is heard, nor in a thundering sound more than in the clear assertions of the tongue, nor keep from trusting any of the other members in which there lies means of knowledge, but know each thing in the way in which it is clear.
Fragment 24–32 (I) (DK B111)
Cures for evils whatever there are, and protection against old age shalt thou learn, since for thee alone will I accomplish all these things. Thou shalt break the power of untiring gales which rising against the earth blow down the crops and destroy them; and, again, whenever thou wilt, thou shalt bring their blasts back; and thou shalt bring seasonable drought out of dark storm for men, and out of summer drought thou shalt bring streams pouring down from heaven to nurture the trees; and thou shalt lead out of Hades the spirit of a man that is dead.
Fragment 33–35 (I)
Hear first the four roots of all things: bright Zeus, life-giving Hera (air), and Aidoneus (earth), and Nestis who moistens the springs of men with her tears.[76]
Fragment 36–39 (I)
And a second thing I will tell thee: There is no origination of anything that is mortal, nor yet any end in baneful death; but only mixture and separation of what is mixed, but men call this ‘origination.’
Fragment 40–44 (I)
But when light is mingled with air in human form, or in form like the race of wild beasts or of plants or of birds, then men say that these things have come into being; and when they are separated, they call them evil fate; this is the established practice, and I myself also call it so in accordance with the custom.
Fragment 45–47 (I)
Fools! for they have no far-reaching studious thoughts who think that what was not before comes into being or that anything dies and perishes utterly.
Fragment 48–50 (I)
For from what does not exist at all it is impossible that anything come into being, and it is neither possible nor perceivable that being should perish completely; for things will always stand wherever one in each case shall put them.
Fragment 51–54 (I)
A man of wise mind could not divine such things as these, that so long as men live what indeed they call life, so long they exist and share what is evil and what is excellent, but before they are formed and after they are dissolved, they are really nothing at all.
Fragment 55–57 (I)
But for base men it is indeed possible to withhold belief from strong proofs; but do thou learn as the pledges of our Muse bid thee, and lay open her word to the very core.
Fragment 58–59 (I)
Joining one heading to another in discussion, not completing one path (of discourse) ... for it is right to say what is excellent twice and even thrice.
Fragment 60–73 (I)
Twofold is the truth I shall speak; for at one time there grew to be one alone out of many, and at another time, however, it separated so that there were many out of the one. Twofold is the coming into being, twofold the passing away, of perishable things; for the latter (_i.e._ passing away) the combining of all things both begets and destroys, and the former (_i.e._ coming into being), which was nurtured again out of parts that were being separated, is itself scattered. 66. And these (elements) never cease changing place continually, now being all united by Love into one, now each borne apart by the hatred engendered of Strife, until they are brought together in the unity of the all, and become subject to it. Thus inasmuch as one has been wont to arise out of many and again with the separation of the one the many arise, so things are continually coming into being and there is no fixed age for them; and farther inasmuch as they [the elements] never cease changing place continually, so they always exist within an immovable circle.
Plut. non pos. suav. viv. 1103 F δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι, Schol. Plat. Gorg. 124 Ruhnk. δὶς καὶ τρὶς τὸ καλὸν ... Ἐμπεδ. τὸ ἔπος “καὶ δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν.” Text from Sturz.
Fragment 74–86 (I)
But come, hear my words, for truly learning causes the mind to grow. For as I said before in declaring the ends of my words: Twofold is the truth I shall speak; for at one time there grew to be the one alone out of many, and at another time it separated so that there were many out of the one; fire and water and earth and boundless height of air, and baneful Strife apart from these, balancing each of them, and Love among them, their equal in length and breadth. 81. Upon her do thou gaze with thy mind, nor yet sit dazed in thine eyes; for she is wont to be implanted in men’s members, and through her they have thoughts of love and accomplish deeds of union, and call her by the names of Delight, and Aphrodite; no mortal man has discerned her with them (the elements) as she moves on her way. But do thou listen to the undeceiving course of my words.[77]...
Fragment 87–95 (I)
For these (elements) are equal, all of them, and of like ancient race; and one holds one office, another another, and each has his own nature.... For nothing is added to them, nor yet does anything pass away from them; for if they were continually perishing they would no longer exist.... Neither is any part of this all empty, nor over full. For how should anything cause this all to increase, and whence should it come? And whither should they (the elements) perish, since no place is empty of them? And in their turn they prevail as the cycle comes round, and they disappear before each other, and they increase each in its allotted turn. But these (elements) are the same; and penetrating through each other they become one thing in one place and another in another, while ever they remain alike (_i.e._ the same).
Fragment 96–109 (I)
But come, gaze on the things that bear farther witness to my former words, if in what was said before there be anything defective in form. Behold the sun, warm and bright on all sides, and whatever is immortal and is bathed in its bright ray, and behold the rain-cloud, dark and cold on all sides; from the earth there proceed the foundations of things and solid bodies. In Strife all things are, endued with form and separate from each other, but they come together in Love and are desired by each other. 104. For from these (elements) come all things that are or have been or shall be; from these there grew up trees and men and women, wild beasts and birds and water-nourished fishes, and the very gods, long-lived, highest in honour.
Fragment 110–120 (I)
For they two (Love and Strife) were before and shall be, nor yet, I think, will there ever be an unutterably long time without them both.
Fragment 121–129 (I)
And as when painters are preparing elaborate votive offerings—men well taught by wisdom in their art—they take many-coloured pigments to work with, and blend together harmoniously more of one and less of another till they produce likenesses of all things; so let not error overcome thy mind to make thee think there is any other source of mortal things that have likewise come into distinct existence in unspeakable numbers; but know these (elements), for thou didst hear from a god the account of them.
Fragment 130–134 (I)
But come, I will tell thee now the first principle of the sun, even the sources of all things now visible, earth and billowy sea and damp mist and Titan aether (_i.e._ air) binding all things in its embrace.
Fragment 135–138 (I) (DK B26)
Then neither is the bright orb of the sun greeted, nor yet either the shaggy might of earth or sea; thus, then, in the firm vessel of harmony is fixed God, a sphere, round, rejoicing in complete solitude.
Fragment 139–141 (I)
But when mighty Strife was nurtured in its members and leaped up to honour at the completion of the time, which has been driven on by them both in turn under a mighty oath....
Fragment 142 (I)
For the limbs of the god were made to tremble, all of them in turn.
Simpl. Phys. 272 v. associated with v. 135.
Fragment 143 (I) (DK B31)
For all the heavy (he put) by itself, the light by itself.
Fragment 144 (I)
Without affection and not mixed together.
Fragment 145 (I)
Heaped together in greatness.
Arist. Gen. et Corr. i. 8; 325 b 22.
Fragment 146–148 (I)
If there were no limit to the depths of the earth and the abundant air, as is poured out in foolish words from the mouths of many mortals who see but little of the all.
Fragment 149 (I)
Swift-darting sun and kindly moon.
Plut. de fac. lun. 920 C.
Fragment 150 (I)
But gathered together it advances around the great heavens.
Macrob. Saturn. i. 17; Etym. Mag., Orion Etym., Suidas, under ἥλιος; Cramer, Anec. ii. 444.
Fragment 151 (I) (DK B40)
It shines back to Olympos with untroubled face.
Plut. Pyth. or. 400 B; Galen, de us. part. iii. 3.
Fragment 152 (I) (DK B42)
The kindly light has a brief period of shining.
Simpl. Phys. 74 v; 331, 7.
Fragment 153 (I) (DK B85)
As sunlight striking the broad circle of the moon.
Plut. de fac. lun. 929 E.
Fragment 154–155 (I) (DK B45)
A borrowed light, circular in form, it revolves about the earth, as if following the track of a chariot.
Achill. Tat. Introd. in Arat. c. 16 p. 77 Pet. 155. Plut. de fac. orb. lun. 925.
Fragment 156 (I)
For she beholds opposite to her the sacred circle of her lord.
Bekk. Anecd. i. 337.
Fragment 157–159 (I) (DK B47)
And she scatters his rays into the sky above, and spreads darkness over as much of the earth as the breadth of the gleaming-eyed moon.
Fragment 160 (I) (DK B48)
And night the earth makes by coming in front of the lights.
Plut. Quaest. Plat. 1006 F.
Fragment 161 (I)
Of night, solitary, blind-eyed.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 720 E.
Fragment 162 (I) (DK B49)
And many fires burn beneath the earth.
Prokl. on Tim. iii. 141.
Fragment 163 (I)
(The sea) with its stupid race of fertile fishes.
Plut. Quaes. conv. 685 F.
Fragment 164 (I) (DK B74)
Salt is made solid when struck by the rays of the sun.
Hephaest. Enchir. c. 1 p. 4 Gais.
Fragment 165 (I) (DK B55)
The sea is the sweat of the earth.
Arist. Meteor. ii. 3; 357 a 26; Plut. Placit. phil. iii. 13, and de Is. 365 B. Clem. Al. Strom. 676. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. c. 41.
Fragment 166–167 (I) (DK B56)
But air[78] sinks down beneath the earth with its long roots.... For thus it happened to be running at that time, but oftentimes otherwise.
Fragment 168 (I) (DK B54)
(Fire darting) swiftly upwards.
Eustath. on Od. α 320, p. 1 (from Herodian, περὶ σχημ. Ὁμηρ.). Cf. Arist. de gen. et corr. ii. 6; 334 a 1.
Fragment 169–185 (I) (DK B35)
But now I shall go back over the course of my verses, which I set out in order before, drawing my present discourse from that discourse. When Strife reached the lowest depth of the eddy and Love comes to be in the midst of the whirl, then all these things come together at this point so as to be one alone, yet not immediately, but joining together at their pleasure, one from one place, another from another. And as they were joining together Strife departed to the utmost boundary. But many things remained unmixed, alternating with those that were mixed, even as many as Strife, remaining aloft, still retained; for not yet had it entirely departed to the utmost boundaries of the circle, but some of its members were remaining within, and others had gone outside. 180. But, just as far as it is constantly rushing forth, just so far there ever kept coming in a gentle immortal stream of perfect Love; and all at once what before I learned were immortal were coming into being as mortal things,[79] what before were unmixed as mixed, changing their courses. And as they (the elements) were mingled together there flowed forth the myriad species of mortal things, patterned in every sort of form, a wonder to behold.
Fragment 186–194 (I)
For all things are united, themselves with parts of themselves—the beaming sun and earth and sky and sea—whatever things are friendly but have separated in mortal things. And so, in the same way, whatever things are the more adapted for mixing, these are loved by each other and made alike by Aphrodite. But whatever things are hostile are separated as far as possible from each other, both in their origin and in their mixing and in the forms impressed on them, absolutely unwonted to unite and very baneful, at the suggestion of Strife, since it has wrought their birth.
Fragment 195 (I)
In this way, by the good favour of Tyche, all things have power of thought.
Fragment 196 (I) (DK B104)
And in so far as what was least dense came together as they fell.
Fragment 197–198 (I) (DK B51)
For water is increased by water, primeval fire by fire, and earth causes its own substance to increase, and air, air.
Fragment 199–202 (I) (DK B95)
And the kindly earth in its broad hollows received two out of the eight parts of bright Nestis, and four of Hephaistos, and they became white bones, fitted together marvellously by the glues of Harmony.
Fragment 203–207 (I)
And the earth met with these in almost equal amounts, with Hephaistos and Ombros and bright-shining Aether (_i.e._ air), being anchored in the perfect harbours of Kypris; either a little more earth, or a little less with more of the others. From these arose blood and various kinds of flesh.
Fragment 208 (I) (DK B109)
... glueing barley-meal together with water.
Arist. Meteor. iv. 4; 382 a 1; Probl. 21, 22; 929 b 16; cf. Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Fragment 209 (I) (DK B34)
(Water) tenacious Love.
Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Fragment 210–213 (II)
And if your faith be at all lacking in regard to these (elements), how from water and earth and air and sun (fire) when they are mixed, arose such colours and forms of mortal things, as many as now have arisen under the uniting power of Aphrodite....
Fragment 214 (II) (DK B72)
How both tall trees and fishes of the sea (arose).
Athen. viii. 334 B.
Fragment 215–216 (II) (DK B73)
And thus then Kypris, when she had moistened the earth with water, breathed air on it and gave it to swift fire to be hardened.
Fragment 217–218 (II)
And all these things which were within were made dense, while those without were made rare, meeting with such moisture in the hands of Kypris.
Fragment 219 (II) (DK B79)
And thus tall trees bear fruit (_lit._ eggs), first of all olives.
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 23; 731 a 5; cf. Philop. on this passage and Theophr. de caus. plant. i. 7, 1.
Fragment 220 (II)
Wherefore late-born pomegranates and luxuriant apples....
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 D.
Fragment 221 (II) (DK B81)
Wine is water that has fermented in the wood beneath the bark.
Plut. Quaest. nat. 912 C, 919 D; cf. Arist. Top. iv. 5; 127 a
Fragment 222–231 (II) (DK B110)
For if thou shalt fix them in all thy close-knit mind and watch over them graciously with pure attention, all these things shall surely be thine for ever, and many others shalt thou possess from them. For these themselves shall cause each to grow into its own character, whatever is the nature[80] of each. But if thou shalt reach out for things of another sort, as is the manner of men, there exist countless evils to blunt your studious thoughts; †soon these latter shall cease to live as time goes on, desiring as they do to arrive at the longed-for generation of themselves.† For know that all things have understanding and their share of intelligence.
Fragment 232 (II) (DK B116)
Favor hates Necessity, hard to endure.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 745 D.
Fragment 233–235 (II)
This is in the heavy-backed shells found in the sea, of limpets and purple-fish and stone-covered tortoises ... there shalt thou see earth lying uppermost on the surface.
Fragment 236–237 (II) (DK B82)
Hair and leaves and thick feathers of birds are the same thing in origin, and reptiles’ scales, too, on strong limbs.
Fragment 238–239 (II)
But on hedgehogs, sharp-pointed hair bristles on their backs.
Fragment 240 (II) (DK B80)
Out of which divine Aphrodite wrought eyes untiring.
Fragment 241 (II) (DK B87)
Aphrodite fashioning them curiously with bonds of love.
Fragment 242 (II) (DK B94)
When they first grew together in the hands of Aphrodite.
Fragment 243 (II) (DK B148)
The liver well supplied with blood.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Fragment 244–246 (II) (DK B57)
Where many heads grew up without necks, and arms were wandering about naked, bereft of shoulders, and eyes roamed about alone with no foreheads.
Ar. de anim. iii. 6; 430 a 29; de gen. an. i. 18; 722 b 20, and commentators.
Fragment 247–253 (II)
This is indeed remarkable in the mass of human members; at one time all the limbs which form the body, united into one by Love, grow vigorously in the prime of life; but yet at another time, separated by evil Strife, they wander each in different directions along the breakers of the sea of life. Just so it is with plants[81] and with fishes dwelling in watery halls, and beasts whose lair is in the mountains, and birds borne on wings.
Fragment 254–256 (II) (DK B59)
But as divinity was mingled yet more with divinity, these things kept coming together in whatever way each might chance, and many others also in addition to these continually came into being.
386, 388. Synesius de prov. i. 89 D. 386-387. Prokl. on Kratyl. 103; 386. Philo vol. ii. 638 Mang. 388. Synes. epist. 147; Julian. Imp. orat. &c.
Fragment 257–260 (II)
Many creatures arose with double faces and double breasts, offspring of oxen with human faces, and again there sprang up children of men with oxen’s heads; creatures, too, in which were mixed some parts from men and some of the nature of women, furnished with sterile members.
Fragment 261 (II) (DK B60)
Cattle of trailing gait, with undivided hoofs.
Plut. Colot. 1123 B.
Fragment 262–269 (II)
But come now, hear of these things; how fire separating caused the hidden offspring of men and weeping women to arise, for it is no tale apart from our subject, or witless. In the first place there sprang up out of the earth forms grown into one whole,[82] having a share of both, of water and of fire. These in truth fire caused to grow-up, desiring to reach its like; but they showed as yet no lovely body formed out of the members, nor voice nor limb such as is natural to men.
Fragment 270 (II) (DK B63)
But the nature of the members (of the child?) is divided, part in the man’s, part in the woman’s (body).
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 18; 722 b 12; ibid. i. 1; 764 b 17; and 270-271 in Philop. on this passage.
Fragment 271–272 (II)
But desire also came upon him, having been united with ... by sight.
Fragment 273–274 (II)
It was poured out in the pure parts, and some meeting with cold became females.
Fragment 275 (II) (DK B66)
The separated harbours of Aphrodite.
Schol. Eur. Phoen. p. 600 Valck. Stein transposes first two words.
Fragment 276–278 (II) (DK B65)
In its warmer parts the womb is productive of the male, and on this account men are dark and more muscular and more hairy.
Fragment 279 (II) (DK B67)
As when fig-juice curdles and binds white milk.
Plut. de amic. mult. 95 A; cf. Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 4; 771 b 23.
Fragment 280 (II)
On the tenth day of the eighth month came the white discharge.
Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 8; 777 a 10; and Philop. on this passage.
Fragment 281 (II) (DK B32)
Knowing that there are exhalations from all things which came into existence.
Plut. Quaest. Nat. 916 D.
Fragment 282–283 (II) (DK B90)
Thus sweet was snatching sweet, and bitter darted to bitter, and sharp went to sharp, and hot coupled with hot.
Fragment 284–285 (II)
Water combines better with wine, but it is unwilling to combine with oil.
Fragment 286 (II)
The bloom of the scarlet dye mingles with shining linen.
Plut. de def. orac. 433 B.
Fragment 287–312 (II) (DK B100)
So all beings breathe in and out; all have bloodless tubes of flesh spread over the outside of the body, and at the openings of these the outer layers of skin are pierced all over with close-set ducts, so that the blood remains within, while a facile opening is cut for the air to pass through. Then whenever the soft blood speeds away from these, the air speeds bubbling in with impetuous wave, and whenever the blood leaps back the air is breathed out; as when a girl, playing with a klepsydra of shining brass, takes in her fair hand the narrow opening of the tube and dips it in the soft mass of silvery water, the water does not at once flow into the vessel, but the body of air within pressing on the close-set holes checks it till she uncovers the compressed stream; but then when the air gives way the determined amount of water enters. (302.) And so in the same way when the water occupies the depths of the bronze vessel, as long as the narrow opening and passage is blocked up by human flesh, the air outside striving eagerly to enter holds back the water inside behind the gates of the resounding tube, keeping control of its end, until she lets go with her hand. (306.) Then, on the other hand, the very opposite takes place to what happened before; the determined amount of water runs off as the air enters. Thus in the same way when the soft blood, surging violently through the members, rushes back into the interior, a swift stream of air comes in with hurrying wave, and whenever it (the blood) leaps back, the air is breathed out again in equal quantity.
Fragment 313 (II) (DK B102)
With its nostrils seeking out the fragments of animals’ limbs, <as many as the delicate exhalation from their feet was leaving behind in the wood.>
Fragment 314 (II)
So, then, all things have obtained their share of breathing and of smelling.
Theophrast. de sens. § 22.
Fragment 315 (II)
(The ear) an offshoot of flesh.
Theophr. ibid. § 9. Diels Dox. 501 suggests ὀστοῦν.
Fragment 316–325 (II) (DK B83)
And as when one with a journey through a stormy night in prospect provides himself with a lamp and lights it at the bright-shining fire—with lanterns that drive back every sort of wind, for they scatter the breath of the winds as they blow—and the light darting out, inasmuch as it is finer (than the winds), shines across the threshold with untiring rays; so then elemental fire, shut up in membranes, it entraps in fine coverings to be the round pupil, and the coverings protect it against the deep water which flows about it, but the fire darting forth, inasmuch as it is finer....
Fragment 326 (II) (DK B88)
There is one vision coming from both (eyes).
Arist. Poet. c. 21; 1458 a 5. Strabo, viii. 364.
Fragment 327–329 (II) (DK B105)
(The heart) lies in seas of blood which darts in opposite directions, and there most of all intelligence centres for men; for blood about the heart is intelligence in the case of men.
Fragment 330 (II) (DK B106)
For men’s wisdom increases with reference to what lies before them.
Fragment 331–332 (II) (DK B107)
In so far as they change and become different, to this extent other sorts of things are ever present for them to think about.
9.
Fragment 333–337 (II)
For it is by earth that we see earth, and by water water, and by air glorious air; so, too, by fire we see destroying fire, and love by love, and strife by baneful strife. For out of these (elements) all things are fitted together and their form is fixed, and by these men think and feel both pleasure and pain.
Fragment 338–341 (III) (DK B131)
Would that in behalf of perishable beings thou, immortal Muse, mightest take thought at all for our thought to come by reason of our cares! Hear me now and be present again by my side, Kalliopeia, as I utter noble discourse about the blessed gods.
Fragment 342–343 (III) (DK B132)
Blessed is he who has acquired a wealth of divine wisdom, but miserable he in whom there rests a dim opinion concerning the gods.
Fragment 344–351 (III)
It is not possible to draw near (to god) even with the eyes, or to take hold of him with our hands, which in truth is the best highway of persuasion into the mind of man; for he has no human head fitted to a body, nor do two shoots branch out from the trunk, nor has he feet, nor swift legs, nor hairy parts, but he is sacred and ineffable mind alone, darting through the whole world with swift thoughts.
Fragment 352–363 (Purifications)
O friends, ye who inhabit the great city of sacred Akragas up to the acropolis, whose care is good deeds, who harbour strangers deserving of respect, who know not how to do baseness, hail! I go about among you an immortal god, no longer a mortal, honoured by all, as is fitting, crowned with fillets and luxuriant garlands. With these on my head, so soon as I come to flourishing cities I am reverenced by men and by women; and they follow after me in countless numbers, inquiring of me what is the way to gain, some in want of oracles, others of help in diseases, long time in truth pierced with grievous pains, they seek to hear from me keen-edged account of all sorts of things.
Fragment 364–365 (Purifications) (DK B113)
But why do I lay weight on these things, as though I were doing some great thing, if I be superior to mortal, perishing men?
Fragment 366–368 (Purifications)
Friends, I know indeed when truth lies in the discourses that I utter; but truly the entrance of assurance into the mind of man is difficult and hindered by jealousy.
Fragment 369–382 (Purifications) (DK B114)
There is an utterance of Necessity, an ancient decree of the gods, eternal, sealed fast with broad oaths: whenever any one defiles his body sinfully with bloody gore or perjures himself in regard to wrong-doing, one of those spirits who are heir to long life, thrice ten thousand seasons shall he wander apart from the blessed, being born meantime in all sorts of mortal forms, changing one bitter path of life for another. For mighty Air pursues him Seaward, and Sea spews him forth on the threshold of Earth, and Earth casts him into the rays of the unwearying Sun, and Sun into the eddies of Air; one receives him from the other, and all hate him. One of these now am I too, a fugitive from the gods and a wanderer, at the mercy of raging Strife.
Fragment 383–387 (Purifications)
For before this I was born once a boy, and a maiden, and a plant, and a bird, and a darting fish in the sea. 385. And I wept and shrieked on beholding the unwonted land where are Murder and Wrath, and other species of Fates, and wasting diseases, and putrefaction and fluxes.
Fragment 388 (Purifications) (DK B121)
In darkness they roam over the meadow of Ate.
Fragment 389 (Purifications)
Deprived of life.
Hierocl., as just cited; λειμῶνα ὃν ἀπολιπὼν ... εἰς γήινον ἔρχεται σῶμα ὀλβίου αἰῶνος ἀμερθείς.
Fragment 390–391 (Purifications)
From what honour and how great a degree of blessedness have I fallen here on the earth to consort with mortal beings!
Fragment 392 (Purifications) (DK B120)
We enter beneath this over-roofed cave.
Porphyr. de ant. nymph. c. viii.
Fragment 393–399 (Purifications)
Where were Chthonie and far-seeing Heliope (_i.e._ Earth and Sun?), bloody Contention and Harmony of sedate face, Beauty and Ugliness, Speed and Loitering, lovely Truth and dark-eyed Obscurity, Birth and Death, and Sleep and Waking, Motion and Stability, many-crowned Greatness and Lowness, and Silence and Voice.
Fragment 400–401 (Purifications) (DK B123)
Alas, ye wretched, ye unblessed race of mortal beings, of what strifes and of what groans were ye born!
Fragment 402 (Purifications)
She wraps about them a strange garment of flesh.
Stob. Ecl. i. 1050; Plut. de esu car. 998 C.
Fragment 403 (Purifications)
Man-surrounding earth.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Fragment 404 (Purifications)
For from being living he made them assume the form of death by a change....
Clem. Al. Strom. 516.
Fragment 405–414 (Purifications) (DK B128)
Nor had they any god Ares, nor Kydoimos (Uproar), nor king Zeus, nor Kronos, nor Poseidon, but queen Kypris. Her they worshipped with hallowed offerings, with painted figures, and perfumes of skilfully made odour, and sacrifices of unmixed myrrh and fragrant frankincense, casting on the ground libations from tawny bees. And her altar was not moistened with pure blood of bulls, but it was the greatest defilement among men, to deprive animals of life and to eat their goodly bodies.
Fragment 415–420 (Purifications)
And there was among them a man of unusual knowledge, and master especially of all sorts of wise deeds, who in truth possessed greatest wealth of mind; for whenever he reached out with all his mind, easily he beheld each one of all the things that are, even for ten and twenty generations of men.
Fragment 421–424 (Purifications)
For all were gentle and obedient toward men, both animals and birds, and they burned with kindly love; and trees grew with leaves and fruit ever on them, burdened with abundant fruit all the year.
Fragment 425–426 (Purifications)
This is not lawful for some and unlawful for others, but what is lawful for all extends on continuously through the wide-ruling air and the boundless light.
Fragment 427–429 (Purifications) (DK B134)
Will ye not cease from evil slaughter? See ye not that ye are devouring each other in heedlessness of mind?
Fragment 430–435 (Purifications) (DK B137)
A father takes up his dear son who has changed his form and slays him with a prayer, so great is his folly! They are borne along beseeching the sacrificer; but he does not hear their cries of reproach, but slays them and makes ready the evil feast. Then in the same manner son takes father and daughters their mother, and devour the dear flesh when they have deprived them of life.
Fragment 436–437 (Purifications) (DK B139)
Alas that no ruthless day destroyed me before I devised base deeds of devouring with the lips!
Fragment 438–439 (Purifications) (DK B127)
Among beasts they become lions haunting the mountains, whose couch is the ground, and among fair-foliaged trees they become laurels.
Fragment 440 (Purifications)
Refrain entirely from laurel leaves.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 646 D.
Fragment 441 (Purifications)
Miserable men, wholly miserable, restrain your hands from beans.
Aul. Gell. N. A. iv. 11; Didym. Geopon. ii. 35, 8.
Fragment 442–443 (Purifications) (DK B143)
Compounding the water from five springs in unyielding brass, cleanse the hands.
Fragment 444 (Purifications) (DK B144)
Fast from evil.
Plut. de ira 464 B.
Fragment 445–446 (Purifications) (DK B145)
Accordingly ye are frantic with evils hard to bear, nor ever shall ye ease your soul from bitter woes.
Fragment 447–451 (Purifications) (DK B146)
But at last are they prophets and hymn-writers and physicians and chieftains among men dwelling on the earth; and from this they grow to be gods, receiving the greatest honours, sharing the same hearth with the other immortals, their table companions, free from human woes, beyond the power of death and harm. PASSAGES FROM PLATO RELATING TO EMPEDOKLES. _Phaed._ 96 B. Is blood that with which we think, or air, or fire...?[83] _Gorg._ 493 A. And perhaps we really are dead, as I once before heard one of the wise men say: that now we are dead, and the body our tomb, and that that part of the soul, it so happens, in which desires are, is open to persuasion and moves upward and downward. And indeed a clever man—perhaps some inhabitant of Sicily or Italy—speaking allegorically, and taking the word from ‘credible’ (πιθανός) and ‘persuadable’ (πιστικός), called it a jar (πίθος). And those without intelligence he called uninitiated, and that part of the soul of the uninitiated where the desires are, he called its intemperateness, and said it was not watertight, as a jar might be pierced with holes—using the simile because of its insatiate desires. _Meno_ 76 C. Do you say, with Empedokles, that there are certain effluences from things?—Certainly. And pores, into which and through which the effluences go?—Yes indeed. And that some of the effluences match certain of the pores, and others are smaller or larger?—It is true. And there is such a thing as vision?—Yes. And ... colour is the effluence of forms in agreement with vision and perceptible by that sense?—It is. _Sophist._ 242 D. And certain Ionian and Sicilian Muses agreed later that it is safest to weave together both opinions and to say that Being is many and one [πολλά τε καὶ ἕν], and that it is controlled by hate and love. Borne apart it is always borne together, say the more severe of the Muses. But the gentler concede that these things are always thus, and they say, in part, that sometimes all is one and rendered loving by Aphrodite, while at other times it is many and at enmity with itself by reason of a sort of strife. PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO EMPEDOKLES. _Phys._ i. 3; 187 a 20. And others say that the opposites existing in the unity are separated out of it, as Anaximandros says, and as those say who hold that things are both one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras. i. 4; 188 a 18. But it is better to assume elements fewer in number and limited, as Empedokles does. ii. 4; 196 a 20. Empedokles says that the air is not always separated upwards, but as it happens. viii. 1; 250 b 27. Empedokles says that things are in motion part of the time and again they are at rest; they are in motion when Love tends to make one out of many, or Strife tends to make many out of one, and in the intervening time they are at rest (Vv. 69-73). viii. 1; 252 a 6. So it is necessary to consider this (motion) a first principle, which it seems Empedokles means in saying that of necessity Love and Strife control things and move them part of the time, and that they are at rest during the intervening time. _De Caelo_ 279 b 14. Some say that alternately at one time there is coming into being, at another time there is perishing, and that this always continues to be the case; so say Empedokles of Agrigentum and Herakleitos of Ephesus. ii. 1; 284 a 24. Neither can we assume that it is after this manner nor that, getting a slower motion than its own downward momentum on account of rotation, it still is preserved so long a time, as Empedokles says. ii. 13; 295 a 15. But they seek the cause why it remains, and some say after this manner, that its breadth or size is the cause; but others, as Empedokles, that the movement of the heavens revolving in a circle and moving more slowly, hinders the motion of the earth, like water in vessels.... iii. 2; 301 a 14. It is not right to make genesis take place out of what is separated and in motion. Wherefore Empedokles passes over genesis in the case of Love; for he could not put the heaven together preparing it out of parts that had been separated, and making the combination by means of Love; for the order of the elements has been established out of parts that had been separated, so that necessarily it arose out of what is one and compounded. iii. 2; 302 a 28. Empedokles says that fire and earth and associated elements are the elements of bodies, and that all things are composed of these. iii. 6; 305 a 1. But if separation shall in some way be stopped, either the body in which it is stopped will be indivisible, or being separable it is one that will never be divided, as Empedokles seems to mean. iv. 2; 309 a 19. Some who deny that a void exists, do not define carefully light and heavy, as Anaxagoras and Empedokles. _Gen. corr._ i. 1; 314 b 7. Wherefore Empedokles speaks after this manner, saying that nothing comes into being, but there is only mixture and separation of the mixed. i. 1; 315 a 3. Empedokles seemed both to contradict things as they appear, and to contradict himself. For at one time he says that no one of the elements arises from another, but that all other things arise from these; and at another time he brings all of nature together into one, except Strife, and says that each thing arises from the one. i. 8; 324 b 26. Some thought that each sense impression was received through certain pores from the last and strongest agent which entered, and they say that after this manner we see and hear and perceive by all the other senses, and further that we see through air and water and transparent substances because they have pores that are invisible by reason of their littleness, and are close together in series; and the more transparent substances have more pores. Many made definite statements after this manner in regard to certain things, as did Empedokles, not only in regard to active and passive bodies, but he also says that those bodies are mingled, the pores of which agree with each other.... i. 8; 325 a 34. From what is truly _one_ multiplicity could not arise, nor yet could unity arise from what is truly manifold, for this is impossible; but as Empedokles and some others say, beings are affected through pores, so all change and all happening arises after this manner, separation and destruction taking place through the void, and in like manner growth, solid bodies coming in gradually. For it is almost necessary for Empedokles to say as Leukippos does; for there are some solid and indivisible bodies, unless pores are absolutely contiguous. 325 b 19. But as for Empedokles, it is evident that he holds to genesis and destruction as far as the elements are concerned, but how the aggregate mass of these arises and perishes, it is not evident, nor is it possible for one to say who denies that there is an element of fire, and in like manner an element of each other thing—as Plato wrote in the Timaeos. ii. 3; 330 b 19. And some say at once that there are four elements, as Empedokles. But he combines them into two; for he sets all the rest over against fire. ii. 6; 333 b 20. Strife then does not separate the elements, but Love separates those which in their origin are before god; and these are gods. _Meteor._ 357 a 24. In like manner it would be absurd if any one, saying that the sea is the sweat of the earth, thought he was saying anything distinct and clear, as for instance Empedokles; for such a statement might perhaps be sufficient for the purposes of poetry (for the metaphor is poetical), but not at all for the knowledge of nature. 369 b 11. Some say that fire originates in the clouds; and Empedokles says that this is what is encompassed by the rays of the sun. _De anim._ i. 2; 404 b 7. As many as pay careful attention to the fact that what has soul is in motion, these assume that soul is the most important source of motion; and as many as consider that it knows and perceives beings, these say that the first principle is soul, some making more than one first principle and others making one, as Empedokles says the first principle is the product of all the elements, and each of these is soul, saying (Vv. 333-335). i. 4; 408 a 14. And in like manner it is strange that soul should be the cause of the mixture; for the mixture of the elements does not have the same cause as flesh and bone. The result then will be that there are many souls through the whole body, if all things arise out of the elements that have been mingled together; and the cause of the mixture is harmony and soul. i. 5; 410 a 28. For it involves many perplexities to say, as Empedokles does, that each thing is known by the material elements, and like by like.... And it turns out that Empedokles regards god as most lacking in the power of perception; for he alone does not know one of the elements, Strife, and (hence) all perishable things; for each of these is from all (the elements). ii. 4; 415 b 28. And Empedokles was incorrect when he went on to say that plants grew downwards with their roots together because the earth goes in this direction naturally, and that they grew upwards because fire goes in this direction. ii. 7; 418 b 20. So it is evident that light is the presence of this (fire). And Empedokles was wrong, and any one else who may have agreed with him, in saying that the light moves and arises between earth and what surrounds the earth, though it escapes our notice. _De sens._ 441 a 4. It is necessary that the water in it should have the form of a fluid that is invisible by reason of its smallness, as Empedokles says. 446 a 26. Empedokles says that the light from the sun first enters the intermediate space before it comes to vision or to the earth. _De respir._ 477 a 32. Empedokles was incorrect in saying that the warmest animals having the most fire were aquatic, avoiding the excess of warmth in their nature, in order that since there was a lack of cold and wet in them, they might be preserved by their position. _Pneumat._ 482 a 29. With reference to breathing some do not say what it is for, but only describe the manner in which it takes place, as Empedokles and Demokritos. 484 a 38. Empedokles says that fingernails arise from sinew by hardening. _Part. anim._ i. 1; 640 a 19. So Empedokles was wrong in saying that many characteristics appear in animals because it happened to be thus in their birth, as that they have such a spine because they happen to be descended from one that bent itself back.... i. 1; 642 a 18. And from time to time Empedokles chances on this, guided by the truth itself, and is compelled to say that _being_ and _nature_ are reason, just as when he is declaring what a bone is; for he does not say it is one of the elements, nor two or three, nor all of them, but it is the reason of the mixture of these. _De Plant._ i.; 815 a 16. Anaxagoras and Empedokles say that plants are moved by desire, and assert that they have perception and feel pleasure and pain.... Empedokles thought that sex had been mixed in them. (Note 817 a 1, 10, and 36.) i.; 815 b 12. Empedokles _et al._ said that plants have intelligence and knowledge. i.; 817 b 35. Empedokles said again that plants have their birth in an inferior world which is not perfect in its fulfilment, and that when it is fulfilled an animal is generated. i. 3; 984 a 8. Empedokles assumes four elements, adding earth as a fourth to those that have been mentioned; for these always abide and do not come into being, but in greatness and smallness they are compounded and separated out of one and into one. i. 3; 984 b 32. And since the opposite to the good appeared to exist in nature, and not only order and beauty but also disorder and ugliness, and the bad appeared to be more than the good and the ugly more than the beautiful, so some one else introduced Love and Strife, each the cause of one of these. For if one were to follow and make the assumption in accordance with reason and not in accordance with what Empedokles foolishly says, he will find Love to be the cause of what is good, and Strife of what is bad; so that if one were to say that Empedokles spoke after a certain manner and was the first to call the bad and the good first principles, perhaps he would speak rightly, if the good itself were the cause of all good things, and the bad of all bad things. _Met._ i. 4; 915 a 21. And Empedokles makes more use of causes than Anaxagoras, but not indeed sufficiently; nor does he find in them what has been agreed upon. At any rate love for him is often a separating cause and strife a uniting cause. For whenever the all is separated into the elements by strife, fire and each of the other elements are collected into one; and again, whenever they all are brought together into one by love, parts are necessarily separated again from each thing. Empedokles moreover differed from those who went before, in that he discriminated this cause and introduced it, not making the cause of motion one, but different and opposite. Further, he first described the four elements spoken of as in the form of matter; but he did not use them as four but only as two, fire by itself, and the rest opposed to fire as being one in nature, earth and air and water. i. 8; 989 a 20. And the same thing is true if one asserts that these are more numerous than one, as Empedokles says that matter is four substances. For it is necessary that the same peculiar results should hold good with reference to him. For we see the elements arising from each other inasmuch as fire and earth do not continue the same substance (for so it is said of them in the verses on nature); and with reference to the cause of their motion, whether it is necessary to assume one or two, we must think that he certainly did not speak either in a correct or praiseworthy manner. i. 9; 993 a 15. For the first philosophy seems to speak inarticulately in regard to all things, as though it were childish in its causes and first principle, when even Empedokles says that a bone exists by reason, that is, that it was what it was and what the essence of the matter was. _Meta._ ii. 4; 1000 a 25. And Empedokles who, one might think, spoke most consistently, even he had the same experience, for he asserts that a certain first principle, Strife, is the cause of destruction; but one might think none the less that even this causes generation out of the unity; for all other things are from this as their source, except god. _Meta._ ii. 4; 1000 a 32. And apart from these verses (vv. 104-107) it would be evident, for if strife were not existing in things, all would be one, as he says; for when they come together, strife comes to a stand last of all. Wherefore it results that for him the most blessed God has less intelligence than other beings; for he does not know all the elements; for he does not have strife, and knowledge of the like is by the like. _Meta._ ii. 4; 1000 b 16. He does not make clear any cause of necessity. But, nevertheless, he says thus much alone consistently, for he does not make some beings perishable and others imperishable, but he makes all perishable except the elements. And the problem now under discussion is why some things exist and others do not, if they are from the same (elements). _Meta._ xi. 10; 1075 b 2. And Empedokles speaks in a manner, for he makes friendship the good. And this is the first principle, both as the moving cause, for it brings things together; and as matter, for it is part of the mixture. _Ethic._ vii. 5; 1147 b 12. He has the power to speak but not to understand, as a drunken man repeating verses of Empedokles. _Ethic._ viii. 2; 1155 b 7. Others, including Empedokles, say the opposite, that the like seeks the like. _Moral._ ii. 11; 1208 b 11. And he says that when a dog was accustomed always to sleep on the same tile, Empedokles was asked why the dog always sleeps on the same tile, and he answered that the dog had some likeness to the tile, so that the likeness is the reason for its frequenting it. _Poet._ 1; 1447 b 16. Homer and Empedokles have nothing in common but the metre, so that the former should be called a poet, the latter should rather be called a student of nature. Fr. 65; Diog. Laer. viii. 57. Aristotle, in the _Sophist_, says that Empedokles first discovered rhetoric and Zeon dialectic. Fr. 66; Diog. Laer. viii. 63. Aristotle says that (Empedokles) became free and estranged from every form of rule, if indeed he refused the royal power that was granted to him, as Xanthos says in his account of him, evidently much preferring his simplicity. PASSAGES IN DIELS’ ‘DOXOGRAPHI GRAECI’ RELATING TO EMPEDOKLES. Aet. Plac. i. 3; _Dox._ 287. Empedokles of Akragas, son of Meton, says that there are four elements, fire, air, water, earth; and two dynamic first principles, love and strife; one of these tends to unite, the other to separate. And he speaks as follows:—Hear first the four roots of all things, bright Zeus and life-bearing Hera and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who moistens the springs of men with her tears. Now by Zeus he means the seething and the aether, by life-bearing Hera the moist air, and by Aidoneus the earth; and by Nestis, spring of men, he means as it were moist seed and water. i. 4; 291. Empedokles: The universe is one; not however that the universe is the all, but some little part of the all, and the rest is matter. i. 7; 303. And he holds that the one is necessity, and that its matter consists of the four elements, and its forms are strife and love. And he calls the elements gods, and the mixture of these the universe. And its uniformity will be resolved into them;[84] and he thinks souls are divine, and that pure men who in a pure way have a share of them (the elements) are divine. i. 13; 312. Empedokles: Back of the four elements there are smallest particles, as it were elements before elements, homoeomeries (that is, rounded bits). i. 15; 313. Empedokles declared that colour is the harmonious agreement of vision with the pores. And there are four equivalents of the elements—white, black, red, yellow. i. 16; 315. Empedokles (and Xenokrates): The elements are composed of very small masses which are the most minute possible, and as it were elements of elements. i. 24;
Additional fragment 1 (Greek only)
[No English translation in Fairbanks.]
Fairbanks, _The First Philosophers of Greece_ (1898), Empedocles.
Contents — 127 sections
- Fragment 1 (I)
- Fragment 2–10 (I)
- Fragment 11–18 (I)
- Fragment 19–23 (I)
- Fragment 24–32 (I) (DK B111)
- Fragment 33–35 (I)
- Fragment 36–39 (I)
- Fragment 40–44 (I)
- Fragment 45–47 (I)
- Fragment 48–50 (I)
- Fragment 51–54 (I)
- Fragment 55–57 (I)
- Fragment 58–59 (I)
- Fragment 60–73 (I)
- Fragment 74–86 (I)
- Fragment 87–95 (I)
- Fragment 96–109 (I)
- Fragment 110–120 (I)
- Fragment 121–129 (I)
- Fragment 130–134 (I)
- Fragment 135–138 (I) (DK B26)
- Fragment 139–141 (I)
- Fragment 142 (I)
- Fragment 143 (I) (DK B31)
- Fragment 144 (I)
- Fragment 145 (I)
- Fragment 146–148 (I)
- Fragment 149 (I)
- Fragment 150 (I)
- Fragment 151 (I) (DK B40)
- Fragment 152 (I) (DK B42)
- Fragment 153 (I) (DK B85)
- Fragment 154–155 (I) (DK B45)
- Fragment 156 (I)
- Fragment 157–159 (I) (DK B47)
- Fragment 160 (I) (DK B48)
- Fragment 161 (I)
- Fragment 162 (I) (DK B49)
- Fragment 163 (I)
- Fragment 164 (I) (DK B74)
- Fragment 165 (I) (DK B55)
- Fragment 166–167 (I) (DK B56)
- Fragment 168 (I) (DK B54)
- Fragment 169–185 (I) (DK B35)
- Fragment 186–194 (I)
- Fragment 195 (I)
- Fragment 196 (I) (DK B104)
- Fragment 197–198 (I) (DK B51)
- Fragment 199–202 (I) (DK B95)
- Fragment 203–207 (I)
- Fragment 208 (I) (DK B109)
- Fragment 209 (I) (DK B34)
- Fragment 210–213 (II)
- Fragment 214 (II) (DK B72)
- Fragment 215–216 (II) (DK B73)
- Fragment 217–218 (II)
- Fragment 219 (II) (DK B79)
- Fragment 220 (II)
- Fragment 221 (II) (DK B81)
- Fragment 222–231 (II) (DK B110)
- Fragment 232 (II) (DK B116)
- Fragment 233–235 (II)
- Fragment 236–237 (II) (DK B82)
- Fragment 238–239 (II)
- Fragment 240 (II) (DK B80)
- Fragment 241 (II) (DK B87)
- Fragment 242 (II) (DK B94)
- Fragment 243 (II) (DK B148)
- Fragment 244–246 (II) (DK B57)
- Fragment 247–253 (II)
- Fragment 254–256 (II) (DK B59)
- Fragment 257–260 (II)
- Fragment 261 (II) (DK B60)
- Fragment 262–269 (II)
- Fragment 270 (II) (DK B63)
- Fragment 271–272 (II)
- Fragment 273–274 (II)
- Fragment 275 (II) (DK B66)
- Fragment 276–278 (II) (DK B65)
- Fragment 279 (II) (DK B67)
- Fragment 280 (II)
- Fragment 281 (II) (DK B32)
- Fragment 282–283 (II) (DK B90)
- Fragment 284–285 (II)
- Fragment 286 (II)
- Fragment 287–312 (II) (DK B100)
- Fragment 313 (II) (DK B102)
- Fragment 314 (II)
- Fragment 315 (II)
- Fragment 316–325 (II) (DK B83)
- Fragment 326 (II) (DK B88)
- Fragment 327–329 (II) (DK B105)
- Fragment 330 (II) (DK B106)
- Fragment 331–332 (II) (DK B107)
- Fragment 333–337 (II)
- Fragment 338–341 (III) (DK B131)
- Fragment 342–343 (III) (DK B132)
- Fragment 344–351 (III)
- Fragment 352–363 (Purifications)
- Fragment 364–365 (Purifications) (DK B113)
- Fragment 366–368 (Purifications)
- Fragment 369–382 (Purifications) (DK B114)
- Fragment 383–387 (Purifications)
- Fragment 388 (Purifications) (DK B121)
- Fragment 389 (Purifications)
- Fragment 390–391 (Purifications)
- Fragment 392 (Purifications) (DK B120)
- Fragment 393–399 (Purifications)
- Fragment 400–401 (Purifications) (DK B123)
- Fragment 402 (Purifications)
- Fragment 403 (Purifications)
- Fragment 404 (Purifications)
- Fragment 405–414 (Purifications) (DK B128)
- Fragment 415–420 (Purifications)
- Fragment 421–424 (Purifications)
- Fragment 425–426 (Purifications)
- Fragment 427–429 (Purifications) (DK B134)
- Fragment 430–435 (Purifications) (DK B137)
- Fragment 436–437 (Purifications) (DK B139)
- Fragment 438–439 (Purifications) (DK B127)
- Fragment 440 (Purifications)
- Fragment 441 (Purifications)
- Fragment 442–443 (Purifications) (DK B143)
- Fragment 444 (Purifications) (DK B144)
- Fragment 445–446 (Purifications) (DK B145)
- Fragment 447–451 (Purifications) (DK B146)
- Additional fragment 1 (Greek only)
Fragment 1 (I)
Παυσανία, σὺ δὲ κλῦθι, δαΐφρονος Ἀγχίτου υἱέ.
Diog. Laer. viii. 60. 2-10. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 123-124. 3. Prokl. on Tim. p. 175. 5. Plut. Mor. 360 C. 6. Diog. Laer. ix. 73; 8-9 a. Plut. Mor. 17 E.
Fragment 2–10 (I)
στεινωποὶ μὲν γὰρ παλάμαι κατὰ γυῖα κέχυνται· πολλὰ δὲ δειλ’ ἔμπαια, τά τ’ ἀμβλύνουσι μερίμνας. παῦρον δὲ ζωῆς ἀβίου μέρος ἀθρήσαντες ὠκύμοροι καπνοῖο δίκην ἀρθέντες ἀπέπταν, αὐτὸ μόνον πεισθέντες, ὅτῳ προσέκυρσεν ἕκαστος πάντοσ’ ἐλαυνόμενος, τὸ δ’ ὅλον μὰψ εὔχεται εὑρεῖν· οὕτως οὔτ’ ἐπιδερκτὰ τάδ’ ἀνδράσιν οὐδ’ ἐπακουστὰ οὔτε νόῳ περιληπτά. σὺ δ’ οὖν, ἐπεὶ ὧδ’ ἐλιάσθης, πεύσεαι οὐ πλέον ἠὲ βροτείη μῆτις ὄπωπεν.
Fragment 11–18 (I)
ἀλλὰ, θεοὶ, τῶν μὲν μανίην ἀποτρέψατε γλώσσης, ἐκ δ’ ὁσίων στομάτων καθαρὴν ὀχετεύσατε πηγήν. καὶ σέ, πολυμνήστη λευκώλενε παρθένε Μοῦσα, ἄντομαι, ὧν θέμις ἐστὶν ἐφημερίοισιν ἀκούειν, πέμπε παρ’ εὐσεβίης, ἐλάουσ’ εὐήνιον ἅρμα· μηδὲ μέ γ’ εὐδόξοιο βιήσεται ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι, ἐφ’ ᾧ θ’ ὁσίης πλέον εἰπεῖν θάρσεϊ καὶ τότε δὴ σοφίης ἐπ’ ἄκροισι θοάζειν.
175. Stob. Ecl. i. 286. Cf. Arist. Met. ii. 4; 1000 b 2. 178-181. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. p. 37. 182-183. Theophr. Athen. x. 423; Arist. Poet. c. 25; 1461 a 24. Eust. ad Iliad. i. p. 746, 57.
Fragment 19–23 (I)
ἀλλ’ ἄγ’ ἄθρει πάσῃ παλάμῃ πῆ δῆλον ἕκαστον, μήτε τιν’ ὄψιν ἔχων πίστει πλέον ἢ κατ’ ἀκουὴν μήτ’ ἀκοὴν ἐρίδουπον ὑπὲρ τρανώματα γλώσσης, μήτε τι τῶν ἄλλων, ὁπόσων πόρος ἐστὶ νοῆσαι, γυίων πίστιν ἔρυκε, νόει δ’ ᾗ δῆλον ἕκαστον.
Fragment 24–32 (I) (DK B111)
φάρμακα δ’ ὅσσα γεγᾶσι κακῶν καὶ γήραος ἄλκαρ πεύσῃ, ἐπεὶ μούνῳ σοὶ ἐγὼ κρανέω τάδε πάντα. παύσεις δ’ ἀκαμάτων ἀνέμων μένος οἵ τ’ ἐπὶ γαῖαν ὀρνύμενοι πνοιαῖσι καταφθινύθουσιν ἀρούρας· καὶ πάλιν, εὖτ’ ἐθέλῃσθα, παλίσσυτα πνεύματ’ ἐπάξεις· Θήσεις δ’ ἐξ ὄμβροιο κελαινοῦ καίριον αὐχμὸν ἀνθρώποις, θήσεις δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐχμοῖο θερείου ῥεύματα δενδρεόθρεπτα κατ’ αἰθέρος ἀΐσσοντα· ἄξεις δ’ ἐξ Ἀίδαο καταφθιμένου μένος ἀνδρός.
Fragment 33–35 (I)
τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· Ζεὺς ἀργὴς Ἥρη τε φερέσβιος ἠδ’ Ἀιδωνεὺς Νῆστίς θ’ ἣ δακρύοις τέγγει κρούνωμα βρότειον.
Fragment 36–39 (I)
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω· φύσις οὐδενός ἐστιν ἁπάντων θνητῶν, οὐδέ τις οὐλομένου θανάτοιο τελευτή, ἀλλὰ μόνον μεῖξίς τε διάλλαξίς τε μιγέντων ἐστὶ, φύσις δ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνομάζεται ἀνθρώποισιν.
Fragment 40–44 (I)
οἱ δ’ ὅτε κεν κατὰ φῶτα μιγὲν φῶς αἰθέρι <ἵκῃ> ἢ κατὰ θηρῶν ἀγροτέρων γένος ἢ κατὰ θάμνων ἠὲ κατ’ οἰωνῶν, τότε μὲν τὰ λέγουσι γενέσθαι· εὖτε δ’ ἀποκριθέωσι, τὰ δ’ αὖ δυσδαίμονα πότμον, ἣ θέμις ἐστί, καλοῦσι, νόμῳ δ’ ἐπίφημι καὶ αὐτός.
Fragment 45–47 (I)
νήπιοι· οὐ γάρ σφιν δολιχόφρονές εἰσι μέριμναι, οἳ δὴ γίγνεσθαι πάρος οὐκ ἐὸν ἐλπίζουσιν ἤ τι καταθνῄσκειν τε καὶ ἐξόλλυσθαι ἁπάντῃ.
Fragment 48–50 (I)
ἔκ τε γὰρ οὐδάμ’ ἐόντος ἀμήχανόν ἐστι γενέσθαι, καί τ’ ἐὸν ἐξαπολέσθαι ἀνήνυστον καὶ ἄπυστον· αἰεὶ γὰρ στήσονται ὅπη κέ τις αἰὲν ἐρείδῃ.
Fragment 51–54 (I)
οὐκ ἂν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα σοφὸς φρεσὶ μαντεύσαιτο, ὡς ὄφρα μέν τε βιοῦσι, τὸ δὴ βίοτον καλέουσι, τόφρα μὲν οὖν εἰσὶν καί σφιν πάρα δειλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά, πρὶν δὲ πάγεν τε βροτοὶ καὶ ἐπεὶ λύθεν, οὐδὲν ἄρ’ εἰσίν.
Fragment 55–57 (I)
ἀλλὰ κακοῖς μὲν κάρτα πέλει κρατέουσιν ἀπιστεῖν. ὡς δὲ παρ’ ἡμετέρης κέλεται πιστώματα Μούσης, γνῶθι, διατμηθέντος ἐνὶ σπλάγχνοισι λόγοιο.
Fragment 58–59 (I)
κορυφὰς ἑτέρας ἑτέρῃσι προσάπτων μύθων, μήτε τελεῖν ἀτραπὸν μίαν·
Fragment 60–73 (I)
δὶς γὰρ καὶ τρὶς δεῖ ὅ τι δὴ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν. [πείρατα μύθων] δίπλ’ ἐρέω· τοτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἓν ηὐξήθη μόνον εἶναι ἐκ πλεόνων, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ διέφυ πλέον’ ἐξ ἑνὸς εἶναι. δοιὴ δὲ θνητῶν γένεσις, δοιὴ δ’ ἀπόλειψις. ἡ δὲ πάλιν διαφυομένων θρεφθεῖσα διέπτη. καὶ ταῦτ’ ἀλλάσσοντα διαμπερὲς οὐδαμὰ λήγει, ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν’ εἰς ἓν ἅπαντα, ἄλλοτε δ’ αὖ δίχ’ ἕκαστα φορεύμενα Νείκεος ἔχθει, ἠδὲ πάλιν διαφύντος ἑνὸς πλέον’ ἐκτελέθουσι, τῇ μὲν γίγνονταί τε καὶ οὔ σφισιν ἔμπεδος αἰών· ᾗ δὲ τάδ’ ἀλλάσσοντα διαμπερὲς οὐδαμὰ λήγει, ταύτῃ αἰὲν ἔασιν ἀκινητὸν κατὰ κύκλον. [The Greek text for verse(s) 69 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Plut. non pos. suav. viv. 1103 F δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι, Schol. Plat. Gorg. 124 Ruhnk. δὶς καὶ τρὶς τὸ καλὸν ... Ἐμπεδ. τὸ ἔπος “καὶ δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν.” Text from Sturz.
Fragment 74–86 (I)
ἀλλ’ ἄγε, μύθων κλῦθι, μάθη γάρ τοι φρένας αὔξει. ὡς γὰρ καὶ πρὶν ἔειπα πιφαύσκων πείρατα μύθων, δίπλ’ ἐρέω· τοτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἓν ηὐξήθη μόνον εἶναι ἐκ πλεόνων, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ διέφυ πλέον’ ἐξ ἑνὸς εἶναι, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα καὶ αἰθέρος ἄπλετον ὕψος· Νεῖκός τ’ οὐλόμενον δίχα τῶν, ἀτάλαντον ἑκάστῳ, καὶ Φιλότης ἐν τοῖσιν ἴση μῆκός τε πλάτος τε. τὴν σὺ νόῳ δέρκευ μηδ’ ὄμμασιν ἧσο τεθηπώς, ἥτις καὶ θνητοῖσι νομίζεται ἔμφυτος ἄρθροις, τῇ τε φίλα φρονέουσι καὶ ἄρθμια ἔργα τελεῦσι, γηθοσύνην καλέοντες ἐπώνυμον ἠδ’ Ἀφροδίτην· τὴν οὔτις †μετ’ ὄσοισιν ἑλισσομένην δεδάηκε θνητὸς ἀνήρ. σὺ δ’ ἄκουε λόγου στόλον οὐκ ἀπατηλόν.
Fragment 87–95 (I)
ταῦτα γὰρ ἶσά τε πάντα καὶ ἡλίκα γένναν ἔασι, τιμῆς δ’ ἄλλης ἄλλο μέδει, πάρα δ’ ἦθος ἑκάστῳ. οὐδὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοῖς ἐπιγίγνεται οὐδ’ ἀπολήγει. εἴτε γὰρ ἐφθείροντο διαμπερὲς, οὐκέτ’ ἂν ἦσαν. οὐδέ τι τοῦ παντὸς κενεὸν πέλει οὐδὲ περισσόν. τοῦτο δ’ ἐπαυξήσειε τὸ πᾶν τί κε καὶ πόθεν ἐλθόν; πῆ δέ κε καὶ ἀπολοίατ’ ἐπεὶ τῶνδ’ οὐδὲν ἔρημον; ἀλλ’ αὔτ’ ἔστιν ταῦτα· δι’ ἀλλήλων δὲ θέοντα γίνεται ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα καὶ ἠνεκὲς αἰὲν ὁμοῖα.
Fragment 96–109 (I)
ἀλλ’ ἄγε τῶνδ’ ὀάρων προτέρων ἐπιμάρτυρα δέρκευ, εἴ τι καὶ ἐν προτέροισι λιπόξυλον ἔπλετο μορφῇ. ἠέλιον μὲν θερμὸν ὁρᾶν καὶ λαμπρὸν ἁπάντῃ, ἄμβροτα δ’ ὄσσα πέλει τε καὶ ἀργέτι δεύεται αὐγῇ, ὄμβρον δ’ ἐν πᾶσι δνοφόεντά τε ῥιγαλέον τε, ἐκ δ’ αἴης προρέουσι θέλυμνά τε καὶ στερεωπά. ἐν δὲ Κότῳ διάμορφα καὶ ἄνδιχα πάντα πέλονται, σὺν δ’ ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι καὶ ἀλλήλοισι ποθεῖται. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ πάνθ’ ὅσα τ’ ἦν ὅσα τ’ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται, δένδρεά τ’ ἐβλάστησε καὶ ἀνέρες ἠδὲ γυναῖκες θῆρές τ’ οἰωνοί τε καὶ ὑδατοθρέμμονες ἰχθῦς καί τε θεοὶ δολιχαίωνες τιμῇσι φέριστοι. ὡς δ’ ὁπόταν γραφέες ἀναθήματα ποικίλλωσιν [The Greek text for verse(s) 109 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 110–120 (I)
καὶ γὰρ καὶ πάρος ἦν τε καὶ ἔσσεται, οὐδέ ποτ’, οἴω, τούτων ἀμφοτέρων κεινώσεται ἄσπετος αἰών. ἐν δὲ μέρει κρατέουσι περιπλομένοιο κύκλοιο καὶ φθίνει εἰς ἄλληλα καὶ αὔξεται ἐν μέρει αἴσης. εἰς ὅ κεν ἓν συμφύντα τὸ πᾶν ὑπένερθε γένηται. οὕτως ᾗ μὲν ἓν ἐκ πλεόνων μεμάθηκε φύεσθαι ἀνέρες ἀμφὶ τέχνης ὑπὸ μήτιος εὖ δεδαῶτε [The Greek text for verse(s) 114, 115, 116, 117 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 121–129 (I)
οἵ τ’ ἐπεὶ οὖν μάρψωσι πολύχροα φάρμακα χερσίν, ἁρμονίῃ μίξαντε τὰ μὲν πλέω, ἄλλα δ’ ἐλάσσω, ἐκ τῶν εἴδεα πᾶσιν ἀλίγκια πορσύνουσι· οὕτω μή σ’ ἁπάτη φρένα καινύτω ἄλλοθεν εἶναι θνητῶν, ὅσσα γε δῆλα γεγᾶσιν ἀάσπετα, πηγήν. ἀλλὰ τορῶς ταῦτ’ ἴσθι θεοῦ πάρα μῦθον ἀκούσας.... [The Greek text for verse(s) 124, 125, 126 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 130–134 (I)
εἰ δ’ ἄγε, νῦν τοι ἐγὼ λέξω πρῶθ’ ἡλίου ἀρχὴν, ἐξ ὧν δὴ ἐγένοντο τὰ νῦν ἐσορώμενα πάντα, γαῖά τε καὶ πόντος πολυκύμων ἠδ’ ὑγρὸς ἀὴρ Τιτὰν ἠδ’ αἰθὴρ σφίγγων περὶ κύκλον ἅπαντα. [The Greek text for verse(s) 134 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 135–138 (I) (DK B26)
ἔνθ’ οὔτ’ ἠελίοιο δεδίσκεται ἀγλαὸν εἶδος οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ’ αἴης λάσιον μένος οὐδὲ θάλασσα· οὕτως ἁρμονίης πυκινῷ κύτει ἐστήρικται σφαῖρος κυκλοτερὴς μονίῃ περιηγέϊ γαίων.
Fragment 139–141 (I)
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ μέγα Νεῖκος ἐνὶ μελέεσσιν ἐθρέφθη ἐς τιμάς τ’ ἀνόρουσε τελειομένοιο χρόνοιο, ὅς σφιν ἀμοιβαῖος πλατέος παρελήλαται ὅρκου.
Fragment 142 (I)
[σφαῖρον ἔην.]
Simpl. Phys. 272 v. associated with v. 135.
Fragment 143 (I) (DK B31)
πάντα γὰρ ἑξείης πελεμίζετο γυῖα θεοῖο.
Fragment 144 (I)
χωρὶς γὰρ βαρὺ πᾶν, χωρὶς κοῦφον.
Fragment 145 (I)
σωρευόμενον μέγεθος.
Arist. Gen. et Corr. i. 8; 325 b 22.
Fragment 146–148 (I)
ἄστοργοι καὶ ἄκρητοι. [The Greek text for verse(s) 147, 148 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 149 (I)
εἴπερ ἀπείρονα γῆς τε βάθη καὶ δαψιλὸς αἰθήρ,
Plut. de fac. lun. 920 C.
Fragment 150 (I)
ὡς διὰ πολλῶν δὴ βροτέων ῥηθέντα ματαίως
Macrob. Saturn. i. 17; Etym. Mag., Orion Etym., Suidas, under ἥλιος; Cramer, Anec. ii. 444.
Fragment 151 (I) (DK B40)
ἥλιος ὀξυβελὴς ἡδ’ αὖ ἱλάειρα σελήνη...
Plut. Pyth. or. 400 B; Galen, de us. part. iii. 3.
Fragment 152 (I) (DK B42)
ἀνταυγεῖν πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἀταρβήτοισι προσώποις.
Simpl. Phys. 74 v; 331, 7.
Fragment 153 (I) (DK B85)
ἡ δὲ φλὸξ ἱλάειρα μινυθαδίης τύχεν αὐγῆς.
Plut. de fac. lun. 929 E.
Fragment 154–155 (I) (DK B45)
κυκλοτερὲς περὶ γαῖαν ἑλίσσεται ἀλλότριον φῶς ἅρματος ὥσπερ ἀν’ ἴχνος
Achill. Tat. Introd. in Arat. c. 16 p. 77 Pet. 155. Plut. de fac. orb. lun. 925.
Fragment 156 (I)
ὣς αὐγὴ τύψασα σεληναίης κύκλον εὐρύν.
Bekk. Anecd. i. 337.
Fragment 157–159 (I) (DK B47)
ἀθρεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἄνακτος ἐναντίον ἁγέα κύκλον. [The Greek text for verse(s) 158, 159 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 160 (I) (DK B48)
νύκτα δὲ γαῖα τίθησιν ὑφισταμένη φαέεσσιν.
Plut. Quaest. Plat. 1006 F.
Fragment 161 (I)
ἐπεσκέδασεν δέ οἱ αὐγὰς
Plut. Quaest. conv. 720 E.
Fragment 162 (I) (DK B49)
νυκτὸς ἐρημαίης ἀλαώπιδος.
Prokl. on Tim. iii. 141.
Fragment 163 (I)
πολλὰ δ’ ἔνερθ’ ἕδεος πυρὰ καίεται.
Plut. Quaes. conv. 685 F.
Fragment 164 (I) (DK B74)
φύλον ἄμουσον ἄγουσα πολυσπερέων καμασήνων.
Hephaest. Enchir. c. 1 p. 4 Gais.
Fragment 165 (I) (DK B55)
γῆς ἱδρῶτα θάλασσαν.
Arist. Meteor. ii. 3; 357 a 26; Plut. Placit. phil. iii. 13, and de Is. 365 B. Clem. Al. Strom. 676. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. c. 41.
Fragment 166–167 (I) (DK B56)
ἃλς ἐπάγη ῥιπῄσιν ἐωσμένος ἠελίοιο [The Greek text for verse(s) 167 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 168 (I) (DK B54)
<ἀλλ’> αἰθὴρ μακρῇσι κατὰ χθόνα δύετο ῥίζαις.
Eustath. on Od. α 320, p. 1 (from Herodian, περὶ σχημ. Ὁμηρ.). Cf. Arist. de gen. et corr. ii. 6; 334 a 1.
Fragment 169–185 (I) (DK B35)
οὕτω γὰρ συνέκυρσε θέων τότε, πολλάκι δ’ ἄλλως. τὸν πρότερον κατέλεξα, λόγου λόγον ἐξοχετεύων κείνου· ἐπεὶ Νεῖκος μὲν ἐνέρτατον ἵκετο βένθος δίνης, ἐν δὲ μέσῃ Φιλότης στροφάλιγγι γένηται, ἐν τῇ δὴ τάδε πάντα συνέρχεται ἓν μόνον εἶναι, οὐκ ἄφαρ, ἀλλὰ θελημὰ συνιστάμεν’ ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα. τῶν δὲ συνερχομένων ἐπ’ ἔσχατον ἵστατο Νεῖκος. πολλὰ δ’ ἄμιχθ’ ἕστηκε κεραιομένοισιν ἐναλλάξ, ὅσσ’ ἔτι Νεῖκος ἔρυκε μετάρσιον· οὐ γὰρ ἀμέμφεως πὼ πᾶν ἐξέστηκεν ἐπ’ ἔσχατα τέρματα κύκλου. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τ’ ἐνέμιμνε μελέων, τὰ δέ τ’ ἐξεβεβήκει. ὅσσον δ’ αἰὲν ὑπεκπροθέοι, τόσον αἰὲν ἐπῄει ἠπιόφρων Φιλότητος ἀμεμφέος ἄμβροτος ὁρμή· αἶψα δὲ θνήτ’ ἐφύοντο τὰ πρὶν μάθον ἀθάνατ’ εἶναι, ζωρά τε τὰ πρὶν ἄκρητα, διαλλάξαντα κελεύθους. τῶν δέ τε μισγομένων χεῖτ’ ἔθνεα μυρία θνητῶν, παντοίῃς ἰδέῃσιν ἀρηρότα, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι.
Fragment 186–194 (I)
ἄρθμια μὲν γὰρ ἑαυτὰ ἑαυτῶν πάντα μέρεσσιν ἠλέκτωρ τε χθών τε καὶ οὐρανὸς ἠδὲ θάλασσα, ὅσσα φίλ’ ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἀποπλαγχθέντα πέφυκεν. ὡς δ’ αὕτως ὅσα κρᾶσιν ἐπάρτεα μᾶλλον εἶναι, ἀλλήλοις ἐστέρκται ὁμοιωθέντ’ Ἀφροδίτῃ. ἐχθρὰ δὲ πλεῖστον ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων διέχουσι μάλιστα γέννᾳ τε κράσει τε καὶ εἴδεσιν ἐκμακτοῖσιν, πάντῃ συγγίγνεσθαι ἀήθεα καὶ μαλὰ λυγρά Νείκεος ἐννεσίῃσι, ὅτι σφίσι γένναν ἔοργεν.
Fragment 195 (I)
τῇδε μὲν οὖν ἰότητι τύχης πεφρόνηκεν ἅπαντα...
Fragment 196 (I) (DK B104)
καὶ καθ’ ὅσον μὲν ἀραιότατα ξυνέκυρσε πεσόντα.
Fragment 197–198 (I) (DK B51)
καρπαλίμως ἀνόπαιον. [The Greek text for verse(s) 198 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 199–202 (I) (DK B95)
ἡ δὲ χθὼν ἐπίηρος ἐν εὐστέρνοις χοάνοισι τὼ δύο τῶν ὀκτὼ μερέων λάχε Νήστιδος αἴγλης. τέσσαρα δ’ Ἡφαίστοιο· τὰ δ’ ὀστέα λεύκ’ ἐγένοντο Ἁρμονίης κόλλῃσιν ἀρηρότα θεσπεσίηθεν.
Fragment 203–207 (I)
ἡ δὲ χθὼν τούτοισιν ἴση συνέκυρσε μάλιστα Ἡφαίστῳ τ’ Ὄμβρῳ τε καὶ Αἰθέρι παμφανόωντι, Κύπριδος ὁρμισθεῖσα τελείοις ἐν λιμένεσσιν, εἴτ’ ὀλίγον μείζων εἴτε πλεόνεσσιν ἐλάσσων. ἐκ τῶν αἷμά τε γέντο καὶ ἄλλης εἴδεα σαρκός.
Fragment 208 (I) (DK B109)
[ὕδατι μὲν γὰρ ὕδωρ,] πυρὶ δ’ αὔξεται [ὠγύγιον] πῦρ
Arist. Meteor. iv. 4; 382 a 1; Probl. 21, 22; 929 b 16; cf. Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Fragment 209 (I) (DK B34)
ἄλφιτον ὕδατι κολλήσας ...
Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Fragment 210–213 (II)
Εἰ δέ τί σοι περὶ τῶνδε λιπόξυλος ἔπλετο πίστις, πῶς ὕδατος γαίης τε καὶ αἰθέρος ἠελίου τε κιρναμένων χροιαί τ’ εἴδη τε γενοίατο θνητῶν τοῖ’, ὅσα νῦν γεγάασι συναρμοσθέντ’ Ἀφροδίτῃ...
Fragment 214 (II) (DK B72)
πῶς καὶ δένδρεα μακρὰ καὶ εἰνάλιοι καμασῆνες...
Athen. viii. 334 B.
Fragment 215–216 (II) (DK B73)
ὣς δὲ τότε χθόνα Κύπρις, ἐπεί τ’ ἐδίηνεν ἐν ὄμβρῳ αἰθέρ’ ἐπιπνείουσα θοῷ πυρὶ δῶκε κρατῦναι.
Fragment 217–218 (II)
τῶν δ’ ὅσ’ ἔσω μὲν πυκνὰ, τὰ δ’ ἔκτοθι μανὰ πέπηγε, Κύπριδος ἐν παλάμῃς πλάδης τοιῆσδε τυχόντα.
Fragment 219 (II) (DK B79)
οὕτω δ’ ᾠοτοκεῖ μακρὰ δένδρεα πρῶτον ἐλαίας.
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 23; 731 a 5; cf. Philop. on this passage and Theophr. de caus. plant. i. 7, 1.
Fragment 220 (II)
οὕνεκεν ὀψίγονοί τε σίδαι καὶ ὑπέρφλοα μῆλα
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 D.
Fragment 221 (II) (DK B81)
οἶνος ὑπὸ φλοιῷ πέλεται σαπὲν ἐν ξύλῳ ὕδωρ.
Plut. Quaest. nat. 912 C, 919 D; cf. Arist. Top. iv. 5; 127 a
Fragment 222–231 (II) (DK B110)
εἰ γάρ κέν σφ’ ἀδινῇσιν ὑπὸ πραπίδεσσιν ἐρείσας εὐμενέως καθαρῇσιν ἐποπτεύσῃς μελέτῃσιν, ταῦτά τέ σοι μάλα πάντα δι’ αἰῶνος παρέσονται, ἄλλα τε πόλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶνδε κεκτήσεαι· αὐτὰ γὰρ αὔξει ταῦτ’ εἰς ἦθος ἕκαστον, ὅπη φύσις ἐστὶν ἑκάστῳ. εἰ δέ σύ γ’ ἀλλοίων ἐπορέξεαι οἷα κατ’ ἄνδρας μυρία δειλὰ πέλονται, τά τ’ ἀμβλύνουσι μερίμνας, †ζῆν ἄφαρ ἐκλείψουσι περιπλομένοιο χρόνοιο σφῶν αὐτῶν ποθέοντα φίλην ἐπὶ γένναν ἵκεσθαι·† πάντα γὰρ ἴσθι φρόνησιν ἔχειν καὶ νώματος αἶσαν.
Fragment 232 (II) (DK B116)
(χάρις) στυγέει δύστλητον Ἀνάγκην.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 745 D.
Fragment 233–235 (II)
τοῦτο μὲν ἐν κόγχαισι θαλασσονόμοις βαρυνώτοις καλχῶν κηρύκων τε λιθορρίνων χελύων τε... ἔνθ’ ὄψῃ χθόνα χρωτὸς ὑπέρτατα ναιετάουσαν.
Fragment 236–237 (II) (DK B82)
ταὐτὰ τρίχες καὶ φύλλα καὶ οἰωνῶν πτερὰ πυκνὰ καὶ φλονίδες γίγνονται ἐπὶ στιβαροῖσι μέλεσσιν.
Fragment 238–239 (II)
αὐτὰρ ἐχίνοις ὀξυβελεῖς χαῖται νώτοις ἐπιπεφρίκασιν.
Fragment 240 (II) (DK B80)
ἐξ ὧν ὄμματ’ ἔπηξεν ἀτειρέα δῖ’ Ἀφροδίτη.
Fragment 241 (II) (DK B87)
γόμφοις ἀσκήσασα καταστόργοις Ἀφροδίτη.
Fragment 242 (II) (DK B94)
Κύπριδος ἐν παλάμῃσιν ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ’ ἐφύοντο.
Fragment 243 (II) (DK B148)
πολυαίματον ἧπαρ.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Fragment 244–246 (II) (DK B57)
ᾗ πολλαὶ μὲν κόρσαι ἀναύχενες ἐβλάστησαν, γυμνοὶ δ’ ἐπλάζοντο βραχίονες εὔνιδες ὤμων, ὄμματα δ’ οἶ’ ἐπλανᾶτο πενητεύοντα μετώπων.
Ar. de anim. iii. 6; 430 a 29; de gen. an. i. 18; 722 b 20, and commentators.
Fragment 247–253 (II)
τοῦτο μὲν ἐν βροτέων μελέων ἀριδείκετον ὄγκῳ. ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν’ εἰς ἓν ἅπαντα γυῖα τὰ σῶμα λέλογχε βίου θαλέθουσιν ἐν ἄκμῃ· ἄλλοτε δ’ αὖτε κακῇσι διατμηθέντ’ ἐρίδεσσι πλάζεται ἄνδιχ’ ἕκαστα παρὰ ῥηγμῖνι βίοιο. ὡς δ’ αὔτως θάμνοισι καὶ ἰχθύσιν ὑδρομελάθροις θηρσί τ’ ὀρειλεχέεσσιν ἰδὲ πτεροβάμοισι κύμβαις.
Fragment 254–256 (II) (DK B59)
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ μεῖζον ἐμίσγετο δαίμονι δαίμων, ταῦτά τε συμπίπτεσκον ὅπη συνέκυρσεν ἕκαστα, ἄλλα τε πρὸς τοῖς πολλὰ διηνεκῆ ἐξεγένοντο.
386, 388. Synesius de prov. i. 89 D. 386-387. Prokl. on Kratyl. 103; 386. Philo vol. ii. 638 Mang. 388. Synes. epist. 147; Julian. Imp. orat. &c.
Fragment 257–260 (II)
πολλὰ μὲν ἀμφιπρόσωπα καὶ ἀμφίστερν’ ἐφύοντο, βουγενῆ ἀνδρόπρωρα, τὰ δ’ ἔμπαλιν ἐξανέτελλον ἀνδροφυῆ βούκρανα, μεμιγμένα τῇ μὲν ἀπ’ ἀνδρῶν, τῇ δὲ γυναικοφυῆ, στεῖροις ἠσκημένα γυίοις.
Fragment 261 (II) (DK B60)
εἱλίποδ’ ἀκριτόχειρα.
Plut. Colot. 1123 B.
Fragment 262–269 (II)
νῦν δ’ ἄγ’, ὅπως ἀνδρῶν τε πολυκλαύτων τε γυναικῶν ἐμμυχίους ὅρπηκας ἀνήγαγε κρινόμενον πῦρ, τῶνδε κλύ’· οὐ γὰρ μῦθος ἀπόσκοπος οὐδ’ ἀδαήμων. οὐλοφυεῖς μὲν πρῶτα τύποι χθονὸς ἐξανέτελλον, ἀμφοτέρων ὕδατός τε καὶ εἴδεος αἶσαν ἔχοντες, τοὺς μὲν πῦρ ἀνέπεμπε θέλον πρὸς ὁμοῖον ἵκεσθαι, οὔτε τί πω μελέων ἐρατὸν δέμας ἐμφαίνοντας, οὔτ’ ἐνοπὴν οἷόν τ’ ἐπιχώριον ἀνδράσι γυῖον.
Fragment 270 (II) (DK B63)
ἀλλὰ διέσπασται μελέων φύσις· ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀνδρὸς
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 18; 722 b 12; ibid. i. 1; 764 b 17; and 270-271 in Philop. on this passage.
Fragment 271–272 (II)
ἡ δὲ γυναικὸς ἐν.... [The Greek text for verse(s) 272 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 273–274 (II)
τῷ δ’ ἐπὶ καὶ πόθος ἦλθε δι’ ὄψιος ἀμμιχθέντι. [The Greek text for verse(s) 274 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 275 (II) (DK B66)
λιμένας σχιστοὺς Ἀφροδίτης.
Schol. Eur. Phoen. p. 600 Valck. Stein transposes first two words.
Fragment 276–278 (II) (DK B65)
ἐν δ’ ἐχύθη καθαροῖσι· τὰ μὲν τελέθουσι γυναῖκες ψύχεος ἀντιάσαντα. [The Greek text for verse(s) 278 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Fragment 279 (II) (DK B67)
ἐν γὰρ θερμοτέρῳ τοκὰς ἄρρενος ἔπλετο γαστήρ,
Plut. de amic. mult. 95 A; cf. Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 4; 771 b 23.
Fragment 280 (II)
καὶ μέλανες διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἰνωδέστεροι ἄνδρες
Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 8; 777 a 10; and Philop. on this passage.
Fragment 281 (II) (DK B32)
ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ὀπὸς γάλα λευκὸν ἐγόμφωσεν καὶ ἔδησε.
Plut. Quaest. Nat. 916 D.
Fragment 282–283 (II) (DK B90)
ὣς γλυκὺ μὲν γλυκὺ μάρπτε, πικρὸν δ’ ἐπὶ πικρὸν ὄρουσεν, ὀξὺ δ’ ἐπ’ ὀξὺ ἔβη, δαλερὸν δαλερῷ ἐπόχευεν.
Fragment 284–285 (II)
οἴνῳ ὕδωρ μᾶλλον μὲν ἐνάρθμιον, αὐτὰρ ἐλαίῳ οὐκ ἐθέλει.
Fragment 286 (II)
γνοὺς ὅτι πάντων εἰσίν ἀπορροαὶ ὅσσ’ ἐγένοντο.
Plut. de def. orac. 433 B.
Fragment 287–312 (II) (DK B100)
ὧδε δ’ ἀναπνεῖ πάντα καὶ ἐκπνεῖ· πᾶσι λίφαιμοι σαρκῶν σύρρυγγες πύματον κατὰ σῶμα τέτανται, καί σφιν ἐπὶ στομίοις πύκναις τέτρηνται ἄλοξιν ῥινῶν ἔσχατα τέρθρα διαμπερές, ὥστε φόνον μὲν κεύθειν, αἰθέρι δ’ εὐπορίην διόδοισι τετμῆσθαι. ἔνθεν ἔπειθ’ ὁπόταν μὲν ἀπαΐξῃ τέρεν αἷμα, αἰθὴρ παφλάζων καταΐσσεται οἴδματι μάργῳ, εὖτε δ’ ἀναθρῴσκῃ, πάλιν ἐκπνέει· ὥσπερ ὅταν παῖς, κλεψύδρην παίζουσα διιπετέος χαλκοῖο, εὖτε μὲν αὐλοῦ πορθμὸν ἐπ’ εὐειδεῖ χερὶ θεῖσα εἰς ὕδατος βάπτῃσι τέρεν δέμας ἀργυφέοιο, οὐ τότ’ ἐς ἄγγοσδ’ ὄμβρος ἐσέρχεται, ἀλλά μιν εἴργει αἰθέρος ὄγχος ἔσωθε πεσὼν ἐπὶ τρήματα πυκνὰ, εἰς ὅ κ’ ἀποστεγάσῃ πυκινὸν ῥόον· αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα πνεύματος ἐλλείποντος ἐσέρχεται αἴσιμον ὕδωρ. ὣς δ’ αὔτως ὅθ’ ὕδωρ μὲν ἔχει κάτα βένθεα χαλκοῦ πορθμοῦ χωσθέντος βροτέῳ χροὶ ἠδὲ πόροιο, αἰθὴρ δ’ ἐκτὸς ἔσω λελιημένος ὄμβρον ἐρύκει ἀμφὶ πύλας ἰσθμοῖο δυσηχέος, ἄκρα κρατύνων, εἰς ὅ κε χειρὶ μεθῇ· τότε δ’ αὖ πάλιν, ἔμπαλιν ἢ πρίν, πνεύματος ἐμπίπτοντος ὑπεκθέει αἴσιμον ὕδωρ. ὣς δ’ αὔτως τέρεν αἷμα κλαδασσόμενον διὰ γυίων ὁππότε μὲν παλίνορσον ἀπαΐξειε μυχόνδε, αἰθέρος εὐθὺς ῥεῦμα κατέρχεται οἴδματι θῦον, εὖτε δ’ ἀναθρῴσκῃ, πάλιν ἐκπνέει ἶσον ὀπίσσω. κέρματα θηρείων μελέων μυκτῆρσιν ἐρευνῶν.
Fragment 313 (II) (DK B102)
ὧδε μὲν οὖν πνοίης τε λελόγχασι πάντα καὶ ὀσμῶν.
Fragment 314 (II)
βύσσῳ δὲ γλαυκῇ κόκκου καταμίσγεται (ἄνθος)
Theophrast. de sens. § 22.
Fragment 315 (II)
σάρκινον ὄζον.
Theophr. ibid. § 9. Diels Dox. 501 suggests ὀστοῦν.
Fragment 316–325 (II) (DK B83)
ὡς δ’ ὅτε τις πρόοδον νοέων ὡπλίσσατο λύχνον χειμερίην διὰ νύκτα, πυρὸς σέλας αἰθομένοιο ἅψας, παντοίων ἀνέμων λαμπτῆρας ἀμοργούς, οἵτ’ ἀνέμων μὲν πνεῦμα διασκιδνᾶσιν ἀέντων, φῶς δ’ ἔξω διαθρῷσκον, ὅσον ταναώτερον ἤεν, λάμπεσκεν κατὰ βηλὸν ἀτειρέσιν ἀκτίνεσσιν· ὣς δὲ τότ’ ἐν μήνιγξιν ἐεργμένον ὠγύγιον πῦρ λεπτῇς εἰν ὀθόνῃσι λοχάζετο κύκλοπα κούρην· αἱ δ’ ὕδατος μὲν βένθος ἀπέστεγον ἀμφινάοντος, πῦρ δ’ ἔξω διαθρῷσκον, ὅσον ταναώτερον ἤεν...
Fragment 326 (II) (DK B88)
(ὀφθαλμῶν) μία γίγνεται ἀμφοτέρων ὄψ.
Arist. Poet. c. 21; 1458 a 5. Strabo, viii. 364.
Fragment 327–329 (II) (DK B105)
αἵματος ἐν πελάγεσσι τεθραμμένη ἀντιθορόντος, τῇ τε νόημα μάλιστα κυκλίσκεται ἀνθρώποισιν· αἷμα γὰρ ἀνθρώποις περικάρδιόν ἐστι νόημα.
Fragment 330 (II) (DK B106)
πρὸς παρεὸν γὰρ μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισιν.
Fragment 331–332 (II) (DK B107)
ὅσσον τ’ ἀλλοῖοι μετέφυν, τόσον ἂρ σφίσιν αἰεὶ καὶ φρονέειν ἀλλοῖα παρίστατο.
9.
Fragment 333–337 (II)
γαίῃ μὲν γὰρ γαῖαν ὀπώπαμεν, ὕδατι δ’ ὕδωρ, αἰθέρι δ’ αἰθέρα δῖον, ἀτὰρ πυρὶ πῦρ ἀίδηλον, στοργῇ δὲ στοργὴν, νεῖκος δέ τε νείκεϊ λυγρῷ. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ πάντα πεπήγασιν ἁρμοσθέντα καὶ τούτοις φρονέουσι καὶ ἥδοντ’ ἠδὲ ἀνιῶνται.
Fragment 338–341 (III) (DK B131)
Εἰ γὰρ ἐφημερίων ἕνεκέν τί σοι, ἄμβροτε Μοῦσα, ἡμετέρης ἔμελεν μελέτης διὰ φροντίδας ἐλθεῖν, εὐχομένῳ νῦν αὖτε παρίστασο, Καλλιόπεια, ἀμφὶ θεῶν μακάρων ἀγαθὸν λόγον ἐμφαίνοντι.
Fragment 342–343 (III) (DK B132)
ὄλβιος ὃς θείων πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον, δειλὸς δ’ ᾧ σκοτόεσσα θεῶν πέρι δόξα μέμηλεν.
Fragment 344–351 (III)
οὐκ ἔστιν πελάσασθ’ οὐδ’ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἐφικτὸν ἡμετέροις ἢ χερσὶ λαβεῖν, ἥπερ τε μεγίστη πειθοῦς ἀνθρώποισιν ἁμαξιτὸς εἰς φρένα πίπτει. οὐ μὲν γὰρ βροτέῃ κεφαλῇ κατὰ γυῖα κέκασται, οὐ μὲν ἀπαὶ νώτοιο δύο κλάδοι ἀίσσονται, οὐ πόδες, οὐ θοὰ γοῦν’, οὐ μήδεα λαχνήεντα, ἀλλὰ φρὴν ἱερὴ καὶ ἀθέσφατος ἔπλετο μοῦνον, φροντίσι κόσμον ἅπαντα καταΐσσουσα θοῇσιν.
Fragment 352–363 (Purifications)
Ὦ φίλοι, οἳ μέγα ἄστυ κατὰ ζαθέου Ἀκράγαντος ναίετ’ ἀν’ ἄκρα πόλευς, ἀγαθῶν μελεδήμονες ἔργων, ξείνων αἰδοίων λιμένες, κακότητος ἄπειροι, χαίρετ’· ἐγὼ δ’ ὔμμιν θεὸς ἄμβροτος, οὐκέτι θνητὸς, πωλεῦμαι μετὰ πᾶσι τετιμένος, ὥσπερ ἔοικε, ταινίαις τε περίστεπτος στέφεσίν τε θαλείοις. τοῖσιν ἅμ’ εὖτ’ ἂν ἵκωμαι ἐς ἄστεα τηλεθόωντα, ἀνδράσιν ἠδὲ γυναιξὶ σεβίζομαι· οἱ δ’ ἅμ’ ἕπονται μυρίοι, ἐξερέοντες ὅπη πρὸς κέρδος ἀταρπός, οἱ μὲν μαντοσυνέων κεχρημένοι, οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ νούσων, δηρὸν δὴ χαλεπῇσι πεπαρμένοι ἀμφ’ ὀδύνῃσι, παντοίων ἐπύθοντο κλύειν εὐηκέα βάξιν.
Fragment 364–365 (Purifications) (DK B113)
ἀλλὰ τί τοῖσδ’ ἐπίκειμ’, ὡσεὶ μέγα χρῆμά τι πράσσων, εἰ θνητῶν περίειμι πολυφθερέων ἀνθρώπων;
Fragment 366–368 (Purifications)
ὦ φίλοι, οἶδα μὲν οὖν ὅτ’ ἀληθείη παρὰ μύθοις, οὓς ἐγὼ ἐξερέω· μάλα δ’ ἀργαλέη γε τέτυκται ἀνδράσι καὶ δύσζηλος ἐπὶ φρένα πίστιος ὅρμη.
Fragment 369–382 (Purifications) (DK B114)
ἔστιν ἀνάγκης χρῆμα, θεῶν ψήφισμα παλαιόν, ἀίδιον, πλατέεσσι κατεσφρηγισμένον ὅρκοις. εὖτέ τις ἀμπλακίῃσι φόνῳ φίλα γυῖα μιήνῃ αἵματος ἢ ἐπίορκον ἁμαρτήσας ἐπομόσσῃ δαίμων, οἵτε μακραίωνος λελάχασι βιοῖο, τρίς μιν μυρίας ὥρας ἀπὸ μακάρων ἀλάλησθαι, φυόμενον παντοῖα διὰ χρόνου εἴδεα θνητῶν, ἀργαλέας βιότοιο μεταλλάσσοντα κελεύθους. αἰθέριον μὲν γάρ σφε μένος πόντονδε διώκει, πόντος δ’ ἐς χθονὸς οὖδας ἀπέπτυσε, γαῖα δ’ ἐς αὐγὰς ἠελίου ἀκάμαντος, ὁ δ’ αἰθέρος ἔμβαλε δίναις. ἄλλος δ’ ἐξ ἄλλου δέχεται, στυγέουσι δὲ πάντες. τῶν καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν εἰμὶ, φυγὰς θέοθεν καὶ ἀλήτης, νείκει μαινομένῳ πίσυνος.
Fragment 383–387 (Purifications)
ἤδη γάρ ποτ’ ἐγὼ γενόμην κοῦρός τε κόρη τε θάμνος τ’ οἰωνός τε καὶ εἰν ἅλι ἔλλοπος ἰχθύς. κλαῦσά τε καὶ κώκυσα, ἰδὼν ἀσυνήθεα χῶρον, ἔνθα Φόνος τε Κότος τε καὶ ἄλλων ἔθνεα Κηρῶν αὐχμηραί τε νόσοι καὶ σήψιες ἔργα τε ῥευστά.
Fragment 388 (Purifications) (DK B121)
Ἀτῆς ἀν λειμῶνα κατὰ σκότος ἠλάσκουσιν.
Fragment 389 (Purifications)
αἰῶνος ἀμερθείς.
Hierocl., as just cited; λειμῶνα ὃν ἀπολιπὼν ... εἰς γήινον ἔρχεται σῶμα ὀλβίου αἰῶνος ἀμερθείς.
Fragment 390–391 (Purifications)
ἐξ οἵης τιμῆς τε καὶ ὅσσου μήκεος ὄλβου ὧδε πεσὼν κατὰ γαῖαν ἀναστρέφομαι μετὰ θνητοῖς.
Fragment 392 (Purifications) (DK B120)
ἠλύθομεν τόδ’ ὑπ’ ἄντρον ὑπόστεγον.
Porphyr. de ant. nymph. c. viii.
Fragment 393–399 (Purifications)
ἔνθ’ ἦσαν Χθονίη τε καὶ Ἡλιόπη ταναῶπις, Δῆρις θ’ αἱματόεσσα καὶ Ἁρμονίη θεμερῶπις, Καλλιστώ τ’ Αἰσχρή τε, Θόωσά τε Δηναίη τε, Νημερτής τ’ ἐρόεσσα μελάγκουρός τ’ Ἀσάφεια, Φυσώ τε Φθιμένη τε, καὶ Εὐναίη καὶ Ἔγερσις Κινώ τ’ Ἀστεμφής τε, πολυστέφανός τε Μεγιστὼ †καὶ Φορύη, Σιωπή τε καὶ Ὀμφαίη.†
Fragment 400–401 (Purifications) (DK B123)
ὢ πόποι, ὢ δειλὸν θνητῶν γένος, ὢ δυσάνολβον, τοίων ἔκ τ’ ἐρίδων ἔκ τε στοναχῶν ἐγένεσθε.
Fragment 402 (Purifications)
σαρκῶν αἰολόχρωτι περιστέλλουσα χιτῶνι.
Stob. Ecl. i. 1050; Plut. de esu car. 998 C.
Fragment 403 (Purifications)
ἀμφιβρότην χθόνα.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Fragment 404 (Purifications)
ἐκ μὲν γὰρ ζώων ἐτίθει νεκροείδε’ ἀμείβων.
Clem. Al. Strom. 516.
Fragment 405–414 (Purifications) (DK B128)
οὐδέ τις ἦν κείνοισιν Ἄρης θεὸς οὐδὲ Κυδοιμὸς, οὐδὲ Ζεὺς βασιλεὺς οὐδὲ Κρόνος οὐδὲ Ποσειδῶν, ἀλλὰ Κύπρις βασίλεια. τὴν οἵγ’ εὐσεβέεσσιν ἀγάλμασιν ἱλάσκοντο γραπτοῖς τε ζῴοισι μύριοισί τε δαιδαλεόδμοις σμύρνης τε ἀκρήτου θυσίαις λιβάνου τε θυώδους, ξουθῶν τε σπονδὰς μελιτῶν ῥιπτοῦντες ἐς οὖδας, ταύρων δ’ ἀκρήτοισι φόνοις οὐ δεύετο βωμός. ἀλλὰ μύσος τοῦτ’ ἔσκεν ἐν ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστον, θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντας ἐέδμεναι ἠέα γυῖα.
Fragment 415–420 (Purifications)
ἦν δέ τις ἐν κείνοισιν ἀνὴρ περιούσια εἰδὼς παντοίων τε μάλιστα σοφῶν ἐπιήρανος ἔργων, ὃς δὴ μήκιστον πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον. ὁππότε γὰρ πάσῃσιν ὀρέξαιτο πραπίδεσσιν, ῥεῖά γε τῶν ὄντων πάντων λεύσσεσκεν ἕκαστον, καί τε δέκ’ ἀνθρώπων καί τ’ εἴκοσιν αἰώνεσσιν....
Fragment 421–424 (Purifications)
ἦσαν γὰρ κτίλα πάντα καὶ ἀνθρώποισι προσηνῆ, φῆρές τ’ οἰωνοί τε, φιλοφροσύνῃ τε δεδήει, δένδρεα δ’ ἐμπεδόφυλλα καὶ ἐμπεδόκαρπα τεθήλει, καρπῶν ἀφθονίῃσι κατήορα πάντ’ ἐνιαυτόν.
Fragment 425–426 (Purifications)
οὐ πέλεται τοῖς μὲν θεμιτὸν τόδε, τοῖς δ’ ἀθέμιστον, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πάντων νόμιμον διά τ’ εὐρυμέδοντος
Fragment 427–429 (Purifications) (DK B134)
αἰθέρος ἠνεκέως τέταται διά τ’ ἀπλέτου αὐγῆς. οὐ παύσεσθε φόνοιο δυσηχέος; οὐκ ἐσορᾶτε ἀλλήλους δάπτοντες ἀκηδείῃσι νόοιο;
Fragment 430–435 (Purifications) (DK B137)
μορφὴν δ’ ἀλλάξαντα πατὴρ φίλον υἱὸν ἀείρας σφάζει ἐπευχόμενος, μέγα νήπιος· οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται λισσόμενοι θύοντος· ὁ δ’ ἂρ νήκουστος ὁμοκλέων σφάξας ἐν μεγάροισι κακὴν ἀλεγύνατο δαῖτα. ὣς δ’ αὔτως πατέρ’ υἱὸς ἑλὼν καὶ μητέρα παῖδες θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντε φίλας κατὰ σάρκας ἔδουσιν.
Fragment 436–437 (Purifications) (DK B139)
οἴμοι ὅτ’ οὐ πρόσθεν με διώλεσε νηλεὲς ἦμαρ, πρὶν σχέτλ’ ἔργα βορᾶς περὶ χείλεσι μητίσασθαι.
Fragment 438–439 (Purifications) (DK B127)
ἐν θήρεσσι λέοντες ὀρειλεχέες χαμαιεῦναι γίγνονται, δάφναι δ’ ἐνὶ δένδρεσσιν ἠυκόμοισιν.
Fragment 440 (Purifications)
δαφναίων φύλλων ἀπὸ πάμπαν ἔχεσθαι.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 646 D.
Fragment 441 (Purifications)
δειλοί, πανδειλοί, κυάμων ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι.
Aul. Gell. N. A. iv. 11; Didym. Geopon. ii. 35, 8.
Fragment 442–443 (Purifications) (DK B143)
κρηνάων ἄπο πέντε ταμὼν ἐν ἀτειρέι χαλκῷ χεῖρας ἀπόρρυψαι.
Fragment 444 (Purifications) (DK B144)
νηστεῦσαι κακότητος.
Plut. de ira 464 B.
Fragment 445–446 (Purifications) (DK B145)
τοιγάρτοι χαλεπῇσιν ἀλύοντες κακότησιν οὔποτε δειλαίων ἀχέων λωφήσετε θυμόν.
Fragment 447–451 (Purifications) (DK B146)
εἰς δὲ τελὸς μάντεις τε καὶ ὑμνοπόλοι καὶ ἰητροὶ καὶ πρόμοι ἀνθρώποισιν ἐπιχθονίοισι πέλονται, ἔνθεν ἀναβλαστοῦσι θεοὶ τιμῇσι φέριστοι, ἀθανάτοις ἄλλοισιν ὁμέστιοι, αὐτοτράπεζοι, εὔνιες ἀνδρείων ἀχέων, ἀπόκηροι, ἀτειρεῖς.
Additional fragment 1 (Greek only)
σχεδύνην Φιλότητα.
Fairbanks, _The First Philosophers of Greece_ (1898), Empedocles, fragmentary verses without an English translation.
Contents — 127 sections
- Fragment 1 (I)
- Fragment 2–10 (I)
- Fragment 11–18 (I)
- Fragment 19–23 (I)
- Fragment 24–32 (I) (DK B111)
- Fragment 33–35 (I)
- Fragment 36–39 (I)
- Fragment 40–44 (I)
- Fragment 45–47 (I)
- Fragment 48–50 (I)
- Fragment 51–54 (I)
- Fragment 55–57 (I)
- Fragment 58–59 (I)
- Fragment 60–73 (I)
- Fragment 74–86 (I)
- Fragment 87–95 (I)
- Fragment 96–109 (I)
- Fragment 110–120 (I)
- Fragment 121–129 (I)
- Fragment 130–134 (I)
- Fragment 135–138 (I) (DK B26)
- Fragment 139–141 (I)
- Fragment 142 (I)
- Fragment 143 (I) (DK B31)
- Fragment 144 (I)
- Fragment 145 (I)
- Fragment 146–148 (I)
- Fragment 149 (I)
- Fragment 150 (I)
- Fragment 151 (I) (DK B40)
- Fragment 152 (I) (DK B42)
- Fragment 153 (I) (DK B85)
- Fragment 154–155 (I) (DK B45)
- Fragment 156 (I)
- Fragment 157–159 (I) (DK B47)
- Fragment 160 (I) (DK B48)
- Fragment 161 (I)
- Fragment 162 (I) (DK B49)
- Fragment 163 (I)
- Fragment 164 (I) (DK B74)
- Fragment 165 (I) (DK B55)
- Fragment 166–167 (I) (DK B56)
- Fragment 168 (I) (DK B54)
- Fragment 169–185 (I) (DK B35)
- Fragment 186–194 (I)
- Fragment 195 (I)
- Fragment 196 (I) (DK B104)
- Fragment 197–198 (I) (DK B51)
- Fragment 199–202 (I) (DK B95)
- Fragment 203–207 (I)
- Fragment 208 (I) (DK B109)
- Fragment 209 (I) (DK B34)
- Fragment 210–213 (II)
- Fragment 214 (II) (DK B72)
- Fragment 215–216 (II) (DK B73)
- Fragment 217–218 (II)
- Fragment 219 (II) (DK B79)
- Fragment 220 (II)
- Fragment 221 (II) (DK B81)
- Fragment 222–231 (II) (DK B110)
- Fragment 232 (II) (DK B116)
- Fragment 233–235 (II)
- Fragment 236–237 (II) (DK B82)
- Fragment 238–239 (II)
- Fragment 240 (II) (DK B80)
- Fragment 241 (II) (DK B87)
- Fragment 242 (II) (DK B94)
- Fragment 243 (II) (DK B148)
- Fragment 244–246 (II) (DK B57)
- Fragment 247–253 (II)
- Fragment 254–256 (II) (DK B59)
- Fragment 257–260 (II)
- Fragment 261 (II) (DK B60)
- Fragment 262–269 (II)
- Fragment 270 (II) (DK B63)
- Fragment 271–272 (II)
- Fragment 273–274 (II)
- Fragment 275 (II) (DK B66)
- Fragment 276–278 (II) (DK B65)
- Fragment 279 (II) (DK B67)
- Fragment 280 (II)
- Fragment 281 (II) (DK B32)
- Fragment 282–283 (II) (DK B90)
- Fragment 284–285 (II)
- Fragment 286 (II)
- Fragment 287–312 (II) (DK B100)
- Fragment 313 (II) (DK B102)
- Fragment 314 (II)
- Fragment 315 (II)
- Fragment 316–325 (II) (DK B83)
- Fragment 326 (II) (DK B88)
- Fragment 327–329 (II) (DK B105)
- Fragment 330 (II) (DK B106)
- Fragment 331–332 (II) (DK B107)
- Fragment 333–337 (II)
- Fragment 338–341 (III) (DK B131)
- Fragment 342–343 (III) (DK B132)
- Fragment 344–351 (III)
- Fragment 352–363 (Purifications)
- Fragment 364–365 (Purifications) (DK B113)
- Fragment 366–368 (Purifications)
- Fragment 369–382 (Purifications) (DK B114)
- Fragment 383–387 (Purifications)
- Fragment 388 (Purifications) (DK B121)
- Fragment 389 (Purifications)
- Fragment 390–391 (Purifications)
- Fragment 392 (Purifications) (DK B120)
- Fragment 393–399 (Purifications)
- Fragment 400–401 (Purifications) (DK B123)
- Fragment 402 (Purifications)
- Fragment 403 (Purifications)
- Fragment 404 (Purifications)
- Fragment 405–414 (Purifications) (DK B128)
- Fragment 415–420 (Purifications)
- Fragment 421–424 (Purifications)
- Fragment 425–426 (Purifications)
- Fragment 427–429 (Purifications) (DK B134)
- Fragment 430–435 (Purifications) (DK B137)
- Fragment 436–437 (Purifications) (DK B139)
- Fragment 438–439 (Purifications) (DK B127)
- Fragment 440 (Purifications)
- Fragment 441 (Purifications)
- Fragment 442–443 (Purifications) (DK B143)
- Fragment 444 (Purifications) (DK B144)
- Fragment 445–446 (Purifications) (DK B145)
- Fragment 447–451 (Purifications) (DK B146)
- Additional fragment 1 (Greek only)
Fragment 1 (I)
Παυσανία, σὺ δὲ κλῦθι, δαΐφρονος Ἀγχίτου υἱέ.
And do thou hear me, Pausanias, son of wise Anchites.
Diog. Laer. viii. 60. 2-10. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 123-124. 3. Prokl. on Tim. p. 175. 5. Plut. Mor. 360 C. 6. Diog. Laer. ix. 73; 8-9 a. Plut. Mor. 17 E.
Diog. Laer. viii. 60. 2-10. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 123-124. 3. Prokl. on Tim. p. 175. 5. Plut. Mor. 360 C. 6. Diog. Laer. ix. 73; 8-9 a. Plut. Mor. 17 E.
Fragment 2–10 (I)
στεινωποὶ μὲν γὰρ παλάμαι κατὰ γυῖα κέχυνται· πολλὰ δὲ δειλ’ ἔμπαια, τά τ’ ἀμβλύνουσι μερίμνας. παῦρον δὲ ζωῆς ἀβίου μέρος ἀθρήσαντες ὠκύμοροι καπνοῖο δίκην ἀρθέντες ἀπέπταν, αὐτὸ μόνον πεισθέντες, ὅτῳ προσέκυρσεν ἕκαστος πάντοσ’ ἐλαυνόμενος, τὸ δ’ ὅλον μὰψ εὔχεται εὑρεῖν· οὕτως οὔτ’ ἐπιδερκτὰ τάδ’ ἀνδράσιν οὐδ’ ἐπακουστὰ οὔτε νόῳ περιληπτά. σὺ δ’ οὖν, ἐπεὶ ὧδ’ ἐλιάσθης, πεύσεαι οὐ πλέον ἠὲ βροτείη μῆτις ὄπωπεν.
For scant means of acquiring knowledge are scattered among the members of the body; and many are the evils that break in to blunt the edge of studious thought. And gazing on a little portion of life that is not life, swift to meet their fate, they rise and are borne away like smoke, persuaded only of that on which each one chances as he is driven this way and that, but the whole he vainly boasts he has found. Thus these things are neither seen nor heard distinctly by men, nor comprehended by the mind. And thou, now that thou hast withdrawn hither, shalt learn no more than what mortal mind has seen.
Fragment 11–18 (I)
ἀλλὰ, θεοὶ, τῶν μὲν μανίην ἀποτρέψατε γλώσσης, ἐκ δ’ ὁσίων στομάτων καθαρὴν ὀχετεύσατε πηγήν. καὶ σέ, πολυμνήστη λευκώλενε παρθένε Μοῦσα, ἄντομαι, ὧν θέμις ἐστὶν ἐφημερίοισιν ἀκούειν, πέμπε παρ’ εὐσεβίης, ἐλάουσ’ εὐήνιον ἅρμα· μηδὲ μέ γ’ εὐδόξοιο βιήσεται ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι, ἐφ’ ᾧ θ’ ὁσίης πλέον εἰπεῖν θάρσεϊ καὶ τότε δὴ σοφίης ἐπ’ ἄκροισι θοάζειν.
But, ye gods, avert the madness of those men from my tongue, and from lips that are holy cause a pure stream to flow. And thee I pray, much-wooed white-armed maiden Muse, in what things it is right for beings of a day to hear, do thou, and Piety, driving obedient car, conduct me on. Nor yet shall the flowers of honour well esteemed compel me to pluck them from mortal hands, on condition that I speak boldly more than is holy and only then sit on the heights of wisdom.
175. Stob. Ecl. i. 286. Cf. Arist. Met. ii. 4; 1000 b 2. 178-181. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. p. 37. 182-183. Theophr. Athen. x. 423; Arist. Poet. c. 25; 1461 a 24. Eust. ad Iliad. i. p. 746, 57.
175. Stob. Ecl. i. 286. Cf. Arist. Met. ii. 4; 1000 b 2. 178-181. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. p. 37. 182-183. Theophr. Athen. x. 423; Arist. Poet. c. 25; 1461 a 24. Eust. ad Iliad. i. p. 746, 57.
Fragment 19–23 (I)
ἀλλ’ ἄγ’ ἄθρει πάσῃ παλάμῃ πῆ δῆλον ἕκαστον, μήτε τιν’ ὄψιν ἔχων πίστει πλέον ἢ κατ’ ἀκουὴν μήτ’ ἀκοὴν ἐρίδουπον ὑπὲρ τρανώματα γλώσσης, μήτε τι τῶν ἄλλων, ὁπόσων πόρος ἐστὶ νοῆσαι, γυίων πίστιν ἔρυκε, νόει δ’ ᾗ δῆλον ἕκαστον.
But come, examine by every means each thing how it is clear, neither putting greater faith in anything seen than in what is heard, nor in a thundering sound more than in the clear assertions of the tongue, nor keep from trusting any of the other members in which there lies means of knowledge, but know each thing in the way in which it is clear.
Fragment 24–32 (I) (DK B111)
φάρμακα δ’ ὅσσα γεγᾶσι κακῶν καὶ γήραος ἄλκαρ πεύσῃ, ἐπεὶ μούνῳ σοὶ ἐγὼ κρανέω τάδε πάντα. παύσεις δ’ ἀκαμάτων ἀνέμων μένος οἵ τ’ ἐπὶ γαῖαν ὀρνύμενοι πνοιαῖσι καταφθινύθουσιν ἀρούρας· καὶ πάλιν, εὖτ’ ἐθέλῃσθα, παλίσσυτα πνεύματ’ ἐπάξεις· Θήσεις δ’ ἐξ ὄμβροιο κελαινοῦ καίριον αὐχμὸν ἀνθρώποις, θήσεις δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐχμοῖο θερείου ῥεύματα δενδρεόθρεπτα κατ’ αἰθέρος ἀΐσσοντα· ἄξεις δ’ ἐξ Ἀίδαο καταφθιμένου μένος ἀνδρός.
Cures for evils whatever there are, and protection against old age shalt thou learn, since for thee alone will I accomplish all these things. Thou shalt break the power of untiring gales which rising against the earth blow down the crops and destroy them; and, again, whenever thou wilt, thou shalt bring their blasts back; and thou shalt bring seasonable drought out of dark storm for men, and out of summer drought thou shalt bring streams pouring down from heaven to nurture the trees; and thou shalt lead out of Hades the spirit of a man that is dead.
Fragment 33–35 (I)
τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· Ζεὺς ἀργὴς Ἥρη τε φερέσβιος ἠδ’ Ἀιδωνεὺς Νῆστίς θ’ ἣ δακρύοις τέγγει κρούνωμα βρότειον.
Hear first the four roots of all things: bright Zeus, life-giving Hera (air), and Aidoneus (earth), and Nestis who moistens the springs of men with her tears.[76]
Fragment 36–39 (I)
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω· φύσις οὐδενός ἐστιν ἁπάντων θνητῶν, οὐδέ τις οὐλομένου θανάτοιο τελευτή, ἀλλὰ μόνον μεῖξίς τε διάλλαξίς τε μιγέντων ἐστὶ, φύσις δ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνομάζεται ἀνθρώποισιν.
And a second thing I will tell thee: There is no origination of anything that is mortal, nor yet any end in baneful death; but only mixture and separation of what is mixed, but men call this ‘origination.’
Fragment 40–44 (I)
οἱ δ’ ὅτε κεν κατὰ φῶτα μιγὲν φῶς αἰθέρι <ἵκῃ> ἢ κατὰ θηρῶν ἀγροτέρων γένος ἢ κατὰ θάμνων ἠὲ κατ’ οἰωνῶν, τότε μὲν τὰ λέγουσι γενέσθαι· εὖτε δ’ ἀποκριθέωσι, τὰ δ’ αὖ δυσδαίμονα πότμον, ἣ θέμις ἐστί, καλοῦσι, νόμῳ δ’ ἐπίφημι καὶ αὐτός.
But when light is mingled with air in human form, or in form like the race of wild beasts or of plants or of birds, then men say that these things have come into being; and when they are separated, they call them evil fate; this is the established practice, and I myself also call it so in accordance with the custom.
Fragment 45–47 (I)
νήπιοι· οὐ γάρ σφιν δολιχόφρονές εἰσι μέριμναι, οἳ δὴ γίγνεσθαι πάρος οὐκ ἐὸν ἐλπίζουσιν ἤ τι καταθνῄσκειν τε καὶ ἐξόλλυσθαι ἁπάντῃ.
Fools! for they have no far-reaching studious thoughts who think that what was not before comes into being or that anything dies and perishes utterly.
Fragment 48–50 (I)
ἔκ τε γὰρ οὐδάμ’ ἐόντος ἀμήχανόν ἐστι γενέσθαι, καί τ’ ἐὸν ἐξαπολέσθαι ἀνήνυστον καὶ ἄπυστον· αἰεὶ γὰρ στήσονται ὅπη κέ τις αἰὲν ἐρείδῃ.
For from what does not exist at all it is impossible that anything come into being, and it is neither possible nor perceivable that being should perish completely; for things will always stand wherever one in each case shall put them.
Fragment 51–54 (I)
οὐκ ἂν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα σοφὸς φρεσὶ μαντεύσαιτο, ὡς ὄφρα μέν τε βιοῦσι, τὸ δὴ βίοτον καλέουσι, τόφρα μὲν οὖν εἰσὶν καί σφιν πάρα δειλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά, πρὶν δὲ πάγεν τε βροτοὶ καὶ ἐπεὶ λύθεν, οὐδὲν ἄρ’ εἰσίν.
A man of wise mind could not divine such things as these, that so long as men live what indeed they call life, so long they exist and share what is evil and what is excellent, but before they are formed and after they are dissolved, they are really nothing at all.
Fragment 55–57 (I)
ἀλλὰ κακοῖς μὲν κάρτα πέλει κρατέουσιν ἀπιστεῖν. ὡς δὲ παρ’ ἡμετέρης κέλεται πιστώματα Μούσης, γνῶθι, διατμηθέντος ἐνὶ σπλάγχνοισι λόγοιο.
But for base men it is indeed possible to withhold belief from strong proofs; but do thou learn as the pledges of our Muse bid thee, and lay open her word to the very core.
Fragment 58–59 (I)
κορυφὰς ἑτέρας ἑτέρῃσι προσάπτων μύθων, μήτε τελεῖν ἀτραπὸν μίαν·
Joining one heading to another in discussion, not completing one path (of discourse) ... for it is right to say what is excellent twice and even thrice.
Fragment 60–73 (I)
δὶς γὰρ καὶ τρὶς δεῖ ὅ τι δὴ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν. [πείρατα μύθων] δίπλ’ ἐρέω· τοτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἓν ηὐξήθη μόνον εἶναι ἐκ πλεόνων, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ διέφυ πλέον’ ἐξ ἑνὸς εἶναι. δοιὴ δὲ θνητῶν γένεσις, δοιὴ δ’ ἀπόλειψις. ἡ δὲ πάλιν διαφυομένων θρεφθεῖσα διέπτη. καὶ ταῦτ’ ἀλλάσσοντα διαμπερὲς οὐδαμὰ λήγει, ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν’ εἰς ἓν ἅπαντα, ἄλλοτε δ’ αὖ δίχ’ ἕκαστα φορεύμενα Νείκεος ἔχθει, ἠδὲ πάλιν διαφύντος ἑνὸς πλέον’ ἐκτελέθουσι, τῇ μὲν γίγνονταί τε καὶ οὔ σφισιν ἔμπεδος αἰών· ᾗ δὲ τάδ’ ἀλλάσσοντα διαμπερὲς οὐδαμὰ λήγει, ταύτῃ αἰὲν ἔασιν ἀκινητὸν κατὰ κύκλον. [The Greek text for verse(s) 69 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
Twofold is the truth I shall speak; for at one time there grew to be one alone out of many, and at another time, however, it separated so that there were many out of the one. Twofold is the coming into being, twofold the passing away, of perishable things; for the latter (_i.e._ passing away) the combining of all things both begets and destroys, and the former (_i.e._ coming into being), which was nurtured again out of parts that were being separated, is itself scattered. 66. And these (elements) never cease changing place continually, now being all united by Love into one, now each borne apart by the hatred engendered of Strife, until they are brought together in the unity of the all, and become subject to it. Thus inasmuch as one has been wont to arise out of many and again with the separation of the one the many arise, so things are continually coming into being and there is no fixed age for them; and farther inasmuch as they [the elements] never cease changing place continually, so they always exist within an immovable circle.
Plut. non pos. suav. viv. 1103 F δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι, Schol. Plat. Gorg. 124 Ruhnk. δὶς καὶ τρὶς τὸ καλὸν ... Ἐμπεδ. τὸ ἔπος “καὶ δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν.” Text from Sturz.
Plut. non pos. suav. viv. 1103 F δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι, Schol. Plat. Gorg. 124 Ruhnk. δὶς καὶ τρὶς τὸ καλὸν ... Ἐμπεδ. τὸ ἔπος “καὶ δὶς γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν.” Text from Sturz.
Fragment 74–86 (I)
ἀλλ’ ἄγε, μύθων κλῦθι, μάθη γάρ τοι φρένας αὔξει. ὡς γὰρ καὶ πρὶν ἔειπα πιφαύσκων πείρατα μύθων, δίπλ’ ἐρέω· τοτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἓν ηὐξήθη μόνον εἶναι ἐκ πλεόνων, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ διέφυ πλέον’ ἐξ ἑνὸς εἶναι, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα καὶ αἰθέρος ἄπλετον ὕψος· Νεῖκός τ’ οὐλόμενον δίχα τῶν, ἀτάλαντον ἑκάστῳ, καὶ Φιλότης ἐν τοῖσιν ἴση μῆκός τε πλάτος τε. τὴν σὺ νόῳ δέρκευ μηδ’ ὄμμασιν ἧσο τεθηπώς, ἥτις καὶ θνητοῖσι νομίζεται ἔμφυτος ἄρθροις, τῇ τε φίλα φρονέουσι καὶ ἄρθμια ἔργα τελεῦσι, γηθοσύνην καλέοντες ἐπώνυμον ἠδ’ Ἀφροδίτην· τὴν οὔτις †μετ’ ὄσοισιν ἑλισσομένην δεδάηκε θνητὸς ἀνήρ. σὺ δ’ ἄκουε λόγου στόλον οὐκ ἀπατηλόν.
But come, hear my words, for truly learning causes the mind to grow. For as I said before in declaring the ends of my words: Twofold is the truth I shall speak; for at one time there grew to be the one alone out of many, and at another time it separated so that there were many out of the one; fire and water and earth and boundless height of air, and baneful Strife apart from these, balancing each of them, and Love among them, their equal in length and breadth. 81. Upon her do thou gaze with thy mind, nor yet sit dazed in thine eyes; for she is wont to be implanted in men’s members, and through her they have thoughts of love and accomplish deeds of union, and call her by the names of Delight, and Aphrodite; no mortal man has discerned her with them (the elements) as she moves on her way. But do thou listen to the undeceiving course of my words.[77]...
Fragment 87–95 (I)
ταῦτα γὰρ ἶσά τε πάντα καὶ ἡλίκα γένναν ἔασι, τιμῆς δ’ ἄλλης ἄλλο μέδει, πάρα δ’ ἦθος ἑκάστῳ. οὐδὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοῖς ἐπιγίγνεται οὐδ’ ἀπολήγει. εἴτε γὰρ ἐφθείροντο διαμπερὲς, οὐκέτ’ ἂν ἦσαν. οὐδέ τι τοῦ παντὸς κενεὸν πέλει οὐδὲ περισσόν. τοῦτο δ’ ἐπαυξήσειε τὸ πᾶν τί κε καὶ πόθεν ἐλθόν; πῆ δέ κε καὶ ἀπολοίατ’ ἐπεὶ τῶνδ’ οὐδὲν ἔρημον; ἀλλ’ αὔτ’ ἔστιν ταῦτα· δι’ ἀλλήλων δὲ θέοντα γίνεται ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα καὶ ἠνεκὲς αἰὲν ὁμοῖα.
For these (elements) are equal, all of them, and of like ancient race; and one holds one office, another another, and each has his own nature.... For nothing is added to them, nor yet does anything pass away from them; for if they were continually perishing they would no longer exist.... Neither is any part of this all empty, nor over full. For how should anything cause this all to increase, and whence should it come? And whither should they (the elements) perish, since no place is empty of them? And in their turn they prevail as the cycle comes round, and they disappear before each other, and they increase each in its allotted turn. But these (elements) are the same; and penetrating through each other they become one thing in one place and another in another, while ever they remain alike (_i.e._ the same).
Fragment 96–109 (I)
ἀλλ’ ἄγε τῶνδ’ ὀάρων προτέρων ἐπιμάρτυρα δέρκευ, εἴ τι καὶ ἐν προτέροισι λιπόξυλον ἔπλετο μορφῇ. ἠέλιον μὲν θερμὸν ὁρᾶν καὶ λαμπρὸν ἁπάντῃ, ἄμβροτα δ’ ὄσσα πέλει τε καὶ ἀργέτι δεύεται αὐγῇ, ὄμβρον δ’ ἐν πᾶσι δνοφόεντά τε ῥιγαλέον τε, ἐκ δ’ αἴης προρέουσι θέλυμνά τε καὶ στερεωπά. ἐν δὲ Κότῳ διάμορφα καὶ ἄνδιχα πάντα πέλονται, σὺν δ’ ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι καὶ ἀλλήλοισι ποθεῖται. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ πάνθ’ ὅσα τ’ ἦν ὅσα τ’ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται, δένδρεά τ’ ἐβλάστησε καὶ ἀνέρες ἠδὲ γυναῖκες θῆρές τ’ οἰωνοί τε καὶ ὑδατοθρέμμονες ἰχθῦς καί τε θεοὶ δολιχαίωνες τιμῇσι φέριστοι. ὡς δ’ ὁπόταν γραφέες ἀναθήματα ποικίλλωσιν [The Greek text for verse(s) 109 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
But come, gaze on the things that bear farther witness to my former words, if in what was said before there be anything defective in form. Behold the sun, warm and bright on all sides, and whatever is immortal and is bathed in its bright ray, and behold the rain-cloud, dark and cold on all sides; from the earth there proceed the foundations of things and solid bodies. In Strife all things are, endued with form and separate from each other, but they come together in Love and are desired by each other. 104. For from these (elements) come all things that are or have been or shall be; from these there grew up trees and men and women, wild beasts and birds and water-nourished fishes, and the very gods, long-lived, highest in honour.
Fragment 110–120 (I)
καὶ γὰρ καὶ πάρος ἦν τε καὶ ἔσσεται, οὐδέ ποτ’, οἴω, τούτων ἀμφοτέρων κεινώσεται ἄσπετος αἰών. ἐν δὲ μέρει κρατέουσι περιπλομένοιο κύκλοιο καὶ φθίνει εἰς ἄλληλα καὶ αὔξεται ἐν μέρει αἴσης. εἰς ὅ κεν ἓν συμφύντα τὸ πᾶν ὑπένερθε γένηται. οὕτως ᾗ μὲν ἓν ἐκ πλεόνων μεμάθηκε φύεσθαι ἀνέρες ἀμφὶ τέχνης ὑπὸ μήτιος εὖ δεδαῶτε [The Greek text for verse(s) 114, 115, 116, 117 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
For they two (Love and Strife) were before and shall be, nor yet, I think, will there ever be an unutterably long time without them both.
Fragment 121–129 (I)
οἵ τ’ ἐπεὶ οὖν μάρψωσι πολύχροα φάρμακα χερσίν, ἁρμονίῃ μίξαντε τὰ μὲν πλέω, ἄλλα δ’ ἐλάσσω, ἐκ τῶν εἴδεα πᾶσιν ἀλίγκια πορσύνουσι· οὕτω μή σ’ ἁπάτη φρένα καινύτω ἄλλοθεν εἶναι θνητῶν, ὅσσα γε δῆλα γεγᾶσιν ἀάσπετα, πηγήν. ἀλλὰ τορῶς ταῦτ’ ἴσθι θεοῦ πάρα μῦθον ἀκούσας.... [The Greek text for verse(s) 124, 125, 126 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
And as when painters are preparing elaborate votive offerings—men well taught by wisdom in their art—they take many-coloured pigments to work with, and blend together harmoniously more of one and less of another till they produce likenesses of all things; so let not error overcome thy mind to make thee think there is any other source of mortal things that have likewise come into distinct existence in unspeakable numbers; but know these (elements), for thou didst hear from a god the account of them.
Fragment 130–134 (I)
εἰ δ’ ἄγε, νῦν τοι ἐγὼ λέξω πρῶθ’ ἡλίου ἀρχὴν, ἐξ ὧν δὴ ἐγένοντο τὰ νῦν ἐσορώμενα πάντα, γαῖά τε καὶ πόντος πολυκύμων ἠδ’ ὑγρὸς ἀὴρ Τιτὰν ἠδ’ αἰθὴρ σφίγγων περὶ κύκλον ἅπαντα. [The Greek text for verse(s) 134 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
But come, I will tell thee now the first principle of the sun, even the sources of all things now visible, earth and billowy sea and damp mist and Titan aether (_i.e._ air) binding all things in its embrace.
Fragment 135–138 (I) (DK B26)
ἔνθ’ οὔτ’ ἠελίοιο δεδίσκεται ἀγλαὸν εἶδος οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ’ αἴης λάσιον μένος οὐδὲ θάλασσα· οὕτως ἁρμονίης πυκινῷ κύτει ἐστήρικται σφαῖρος κυκλοτερὴς μονίῃ περιηγέϊ γαίων.
Then neither is the bright orb of the sun greeted, nor yet either the shaggy might of earth or sea; thus, then, in the firm vessel of harmony is fixed God, a sphere, round, rejoicing in complete solitude.
Fragment 139–141 (I)
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ μέγα Νεῖκος ἐνὶ μελέεσσιν ἐθρέφθη ἐς τιμάς τ’ ἀνόρουσε τελειομένοιο χρόνοιο, ὅς σφιν ἀμοιβαῖος πλατέος παρελήλαται ὅρκου.
But when mighty Strife was nurtured in its members and leaped up to honour at the completion of the time, which has been driven on by them both in turn under a mighty oath....
Fragment 142 (I)
[σφαῖρον ἔην.]
For the limbs of the god were made to tremble, all of them in turn.
Simpl. Phys. 272 v. associated with v. 135.
Simpl. Phys. 272 v. associated with v. 135.
Fragment 143 (I) (DK B31)
πάντα γὰρ ἑξείης πελεμίζετο γυῖα θεοῖο.
For all the heavy (he put) by itself, the light by itself.
Fragment 144 (I)
χωρὶς γὰρ βαρὺ πᾶν, χωρὶς κοῦφον.
Without affection and not mixed together.
Fragment 145 (I)
σωρευόμενον μέγεθος.
Heaped together in greatness.
Arist. Gen. et Corr. i. 8; 325 b 22.
Arist. Gen. et Corr. i. 8; 325 b 22.
Fragment 146–148 (I)
ἄστοργοι καὶ ἄκρητοι. [The Greek text for verse(s) 147, 148 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
If there were no limit to the depths of the earth and the abundant air, as is poured out in foolish words from the mouths of many mortals who see but little of the all.
Fragment 149 (I)
εἴπερ ἀπείρονα γῆς τε βάθη καὶ δαψιλὸς αἰθήρ,
Swift-darting sun and kindly moon.
Plut. de fac. lun. 920 C.
Plut. de fac. lun. 920 C.
Fragment 150 (I)
ὡς διὰ πολλῶν δὴ βροτέων ῥηθέντα ματαίως
But gathered together it advances around the great heavens.
Macrob. Saturn. i. 17; Etym. Mag., Orion Etym., Suidas, under ἥλιος; Cramer, Anec. ii. 444.
Macrob. Saturn. i. 17; Etym. Mag., Orion Etym., Suidas, under ἥλιος; Cramer, Anec. ii. 444.
Fragment 151 (I) (DK B40)
ἥλιος ὀξυβελὴς ἡδ’ αὖ ἱλάειρα σελήνη...
It shines back to Olympos with untroubled face.
Plut. Pyth. or. 400 B; Galen, de us. part. iii. 3.
Plut. Pyth. or. 400 B; Galen, de us. part. iii. 3.
Fragment 152 (I) (DK B42)
ἀνταυγεῖν πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἀταρβήτοισι προσώποις.
The kindly light has a brief period of shining.
Simpl. Phys. 74 v; 331, 7.
Simpl. Phys. 74 v; 331, 7.
Fragment 153 (I) (DK B85)
ἡ δὲ φλὸξ ἱλάειρα μινυθαδίης τύχεν αὐγῆς.
As sunlight striking the broad circle of the moon.
Plut. de fac. lun. 929 E.
Plut. de fac. lun. 929 E.
Fragment 154–155 (I) (DK B45)
κυκλοτερὲς περὶ γαῖαν ἑλίσσεται ἀλλότριον φῶς ἅρματος ὥσπερ ἀν’ ἴχνος
A borrowed light, circular in form, it revolves about the earth, as if following the track of a chariot.
Achill. Tat. Introd. in Arat. c. 16 p. 77 Pet. 155. Plut. de fac. orb. lun. 925.
Achill. Tat. Introd. in Arat. c. 16 p. 77 Pet. 155. Plut. de fac. orb. lun. 925.
Fragment 156 (I)
ὣς αὐγὴ τύψασα σεληναίης κύκλον εὐρύν.
For she beholds opposite to her the sacred circle of her lord.
Bekk. Anecd. i. 337.
Bekk. Anecd. i. 337.
Fragment 157–159 (I) (DK B47)
ἀθρεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἄνακτος ἐναντίον ἁγέα κύκλον. [The Greek text for verse(s) 158, 159 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
And she scatters his rays into the sky above, and spreads darkness over as much of the earth as the breadth of the gleaming-eyed moon.
Fragment 160 (I) (DK B48)
νύκτα δὲ γαῖα τίθησιν ὑφισταμένη φαέεσσιν.
And night the earth makes by coming in front of the lights.
Plut. Quaest. Plat. 1006 F.
Plut. Quaest. Plat. 1006 F.
Fragment 161 (I)
ἐπεσκέδασεν δέ οἱ αὐγὰς
Of night, solitary, blind-eyed.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 720 E.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 720 E.
Fragment 162 (I) (DK B49)
νυκτὸς ἐρημαίης ἀλαώπιδος.
And many fires burn beneath the earth.
Prokl. on Tim. iii. 141.
Prokl. on Tim. iii. 141.
Fragment 163 (I)
πολλὰ δ’ ἔνερθ’ ἕδεος πυρὰ καίεται.
(The sea) with its stupid race of fertile fishes.
Plut. Quaes. conv. 685 F.
Plut. Quaes. conv. 685 F.
Fragment 164 (I) (DK B74)
φύλον ἄμουσον ἄγουσα πολυσπερέων καμασήνων.
Salt is made solid when struck by the rays of the sun.
Hephaest. Enchir. c. 1 p. 4 Gais.
Hephaest. Enchir. c. 1 p. 4 Gais.
Fragment 165 (I) (DK B55)
γῆς ἱδρῶτα θάλασσαν.
The sea is the sweat of the earth.
Arist. Meteor. ii. 3; 357 a 26; Plut. Placit. phil. iii. 13, and de Is. 365 B. Clem. Al. Strom. 676. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. c. 41.
Arist. Meteor. ii. 3; 357 a 26; Plut. Placit. phil. iii. 13, and de Is. 365 B. Clem. Al. Strom. 676. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. c. 41.
Fragment 166–167 (I) (DK B56)
ἃλς ἐπάγη ῥιπῄσιν ἐωσμένος ἠελίοιο [The Greek text for verse(s) 167 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
But air[78] sinks down beneath the earth with its long roots.... For thus it happened to be running at that time, but oftentimes otherwise.
Fragment 168 (I) (DK B54)
<ἀλλ’> αἰθὴρ μακρῇσι κατὰ χθόνα δύετο ῥίζαις.
(Fire darting) swiftly upwards.
Eustath. on Od. α 320, p. 1 (from Herodian, περὶ σχημ. Ὁμηρ.). Cf. Arist. de gen. et corr. ii. 6; 334 a 1.
Eustath. on Od. α 320, p. 1 (from Herodian, περὶ σχημ. Ὁμηρ.). Cf. Arist. de gen. et corr. ii. 6; 334 a 1.
Fragment 169–185 (I) (DK B35)
οὕτω γὰρ συνέκυρσε θέων τότε, πολλάκι δ’ ἄλλως. τὸν πρότερον κατέλεξα, λόγου λόγον ἐξοχετεύων κείνου· ἐπεὶ Νεῖκος μὲν ἐνέρτατον ἵκετο βένθος δίνης, ἐν δὲ μέσῃ Φιλότης στροφάλιγγι γένηται, ἐν τῇ δὴ τάδε πάντα συνέρχεται ἓν μόνον εἶναι, οὐκ ἄφαρ, ἀλλὰ θελημὰ συνιστάμεν’ ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα. τῶν δὲ συνερχομένων ἐπ’ ἔσχατον ἵστατο Νεῖκος. πολλὰ δ’ ἄμιχθ’ ἕστηκε κεραιομένοισιν ἐναλλάξ, ὅσσ’ ἔτι Νεῖκος ἔρυκε μετάρσιον· οὐ γὰρ ἀμέμφεως πὼ πᾶν ἐξέστηκεν ἐπ’ ἔσχατα τέρματα κύκλου. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τ’ ἐνέμιμνε μελέων, τὰ δέ τ’ ἐξεβεβήκει. ὅσσον δ’ αἰὲν ὑπεκπροθέοι, τόσον αἰὲν ἐπῄει ἠπιόφρων Φιλότητος ἀμεμφέος ἄμβροτος ὁρμή· αἶψα δὲ θνήτ’ ἐφύοντο τὰ πρὶν μάθον ἀθάνατ’ εἶναι, ζωρά τε τὰ πρὶν ἄκρητα, διαλλάξαντα κελεύθους. τῶν δέ τε μισγομένων χεῖτ’ ἔθνεα μυρία θνητῶν, παντοίῃς ἰδέῃσιν ἀρηρότα, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι.
But now I shall go back over the course of my verses, which I set out in order before, drawing my present discourse from that discourse. When Strife reached the lowest depth of the eddy and Love comes to be in the midst of the whirl, then all these things come together at this point so as to be one alone, yet not immediately, but joining together at their pleasure, one from one place, another from another. And as they were joining together Strife departed to the utmost boundary. But many things remained unmixed, alternating with those that were mixed, even as many as Strife, remaining aloft, still retained; for not yet had it entirely departed to the utmost boundaries of the circle, but some of its members were remaining within, and others had gone outside. 180. But, just as far as it is constantly rushing forth, just so far there ever kept coming in a gentle immortal stream of perfect Love; and all at once what before I learned were immortal were coming into being as mortal things,[79] what before were unmixed as mixed, changing their courses. And as they (the elements) were mingled together there flowed forth the myriad species of mortal things, patterned in every sort of form, a wonder to behold.
Fragment 186–194 (I)
ἄρθμια μὲν γὰρ ἑαυτὰ ἑαυτῶν πάντα μέρεσσιν ἠλέκτωρ τε χθών τε καὶ οὐρανὸς ἠδὲ θάλασσα, ὅσσα φίλ’ ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἀποπλαγχθέντα πέφυκεν. ὡς δ’ αὕτως ὅσα κρᾶσιν ἐπάρτεα μᾶλλον εἶναι, ἀλλήλοις ἐστέρκται ὁμοιωθέντ’ Ἀφροδίτῃ. ἐχθρὰ δὲ πλεῖστον ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων διέχουσι μάλιστα γέννᾳ τε κράσει τε καὶ εἴδεσιν ἐκμακτοῖσιν, πάντῃ συγγίγνεσθαι ἀήθεα καὶ μαλὰ λυγρά Νείκεος ἐννεσίῃσι, ὅτι σφίσι γένναν ἔοργεν.
For all things are united, themselves with parts of themselves—the beaming sun and earth and sky and sea—whatever things are friendly but have separated in mortal things. And so, in the same way, whatever things are the more adapted for mixing, these are loved by each other and made alike by Aphrodite. But whatever things are hostile are separated as far as possible from each other, both in their origin and in their mixing and in the forms impressed on them, absolutely unwonted to unite and very baneful, at the suggestion of Strife, since it has wrought their birth.
Fragment 195 (I)
τῇδε μὲν οὖν ἰότητι τύχης πεφρόνηκεν ἅπαντα...
In this way, by the good favour of Tyche, all things have power of thought.
Fragment 196 (I) (DK B104)
καὶ καθ’ ὅσον μὲν ἀραιότατα ξυνέκυρσε πεσόντα.
And in so far as what was least dense came together as they fell.
Fragment 197–198 (I) (DK B51)
καρπαλίμως ἀνόπαιον. [The Greek text for verse(s) 198 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
For water is increased by water, primeval fire by fire, and earth causes its own substance to increase, and air, air.
Fragment 199–202 (I) (DK B95)
ἡ δὲ χθὼν ἐπίηρος ἐν εὐστέρνοις χοάνοισι τὼ δύο τῶν ὀκτὼ μερέων λάχε Νήστιδος αἴγλης. τέσσαρα δ’ Ἡφαίστοιο· τὰ δ’ ὀστέα λεύκ’ ἐγένοντο Ἁρμονίης κόλλῃσιν ἀρηρότα θεσπεσίηθεν.
And the kindly earth in its broad hollows received two out of the eight parts of bright Nestis, and four of Hephaistos, and they became white bones, fitted together marvellously by the glues of Harmony.
Fragment 203–207 (I)
ἡ δὲ χθὼν τούτοισιν ἴση συνέκυρσε μάλιστα Ἡφαίστῳ τ’ Ὄμβρῳ τε καὶ Αἰθέρι παμφανόωντι, Κύπριδος ὁρμισθεῖσα τελείοις ἐν λιμένεσσιν, εἴτ’ ὀλίγον μείζων εἴτε πλεόνεσσιν ἐλάσσων. ἐκ τῶν αἷμά τε γέντο καὶ ἄλλης εἴδεα σαρκός.
And the earth met with these in almost equal amounts, with Hephaistos and Ombros and bright-shining Aether (_i.e._ air), being anchored in the perfect harbours of Kypris; either a little more earth, or a little less with more of the others. From these arose blood and various kinds of flesh.
Fragment 208 (I) (DK B109)
[ὕδατι μὲν γὰρ ὕδωρ,] πυρὶ δ’ αὔξεται [ὠγύγιον] πῦρ
... glueing barley-meal together with water.
Arist. Meteor. iv. 4; 382 a 1; Probl. 21, 22; 929 b 16; cf. Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Arist. Meteor. iv. 4; 382 a 1; Probl. 21, 22; 929 b 16; cf. Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Fragment 209 (I) (DK B34)
ἄλφιτον ὕδατι κολλήσας ...
(Water) tenacious Love.
Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B.
Fragment 210–213 (II)
Εἰ δέ τί σοι περὶ τῶνδε λιπόξυλος ἔπλετο πίστις, πῶς ὕδατος γαίης τε καὶ αἰθέρος ἠελίου τε κιρναμένων χροιαί τ’ εἴδη τε γενοίατο θνητῶν τοῖ’, ὅσα νῦν γεγάασι συναρμοσθέντ’ Ἀφροδίτῃ...
And if your faith be at all lacking in regard to these (elements), how from water and earth and air and sun (fire) when they are mixed, arose such colours and forms of mortal things, as many as now have arisen under the uniting power of Aphrodite....
Fragment 214 (II) (DK B72)
πῶς καὶ δένδρεα μακρὰ καὶ εἰνάλιοι καμασῆνες...
How both tall trees and fishes of the sea (arose).
Athen. viii. 334 B.
Athen. viii. 334 B.
Fragment 215–216 (II) (DK B73)
ὣς δὲ τότε χθόνα Κύπρις, ἐπεί τ’ ἐδίηνεν ἐν ὄμβρῳ αἰθέρ’ ἐπιπνείουσα θοῷ πυρὶ δῶκε κρατῦναι.
And thus then Kypris, when she had moistened the earth with water, breathed air on it and gave it to swift fire to be hardened.
Fragment 217–218 (II)
τῶν δ’ ὅσ’ ἔσω μὲν πυκνὰ, τὰ δ’ ἔκτοθι μανὰ πέπηγε, Κύπριδος ἐν παλάμῃς πλάδης τοιῆσδε τυχόντα.
And all these things which were within were made dense, while those without were made rare, meeting with such moisture in the hands of Kypris.
Fragment 219 (II) (DK B79)
οὕτω δ’ ᾠοτοκεῖ μακρὰ δένδρεα πρῶτον ἐλαίας.
And thus tall trees bear fruit (_lit._ eggs), first of all olives.
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 23; 731 a 5; cf. Philop. on this passage and Theophr. de caus. plant. i. 7, 1.
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 23; 731 a 5; cf. Philop. on this passage and Theophr. de caus. plant. i. 7, 1.
Fragment 220 (II)
οὕνεκεν ὀψίγονοί τε σίδαι καὶ ὑπέρφλοα μῆλα
Wherefore late-born pomegranates and luxuriant apples....
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 D.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 D.
Fragment 221 (II) (DK B81)
οἶνος ὑπὸ φλοιῷ πέλεται σαπὲν ἐν ξύλῳ ὕδωρ.
Wine is water that has fermented in the wood beneath the bark.
Plut. Quaest. nat. 912 C, 919 D; cf. Arist. Top. iv. 5; 127 a
Plut. Quaest. nat. 912 C, 919 D; cf. Arist. Top. iv. 5; 127 a
Fragment 222–231 (II) (DK B110)
εἰ γάρ κέν σφ’ ἀδινῇσιν ὑπὸ πραπίδεσσιν ἐρείσας εὐμενέως καθαρῇσιν ἐποπτεύσῃς μελέτῃσιν, ταῦτά τέ σοι μάλα πάντα δι’ αἰῶνος παρέσονται, ἄλλα τε πόλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶνδε κεκτήσεαι· αὐτὰ γὰρ αὔξει ταῦτ’ εἰς ἦθος ἕκαστον, ὅπη φύσις ἐστὶν ἑκάστῳ. εἰ δέ σύ γ’ ἀλλοίων ἐπορέξεαι οἷα κατ’ ἄνδρας μυρία δειλὰ πέλονται, τά τ’ ἀμβλύνουσι μερίμνας, †ζῆν ἄφαρ ἐκλείψουσι περιπλομένοιο χρόνοιο σφῶν αὐτῶν ποθέοντα φίλην ἐπὶ γένναν ἵκεσθαι·† πάντα γὰρ ἴσθι φρόνησιν ἔχειν καὶ νώματος αἶσαν.
For if thou shalt fix them in all thy close-knit mind and watch over them graciously with pure attention, all these things shall surely be thine for ever, and many others shalt thou possess from them. For these themselves shall cause each to grow into its own character, whatever is the nature[80] of each. But if thou shalt reach out for things of another sort, as is the manner of men, there exist countless evils to blunt your studious thoughts; †soon these latter shall cease to live as time goes on, desiring as they do to arrive at the longed-for generation of themselves.† For know that all things have understanding and their share of intelligence.
Fragment 232 (II) (DK B116)
(χάρις) στυγέει δύστλητον Ἀνάγκην.
Favor hates Necessity, hard to endure.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 745 D.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 745 D.
Fragment 233–235 (II)
τοῦτο μὲν ἐν κόγχαισι θαλασσονόμοις βαρυνώτοις καλχῶν κηρύκων τε λιθορρίνων χελύων τε... ἔνθ’ ὄψῃ χθόνα χρωτὸς ὑπέρτατα ναιετάουσαν.
This is in the heavy-backed shells found in the sea, of limpets and purple-fish and stone-covered tortoises ... there shalt thou see earth lying uppermost on the surface.
Fragment 236–237 (II) (DK B82)
ταὐτὰ τρίχες καὶ φύλλα καὶ οἰωνῶν πτερὰ πυκνὰ καὶ φλονίδες γίγνονται ἐπὶ στιβαροῖσι μέλεσσιν.
Hair and leaves and thick feathers of birds are the same thing in origin, and reptiles’ scales, too, on strong limbs.
Fragment 238–239 (II)
αὐτὰρ ἐχίνοις ὀξυβελεῖς χαῖται νώτοις ἐπιπεφρίκασιν.
But on hedgehogs, sharp-pointed hair bristles on their backs.
Fragment 240 (II) (DK B80)
ἐξ ὧν ὄμματ’ ἔπηξεν ἀτειρέα δῖ’ Ἀφροδίτη.
Out of which divine Aphrodite wrought eyes untiring.
Fragment 241 (II) (DK B87)
γόμφοις ἀσκήσασα καταστόργοις Ἀφροδίτη.
Aphrodite fashioning them curiously with bonds of love.
Fragment 242 (II) (DK B94)
Κύπριδος ἐν παλάμῃσιν ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ’ ἐφύοντο.
When they first grew together in the hands of Aphrodite.
Fragment 243 (II) (DK B148)
πολυαίματον ἧπαρ.
The liver well supplied with blood.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Fragment 244–246 (II) (DK B57)
ᾗ πολλαὶ μὲν κόρσαι ἀναύχενες ἐβλάστησαν, γυμνοὶ δ’ ἐπλάζοντο βραχίονες εὔνιδες ὤμων, ὄμματα δ’ οἶ’ ἐπλανᾶτο πενητεύοντα μετώπων.
Where many heads grew up without necks, and arms were wandering about naked, bereft of shoulders, and eyes roamed about alone with no foreheads.
Ar. de anim. iii. 6; 430 a 29; de gen. an. i. 18; 722 b 20, and commentators.
Ar. de anim. iii. 6; 430 a 29; de gen. an. i. 18; 722 b 20, and commentators.
Fragment 247–253 (II)
τοῦτο μὲν ἐν βροτέων μελέων ἀριδείκετον ὄγκῳ. ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν’ εἰς ἓν ἅπαντα γυῖα τὰ σῶμα λέλογχε βίου θαλέθουσιν ἐν ἄκμῃ· ἄλλοτε δ’ αὖτε κακῇσι διατμηθέντ’ ἐρίδεσσι πλάζεται ἄνδιχ’ ἕκαστα παρὰ ῥηγμῖνι βίοιο. ὡς δ’ αὔτως θάμνοισι καὶ ἰχθύσιν ὑδρομελάθροις θηρσί τ’ ὀρειλεχέεσσιν ἰδὲ πτεροβάμοισι κύμβαις.
This is indeed remarkable in the mass of human members; at one time all the limbs which form the body, united into one by Love, grow vigorously in the prime of life; but yet at another time, separated by evil Strife, they wander each in different directions along the breakers of the sea of life. Just so it is with plants[81] and with fishes dwelling in watery halls, and beasts whose lair is in the mountains, and birds borne on wings.
Fragment 254–256 (II) (DK B59)
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ μεῖζον ἐμίσγετο δαίμονι δαίμων, ταῦτά τε συμπίπτεσκον ὅπη συνέκυρσεν ἕκαστα, ἄλλα τε πρὸς τοῖς πολλὰ διηνεκῆ ἐξεγένοντο.
But as divinity was mingled yet more with divinity, these things kept coming together in whatever way each might chance, and many others also in addition to these continually came into being.
386, 388. Synesius de prov. i. 89 D. 386-387. Prokl. on Kratyl. 103; 386. Philo vol. ii. 638 Mang. 388. Synes. epist. 147; Julian. Imp. orat. &c.
386, 388. Synesius de prov. i. 89 D. 386-387. Prokl. on Kratyl. 103; 386. Philo vol. ii. 638 Mang. 388. Synes. epist. 147; Julian. Imp. orat. &c.
Fragment 257–260 (II)
πολλὰ μὲν ἀμφιπρόσωπα καὶ ἀμφίστερν’ ἐφύοντο, βουγενῆ ἀνδρόπρωρα, τὰ δ’ ἔμπαλιν ἐξανέτελλον ἀνδροφυῆ βούκρανα, μεμιγμένα τῇ μὲν ἀπ’ ἀνδρῶν, τῇ δὲ γυναικοφυῆ, στεῖροις ἠσκημένα γυίοις.
Many creatures arose with double faces and double breasts, offspring of oxen with human faces, and again there sprang up children of men with oxen’s heads; creatures, too, in which were mixed some parts from men and some of the nature of women, furnished with sterile members.
Fragment 261 (II) (DK B60)
εἱλίποδ’ ἀκριτόχειρα.
Cattle of trailing gait, with undivided hoofs.
Plut. Colot. 1123 B.
Plut. Colot. 1123 B.
Fragment 262–269 (II)
νῦν δ’ ἄγ’, ὅπως ἀνδρῶν τε πολυκλαύτων τε γυναικῶν ἐμμυχίους ὅρπηκας ἀνήγαγε κρινόμενον πῦρ, τῶνδε κλύ’· οὐ γὰρ μῦθος ἀπόσκοπος οὐδ’ ἀδαήμων. οὐλοφυεῖς μὲν πρῶτα τύποι χθονὸς ἐξανέτελλον, ἀμφοτέρων ὕδατός τε καὶ εἴδεος αἶσαν ἔχοντες, τοὺς μὲν πῦρ ἀνέπεμπε θέλον πρὸς ὁμοῖον ἵκεσθαι, οὔτε τί πω μελέων ἐρατὸν δέμας ἐμφαίνοντας, οὔτ’ ἐνοπὴν οἷόν τ’ ἐπιχώριον ἀνδράσι γυῖον.
But come now, hear of these things; how fire separating caused the hidden offspring of men and weeping women to arise, for it is no tale apart from our subject, or witless. In the first place there sprang up out of the earth forms grown into one whole,[82] having a share of both, of water and of fire. These in truth fire caused to grow-up, desiring to reach its like; but they showed as yet no lovely body formed out of the members, nor voice nor limb such as is natural to men.
Fragment 270 (II) (DK B63)
ἀλλὰ διέσπασται μελέων φύσις· ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀνδρὸς
But the nature of the members (of the child?) is divided, part in the man’s, part in the woman’s (body).
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 18; 722 b 12; ibid. i. 1; 764 b 17; and 270-271 in Philop. on this passage.
Arist. de gen. anim. i. 18; 722 b 12; ibid. i. 1; 764 b 17; and 270-271 in Philop. on this passage.
Fragment 271–272 (II)
ἡ δὲ γυναικὸς ἐν.... [The Greek text for verse(s) 272 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
But desire also came upon him, having been united with ... by sight.
Fragment 273–274 (II)
τῷ δ’ ἐπὶ καὶ πόθος ἦλθε δι’ ὄψιος ἀμμιχθέντι. [The Greek text for verse(s) 274 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
It was poured out in the pure parts, and some meeting with cold became females.
Fragment 275 (II) (DK B66)
λιμένας σχιστοὺς Ἀφροδίτης.
The separated harbours of Aphrodite.
Schol. Eur. Phoen. p. 600 Valck. Stein transposes first two words.
Schol. Eur. Phoen. p. 600 Valck. Stein transposes first two words.
Fragment 276–278 (II) (DK B65)
ἐν δ’ ἐχύθη καθαροῖσι· τὰ μὲν τελέθουσι γυναῖκες ψύχεος ἀντιάσαντα. [The Greek text for verse(s) 278 is not given by Fairbanks; the English translation is printed alone.]
In its warmer parts the womb is productive of the male, and on this account men are dark and more muscular and more hairy.
Fragment 279 (II) (DK B67)
ἐν γὰρ θερμοτέρῳ τοκὰς ἄρρενος ἔπλετο γαστήρ,
As when fig-juice curdles and binds white milk.
Plut. de amic. mult. 95 A; cf. Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 4; 771 b 23.
Plut. de amic. mult. 95 A; cf. Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 4; 771 b 23.
Fragment 280 (II)
καὶ μέλανες διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἰνωδέστεροι ἄνδρες
On the tenth day of the eighth month came the white discharge.
Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 8; 777 a 10; and Philop. on this passage.
Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 8; 777 a 10; and Philop. on this passage.
Fragment 281 (II) (DK B32)
ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ὀπὸς γάλα λευκὸν ἐγόμφωσεν καὶ ἔδησε.
Knowing that there are exhalations from all things which came into existence.
Plut. Quaest. Nat. 916 D.
Plut. Quaest. Nat. 916 D.
Fragment 282–283 (II) (DK B90)
ὣς γλυκὺ μὲν γλυκὺ μάρπτε, πικρὸν δ’ ἐπὶ πικρὸν ὄρουσεν, ὀξὺ δ’ ἐπ’ ὀξὺ ἔβη, δαλερὸν δαλερῷ ἐπόχευεν.
Thus sweet was snatching sweet, and bitter darted to bitter, and sharp went to sharp, and hot coupled with hot.
Fragment 284–285 (II)
οἴνῳ ὕδωρ μᾶλλον μὲν ἐνάρθμιον, αὐτὰρ ἐλαίῳ οὐκ ἐθέλει.
Water combines better with wine, but it is unwilling to combine with oil.
Fragment 286 (II)
γνοὺς ὅτι πάντων εἰσίν ἀπορροαὶ ὅσσ’ ἐγένοντο.
The bloom of the scarlet dye mingles with shining linen.
Plut. de def. orac. 433 B.
Plut. de def. orac. 433 B.
Fragment 287–312 (II) (DK B100)
ὧδε δ’ ἀναπνεῖ πάντα καὶ ἐκπνεῖ· πᾶσι λίφαιμοι σαρκῶν σύρρυγγες πύματον κατὰ σῶμα τέτανται, καί σφιν ἐπὶ στομίοις πύκναις τέτρηνται ἄλοξιν ῥινῶν ἔσχατα τέρθρα διαμπερές, ὥστε φόνον μὲν κεύθειν, αἰθέρι δ’ εὐπορίην διόδοισι τετμῆσθαι. ἔνθεν ἔπειθ’ ὁπόταν μὲν ἀπαΐξῃ τέρεν αἷμα, αἰθὴρ παφλάζων καταΐσσεται οἴδματι μάργῳ, εὖτε δ’ ἀναθρῴσκῃ, πάλιν ἐκπνέει· ὥσπερ ὅταν παῖς, κλεψύδρην παίζουσα διιπετέος χαλκοῖο, εὖτε μὲν αὐλοῦ πορθμὸν ἐπ’ εὐειδεῖ χερὶ θεῖσα εἰς ὕδατος βάπτῃσι τέρεν δέμας ἀργυφέοιο, οὐ τότ’ ἐς ἄγγοσδ’ ὄμβρος ἐσέρχεται, ἀλλά μιν εἴργει αἰθέρος ὄγχος ἔσωθε πεσὼν ἐπὶ τρήματα πυκνὰ, εἰς ὅ κ’ ἀποστεγάσῃ πυκινὸν ῥόον· αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα πνεύματος ἐλλείποντος ἐσέρχεται αἴσιμον ὕδωρ. ὣς δ’ αὔτως ὅθ’ ὕδωρ μὲν ἔχει κάτα βένθεα χαλκοῦ πορθμοῦ χωσθέντος βροτέῳ χροὶ ἠδὲ πόροιο, αἰθὴρ δ’ ἐκτὸς ἔσω λελιημένος ὄμβρον ἐρύκει ἀμφὶ πύλας ἰσθμοῖο δυσηχέος, ἄκρα κρατύνων, εἰς ὅ κε χειρὶ μεθῇ· τότε δ’ αὖ πάλιν, ἔμπαλιν ἢ πρίν, πνεύματος ἐμπίπτοντος ὑπεκθέει αἴσιμον ὕδωρ. ὣς δ’ αὔτως τέρεν αἷμα κλαδασσόμενον διὰ γυίων ὁππότε μὲν παλίνορσον ἀπαΐξειε μυχόνδε, αἰθέρος εὐθὺς ῥεῦμα κατέρχεται οἴδματι θῦον, εὖτε δ’ ἀναθρῴσκῃ, πάλιν ἐκπνέει ἶσον ὀπίσσω. κέρματα θηρείων μελέων μυκτῆρσιν ἐρευνῶν.
So all beings breathe in and out; all have bloodless tubes of flesh spread over the outside of the body, and at the openings of these the outer layers of skin are pierced all over with close-set ducts, so that the blood remains within, while a facile opening is cut for the air to pass through. Then whenever the soft blood speeds away from these, the air speeds bubbling in with impetuous wave, and whenever the blood leaps back the air is breathed out; as when a girl, playing with a klepsydra of shining brass, takes in her fair hand the narrow opening of the tube and dips it in the soft mass of silvery water, the water does not at once flow into the vessel, but the body of air within pressing on the close-set holes checks it till she uncovers the compressed stream; but then when the air gives way the determined amount of water enters. (302.) And so in the same way when the water occupies the depths of the bronze vessel, as long as the narrow opening and passage is blocked up by human flesh, the air outside striving eagerly to enter holds back the water inside behind the gates of the resounding tube, keeping control of its end, until she lets go with her hand. (306.) Then, on the other hand, the very opposite takes place to what happened before; the determined amount of water runs off as the air enters. Thus in the same way when the soft blood, surging violently through the members, rushes back into the interior, a swift stream of air comes in with hurrying wave, and whenever it (the blood) leaps back, the air is breathed out again in equal quantity.
Fragment 313 (II) (DK B102)
ὧδε μὲν οὖν πνοίης τε λελόγχασι πάντα καὶ ὀσμῶν.
With its nostrils seeking out the fragments of animals’ limbs, <as many as the delicate exhalation from their feet was leaving behind in the wood.>
Fragment 314 (II)
βύσσῳ δὲ γλαυκῇ κόκκου καταμίσγεται (ἄνθος)
So, then, all things have obtained their share of breathing and of smelling.
Theophrast. de sens. § 22.
Theophrast. de sens. § 22.
Fragment 315 (II)
σάρκινον ὄζον.
(The ear) an offshoot of flesh.
Theophr. ibid. § 9. Diels Dox. 501 suggests ὀστοῦν.
Theophr. ibid. § 9. Diels Dox. 501 suggests ὀστοῦν.
Fragment 316–325 (II) (DK B83)
ὡς δ’ ὅτε τις πρόοδον νοέων ὡπλίσσατο λύχνον χειμερίην διὰ νύκτα, πυρὸς σέλας αἰθομένοιο ἅψας, παντοίων ἀνέμων λαμπτῆρας ἀμοργούς, οἵτ’ ἀνέμων μὲν πνεῦμα διασκιδνᾶσιν ἀέντων, φῶς δ’ ἔξω διαθρῷσκον, ὅσον ταναώτερον ἤεν, λάμπεσκεν κατὰ βηλὸν ἀτειρέσιν ἀκτίνεσσιν· ὣς δὲ τότ’ ἐν μήνιγξιν ἐεργμένον ὠγύγιον πῦρ λεπτῇς εἰν ὀθόνῃσι λοχάζετο κύκλοπα κούρην· αἱ δ’ ὕδατος μὲν βένθος ἀπέστεγον ἀμφινάοντος, πῦρ δ’ ἔξω διαθρῷσκον, ὅσον ταναώτερον ἤεν...
And as when one with a journey through a stormy night in prospect provides himself with a lamp and lights it at the bright-shining fire—with lanterns that drive back every sort of wind, for they scatter the breath of the winds as they blow—and the light darting out, inasmuch as it is finer (than the winds), shines across the threshold with untiring rays; so then elemental fire, shut up in membranes, it entraps in fine coverings to be the round pupil, and the coverings protect it against the deep water which flows about it, but the fire darting forth, inasmuch as it is finer....
Fragment 326 (II) (DK B88)
(ὀφθαλμῶν) μία γίγνεται ἀμφοτέρων ὄψ.
There is one vision coming from both (eyes).
Arist. Poet. c. 21; 1458 a 5. Strabo, viii. 364.
Arist. Poet. c. 21; 1458 a 5. Strabo, viii. 364.
Fragment 327–329 (II) (DK B105)
αἵματος ἐν πελάγεσσι τεθραμμένη ἀντιθορόντος, τῇ τε νόημα μάλιστα κυκλίσκεται ἀνθρώποισιν· αἷμα γὰρ ἀνθρώποις περικάρδιόν ἐστι νόημα.
(The heart) lies in seas of blood which darts in opposite directions, and there most of all intelligence centres for men; for blood about the heart is intelligence in the case of men.
Fragment 330 (II) (DK B106)
πρὸς παρεὸν γὰρ μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισιν.
For men’s wisdom increases with reference to what lies before them.
Fragment 331–332 (II) (DK B107)
ὅσσον τ’ ἀλλοῖοι μετέφυν, τόσον ἂρ σφίσιν αἰεὶ καὶ φρονέειν ἀλλοῖα παρίστατο.
In so far as they change and become different, to this extent other sorts of things are ever present for them to think about.
9.
9.
Fragment 333–337 (II)
γαίῃ μὲν γὰρ γαῖαν ὀπώπαμεν, ὕδατι δ’ ὕδωρ, αἰθέρι δ’ αἰθέρα δῖον, ἀτὰρ πυρὶ πῦρ ἀίδηλον, στοργῇ δὲ στοργὴν, νεῖκος δέ τε νείκεϊ λυγρῷ. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ πάντα πεπήγασιν ἁρμοσθέντα καὶ τούτοις φρονέουσι καὶ ἥδοντ’ ἠδὲ ἀνιῶνται.
For it is by earth that we see earth, and by water water, and by air glorious air; so, too, by fire we see destroying fire, and love by love, and strife by baneful strife. For out of these (elements) all things are fitted together and their form is fixed, and by these men think and feel both pleasure and pain.
Fragment 338–341 (III) (DK B131)
Εἰ γὰρ ἐφημερίων ἕνεκέν τί σοι, ἄμβροτε Μοῦσα, ἡμετέρης ἔμελεν μελέτης διὰ φροντίδας ἐλθεῖν, εὐχομένῳ νῦν αὖτε παρίστασο, Καλλιόπεια, ἀμφὶ θεῶν μακάρων ἀγαθὸν λόγον ἐμφαίνοντι.
Would that in behalf of perishable beings thou, immortal Muse, mightest take thought at all for our thought to come by reason of our cares! Hear me now and be present again by my side, Kalliopeia, as I utter noble discourse about the blessed gods.
Fragment 342–343 (III) (DK B132)
ὄλβιος ὃς θείων πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον, δειλὸς δ’ ᾧ σκοτόεσσα θεῶν πέρι δόξα μέμηλεν.
Blessed is he who has acquired a wealth of divine wisdom, but miserable he in whom there rests a dim opinion concerning the gods.
Fragment 344–351 (III)
οὐκ ἔστιν πελάσασθ’ οὐδ’ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἐφικτὸν ἡμετέροις ἢ χερσὶ λαβεῖν, ἥπερ τε μεγίστη πειθοῦς ἀνθρώποισιν ἁμαξιτὸς εἰς φρένα πίπτει. οὐ μὲν γὰρ βροτέῃ κεφαλῇ κατὰ γυῖα κέκασται, οὐ μὲν ἀπαὶ νώτοιο δύο κλάδοι ἀίσσονται, οὐ πόδες, οὐ θοὰ γοῦν’, οὐ μήδεα λαχνήεντα, ἀλλὰ φρὴν ἱερὴ καὶ ἀθέσφατος ἔπλετο μοῦνον, φροντίσι κόσμον ἅπαντα καταΐσσουσα θοῇσιν.
It is not possible to draw near (to god) even with the eyes, or to take hold of him with our hands, which in truth is the best highway of persuasion into the mind of man; for he has no human head fitted to a body, nor do two shoots branch out from the trunk, nor has he feet, nor swift legs, nor hairy parts, but he is sacred and ineffable mind alone, darting through the whole world with swift thoughts.
Fragment 352–363 (Purifications)
Ὦ φίλοι, οἳ μέγα ἄστυ κατὰ ζαθέου Ἀκράγαντος ναίετ’ ἀν’ ἄκρα πόλευς, ἀγαθῶν μελεδήμονες ἔργων, ξείνων αἰδοίων λιμένες, κακότητος ἄπειροι, χαίρετ’· ἐγὼ δ’ ὔμμιν θεὸς ἄμβροτος, οὐκέτι θνητὸς, πωλεῦμαι μετὰ πᾶσι τετιμένος, ὥσπερ ἔοικε, ταινίαις τε περίστεπτος στέφεσίν τε θαλείοις. τοῖσιν ἅμ’ εὖτ’ ἂν ἵκωμαι ἐς ἄστεα τηλεθόωντα, ἀνδράσιν ἠδὲ γυναιξὶ σεβίζομαι· οἱ δ’ ἅμ’ ἕπονται μυρίοι, ἐξερέοντες ὅπη πρὸς κέρδος ἀταρπός, οἱ μὲν μαντοσυνέων κεχρημένοι, οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ νούσων, δηρὸν δὴ χαλεπῇσι πεπαρμένοι ἀμφ’ ὀδύνῃσι, παντοίων ἐπύθοντο κλύειν εὐηκέα βάξιν.
O friends, ye who inhabit the great city of sacred Akragas up to the acropolis, whose care is good deeds, who harbour strangers deserving of respect, who know not how to do baseness, hail! I go about among you an immortal god, no longer a mortal, honoured by all, as is fitting, crowned with fillets and luxuriant garlands. With these on my head, so soon as I come to flourishing cities I am reverenced by men and by women; and they follow after me in countless numbers, inquiring of me what is the way to gain, some in want of oracles, others of help in diseases, long time in truth pierced with grievous pains, they seek to hear from me keen-edged account of all sorts of things.
Fragment 364–365 (Purifications) (DK B113)
ἀλλὰ τί τοῖσδ’ ἐπίκειμ’, ὡσεὶ μέγα χρῆμά τι πράσσων, εἰ θνητῶν περίειμι πολυφθερέων ἀνθρώπων;
But why do I lay weight on these things, as though I were doing some great thing, if I be superior to mortal, perishing men?
Fragment 366–368 (Purifications)
ὦ φίλοι, οἶδα μὲν οὖν ὅτ’ ἀληθείη παρὰ μύθοις, οὓς ἐγὼ ἐξερέω· μάλα δ’ ἀργαλέη γε τέτυκται ἀνδράσι καὶ δύσζηλος ἐπὶ φρένα πίστιος ὅρμη.
Friends, I know indeed when truth lies in the discourses that I utter; but truly the entrance of assurance into the mind of man is difficult and hindered by jealousy.
Fragment 369–382 (Purifications) (DK B114)
ἔστιν ἀνάγκης χρῆμα, θεῶν ψήφισμα παλαιόν, ἀίδιον, πλατέεσσι κατεσφρηγισμένον ὅρκοις. εὖτέ τις ἀμπλακίῃσι φόνῳ φίλα γυῖα μιήνῃ αἵματος ἢ ἐπίορκον ἁμαρτήσας ἐπομόσσῃ δαίμων, οἵτε μακραίωνος λελάχασι βιοῖο, τρίς μιν μυρίας ὥρας ἀπὸ μακάρων ἀλάλησθαι, φυόμενον παντοῖα διὰ χρόνου εἴδεα θνητῶν, ἀργαλέας βιότοιο μεταλλάσσοντα κελεύθους. αἰθέριον μὲν γάρ σφε μένος πόντονδε διώκει, πόντος δ’ ἐς χθονὸς οὖδας ἀπέπτυσε, γαῖα δ’ ἐς αὐγὰς ἠελίου ἀκάμαντος, ὁ δ’ αἰθέρος ἔμβαλε δίναις. ἄλλος δ’ ἐξ ἄλλου δέχεται, στυγέουσι δὲ πάντες. τῶν καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν εἰμὶ, φυγὰς θέοθεν καὶ ἀλήτης, νείκει μαινομένῳ πίσυνος.
There is an utterance of Necessity, an ancient decree of the gods, eternal, sealed fast with broad oaths: whenever any one defiles his body sinfully with bloody gore or perjures himself in regard to wrong-doing, one of those spirits who are heir to long life, thrice ten thousand seasons shall he wander apart from the blessed, being born meantime in all sorts of mortal forms, changing one bitter path of life for another. For mighty Air pursues him Seaward, and Sea spews him forth on the threshold of Earth, and Earth casts him into the rays of the unwearying Sun, and Sun into the eddies of Air; one receives him from the other, and all hate him. One of these now am I too, a fugitive from the gods and a wanderer, at the mercy of raging Strife.
Fragment 383–387 (Purifications)
ἤδη γάρ ποτ’ ἐγὼ γενόμην κοῦρός τε κόρη τε θάμνος τ’ οἰωνός τε καὶ εἰν ἅλι ἔλλοπος ἰχθύς. κλαῦσά τε καὶ κώκυσα, ἰδὼν ἀσυνήθεα χῶρον, ἔνθα Φόνος τε Κότος τε καὶ ἄλλων ἔθνεα Κηρῶν αὐχμηραί τε νόσοι καὶ σήψιες ἔργα τε ῥευστά.
For before this I was born once a boy, and a maiden, and a plant, and a bird, and a darting fish in the sea. 385. And I wept and shrieked on beholding the unwonted land where are Murder and Wrath, and other species of Fates, and wasting diseases, and putrefaction and fluxes.
Fragment 388 (Purifications) (DK B121)
Ἀτῆς ἀν λειμῶνα κατὰ σκότος ἠλάσκουσιν.
In darkness they roam over the meadow of Ate.
Fragment 389 (Purifications)
αἰῶνος ἀμερθείς.
Deprived of life.
Hierocl., as just cited; λειμῶνα ὃν ἀπολιπὼν ... εἰς γήινον ἔρχεται σῶμα ὀλβίου αἰῶνος ἀμερθείς.
Hierocl., as just cited; λειμῶνα ὃν ἀπολιπὼν ... εἰς γήινον ἔρχεται σῶμα ὀλβίου αἰῶνος ἀμερθείς.
Fragment 390–391 (Purifications)
ἐξ οἵης τιμῆς τε καὶ ὅσσου μήκεος ὄλβου ὧδε πεσὼν κατὰ γαῖαν ἀναστρέφομαι μετὰ θνητοῖς.
From what honour and how great a degree of blessedness have I fallen here on the earth to consort with mortal beings!
Fragment 392 (Purifications) (DK B120)
ἠλύθομεν τόδ’ ὑπ’ ἄντρον ὑπόστεγον.
We enter beneath this over-roofed cave.
Porphyr. de ant. nymph. c. viii.
Porphyr. de ant. nymph. c. viii.
Fragment 393–399 (Purifications)
ἔνθ’ ἦσαν Χθονίη τε καὶ Ἡλιόπη ταναῶπις, Δῆρις θ’ αἱματόεσσα καὶ Ἁρμονίη θεμερῶπις, Καλλιστώ τ’ Αἰσχρή τε, Θόωσά τε Δηναίη τε, Νημερτής τ’ ἐρόεσσα μελάγκουρός τ’ Ἀσάφεια, Φυσώ τε Φθιμένη τε, καὶ Εὐναίη καὶ Ἔγερσις Κινώ τ’ Ἀστεμφής τε, πολυστέφανός τε Μεγιστὼ †καὶ Φορύη, Σιωπή τε καὶ Ὀμφαίη.†
Where were Chthonie and far-seeing Heliope (_i.e._ Earth and Sun?), bloody Contention and Harmony of sedate face, Beauty and Ugliness, Speed and Loitering, lovely Truth and dark-eyed Obscurity, Birth and Death, and Sleep and Waking, Motion and Stability, many-crowned Greatness and Lowness, and Silence and Voice.
Fragment 400–401 (Purifications) (DK B123)
ὢ πόποι, ὢ δειλὸν θνητῶν γένος, ὢ δυσάνολβον, τοίων ἔκ τ’ ἐρίδων ἔκ τε στοναχῶν ἐγένεσθε.
Alas, ye wretched, ye unblessed race of mortal beings, of what strifes and of what groans were ye born!
Fragment 402 (Purifications)
σαρκῶν αἰολόχρωτι περιστέλλουσα χιτῶνι.
She wraps about them a strange garment of flesh.
Stob. Ecl. i. 1050; Plut. de esu car. 998 C.
Stob. Ecl. i. 1050; Plut. de esu car. 998 C.
Fragment 403 (Purifications)
ἀμφιβρότην χθόνα.
Man-surrounding earth.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 E.
Fragment 404 (Purifications)
ἐκ μὲν γὰρ ζώων ἐτίθει νεκροείδε’ ἀμείβων.
For from being living he made them assume the form of death by a change....
Clem. Al. Strom. 516.
Clem. Al. Strom. 516.
Fragment 405–414 (Purifications) (DK B128)
οὐδέ τις ἦν κείνοισιν Ἄρης θεὸς οὐδὲ Κυδοιμὸς, οὐδὲ Ζεὺς βασιλεὺς οὐδὲ Κρόνος οὐδὲ Ποσειδῶν, ἀλλὰ Κύπρις βασίλεια. τὴν οἵγ’ εὐσεβέεσσιν ἀγάλμασιν ἱλάσκοντο γραπτοῖς τε ζῴοισι μύριοισί τε δαιδαλεόδμοις σμύρνης τε ἀκρήτου θυσίαις λιβάνου τε θυώδους, ξουθῶν τε σπονδὰς μελιτῶν ῥιπτοῦντες ἐς οὖδας, ταύρων δ’ ἀκρήτοισι φόνοις οὐ δεύετο βωμός. ἀλλὰ μύσος τοῦτ’ ἔσκεν ἐν ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστον, θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντας ἐέδμεναι ἠέα γυῖα.
Nor had they any god Ares, nor Kydoimos (Uproar), nor king Zeus, nor Kronos, nor Poseidon, but queen Kypris. Her they worshipped with hallowed offerings, with painted figures, and perfumes of skilfully made odour, and sacrifices of unmixed myrrh and fragrant frankincense, casting on the ground libations from tawny bees. And her altar was not moistened with pure blood of bulls, but it was the greatest defilement among men, to deprive animals of life and to eat their goodly bodies.
Fragment 415–420 (Purifications)
ἦν δέ τις ἐν κείνοισιν ἀνὴρ περιούσια εἰδὼς παντοίων τε μάλιστα σοφῶν ἐπιήρανος ἔργων, ὃς δὴ μήκιστον πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον. ὁππότε γὰρ πάσῃσιν ὀρέξαιτο πραπίδεσσιν, ῥεῖά γε τῶν ὄντων πάντων λεύσσεσκεν ἕκαστον, καί τε δέκ’ ἀνθρώπων καί τ’ εἴκοσιν αἰώνεσσιν....
And there was among them a man of unusual knowledge, and master especially of all sorts of wise deeds, who in truth possessed greatest wealth of mind; for whenever he reached out with all his mind, easily he beheld each one of all the things that are, even for ten and twenty generations of men.
Fragment 421–424 (Purifications)
ἦσαν γὰρ κτίλα πάντα καὶ ἀνθρώποισι προσηνῆ, φῆρές τ’ οἰωνοί τε, φιλοφροσύνῃ τε δεδήει, δένδρεα δ’ ἐμπεδόφυλλα καὶ ἐμπεδόκαρπα τεθήλει, καρπῶν ἀφθονίῃσι κατήορα πάντ’ ἐνιαυτόν.
For all were gentle and obedient toward men, both animals and birds, and they burned with kindly love; and trees grew with leaves and fruit ever on them, burdened with abundant fruit all the year.
Fragment 425–426 (Purifications)
οὐ πέλεται τοῖς μὲν θεμιτὸν τόδε, τοῖς δ’ ἀθέμιστον, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πάντων νόμιμον διά τ’ εὐρυμέδοντος
This is not lawful for some and unlawful for others, but what is lawful for all extends on continuously through the wide-ruling air and the boundless light.
Fragment 427–429 (Purifications) (DK B134)
αἰθέρος ἠνεκέως τέταται διά τ’ ἀπλέτου αὐγῆς. οὐ παύσεσθε φόνοιο δυσηχέος; οὐκ ἐσορᾶτε ἀλλήλους δάπτοντες ἀκηδείῃσι νόοιο;
Will ye not cease from evil slaughter? See ye not that ye are devouring each other in heedlessness of mind?
Fragment 430–435 (Purifications) (DK B137)
μορφὴν δ’ ἀλλάξαντα πατὴρ φίλον υἱὸν ἀείρας σφάζει ἐπευχόμενος, μέγα νήπιος· οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται λισσόμενοι θύοντος· ὁ δ’ ἂρ νήκουστος ὁμοκλέων σφάξας ἐν μεγάροισι κακὴν ἀλεγύνατο δαῖτα. ὣς δ’ αὔτως πατέρ’ υἱὸς ἑλὼν καὶ μητέρα παῖδες θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντε φίλας κατὰ σάρκας ἔδουσιν.
A father takes up his dear son who has changed his form and slays him with a prayer, so great is his folly! They are borne along beseeching the sacrificer; but he does not hear their cries of reproach, but slays them and makes ready the evil feast. Then in the same manner son takes father and daughters their mother, and devour the dear flesh when they have deprived them of life.
Fragment 436–437 (Purifications) (DK B139)
οἴμοι ὅτ’ οὐ πρόσθεν με διώλεσε νηλεὲς ἦμαρ, πρὶν σχέτλ’ ἔργα βορᾶς περὶ χείλεσι μητίσασθαι.
Alas that no ruthless day destroyed me before I devised base deeds of devouring with the lips!
Fragment 438–439 (Purifications) (DK B127)
ἐν θήρεσσι λέοντες ὀρειλεχέες χαμαιεῦναι γίγνονται, δάφναι δ’ ἐνὶ δένδρεσσιν ἠυκόμοισιν.
Among beasts they become lions haunting the mountains, whose couch is the ground, and among fair-foliaged trees they become laurels.
Fragment 440 (Purifications)
δαφναίων φύλλων ἀπὸ πάμπαν ἔχεσθαι.
Refrain entirely from laurel leaves.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 646 D.
Plut. Quaest. conv. 646 D.
Fragment 441 (Purifications)
δειλοί, πανδειλοί, κυάμων ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι.
Miserable men, wholly miserable, restrain your hands from beans.
Aul. Gell. N. A. iv. 11; Didym. Geopon. ii. 35, 8.
Aul. Gell. N. A. iv. 11; Didym. Geopon. ii. 35, 8.
Fragment 442–443 (Purifications) (DK B143)
κρηνάων ἄπο πέντε ταμὼν ἐν ἀτειρέι χαλκῷ χεῖρας ἀπόρρυψαι.
Compounding the water from five springs in unyielding brass, cleanse the hands.
Fragment 444 (Purifications) (DK B144)
νηστεῦσαι κακότητος.
Fast from evil.
Plut. de ira 464 B.
Plut. de ira 464 B.
Fragment 445–446 (Purifications) (DK B145)
τοιγάρτοι χαλεπῇσιν ἀλύοντες κακότησιν οὔποτε δειλαίων ἀχέων λωφήσετε θυμόν.
Accordingly ye are frantic with evils hard to bear, nor ever shall ye ease your soul from bitter woes.
Fragment 447–451 (Purifications) (DK B146)
εἰς δὲ τελὸς μάντεις τε καὶ ὑμνοπόλοι καὶ ἰητροὶ καὶ πρόμοι ἀνθρώποισιν ἐπιχθονίοισι πέλονται, ἔνθεν ἀναβλαστοῦσι θεοὶ τιμῇσι φέριστοι, ἀθανάτοις ἄλλοισιν ὁμέστιοι, αὐτοτράπεζοι, εὔνιες ἀνδρείων ἀχέων, ἀπόκηροι, ἀτειρεῖς.
But at last are they prophets and hymn-writers and physicians and chieftains among men dwelling on the earth; and from this they grow to be gods, receiving the greatest honours, sharing the same hearth with the other immortals, their table companions, free from human woes, beyond the power of death and harm. PASSAGES FROM PLATO RELATING TO EMPEDOKLES. _Phaed._ 96 B. Is blood that with which we think, or air, or fire...?[83] _Gorg._ 493 A. And perhaps we really are dead, as I once before heard one of the wise men say: that now we are dead, and the body our tomb, and that that part of the soul, it so happens, in which desires are, is open to persuasion and moves upward and downward. And indeed a clever man—perhaps some inhabitant of Sicily or Italy—speaking allegorically, and taking the word from ‘credible’ (πιθανός) and ‘persuadable’ (πιστικός), called it a jar (πίθος). And those without intelligence he called uninitiated, and that part of the soul of the uninitiated where the desires are, he called its intemperateness, and said it was not watertight, as a jar might be pierced with holes—using the simile because of its insatiate desires. _Meno_ 76 C. Do you say, with Empedokles, that there are certain effluences from things?—Certainly. And pores, into which and through which the effluences go?—Yes indeed. And that some of the effluences match certain of the pores, and others are smaller or larger?—It is true. And there is such a thing as vision?—Yes. And ... colour is the effluence of forms in agreement with vision and perceptible by that sense?—It is. _Sophist._ 242 D. And certain Ionian and Sicilian Muses agreed later that it is safest to weave together both opinions and to say that Being is many and one [πολλά τε καὶ ἕν], and that it is controlled by hate and love. Borne apart it is always borne together, say the more severe of the Muses. But the gentler concede that these things are always thus, and they say, in part, that sometimes all is one and rendered loving by Aphrodite, while at other times it is many and at enmity with itself by reason of a sort of strife. PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO EMPEDOKLES. _Phys._ i. 3; 187 a 20. And others say that the opposites existing in the unity are separated out of it, as Anaximandros says, and as those say who hold that things are both one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras. i. 4; 188 a 18. But it is better to assume elements fewer in number and limited, as Empedokles does. ii. 4; 196 a 20. Empedokles says that the air is not always separated upwards, but as it happens. viii. 1; 250 b 27. Empedokles says that things are in motion part of the time and again they are at rest; they are in motion when Love tends to make one out of many, or Strife tends to make many out of one, and in the intervening time they are at rest (Vv. 69-73). viii. 1; 252 a 6. So it is necessary to consider this (motion) a first principle, which it seems Empedokles means in saying that of necessity Love and Strife control things and move them part of the time, and that they are at rest during the intervening time. _De Caelo_ 279 b 14. Some say that alternately at one time there is coming into being, at another time there is perishing, and that this always continues to be the case; so say Empedokles of Agrigentum and Herakleitos of Ephesus. ii. 1; 284 a 24. Neither can we assume that it is after this manner nor that, getting a slower motion than its own downward momentum on account of rotation, it still is preserved so long a time, as Empedokles says. ii. 13; 295 a 15. But they seek the cause why it remains, and some say after this manner, that its breadth or size is the cause; but others, as Empedokles, that the movement of the heavens revolving in a circle and moving more slowly, hinders the motion of the earth, like water in vessels.... iii. 2; 301 a 14. It is not right to make genesis take place out of what is separated and in motion. Wherefore Empedokles passes over genesis in the case of Love; for he could not put the heaven together preparing it out of parts that had been separated, and making the combination by means of Love; for the order of the elements has been established out of parts that had been separated, so that necessarily it arose out of what is one and compounded. iii. 2; 302 a 28. Empedokles says that fire and earth and associated elements are the elements of bodies, and that all things are composed of these. iii. 6; 305 a 1. But if separation shall in some way be stopped, either the body in which it is stopped will be indivisible, or being separable it is one that will never be divided, as Empedokles seems to mean. iv. 2; 309 a 19. Some who deny that a void exists, do not define carefully light and heavy, as Anaxagoras and Empedokles. _Gen. corr._ i. 1; 314 b 7. Wherefore Empedokles speaks after this manner, saying that nothing comes into being, but there is only mixture and separation of the mixed. i. 1; 315 a 3. Empedokles seemed both to contradict things as they appear, and to contradict himself. For at one time he says that no one of the elements arises from another, but that all other things arise from these; and at another time he brings all of nature together into one, except Strife, and says that each thing arises from the one. i. 8; 324 b 26. Some thought that each sense impression was received through certain pores from the last and strongest agent which entered, and they say that after this manner we see and hear and perceive by all the other senses, and further that we see through air and water and transparent substances because they have pores that are invisible by reason of their littleness, and are close together in series; and the more transparent substances have more pores. Many made definite statements after this manner in regard to certain things, as did Empedokles, not only in regard to active and passive bodies, but he also says that those bodies are mingled, the pores of which agree with each other.... i. 8; 325 a 34. From what is truly _one_ multiplicity could not arise, nor yet could unity arise from what is truly manifold, for this is impossible; but as Empedokles and some others say, beings are affected through pores, so all change and all happening arises after this manner, separation and destruction taking place through the void, and in like manner growth, solid bodies coming in gradually. For it is almost necessary for Empedokles to say as Leukippos does; for there are some solid and indivisible bodies, unless pores are absolutely contiguous. 325 b 19. But as for Empedokles, it is evident that he holds to genesis and destruction as far as the elements are concerned, but how the aggregate mass of these arises and perishes, it is not evident, nor is it possible for one to say who denies that there is an element of fire, and in like manner an element of each other thing—as Plato wrote in the Timaeos. ii. 3; 330 b 19. And some say at once that there are four elements, as Empedokles. But he combines them into two; for he sets all the rest over against fire. ii. 6; 333 b 20. Strife then does not separate the elements, but Love separates those which in their origin are before god; and these are gods. _Meteor._ 357 a 24. In like manner it would be absurd if any one, saying that the sea is the sweat of the earth, thought he was saying anything distinct and clear, as for instance Empedokles; for such a statement might perhaps be sufficient for the purposes of poetry (for the metaphor is poetical), but not at all for the knowledge of nature. 369 b 11. Some say that fire originates in the clouds; and Empedokles says that this is what is encompassed by the rays of the sun. _De anim._ i. 2; 404 b 7. As many as pay careful attention to the fact that what has soul is in motion, these assume that soul is the most important source of motion; and as many as consider that it knows and perceives beings, these say that the first principle is soul, some making more than one first principle and others making one, as Empedokles says the first principle is the product of all the elements, and each of these is soul, saying (Vv. 333-335). i. 4; 408 a 14. And in like manner it is strange that soul should be the cause of the mixture; for the mixture of the elements does not have the same cause as flesh and bone. The result then will be that there are many souls through the whole body, if all things arise out of the elements that have been mingled together; and the cause of the mixture is harmony and soul. i. 5; 410 a 28. For it involves many perplexities to say, as Empedokles does, that each thing is known by the material elements, and like by like.... And it turns out that Empedokles regards god as most lacking in the power of perception; for he alone does not know one of the elements, Strife, and (hence) all perishable things; for each of these is from all (the elements). ii. 4; 415 b 28. And Empedokles was incorrect when he went on to say that plants grew downwards with their roots together because the earth goes in this direction naturally, and that they grew upwards because fire goes in this direction. ii. 7; 418 b 20. So it is evident that light is the presence of this (fire). And Empedokles was wrong, and any one else who may have agreed with him, in saying that the light moves and arises between earth and what surrounds the earth, though it escapes our notice. _De sens._ 441 a 4. It is necessary that the water in it should have the form of a fluid that is invisible by reason of its smallness, as Empedokles says. 446 a 26. Empedokles says that the light from the sun first enters the intermediate space before it comes to vision or to the earth. _De respir._ 477 a 32. Empedokles was incorrect in saying that the warmest animals having the most fire were aquatic, avoiding the excess of warmth in their nature, in order that since there was a lack of cold and wet in them, they might be preserved by their position. _Pneumat._ 482 a 29. With reference to breathing some do not say what it is for, but only describe the manner in which it takes place, as Empedokles and Demokritos. 484 a 38. Empedokles says that fingernails arise from sinew by hardening. _Part. anim._ i. 1; 640 a 19. So Empedokles was wrong in saying that many characteristics appear in animals because it happened to be thus in their birth, as that they have such a spine because they happen to be descended from one that bent itself back.... i. 1; 642 a 18. And from time to time Empedokles chances on this, guided by the truth itself, and is compelled to say that _being_ and _nature_ are reason, just as when he is declaring what a bone is; for he does not say it is one of the elements, nor two or three, nor all of them, but it is the reason of the mixture of these. _De Plant._ i.; 815 a 16. Anaxagoras and Empedokles say that plants are moved by desire, and assert that they have perception and feel pleasure and pain.... Empedokles thought that sex had been mixed in them. (Note 817 a 1, 10, and 36.) i.; 815 b 12. Empedokles _et al._ said that plants have intelligence and knowledge. i.; 817 b 35. Empedokles said again that plants have their birth in an inferior world which is not perfect in its fulfilment, and that when it is fulfilled an animal is generated. i. 3; 984 a 8. Empedokles assumes four elements, adding earth as a fourth to those that have been mentioned; for these always abide and do not come into being, but in greatness and smallness they are compounded and separated out of one and into one. i. 3; 984 b 32. And since the opposite to the good appeared to exist in nature, and not only order and beauty but also disorder and ugliness, and the bad appeared to be more than the good and the ugly more than the beautiful, so some one else introduced Love and Strife, each the cause of one of these. For if one were to follow and make the assumption in accordance with reason and not in accordance with what Empedokles foolishly says, he will find Love to be the cause of what is good, and Strife of what is bad; so that if one were to say that Empedokles spoke after a certain manner and was the first to call the bad and the good first principles, perhaps he would speak rightly, if the good itself were the cause of all good things, and the bad of all bad things. _Met._ i. 4; 915 a 21. And Empedokles makes more use of causes than Anaxagoras, but not indeed sufficiently; nor does he find in them what has been agreed upon. At any rate love for him is often a separating cause and strife a uniting cause. For whenever the all is separated into the elements by strife, fire and each of the other elements are collected into one; and again, whenever they all are brought together into one by love, parts are necessarily separated again from each thing. Empedokles moreover differed from those who went before, in that he discriminated this cause and introduced it, not making the cause of motion one, but different and opposite. Further, he first described the four elements spoken of as in the form of matter; but he did not use them as four but only as two, fire by itself, and the rest opposed to fire as being one in nature, earth and air and water. i. 8; 989 a 20. And the same thing is true if one asserts that these are more numerous than one, as Empedokles says that matter is four substances. For it is necessary that the same peculiar results should hold good with reference to him. For we see the elements arising from each other inasmuch as fire and earth do not continue the same substance (for so it is said of them in the verses on nature); and with reference to the cause of their motion, whether it is necessary to assume one or two, we must think that he certainly did not speak either in a correct or praiseworthy manner. i. 9; 993 a 15. For the first philosophy seems to speak inarticulately in regard to all things, as though it were childish in its causes and first principle, when even Empedokles says that a bone exists by reason, that is, that it was what it was and what the essence of the matter was. _Meta._ ii. 4; 1000 a 25. And Empedokles who, one might think, spoke most consistently, even he had the same experience, for he asserts that a certain first principle, Strife, is the cause of destruction; but one might think none the less that even this causes generation out of the unity; for all other things are from this as their source, except god. _Meta._ ii. 4; 1000 a 32. And apart from these verses (vv. 104-107) it would be evident, for if strife were not existing in things, all would be one, as he says; for when they come together, strife comes to a stand last of all. Wherefore it results that for him the most blessed God has less intelligence than other beings; for he does not know all the elements; for he does not have strife, and knowledge of the like is by the like. _Meta._ ii. 4; 1000 b 16. He does not make clear any cause of necessity. But, nevertheless, he says thus much alone consistently, for he does not make some beings perishable and others imperishable, but he makes all perishable except the elements. And the problem now under discussion is why some things exist and others do not, if they are from the same (elements). _Meta._ xi. 10; 1075 b 2. And Empedokles speaks in a manner, for he makes friendship the good. And this is the first principle, both as the moving cause, for it brings things together; and as matter, for it is part of the mixture. _Ethic._ vii. 5; 1147 b 12. He has the power to speak but not to understand, as a drunken man repeating verses of Empedokles. _Ethic._ viii. 2; 1155 b 7. Others, including Empedokles, say the opposite, that the like seeks the like. _Moral._ ii. 11; 1208 b 11. And he says that when a dog was accustomed always to sleep on the same tile, Empedokles was asked why the dog always sleeps on the same tile, and he answered that the dog had some likeness to the tile, so that the likeness is the reason for its frequenting it. _Poet._ 1; 1447 b 16. Homer and Empedokles have nothing in common but the metre, so that the former should be called a poet, the latter should rather be called a student of nature. Fr. 65; Diog. Laer. viii. 57. Aristotle, in the _Sophist_, says that Empedokles first discovered rhetoric and Zeon dialectic. Fr. 66; Diog. Laer. viii. 63. Aristotle says that (Empedokles) became free and estranged from every form of rule, if indeed he refused the royal power that was granted to him, as Xanthos says in his account of him, evidently much preferring his simplicity. PASSAGES IN DIELS’ ‘DOXOGRAPHI GRAECI’ RELATING TO EMPEDOKLES. Aet. Plac. i. 3; _Dox._ 287. Empedokles of Akragas, son of Meton, says that there are four elements, fire, air, water, earth; and two dynamic first principles, love and strife; one of these tends to unite, the other to separate. And he speaks as follows:—Hear first the four roots of all things, bright Zeus and life-bearing Hera and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who moistens the springs of men with her tears. Now by Zeus he means the seething and the aether, by life-bearing Hera the moist air, and by Aidoneus the earth; and by Nestis, spring of men, he means as it were moist seed and water. i. 4; 291. Empedokles: The universe is one; not however that the universe is the all, but some little part of the all, and the rest is matter. i. 7; 303. And he holds that the one is necessity, and that its matter consists of the four elements, and its forms are strife and love. And he calls the elements gods, and the mixture of these the universe. And its uniformity will be resolved into them;[84] and he thinks souls are divine, and that pure men who in a pure way have a share of them (the elements) are divine. i. 13; 312. Empedokles: Back of the four elements there are smallest particles, as it were elements before elements, homoeomeries (that is, rounded bits). i. 15; 313. Empedokles declared that colour is the harmonious agreement of vision with the pores. And there are four equivalents of the elements—white, black, red, yellow. i. 16; 315. Empedokles (and Xenokrates): The elements are composed of very small masses which are the most minute possible, and as it were elements of elements. i. 24;
Additional fragment 1 (Greek only)
σχεδύνην Φιλότητα.
[No English translation in Fairbanks.]
Fairbanks, _The First Philosophers of Greece_ (1898), Empedocles, fragmentary verses without an English translation.
Fairbanks, _The First Philosophers of Greece_ (1898), Empedocles.
Testimonia
Contents — 71 sections
- Phaed. 96 B
- Gorg. 493 A
- Meno 76 C
- And that some of the effluences match certain of the pores, and others are
- And ... colour is the effluence of forms in agreement with vision and
- Sophist. 242 D
- Phys. i. 3; 187 a 20
- i. 4; 188 a 18
- ii. 4; 196 a 20
- viii. 1; 250 b 27
- viii. 1; 252 a 6
- De Caelo 279 b 14
- ii. 1; 284 a 24
- ii. 13; 295 a 15
- iii. 2; 301 a 14
- iii. 2; 302 a 28
- iii. 6; 305 a 1
- iv. 2; 309 a 19
- Gen. corr. i. 1; 314 b 7
- i. 1; 315 a 3
- i. 8; 324 b 26
- i. 8; 325 a 34
- 325 b 19
- ii. 3; 330 b 19
- ii. 6; 333 b 20
- Meteor. 357 a 24
- 369 b 11
- De anim. i. 2; 404 b 7
- i. 4; 408 a 14
- i. 5; 410 a 28
- ii. 4; 415 b 28
- ii. 7; 418 b 20
- De sens. 441 a 4
- 446 a 26
- De respir. 477 a 32
- Pneumat. 482 a 29
- 484 a 38
- Part. anim. i. 1; 640 a 19
- i. 1; 642 a 18
- De Plant. i.; 815 a 16
- i.; 815 b 12
- i.; 817 b 35
- i. 3; 984 a 8
- i. 3; 984 b 32
- Met. i. 4; 915 a 21
- i. 8; 989 a 20
- i. 9; 993 a 15
- Meta. ii. 4; 1000 a 25
- Meta. ii. 4; 1000 a 32
- Meta. ii. 4; 1000 b 16
- Meta. xi. 10; 1075 b 2
- Ethic. vii. 5; 1147 b 12
- Ethic. viii. 2; 1155 b 7
- Moral. ii. 11; 1208 b 11
- Poet. 1; 1447 b 16
- Fr. 65; Diog
- Fr. 66; Diog
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet
- Theophr
- Fr. 23; Dox. 495
- Theophr. de sens. 7; Dox. 500
- Theophr. de sens. 59; Dox. 516
- Cic
- Hipp
- Hipp
- Plut
- Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 19; Dox. 591. Empedokles of Agrigentum, son of Meton,
Phaed. 96 B
Phaed. 96 B. Is blood that with which we think, or air, or fire...?
Gorg. 493 A
Gorg. 493 A. And perhaps we really are dead, as I once before heard one of the wise men say: that now we are dead, and the body our tomb, and that that part of the soul, it so happens, in which desires are, is open to persuasion and moves upward and downward. And indeed a clever man—perhaps some inhabitant of Sicily or Italy—speaking allegorically, and taking the word from ‘credible’ (πιθανός) and ‘persuadable’ (πιστικός), called it a jar (πίθος). And those without intelligence he called uninitiated, and that part of the soul of the uninitiated where the desires are, he called its intemperateness, and said it was not watertight, as a jar might be pierced with holes—using the simile because of its insatiate desires.
Meno 76 C
Meno 76 C. Do you say, with Empedokles, that there are certain effluences from things?—Certainly.
And that some of the effluences match certain of the pores, and others are
And that some of the effluences match certain of the pores, and others are smaller or larger?—It is true.
And ... colour is the effluence of forms in agreement with vision and
And ... colour is the effluence of forms in agreement with vision and perceptible by that sense?—It is.
Sophist. 242 D
Sophist. 242 D. And certain Ionian and Sicilian Muses agreed later that it is safest to weave together both opinions and to say that Being is many and one [πολλά τε καὶ ἕν], and that it is controlled by hate and love. Borne apart it is always borne together, say the more severe of the Muses. But the gentler concede that these things are always thus, and they say, in part, that sometimes all is one and rendered loving by Aphrodite, while at other times it is many and at enmity with itself by reason of a sort of strife.
Phys. i. 3; 187 a 20
Phys. i. 3; 187 a 20. And others say that the opposites existing in the unity are separated out of it, as Anaximandros says, and as those say who hold that things are both one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras.
i. 4; 188 a 18
i. 4; 188 a 18. But it is better to assume elements fewer in number and limited, as Empedokles does.
ii. 4; 196 a 20
ii. 4; 196 a 20. Empedokles says that the air is not always separated upwards, but as it happens.
viii. 1; 250 b 27
viii. 1; 250 b 27. Empedokles says that things are in motion part of the time and again they are at rest; they are in motion when Love tends to make one out of many, or Strife tends to make many out of one, and in the intervening time they are at rest (Vv. 69-73).
viii. 1; 252 a 6
viii. 1; 252 a 6. So it is necessary to consider this (motion) a first principle, which it seems Empedokles means in saying that of necessity Love and Strife control things and move them part of the time, and that they are at rest during the intervening time.
De Caelo 279 b 14
De Caelo 279 b 14. Some say that alternately at one time there is coming into being, at another time there is perishing, and that this always continues to be the case; so say Empedokles of Agrigentum and Herakleitos of Ephesus.
ii. 1; 284 a 24
ii. 1; 284 a 24. Neither can we assume that it is after this manner nor that, getting a slower motion than its own downward momentum on account of rotation, it still is preserved so long a time, as Empedokles says.
ii. 13; 295 a 15
ii. 13; 295 a 15. But they seek the cause why it remains, and some say after this manner, that its breadth or size is the cause; but others, as Empedokles, that the movement of the heavens revolving in a circle and moving more slowly, hinders the motion of the earth, like water in vessels....
iii. 2; 301 a 14
iii. 2; 301 a 14. It is not right to make genesis take place out of what is separated and in motion. Wherefore Empedokles passes over genesis in the case of Love; for he could not put the heaven together preparing it out of parts that had been separated, and making the combination by means of Love; for the order of the elements has been established out of parts that had been separated, so that necessarily it arose out of what is one and compounded.
iii. 2; 302 a 28
iii. 2; 302 a 28. Empedokles says that fire and earth and associated elements are the elements of bodies, and that all things are composed of these.
iii. 6; 305 a 1
iii. 6; 305 a 1. But if separation shall in some way be stopped, either the body in which it is stopped will be indivisible, or being separable it is one that will never be divided, as Empedokles seems to mean.
iv. 2; 309 a 19
iv. 2; 309 a 19. Some who deny that a void exists, do not define carefully light and heavy, as Anaxagoras and Empedokles.
Gen. corr. i. 1; 314 b 7
Gen. corr. i. 1; 314 b 7. Wherefore Empedokles speaks after this manner, saying that nothing comes into being, but there is only mixture and separation of the mixed.
i. 1; 315 a 3
i. 1; 315 a 3. Empedokles seemed both to contradict things as they appear, and to contradict himself. For at one time he says that no one of the elements arises from another, but that all other things arise from these; and at another time he brings all of nature together into one, except Strife, and says that each thing arises from the one.
i. 8; 324 b 26
i. 8; 324 b 26. Some thought that each sense impression was received through certain pores from the last and strongest agent which entered, and they say that after this manner we see and hear and perceive by all the other senses, and further that we see through air and water and transparent substances because they have pores that are invisible by reason of their littleness, and are close together in series; and the more transparent substances have more pores. Many made definite statements after this manner in regard to certain things, as did Empedokles, not only in regard to active and passive bodies, but he also says that those bodies are mingled, the pores of which agree with each other....
i. 8; 325 a 34
i. 8; 325 a 34. From what is truly one multiplicity could not arise, nor yet could unity arise from what is truly manifold, for this is impossible; but as Empedokles and some others say, beings are affected through pores, so all change and all happening arises after this manner, separation and destruction taking place through the void, and in like manner growth, solid bodies coming in gradually. For it is almost necessary for Empedokles to say as Leukippos does; for there are some solid and indivisible bodies, unless pores are absolutely contiguous.
325 b 19
325 b 19. But as for Empedokles, it is evident that he holds to genesis and destruction as far as the elements are concerned, but how the aggregate mass of these arises and perishes, it is not evident, nor is it possible for one to say who denies that there is an element of fire, and in like manner an element of each other thing—as Plato wrote in the Timaeos.
ii. 3; 330 b 19
ii. 3; 330 b 19. And some say at once that there are four elements, as Empedokles. But he combines them into two; for he sets all the rest over against fire.
ii. 6; 333 b 20
ii. 6; 333 b 20. Strife then does not separate the elements, but Love separates those which in their origin are before god; and these are gods.
Meteor. 357 a 24
Meteor. 357 a 24. In like manner it would be absurd if any one, saying that the sea is the sweat of the earth, thought he was saying anything distinct and clear, as for instance Empedokles; for such a statement might perhaps be sufficient for the purposes of poetry (for the metaphor is poetical), but not at all for the knowledge of nature.
369 b 11
369 b 11. Some say that fire originates in the clouds; and Empedokles says that this is what is encompassed by the rays of the sun.
De anim. i. 2; 404 b 7
De anim. i. 2; 404 b 7. As many as pay careful attention to the fact that what has soul is in motion, these assume that soul is the most important source of motion; and as many as consider that it knows and perceives beings, these say that the first principle is soul, some making more than one first principle and others making one, as Empedokles says the first principle is the product of all the elements, and each of these is soul, saying (Vv. 333-335).
i. 4; 408 a 14
i. 4; 408 a 14. And in like manner it is strange that soul should be the cause of the mixture; for the mixture of the elements does not have the same cause as flesh and bone. The result then will be that there are many souls through the whole body, if all things arise out of the elements that have been mingled together; and the cause of the mixture is harmony and soul.
i. 5; 410 a 28
i. 5; 410 a 28. For it involves many perplexities to say, as Empedokles does, that each thing is known by the material elements, and like by like.... And it turns out that Empedokles regards god as most lacking in the power of perception; for he alone does not know one of the elements, Strife, and (hence) all perishable things; for each of these is from all (the elements).
ii. 4; 415 b 28
ii. 4; 415 b 28. And Empedokles was incorrect when he went on to say that plants grew downwards with their roots together because the earth goes in this direction naturally, and that they grew upwards because fire goes in this direction.
ii. 7; 418 b 20
ii. 7; 418 b 20. So it is evident that light is the presence of this (fire). And Empedokles was wrong, and any one else who may have agreed with him, in saying that the light moves and arises between earth and what surrounds the earth, though it escapes our notice.
De sens. 441 a 4
De sens. 441 a 4. It is necessary that the water in it should have the form of a fluid that is invisible by reason of its smallness, as Empedokles says.
446 a 26
446 a 26. Empedokles says that the light from the sun first enters the intermediate space before it comes to vision or to the earth.
De respir. 477 a 32
De respir. 477 a 32. Empedokles was incorrect in saying that the warmest animals having the most fire were aquatic, avoiding the excess of warmth in their nature, in order that since there was a lack of cold and wet in them, they might be preserved by their position.
Pneumat. 482 a 29
Pneumat. 482 a 29. With reference to breathing some do not say what it is for, but only describe the manner in which it takes place, as Empedokles and Demokritos.
484 a 38
484 a 38. Empedokles says that fingernails arise from sinew by hardening.
Part. anim. i. 1; 640 a 19
Part. anim. i. 1; 640 a 19. So Empedokles was wrong in saying that many characteristics appear in animals because it happened to be thus in their birth, as that they have such a spine because they happen to be descended from one that bent itself back....
i. 1; 642 a 18
i. 1; 642 a 18. And from time to time Empedokles chances on this, guided by the truth itself, and is compelled to say that being and nature are reason, just as when he is declaring what a bone is; for he does not say it is one of the elements, nor two or three, nor all of them, but it is the reason of the mixture of these.
De Plant. i.; 815 a 16
De Plant. i.; 815 a 16. Anaxagoras and Empedokles say that plants are moved by desire, and assert that they have perception and feel pleasure and pain.... Empedokles thought that sex had been mixed in them. (Note 817 a 1, 10, and 36.)
i.; 815 b 12
i.; 815 b 12. Empedokles et al. said that plants have intelligence and knowledge.
i.; 817 b 35
i.; 817 b 35. Empedokles said again that plants have their birth in an inferior world which is not perfect in its fulfilment, and that when it is fulfilled an animal is generated.
i. 3; 984 a 8
i. 3; 984 a 8. Empedokles assumes four elements, adding earth as a fourth to those that have been mentioned; for these always abide and do not come into being, but in greatness and smallness they are compounded and separated out of one and into one.
i. 3; 984 b 32
i. 3; 984 b 32. And since the opposite to the good appeared to exist in nature, and not only order and beauty but also disorder and ugliness, and the bad appeared to be more than the good and the ugly more than the beautiful, so some one else introduced Love and Strife, each the cause of one of these. For if one were to follow and make the assumption in accordance with reason and not in accordance with what Empedokles foolishly says, he will find Love to be the cause of what is good, and Strife of what is bad; so that if one were to say that Empedokles spoke after a certain manner and was the first to call the bad and the good first principles, perhaps he would speak rightly, if the good itself were the cause of all good things, and the bad of all bad things.
Met. i. 4; 915 a 21
Met. i. 4; 915 a 21. And Empedokles makes more use of causes than Anaxagoras, but not indeed sufficiently; nor does he find in them what has been agreed upon. At any rate love for him is often a separating cause and strife a uniting cause. For whenever the all is separated into the elements by strife, fire and each of the other elements are collected into one; and again, whenever they all are brought together into one by love, parts are necessarily separated again from each thing. Empedokles moreover differed from those who went before, in that he discriminated this cause and introduced it, not making the cause of motion one, but different and opposite. Further, he first described the four elements spoken of as in the form of matter; but he did not use them as four but only as two, fire by itself, and the rest opposed to fire as being one in nature, earth and air and water.
i. 8; 989 a 20
i. 8; 989 a 20. And the same thing is true if one asserts that these are more numerous than one, as Empedokles says that matter is four substances. For it is necessary that the same peculiar results should hold good with reference to him. For we see the elements arising from each other inasmuch as fire and earth do not continue the same substance (for so it is said of them in the verses on nature); and with reference to the cause of their motion, whether it is necessary to assume one or two, we must think that he certainly did not speak either in a correct or praiseworthy manner.
i. 9; 993 a 15
i. 9; 993 a 15. For the first philosophy seems to speak inarticulately in regard to all things, as though it were childish in its causes and first principle, when even Empedokles says that a bone exists by reason, that is, that it was what it was and what the essence of the matter was.
Meta. ii. 4; 1000 a 25
Meta. ii. 4; 1000 a 25. And Empedokles who, one might think, spoke most consistently, even he had the same experience, for he asserts that a certain first principle, Strife, is the cause of destruction; but one might think none the less that even this causes generation out of the unity; for all other things are from this as their source, except god.
Meta. ii. 4; 1000 a 32
Meta. ii. 4; 1000 a 32. And apart from these verses (vv. 104-107) it would be evident, for if strife were not existing in things, all would be one, as he says; for when they come together, strife comes to a stand last of all. Wherefore it results that for him the most blessed God has less intelligence than other beings; for he does not know all the elements; for he does not have strife, and knowledge of the like is by the like.
Meta. ii. 4; 1000 b 16
Meta. ii. 4; 1000 b 16. He does not make clear any cause of necessity. But, nevertheless, he says thus much alone consistently, for he does not make some beings perishable and others imperishable, but he makes all perishable except the elements. And the problem now under discussion is why some things exist and others do not, if they are from the same (elements).
Meta. xi. 10; 1075 b 2
Meta. xi. 10; 1075 b 2. And Empedokles speaks in a manner, for he makes friendship the good. And this is the first principle, both as the moving cause, for it brings things together; and as matter, for it is part of the mixture.
Ethic. vii. 5; 1147 b 12
Ethic. vii. 5; 1147 b 12. He has the power to speak but not to understand, as a drunken man repeating verses of Empedokles.
Ethic. viii. 2; 1155 b 7
Ethic. viii. 2; 1155 b 7. Others, including Empedokles, say the opposite, that the like seeks the like.
Moral. ii. 11; 1208 b 11
Moral. ii. 11; 1208 b 11. And he says that when a dog was accustomed always to sleep on the same tile, Empedokles was asked why the dog always sleeps on the same tile, and he answered that the dog had some likeness to the tile, so that the likeness is the reason for its frequenting it.
Poet. 1; 1447 b 16
Poet. 1; 1447 b 16. Homer and Empedokles have nothing in common but the metre, so that the former should be called a poet, the latter should rather be called a student of nature.
Fr. 65; Diog
Fr. 65; Diog. Laer. viii. 57. Aristotle, in the Sophist, says that Empedokles first discovered rhetoric and Zeon dialectic.
Fr. 66; Diog
Fr. 66; Diog. Laer. viii. 63. Aristotle says that (Empedokles) became free and estranged from every form of rule, if indeed he refused the royal power that was granted to him, as Xanthos says in his account of him, evidently much preferring his simplicity.
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 287. Empedokles of Akragas, son of Meton, says that there are four elements, fire, air, water, earth; and two dynamic first principles, love and strife; one of these tends to unite, the other to separate. And he speaks as follows:—Hear first the four roots of all things, bright Zeus and life-bearing Hera and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who moistens the springs of men with her tears. Now by Zeus he means the seething and the aether, by life-bearing Hera the moist air, and by Aidoneus the earth; and by Nestis, spring of men, he means as it were moist seed and water. i. 4; 291. Empedokles: The universe is one; not however that the universe is the all, but some little part of the all, and the rest is matter. i. 7; 303. And he holds that the one is necessity, and that its matter consists of the four elements, and its forms are strife and love. And he calls the elements gods, and the mixture of these the universe. And its uniformity will be resolved into them; and he thinks souls are divine, and that pure men who in a pure way have a share of them (the elements) are divine. i. 13; 312. Empedokles: Back of the four elements there are smallest particles, as it were elements before elements, homoeomeries (that is, rounded bits). i. 15; 313. Empedokles declared that colour is the harmonious agreement of vision with the pores. And there are four equivalents of the elements—white, black, red, yellow. i. 16; 315. Empedokles (and Xenokrates): The elements are composed of very small masses which are the most minute possible, and as it were elements of elements. i. 24; 320. Empedokles et al. and all who make the universe by putting together bodies of small parts, introduce combinations and separations, but not genesis and destruction absolutely; for these changes take place not in respect to quality by transformation, but in respect to quantity by putting together. i. 26; 321. Empedokles: The essence of necessity is the effective cause of the first principles and of the elements.
Aet
Aet. Plac. ii. 1; Dox. 328. Empedokles: The course of the sun is the outline of the limit of the universe. ii. 4; 331. Empedokles: The universe <arises and> perishes according to the alternating rule of Love and Strife. ii. 6; 334. Empedokles: The aether was first separated, and secondly fire, and then earth, from which, as it was compressed tightly by the force of its rotation, water gushed forth; and from this the air arose as vapour, and the heavens arose from the aether, the sun from the fire, and bodies on the earth were compressed out of the others. ii. 7; 336. Empedokles: Things are not in fixed position throughout the all, nor yet are the places of the elements defined, but all things partake of one another. ii. 8; 338. Empedokles: When the air gives way at the rapid motion of the sun, the north pole is bent so that the regions of the north are elevated and the regions of the south depressed in respect to the whole universe. ii. 10; 339. Empedokles: The right side is toward the summer solstice, and the left toward the winter solstice. ii. 11; 339. Empedokles: The heaven is solidified from air that is fixed in crystalline form by fire, and embraces what partakes of the nature of fire and of the nature of air in each of the hemispheres. ii. 13; 341. Empedokles: The stars are fiery bodies formed of fiery matter, which the air embracing in itself pressed forth at the first separation. 342. The fixed stars are bound up with the crystalline (vault), but the planets are set free. ii. 20; 350. Empedokles: There are two suns; the one is the archetype, fire in the one hemisphere of the universe, which has filled that hemisphere, always set facing the brightness which corresponds to itself; the other is the sun that appears, the corresponding brightness in the other hemisphere that has been filled with air mixed with heat, becoming the crystalline sun by reflection from the rounded earth, and dragged along with the motion of the fiery hemisphere; to speak briefly, the sun is the brightness corresponding to the fire that surrounds the earth. ii. 21; 351. The sun which faces the opposite brightness, is of the same size as the earth. ii. 23; 353. Empedokles: The solstices are due to the fact that the sun is hindered from moving always in a straight line by the sphere enclosing it, and by the tropic circles. ii. 24; 354. The sun is eclipsed when the moon passes before it. ii. 25; 357. Empedokles: The moon is air rolled together, cloudlike, its fixed form due to fire, so that it is a mixture. ii. 27; 358. The moon has the form of a disk. ii. 28; 358. The moon has its light from the sun. ii. 31; 362. Empedokles: The moon is twice as far from the sun as it is from the earth (?) 363. The distance across the heavens is greater than the height from earth to heaven, which is the distance of the moon from us; according to this the heaven is more spread out, because the universe is disposed in the shape of an egg.
Aet
Aet. Plac. iii. 3; Dox. 368. Empedokles: (Thunder and lightning are) the impact of light on a cloud so that the light thrusts out the air which hinders it; the extinguishing of the light and the breaking up of the cloud produces a crash, and the kindling of it produces lightning, and the thunderbolt is the sound of the lightning. iii. 8; 375. Empedokles and the Stoics: Winter comes when the air is master, being forced up by condensation; and summer when fire is master, when it is forced downwards. iii. 16; 381. The sea is the sweat of the earth, brought out by the heat of the sun on account of increased pressure.
Aet
Aet. Plac. iv. 3; Theod. v. 18; Dox. 389. Empedokles: The soul is a mixture of what is air and aether in essence. iv. 5; 392. Empedokles et al.: Mind and soul are the same, so that in their opinion no animal would be absolutely devoid of reason. Theod. v. 23; 392. Empedokles et al.: The soul is imperishable. Aet. iv. 9; 396. Empedokles et al.: Sensations are deceptive. 397. Sensations arise part by part according to the symmetry of the pores, each particular object of sense being adapted to some sense (organ). iv. 13; 403. Empedokles: Vision receives impressions both by means of rays and by means of images. But more by the second method; for it receives effluences. iv. 14; 405. (Reflections from mirrors) take place by means of effluences that arise on the surface of the mirror, and they are completed by means of the fiery matter that is separated from the mirror, and that bears along the air which lies before them into which the streams flow. iv. 6; 406. Empedokles: Hearing takes place by the impact of wind on the cartilage of the ear, which, he says, is hung up inside the ear so as to swing and be struck after the manner of a bell. iv. 17; 407. Empedokles: Smell is introduced with breathings of the lungs; whenever the breathing becomes heavy, it does not join in the perception on account of roughness, as in the case of those who suffer from a flux. iv. 22; 411. Empedokles: The first breath of the animal takes place when the moisture in infants gives way, and the outside air comes to the void to enter the opening of the lungs at the side; and after this the implanted warmth at the onset from without presses out from below the airy matter, the breathing out; and at the corresponding return into the outer air it occasions a corresponding entering of the air, the breathing in. And that which now controls the blood as it goes to the surface and as it presses out the airy matter through the nostrils by its own currents on its outward passage, becomes the breathing out; and when the air runs back and enters into the fine openings that are scattered through the blood, it is the breathing in. And he mentions the instance of the clepsydra.
Aet
Aet. Plac. v. 7; 419. Empedokles: Male or female are born according to warmth and coldness; whence he records that the first males were born to the east and south from the earth, and the females to the north. v. 8; 420. Empedokles: Monstrosities are due to too much or too little seed (semen), or to disturbance of motion, or to division into several parts, or to a bending aside. v. 10; 421. Empedokles: Twins and triplets are due to excess of seed and division of it. v. 11; 422. Empedokles: Likenesses (of children to parents) are due to power of the fruitful seed, and differences occur when the warmth in the seed is dissipated. v. 12; 423. Empedokles: Offspring are formed according to the fancy of the woman at the time of conception; for oftentimes women fall in love with images and statues, and bring forth offspring like these. v. 14; 425. Empedokles: (Mules are not fertile) because the womb is small and low and narrow, and attached to the belly in a reverse manner, so that the seed does not go into it straight, nor would it receive the seed even if it should reach it. v. 15; 425. Empedokles: The embryo is [not] alive, but exists without breathing in the belly; and the first breath of the animal takes place at birth, when the moisture in infants gives way, and when the airy matter from without comes to the void, to enter into the openings of the lungs. v. 19; 430. Empedokles: The first generations of animals and plants were never complete, but were yoked with incongruous parts; and the second were forms of parts that belong together; and the third, of parts grown into one whole; and the fourth were no longer from like parts, as for instance from earth and water, but from elements already permeating each other; for some the food being condensed, for others the fairness of the females causing an excitement of the motion of the seed. And the classes of all the animals were separated on account of such mixings; those more adapted to the water rushed into this, others sailed up into the air as many as had the more of fiery matter, and the heavier remained on the earth, and equal portions in the mixture spoke in the breasts of all. v. 22; 434. Empedokles: Flesh is the product of equal parts of the four elements mixed together, and sinews of double portions of fire and earth mixed together, and the claws of animals are the product of sinews chilled by contact with the air, and bones of two equal parts of water and of earth and four parts of fire mingled together. And sweat and tears come from blood as it wastes away, and flows out because it has become rarefied. v. 24; 435. Empedokles: Sleep is a moderate cooling of the warmth in the blood, death a complete cooling. v. 25; 437. Empedokles: Death is a separation of the fiery matter out of the mixture of which the man is composed; so that from this standpoint death of the body and of the soul happens together; and sleep is a separating of the fiery matter. v. 26; 438. Empedokles: Trees first of living beings sprang from the earth, before the sun was unfolded in the heavens and before day and night were separated; and by reason of the symmetry of their mixture they contain the principle of male and female; and they grow, being raised by the warmth that is in the earth, so that they are parts of the earth, just as the fœtus in the belly is part of the womb; and the fruits are secretions of the water and fire in the plants; and those which lack (sufficient) moisture shed their leaves in summer when it is evaporated, but those which have more moisture keep their leaves, as in the case of the laurel and the olive and the date-palm; and differences in their juices are (due to) variations in the number of their component parts, and the differences in plants arise because they derive their homoeomeries from (the earth which) nourishes them, as in the case of grape-vines; for it is not the kind of vine which makes wine good, but the kind of soil which nurtures it. v. 26; 440. Empedokles: Animals are nurtured by the substance of what is akin to them [moisture], and they grow with the presence of warmth, and grow smaller and die when either of these is absent; and men of the present time, as compared with the first living beings, have been reduced to the size of infants (?). v. 28; 440. Empedokles: Desires arise in animals from a lack of the elements that would render each one complete, and pleasures....
Theophr
Theophr. Phys. opin. 3; Dox. 478. Empedokles of Agrigentum makes the material elements four: fire and air and water and earth, all of them eternal, and changing in amount and smallness by composition and separation; and the absolute first principles by which these four are set in motion, are Love and Strife; for the elements must continue to be moved in turn, at one time being brought together by Love and at another separated by Strife; so that in his view there are six first principles; for sometimes he gives the active power to Love and Strife, when he says (vv. 67-68): ‘Now being all united by Love into one, now each borne apart by hatred engendered of Strife;’ and again he ranks these as elements along with the four when he says (vv. 77-80): ‘And at another time it separated so that there were many out of the one; fire and water and earth and boundless height of air, and baneful Strife apart from these, balancing each of them, and Love among them, their equal in length and breadth.’
Fr. 23; Dox. 495
Fr. 23; Dox. 495. Some say that the sea is as it were a sort of sweat from the earth; for when the earth is warmed by the sun it gives forth moisture; accordingly it is salt, for sweat is salt. Such was the opinion of Empedokles.
Theophr. de sens. 7; Dox. 500
Theophr. de sens. 7; Dox. 500. Empedokles speaks in like manner concerning all the senses, and says that we perceive by a fitting into the pores of each sense. So they are not able to discern one another’s objects, for the pores of some are too wide and of others too narrow for the object of sensation, so that some things go right through untouched, and others are unable to enter completely. And he attempts to describe what vision is; and he says that what is in the eye is fire and water, and what surrounds it is earth and air, through which light being fine enters, as the light in lanterns. Pores of fire and water are set alternately, and the fire-pores recognise white objects, the water-pores black objects; for the colours harmonise with the pores. And the colours move into vision by means of effluences. And they are not composed alike ... and some of opposite elements; for some the fire is within and for others it is on the outside, so some animals see better in the daytime and others at night; those that have less fire see better by day, for the light inside them is balanced by the light outside them; and those that have less water see better at night, for what is lacking is made up for them. And in the opposite case the contrary is true; for those that have the more fire are dim-sighted, since the fire increasing plasters up and covers the pores of water in the daytime; and for those that have water in excess, the same thing happens at night; for the fire is covered up by the water.... Until in the case of some the water is separated by the outside light, and in the case of others the fire by the air; for the cure of each is its opposite. That which is composed of both in equal parts is the best tempered and most excellent vision. This, approximately, is what he says concerning vision. And hearing is the result of noises coming from outside. For when (the air) is set in motion by a sound, there is an echo within; for the hearing is as it were a bell echoing within, and the ear he calls an ‘offshoot of flesh’ (v. 315): and the air when it is set in motion strikes on something hard and makes an echo. And smell is connected with breathing, so those have the keenest smell whose breath moves most quickly; and the strongest odour arises as an effluence from fine and light bodies. But he makes no careful discrimination with reference to taste and touch separately, either how or by what means they take place, except the general statement that sensation takes place by a fitting into the pores; and pleasure is due to likenesses in the elements and in their mixture, and pain to the opposite. And he speaks similarly concerning thought and ignorance: Thinking is by what is like, and not perceiving is by what is unlike, since thought is the same thing as, or something like, sensation. For recounting how we recognise each thing by each, he said at length (vv. 336-337): Now out of these (elements) all things are fitted together and their form is fixed, and by these men think and feel pleasure and pain. So it is by blood especially that we think; for in this especially are mingled <all> the elements of things. And those in whom equal and like parts have been mixed, not too far apart, nor yet small parts, nor exceeding great, these have the most intelligence and the most accurate senses; and those who approximate to this come next; and those who have the opposite qualities are the most lacking in intelligence. And those in whom the elements are scattered and rarefied, are torpid and easily fatigued; and those in whom the elements are small and thrown close together, move so rapidly and meet with so many things that they accomplish but little by reason of the swiftness of the motion of the blood. And those in whom there is a well-tempered mixture in some one part, are wise at this point; so some are good orators, others good artisans, according as the mixture is in the hands or in the tongue; and the same is true of the other powers.
Theophr. de sens. 59; Dox. 516
Theophr. de sens. 59; Dox. 516. And Empedokles says of colours that white is due to fire, and black to water.
Cic
Cic. De nat. deor. xii.; Dox. 535. Empedokles, along with many other mistakes, makes his worst error in his conception of the gods. For the four beings of which he holds that all things consist, he considers divine; but it is clear that these are born and die and are devoid of all sense.
Hipp
Hipp. Phil. 3; Dox. 558. And Empedokles, who lived later, said much concerning the nature of the divinities, how they live in great numbers beneath the earth and manage things there. He said that Love and Strife were the first principle of the all, and that the intelligent fire of the monad is god, and that all things are formed from fire and are resolved into fire; and the Stoics agree closely with his teaching, in that they expect a general conflagration. And he believed most fully in transmigration, for he said: ‘For in truth I was born a boy and a maiden, and a plant and a bird, and a fish whose course lies in the sea.’ He said that all souls went at death into all sorts of animals.
Hipp
Hipp. Phil. 4; Dox. 559. See Herakleitos, p. 64.
Plut
Plut. Strom. 10; Dox. 582. Empedokles of Agrigentum: The elements are four—fire, water, aether, earth. And the cause of these is Love and Strife. From the first mixture of the elements he says that the air was separated and poured around in a circle; and after the air the fire ran off, and not having any other place to go to, it ran up from under the ice that was around the air. And there are two hemispheres moving in a circle around the earth, the one of pure fire, the other of air and a little fire mixed, which he thinks is night. And motion began as a result of the weight of the fire when it was collected. And the sun is not fire in its nature, but a reflection of fire, like that which takes place in water. And he says the moon consists of air that has been shut up by fire, for this becomes solid like hail; and its light it gets from the sun. The ruling part is not in the head or in the breast, but in the blood; wherefore in whatever part of the body the more of this is spread, in that part men excel.
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 19; Dox. 591. Empedokles of Agrigentum, son of Meton,
Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 19; Dox. 591. Empedokles of Agrigentum, son of Meton, regarded fire and earth and water and air as the four first elements, and he said that enmity is the first of the elements. For, he says, they were separated at first, but now they are united into one, becoming loved by each other. So in his view the first principles and powers are two, Enmity and Love, of which the one tends to bring things together and the other to separate them.
Fragments
Contents — 18 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B1)
- Fragment 2
- Fragment 3
- Fragment 4
- Fragment 5 (DK B11)
- Fragment 6
- Fragment 7 (DK B12)
- Fragment 8 (DK B15)
- Fragment 9 (DK B16)
- Fragment 10 (DK B4)
- Fragment 11 (DK B9)
- Fragment 12 (DK B14)
- Fragment 13 (DK B7)
- Fragment 14 (DK B5)
- Fragment 15 (DK B2)
- Fragment 16 (DK B6)
- Fragment 17 (DK B17)
- Fragment 18 (DK B10)
Fragment 1 (DK B1)
All things were together, infinite both in number and in smallness; for the small also was infinite. And when they were all together, nothing was clear and distinct because of their smallness; for air and aether comprehended all things, both being infinite; for these are present in everything, and are greatest both as to number and as to greatness.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 26. (First clause 8 r 34, 20, and 37 r 172, 2.)
Fragment 2
For air and aether are separated from the surrounding mass; and the surrounding (mass) is infinite in quantity.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 31.
Fragment 3
And since these things are so, it is necessary to think that in all the objects that are compound there existed many things of all sorts, and germs of all objects, having all sorts of forms and colours and tastes.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 34, 29. 33 v 156, 2. 33 v 157, 9. (Cf. p. 34, 25 at end of Fr. 4.)
Fragment 4
But before these were separated, when all things were together, not even was any colour clear and distinct; for the mixture of all things prevented it, the mixture of moist and dry, of the warm and the cold, and of the bright and the dark (since much earth was present), and of germs infinite in number, in no way like each other; for none of the other things at all resembles the one the other.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 4. (8 r 34, 21 substitutes for the last line a paraphrase of Fr. 3.)
Fragment 5 (DK B11)
In all things there is a portion of everything except mind; and there are things in which there is mind also.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 r 164, 23.
Fragment 6
Other things include a portion of everything, but mind is infinite and self-powerful and mixed with nothing, but it exists alone itself by itself. For if it were not by itself, but were mixed with anything else, it would include parts of all things, if it were mixed with anything; for a portion of everything exists in everything, as has been said by me before, and things mingled with it would prevent it from having power over anything in the same way that it does now that it is alone by itself. For it is the most rarefied of all things and the purest, and it has all knowledge in regard to everything and the greatest power; over all that has life, both greater and less, mind rules. And mind ruled the rotation of the whole, so that it set it in rotation in the beginning. First it began the rotation from a small beginning, then more and more was included in the motion, and yet more will be included. Both the mixed and the separated and distinct, all things mind recognised. And whatever things were to be, and whatever things were, as many as are now, and whatever things shall be, all these mind arranged in order; and it arranged that rotation, according to which now rotate stars and sun and moon and air and aether, now that they are separated. Rotation itself caused the separation, and the dense is separated from the rare, the warm from the cold, the bright from the dark, the dry from the moist. And there are many portions of many things. Nothing is absolutely separated nor distinct, one thing from another, except mind. All mind is of like character, both the greater and the smaller. But nothing different is like anything else, but in whatever object there are the most, each single object is and was most distinctly these things.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24 τὰ μὲν ... μέμικται οὐδενί, and 33 r 156,
Fragment 7 (DK B12)
And when mind began to set things in motion, there was separation from everything that was in motion, and however much mind set in motion, all this was made distinct. The rotation of the things that were moved and made distinct caused them to be yet more distinct.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 66 r; 300, 31. 33. DE καὶ, aF omit.
Fragment 8 (DK B15)
The dense, the moist, the cold, the dark, collected there where now is the earth; the rare, the warm, the dry, the bright, departed toward the farther part of the aether.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r; 179, 3. Cf. Dox. 562, 3.
Fragment 9 (DK B16)
Earth is condensed out of these things that are separated. For water is separated from the clouds, and earth from the water; and from the earth stones are condensed by cold; and these are separated farther from water.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r 179, 8. In part 33 r 155, 21. Cf. 106 v 460,
Fragment 10 (DK B4)
And men were constituted, and the other animals, as many as have life. And the men have inhabited cities and works constructed as among us, and they have sun and moon and other things as among us; and the earth brings forth for them many things of all sorts, of which they carry the most serviceable into the house and use them. These things then I have said concerning the separation, that not only among us would the separation take place, but elsewhere too.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 3. 33 v 157, 9 (continuing Fr. 3). Simpl. de coelo.
Fragment 11 (DK B9)
So these things rotate and are separated by force and swiftness. And the swiftness produces force; and their swiftness is in no way like the swiftness of the things now existing among men, but it is certainly many times as swift.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 14.
Fragment 12 (DK B14)
But mind, as it always has been, especially now also is where all other things are, in the surrounding mass, and in the things that were separated, and in the things that are being separated.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 r 157, 7. Simpl. ὅσα ἐστί τε, corr. Diels: πολλὰ περιέχοντι, corr. Diels; cf. p. 155, 31: προσκριθεῖσι ... ἀποκρινομένοις, corr. Diels; cf. 156, 28.
Fragment 13 (DK B7)
Things in the one universe are not divided from each other, nor yet are they cut off with an axe, neither hot from cold, nor cold from hot.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 37 r 175, 12 beginning with οὐδέ. To πελέκει, 38 v
Fragment 14 (DK B5)
When they are thus distinguished, it is necessary to recognise that they all become no fewer and no more. For it is impossible that more than all should exist, but all are always equal.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 10.
Fragment 15 (DK B2)
For neither is there a least of what is small, but there is always a less. For being is not non-being. But there is always a greater than what is great. And it is equal to the small in number; but with reference to itself each thing is both small and great.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 17. Cf. 35 r 166, 15.
Fragment 16 (DK B6)
And since the portions of the great and the small are equal in number, thus also all things would be in everything. Nor yet is it possible for them to exist apart, but all things include a portion of everything. Since it is not possible for the least to exist, nothing could be separated, nor yet could it come into being of itself, but as they were in the beginning so they are now, all things together. And there are many things in all things, and of those that are separated there are things equal in number in the greater and the lesser.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24.
Fragment 17 (DK B17)
The Greeks do not rightly use the terms ‘coming into being’ and ‘perishing.’ For nothing comes into being nor yet does anything perish, but there is mixture and separation of things that are. So they would do right in calling the coming into being ‘mixture,’ and the perishing ‘separation.’
Source: Simpl. Phys. 34 v 163, 20.
Fragment 18 (DK B10)
For how could hair come from what is not hair? Or flesh from what is not flesh? PASSAGES FROM PLATO REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS. Apol. 26 D. He asserts that I say the sun is a stone and the moon is earth. Do you think of accusing Anaxagoras, Meletos, and have you so low an opinion of these men and think them so unskilled in letters as not to know that the books of Anaxagoras of Klazomenae are full of these doctrines? And forsooth the young men are learning these matters from me, which sometimes they can buy from the orchestra for a drachma at the most, and laugh at Sokrates if he pretends that they are his—particularly seeing they are so strange. Phaedo 72 C. And if all things were composite and were not separated, speedily the statement of Anaxagoras would become true, ‘All things were together.’ 97 C. I heard a man reading from a book of one Anaxagoras (he said), to the effect that it is mind which arranges all things and is the cause of all things. 98 B. Reading the book, I see that the man does not make any use of mind, nor does he assign any causes for the arrangement of things, but he treats air and aether and water as causes, and many other strange things. Lysis 214 B. The writings of the wisest men say ... that it is necessary for the like always to be loved by the unlike. Hipp. Mai. 283 A. They say you had an experience opposite to that of Anaxagoras; for though he inherited much property he lost it all by his carelessness; so he practised a senseless wisdom. Kratyl. 400 A. And do you not believe Anaxagoras that the nature of all other things is mind, and that it is soul which arranges and controls them? (cf. Phaedo 72 C). 409 A. It looks as though the opinion Anaxagoras recently expressed was a more ancient matter, that the moon has its light from the sun. 413 C. Anaxagoras is right in saying that this is mind, for he says that mind exercising absolute power and mingled with nothing disposes all things, running through all. Rival. 132 A. But the youths seemed to be quarrelling about Anaxagoras or Oenopedos, for they were evidently drawing circles and imitating certain inclinations by the slope of their hands with great earnestness. Phil. 28 C. All the wise men agree that mind is king of heaven and earth for us. 30 D. Some long ago declared that always mind rules the all. Legg. 967 B. And some had the daring to conjecture this very thing, saying that it is mind which disposes all things in the heavens. And the same men again, being in error as to the nature of soul, in that it is older than bodies, while they regarded it as younger, to put it in a word, turned all things upside down, and themselves most of all. For indeed all things before their eyes—the things moving in the heavens—appeared to them to be full of stones and earth and many other soulless bodies, which dispose the causes of all the universe. Phaedr. 270 A. All the arts that are great require subtlety and the higher kind of philosophy of nature; so such loftiness and complete effectiveness seem to come from this source. This Perikles acquired in addition to being a man of genius; for as the result, I think, of his acquaintance with such a man as Anaxagoras he became imbued with high philosophy, and arrived at the nature of intelligence [νοῦς] and its opposite, concerning which Anaxagoras often discoursed, so that he brought to the art of speaking what was advantageous to him. PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS. Phys. i. 4; 187 a 20. And others say that the opposites existing in the one are separated out of it, as Anaximandros says, and as many as say that things are one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras; for these separate other things out of the mixture.... And Anaxagoras seems to have thought (the elements) infinite because he assumed the common opinion of the physicists to be true, that nothing arises out of non-being; for this is why they say, as they do, that all things were together, and he established the fact that such ‘arising’ was change of form. Phys. i. 4; 187 a 36. They thought that (what arose) arose necessarily out of things that are and their attributes, and, because the masses were so small, out of what we cannot perceive. Wherefore they say that everything was mixed in everything because they saw everything arising out of everything; and different things appeared and were called different from each other according to what is present in greater number in the mixture of the infinites; for the whole is not purely white or black or sweet or flesh or bone, but the nature of the thing seems to be that of which it has the most. Phys. iii. 4; 203 a 19. And as many as make the elements infinite, as Anaxagoras and Demokritos, the former out of homoeomeries.... Phys. iii. 5; 205 b 1. Anaxagoras speaks strangely about the permanence of the infinite; for he says that the infinite itself establishes itself—that is, it is in itself; for nothing else surrounds it, so that wherever anything may be, it is there in virtue of its origin. Phys. iv. 6; 213 a 22. Some who try to show that the void does not exist, do not prove this of what men are wont to call a void, but they make the mistake Anaxagoras did and those who attempted to prove it after this manner. For they show that air is something, blowing skins up tight, and showing how strong air is, and shutting it up in clepsydrae. Phys. viii. 1; 250 b 24. For Anaxagoras says that when all things were together and had been at rest for an infinite time, mind introduced motion and caused separation. Phys. viii. 5; 256 b 24. So Anaxagoras is right in saying that mind is not affected by other things and is unmixed, since he makes it the first principle of motion. For thus only, being unmoved, it might move, and being unmixed, it might rule. De caelo i. 3; 270 b 24. Anaxagoras does not use this word [αἰθήρ] rightly, for he uses the word aether instead of fire. De caelo iii. 2; 301 a 12. Anaxagoras starts to construct the universe out of non-moving bodies. De caelo iii. 3; 302 a 31. Anaxagoras says the opposite to Empedokles, for he calls the homoeomeries elements (I mean such as flesh and bone and each of those things), and air and fire he calls mixtures of these and of all the other ‘seeds;’ for each of these things is made of the invisible homoeomeries all heaped together. Wherefore all things arise out of these things; for he calls fire and aether the same. And since there is a peculiar motion of every material body, and some motions are simple and some complex, and the complex motions are those of complex bodies and the simple motions of simple bodies, it is evident that there will be simple bodies. For there are also simple motions. So it is evident what elements are, and why they are. De caelo iv. 2; 309 a 20. Some of those who deny that there is a void say nothing definite concerning lightness and weight, for instance Anaxagoras and Empedokles. Gen. corr. i. 1; 314 a 11. Others assert that matter is more than one, as Empedokles and Leukippos and Anaxagoras, but there is a difference between these. And Anaxagoras even ignores his own word, for he says that he has shown genesis and destruction to be the same as change, but like the others, he says there are many elements.... Anaxagoras et al. say there are an infinite number of elements. For he regards the homoeomeries as elements, such as bone and flesh and marrow, and other things of which the part (μέρος) has the same name as the whole. De anima i. 2; 404 a 25. In like manner Anaxagoras says that soul is the moving power, and if any one else has said that mind moved the all, no one said it absolutely as did Demokritos. De anima i. 2; 404 b 1. Anaxagoras speaks less clearly about these things; for many times he rightly and truly says that mind is the cause, while at other times he says it is soul; for (he says) it is in all animals, both great and small, both honoured and dishonoured. But it is not apparent that what is intelligently called mind is present in all animals alike, nor even in all men. De anima i. 2; 405 a 13. Anaxagoras seems to say that soul and mind are different, as we said before, but he treats both as one in nature, except that he regards mind especially as the first principle of all things; for he says that this alone of all things is simple and unmixed and pure. And he assigns both to the same first principle, both knowledge and motion, saying that mind moves the all. De anima i. 19; 405 b 19. Anaxagoras alone says that mind does not suffer change, and has nothing in common with any of the other things. De anima iii. 4; 429 a 18. It is necessary then that it be unmixed since it knows [νοεῖ] all things, as Anaxagoras says, in order that it may rule, that is, that it may know [γνωρίζῃ]. De part. anim. iv. 10; 687 a 7. Anaxagoras says that man is the most intelligent of animals because he has hands. De plant. i.; 815 a 16. Anaxagoras said that plants are animals and feel pleasure and pain, inferring this because they shed their leaves and let them grow again. De plant. i.; 816 b 26. Anaxagoras said that plants have these (motion and sensation) and breathing. De plant. i.; 817 a 26. Anaxagoras said that their moisture is from the earth, and on this account he said to Lechineos that the earth is mother of plants, and the sun father. De X. Z. G. ii.; 976 b 20. Anaxagoras busying himself on this point, was satisfied with saying that the void does not exist, nevertheless he says beings move, though there is no void. Meta. i. 3; 984 a 11. Anaxagoras of Klazomenae, who preceded him (Empedokles) in point of age and followed him in his works, says that the first principles are infinite in number; for nearly all things being made up of like parts (homoeomeries), as for instance fire and water, he says arise and perish only by composition and separation, and there is no other arising and perishing, but they abide eternal. Meta. i. 3; 984 b 8. Besides these and similar causes, inasmuch as they are not such as to generate the nature of things, they (again compelled, as we said, by the truth itself) sought the first principle which lay nearest. For perhaps neither fire nor earth nor any other such thing should fittingly be or be thought a cause why some things exist and others arise; nor is it well to assign any such matter to its voluntary motion or to chance. Moreover one who said that as mind exists in animals, so it exists in nature as the cause of the universe and of all order, appeared as a sober man in contrast with those before who spoke rashly. Meta. i. 4; 985 a 18. Anaxagoras uses mind as a device by which to construct the universe, and when he is at a loss for the cause why anything necessarily is, then he drags this in, but in other cases he assigns any other cause rather than mind for what comes into being. Meta. i. 8; 989 a 30. And if any one were to assume that Anaxagoras said the elements were two, he certainly would assume it according to a principle which that one did not describe distinctly; nevertheless he would follow along a necessary path those who guided him. For though it is strange particularly that he said all things had been mixed together at first, and that they must first have existed unmixed because they came together, and because chance had not in its nature to be mingled with chance; and in addition to this it is strange that he should separate qualities and accidental characteristics from essences (for there is mixture and separation of these), nevertheless if any one should follow him and try to put together what he wanted to say, perhaps he would seem to speak in a very novel manner. For when nothing was separated, clearly it was not possible to say anything true of that essence, I mean to say that anything was white or black or grey or any other colour, but everything was necessarily colourless; for it might have any of these colours. In like manner it is tasteless, nor according to the same line of argument could it have any other of the like qualities; for it could not have any quality, or quantity, or anything. For then one of what are sometimes called forms would exist for it, and this is impossible when all things are mixed together; for it would have been already separated, and he says that all things are mixed together except mind, and this alone is unmixed and pure. It results from these views that he says the first principles are unity (for this is simple and unmixed), and what is different from unity, such as we suppose the undefined to be before it was defined and partook of any form. So he does not speak rightly or clearly, still he means something like those who spoke later and with greater clearness. Meta. iii. 5; 1009 b 25. And he called to mind the saying of Anaxagoras that just such things as men assume will be real for them. Meta. iii. 7; 1012 a 26. The thought of Anaxagoras ... that some things exist between contradictory propositions, so that all things are false; for when they are mixed together, the mixture is neither good nor not-good, so that there is nothing true to be said. Meta. x. 6; 1063 b 25. According to the position of Herakleitos, or of Anaxagoras, it is not possible to speak the truth. Ethic. vi. 5; 1141 b 3. Wherefore they say that Thales and Anaxagoras and such wise men are lacking in intelligence, when they see them ignorant in things that are for their own advantage, and they say they know things extraordinary and wonderful and dreadful and divine, but these are of no use, because they do not seek human good. Ethic. x. 9; 1179 a 13. And Anaxagoras did not seem to regard the rich man nor yet the powerful man as the happy one when he said he would not be surprised if any one appeared strange to the many; for these judge by what is outside, for that is all they can see. PASSAGES IN THE DOXOGRAPHISTS REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS.
Source: Schol. in Gregor. Naz. Migne 36, 911. (Cf. Hermes xiii. 4, Diels.)
Contents — 18 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B1)
- Fragment 2
- Fragment 3
- Fragment 4
- Fragment 5 (DK B11)
- Fragment 6
- Fragment 7 (DK B12)
- Fragment 8 (DK B15)
- Fragment 9 (DK B16)
- Fragment 10 (DK B4)
- Fragment 11 (DK B9)
- Fragment 12 (DK B14)
- Fragment 13 (DK B7)
- Fragment 14 (DK B5)
- Fragment 15 (DK B2)
- Fragment 16 (DK B6)
- Fragment 17 (DK B17)
- Fragment 18 (DK B10)
Fragment 1 (DK B1)
ὁμοῦ χρήματα πάντα ἦν ἄπειρα καὶ πλῆθος καὶ σμικρότητα· καὶ γὰρ τὸ σμικρὸν ἄπειρον ἦν. καὶ πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐόντων οὐδὲν ἔνδηλον ἦν ὑπὸ σμικρότητος· πάντα γὰρ ἀήρ τε καὶ αἰθὴρ κατεῖχεν ἀμφότερα ἄπειρα ἔοντα· ταῦτα γὰρ μέγιστα ἔνεστιν ἐν τοῖς σύμπασι καὶ πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 26. (First clause 8 r 34, 20, and 37 r 172, 2.)
Fragment 2
καὶ γὰρ ἀήρ τε καὶ αἰθὴρ ἀποκρίνονται ἀπὸ τοῦ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιέχοντος. καὶ τό γε περιέχον ἄπειρόν ἐστι τὸ πλῆθος.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 31.
Fragment 3
τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, χρὴ δοκεῖν ἐνεῖναι πολλά τε καὶ παντοῖα ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς συγκρινομένοις καὶ σπέρματα πάντων χρημάτων καὶ ἰδέας παντοίας ἔχοντα καὶ χροιὰς καὶ ἡδονάς.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 34, 29. 33 v 156, 2. 33 v 157, 9. (Cf. p. 34, 25 at end of Fr. 4.)
Fragment 4
πρὶν δὲ ἀποκριθῆναι ... πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐόντων οὐδὲ χροιὴ ἔνδηλος ἦν οὐδεμία· ἀπεκώλυε γὰρ ἡ σύμμιξις πάντων χρημάτων τοῦ τε διεροῦ καὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ καὶ τοῦ θερμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ψυχροῦ καὶ τοῦ λαμπροῦ καὶ τοῦ ζοφεροῦ καὶ γῆς πολλῆς ἐνεούσης καὶ σπερμάτων ἀπείρων πλήθους οὐδὲν ἐοικότων ἀλλήλοις. οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἔοικε τὸ ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 4. (8 r 34, 21 substitutes for the last line a paraphrase of Fr. 3.)
Fragment 5 (DK B11)
ἐν παντὶ παντὸς μοῖρα ἔνεστιν πλὴν νοῦ, ἔστιν οἷσι δὲ καὶ νοῦς ἔνι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 r 164, 23.
Fragment 6
τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει, νοῦς δέ ἐστιν ἄπειρον καὶ αὐτοκρατὲς καὶ μέμικται οὐδενὶ χρήματι, ἀλλὰ μόνος αὐτὸς ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐστιν. εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἦν, ἀλλά τεῳ ἐμέμικτο ἄλλῳ, μετεῖχεν ἂν ἁπάντων χρημάτων, εἰ ἐμέμικτό τεῳ. ἐν παντὶ γὰρ παντὸς μοῖρα ἔνεστιν, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν μοι λέλεκται, καὶ ἂν ἐκώλυεν αὐτὸν τὰ συμμεμιγμένα, ὥστε μηδενὸς χρήματος κρατεῖν ὁμοίως ὡς καὶ μόνον ἔοντα ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ. ἔστι γὰρ λεπτότατόν τε πάντων χρημάτων καὶ καθαρώτατον καὶ γνώμην γε περὶ παντὸς πᾶσαν ἴσχει καὶ ἰσχύει μέγιστον, καὶ ὅσα γε ψυχὴν ἔχει καὶ μείζω καὶ ἐλάσσω, πάντων νοῦς κρατεῖ. καὶ τῆς περιχωρήσιος τῆς συμπάσης νοῦς ἐκράτησεν, ὥστε περιχωρῆσαι τὴν ἀρχήν. καὶ πρῶτον ἀπὸ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἤρξατο περιχωρεῖν, ἐπεὶ δὲ πλεῖον περιχωρεῖ, καὶ περιχωρήσει ἐπὶ πλέον. καὶ τὰ συμμισγόμενά τε καὶ ἀποκρινόμενα καὶ διακρινόμενα, πάντα ἔγνω νοῦς. καὶ ὁποῖα ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι καὶ ὁποῖα ἦν, καὶ ὅσα νῦν ἐστι καὶ ὁποῖα ἔσται, πάντα διεκόσμησε νοῦς, καὶ τὴν περιχώρησιν ταύτην ἣν νῦν περιχωρέει τά τε ἄστρα καὶ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ καὶ ὁ αἰθὴρ οἱ ἀποκρινόμενοι. ἡ δὲ περιχώρησις αὕτη ἐποίησεν ἀποκρίνεσθαι. καὶ ἀποκρίνεται ἀπό τε τοῦ ἀραιοῦ τὸ πυκνὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ζοφεροῦ τὸ λαμπρὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ διεροῦ τὸ ξηρόν. μοῖραι δὲ πολλαὶ πολλῶν εἰσι. παντάπασι δὲ οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνεται οὐδὲ διακρίνεται ἕτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου πλὴν νοῦ. νοῦς δὲ πᾶς ὅμοιός ἐστι καὶ ὁ μείζων καὶ ὁ ἐλάττων. ἕτερον δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὅμοιον οὐδένι, ἀλλ’ ὅτῳ πλεῖστα ἔνι, ταῦτα ἐνδηλότητα ἓν ἕκαστόν ἐστι καὶ ἦν.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24 τὰ μὲν ... μέμικται οὐδενί, and 33 r 156,
Fragment 7 (DK B12)
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο ὁ νοῦς κινεῖν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κινουμένου παντὸς ἀπεκρίνετο, καὶ ὅσον ἐκίνησεν ὁ νοῦς, πᾶν τοῦτο διεκρίθη. κινουμένων δὲ καὶ διακρινομένων ἡ περιχώρησις πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐποίει διακρίνεσθαι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 66 r; 300, 31. 33. DE καὶ, aF omit.
Fragment 8 (DK B15)
τὸ μὲν πυκνὸν καὶ διερὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν καὶ τὸ ζοφερὸν ἐνθάδε συνεχώρησεν ἔνθα νῦν <ἡ γῆ>· τὸ δὲ ἀραιὸν καὶ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ξηρὸν <καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν> ἐξεχώρησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσω τοῦ αἰθέρος.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r; 179, 3. Cf. Dox. 562, 3.
Fragment 9 (DK B16)
ἀπὸ τουτέων ἀποκρινομένων συμπήγνυται γῆ· ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῶν νεφελῶν ὕδωρ ἀποκρίνεται, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὕδατος γῆ, ἐκ δὲ τῆς γῆς λίθοι συμπήγνυνται ὑπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ, οὗτοι δὲ ἐκχωρέουσι μᾶλλον τοῦ ὕδατος.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r 179, 8. In part 33 r 155, 21. Cf. 106 v 460,
Fragment 10 (DK B4)
καὶ ἀνθρώπους τε συμπαγῆναι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὅσα ψυχὴν ἔχει. καὶ τοῖς γε ἀνθρώποισιν εἶναι καὶ πόλεις συνῳκημένας καὶ ἔργα κατεσκευασμένα, ὥσπερ παρ’ ἡμῖν, καὶ ἠέλιόν τε αὐτοῖσιν εἶναι καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὥσπερ παρ’ ἡμῖν, καὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτοῖσι φύειν πολλά τε καὶ παντοῖα, ὧν ἐκεῖνοι τὰ ὀνήιστα συνενεγκάμενοι εἰς τὴν οἴκησιν χρῶνται. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν μοι λέλεκται περὶ τῆς ἀποκρίσιος, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν παρ’ ἡμῖν μόνον ἀποκριθείη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλῃ.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 3. 33 v 157, 9 (continuing Fr. 3). Simpl. de coelo.
Fragment 11 (DK B9)
οὕτω τούτων περιχωρούντων τε καὶ ἀποκρινομένων ὑπὸ βίης τε καὶ ταχυτῆτος. βίην δὲ ἡ ταχυτὴς ποιεῖ. ἡ δὲ ταχυτὴς αὐτῶν οὐδενὶ ἔοικε χρήματι τὴν ταχυτῆτα τῶν νῦν ἐόντων χρημάτων ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ πάντως πολλαπλασίως ταχύ ἐστι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 14.
Fragment 12 (DK B14)
ὁ δὲ νοῦς, ὡς ἀεί ποτε, κάρτα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ἵνα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ἐν τῷ πολλῷ περιέχοντι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκριθεῖσι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρινομένοις.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 r 157, 7. Simpl. ὅσα ἐστί τε, corr. Diels: πολλὰ περιέχοντι, corr. Diels; cf. p. 155, 31: προσκριθεῖσι ... ἀποκρινομένοις, corr. Diels; cf. 156, 28.
Fragment 13 (DK B7)
οὐ κεχώρισται ἀλλήλων τὰ ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ κόσμῳ οὐδὲ ἀποκέκοπται πελέκει οὔτε τὸ θερμὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ οὔτε τὸ ψυχρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 37 r 175, 12 beginning with οὐδέ. To πελέκει, 38 v
Fragment 14 (DK B5)
τούτων δὲ οὕτω διακεκριμένων γινώσκειν χρὴ, ὅτι πάντα οὐδὲν ἐλάσσω ἐστὶν οὐδὲ πλείω. οὐ γὰρ ἀνυστὸν πάντων πλείω εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἴσα ἀεί.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 10.
Fragment 15 (DK B2)
οὔτε γὰρ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἐστι τό γε ἐλάχιστον, ἀλλ’ ἔλασσον ἀεί. τὸ γὰρ ἐὸν οὐκ ἔστι τὸ μὴ οὐκ εἶναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀεί ἐστι μεῖζον. καὶ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ σμικρῷ πλῆθος, πρὸς ἑαυτὸ δὲ ἕκαστόν ἐστι καὶ μέγα καὶ σμικρόν.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 17. Cf. 35 r 166, 15.
Fragment 16 (DK B6)
καὶ ὅτε δὲ ἴσαι μοῖραί εἰσι τοῦ τε μεγάλου καὶ τοῦ σμικροῦ πλῆθος, καὶ οὕτως ἂν εἴη ἐν παντὶ πάντα. οὐδὲ χωρὶς ἔστιν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει. ὅτε τοὐλάχιστον μὴ ἔστιν εἶναι, οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο χωρισθῆναι, οὐδ’ ἂν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι· ἀλλ’ ὅπωσπερ ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ νῦν, πάντα ὁμοῦ. ἐν πᾶσι δὲ πολλὰ ἔνεστι, καὶ τῶν ἀποκρινομένων ἴσα πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς μείζοσί τε καὶ ἐλάσσοσι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24.
Fragment 17 (DK B17)
τὸ δὲ γίνεσθαι καὶ ἀπόλλυσθαι οὐκ ὀρθῶς νομίζουσιν οἱ Ἕλληνες· οὐδὲν γὰρ χρῆμα γίνεται οὐδὲ ἀπόλλυται, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ ἐόντων χρημάτων συμμίσγεταί τε καὶ διακρίνεται. καὶ οὕτως ἂν ὀρθῶς καλοῖεν τό τε γίνεσθαι συμμίσγεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀπόλλυσθαι διακρίνεσθαι.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 34 v 163, 20.
Fragment 18 (DK B10)
πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐκ μὴ τριχὸς γίνοιτο θρὶξ καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ μὴ σαρκός;
Source: Schol. in Gregor. Naz. Migne 36, 911. (Cf. Hermes xiii. 4, Diels.)
Contents — 18 sections
- Fragment 1 (DK B1)
- Fragment 2
- Fragment 3
- Fragment 4
- Fragment 5 (DK B11)
- Fragment 6
- Fragment 7 (DK B12)
- Fragment 8 (DK B15)
- Fragment 9 (DK B16)
- Fragment 10 (DK B4)
- Fragment 11 (DK B9)
- Fragment 12 (DK B14)
- Fragment 13 (DK B7)
- Fragment 14 (DK B5)
- Fragment 15 (DK B2)
- Fragment 16 (DK B6)
- Fragment 17 (DK B17)
- Fragment 18 (DK B10)
Fragment 1 (DK B1)
ὁμοῦ χρήματα πάντα ἦν ἄπειρα καὶ πλῆθος καὶ σμικρότητα· καὶ γὰρ τὸ σμικρὸν ἄπειρον ἦν. καὶ πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐόντων οὐδὲν ἔνδηλον ἦν ὑπὸ σμικρότητος· πάντα γὰρ ἀήρ τε καὶ αἰθὴρ κατεῖχεν ἀμφότερα ἄπειρα ἔοντα· ταῦτα γὰρ μέγιστα ἔνεστιν ἐν τοῖς σύμπασι καὶ πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει.
All things were together, infinite both in number and in smallness; for the small also was infinite. And when they were all together, nothing was clear and distinct because of their smallness; for air and aether comprehended all things, both being infinite; for these are present in everything, and are greatest both as to number and as to greatness.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 26. (First clause 8 r 34, 20, and 37 r 172, 2.)
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 26. (First clause 8 r 34, 20, and 37 r 172, 2.)
Fragment 2
καὶ γὰρ ἀήρ τε καὶ αἰθὴρ ἀποκρίνονται ἀπὸ τοῦ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιέχοντος. καὶ τό γε περιέχον ἄπειρόν ἐστι τὸ πλῆθος.
For air and aether are separated from the surrounding mass; and the surrounding (mass) is infinite in quantity.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 31.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 31.
Fragment 3
τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, χρὴ δοκεῖν ἐνεῖναι πολλά τε καὶ παντοῖα ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς συγκρινομένοις καὶ σπέρματα πάντων χρημάτων καὶ ἰδέας παντοίας ἔχοντα καὶ χροιὰς καὶ ἡδονάς.
And since these things are so, it is necessary to think that in all the objects that are compound there existed many things of all sorts, and germs of all objects, having all sorts of forms and colours and tastes.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 34, 29. 33 v 156, 2. 33 v 157, 9. (Cf. p. 34, 25 at end of Fr. 4.)
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 34, 29. 33 v 156, 2. 33 v 157, 9. (Cf. p. 34, 25 at end of Fr. 4.)
Fragment 4
πρὶν δὲ ἀποκριθῆναι ... πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐόντων οὐδὲ χροιὴ ἔνδηλος ἦν οὐδεμία· ἀπεκώλυε γὰρ ἡ σύμμιξις πάντων χρημάτων τοῦ τε διεροῦ καὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ καὶ τοῦ θερμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ψυχροῦ καὶ τοῦ λαμπροῦ καὶ τοῦ ζοφεροῦ καὶ γῆς πολλῆς ἐνεούσης καὶ σπερμάτων ἀπείρων πλήθους οὐδὲν ἐοικότων ἀλλήλοις. οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἔοικε τὸ ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ.
But before these were separated, when all things were together, not even was any colour clear and distinct; for the mixture of all things prevented it, the mixture of moist and dry, of the warm and the cold, and of the bright and the dark (since much earth was present), and of germs infinite in number, in no way like each other; for none of the other things at all resembles the one the other.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 4. (8 r 34, 21 substitutes for the last line a paraphrase of Fr. 3.)
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 4. (8 r 34, 21 substitutes for the last line a paraphrase of Fr. 3.)
Fragment 5 (DK B11)
ἐν παντὶ παντὸς μοῖρα ἔνεστιν πλὴν νοῦ, ἔστιν οἷσι δὲ καὶ νοῦς ἔνι.
In all things there is a portion of everything except mind; and there are things in which there is mind also.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 r 164, 23.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 r 164, 23.
Fragment 6
τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει, νοῦς δέ ἐστιν ἄπειρον καὶ αὐτοκρατὲς καὶ μέμικται οὐδενὶ χρήματι, ἀλλὰ μόνος αὐτὸς ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐστιν. εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἦν, ἀλλά τεῳ ἐμέμικτο ἄλλῳ, μετεῖχεν ἂν ἁπάντων χρημάτων, εἰ ἐμέμικτό τεῳ. ἐν παντὶ γὰρ παντὸς μοῖρα ἔνεστιν, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν μοι λέλεκται, καὶ ἂν ἐκώλυεν αὐτὸν τὰ συμμεμιγμένα, ὥστε μηδενὸς χρήματος κρατεῖν ὁμοίως ὡς καὶ μόνον ἔοντα ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ. ἔστι γὰρ λεπτότατόν τε πάντων χρημάτων καὶ καθαρώτατον καὶ γνώμην γε περὶ παντὸς πᾶσαν ἴσχει καὶ ἰσχύει μέγιστον, καὶ ὅσα γε ψυχὴν ἔχει καὶ μείζω καὶ ἐλάσσω, πάντων νοῦς κρατεῖ. καὶ τῆς περιχωρήσιος τῆς συμπάσης νοῦς ἐκράτησεν, ὥστε περιχωρῆσαι τὴν ἀρχήν. καὶ πρῶτον ἀπὸ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἤρξατο περιχωρεῖν, ἐπεὶ δὲ πλεῖον περιχωρεῖ, καὶ περιχωρήσει ἐπὶ πλέον. καὶ τὰ συμμισγόμενά τε καὶ ἀποκρινόμενα καὶ διακρινόμενα, πάντα ἔγνω νοῦς. καὶ ὁποῖα ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι καὶ ὁποῖα ἦν, καὶ ὅσα νῦν ἐστι καὶ ὁποῖα ἔσται, πάντα διεκόσμησε νοῦς, καὶ τὴν περιχώρησιν ταύτην ἣν νῦν περιχωρέει τά τε ἄστρα καὶ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ καὶ ὁ αἰθὴρ οἱ ἀποκρινόμενοι. ἡ δὲ περιχώρησις αὕτη ἐποίησεν ἀποκρίνεσθαι. καὶ ἀποκρίνεται ἀπό τε τοῦ ἀραιοῦ τὸ πυκνὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ζοφεροῦ τὸ λαμπρὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ διεροῦ τὸ ξηρόν. μοῖραι δὲ πολλαὶ πολλῶν εἰσι. παντάπασι δὲ οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνεται οὐδὲ διακρίνεται ἕτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου πλὴν νοῦ. νοῦς δὲ πᾶς ὅμοιός ἐστι καὶ ὁ μείζων καὶ ὁ ἐλάττων. ἕτερον δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὅμοιον οὐδένι, ἀλλ’ ὅτῳ πλεῖστα ἔνι, ταῦτα ἐνδηλότητα ἓν ἕκαστόν ἐστι καὶ ἦν.
Other things include a portion of everything, but mind is infinite and self-powerful and mixed with nothing, but it exists alone itself by itself. For if it were not by itself, but were mixed with anything else, it would include parts of all things, if it were mixed with anything; for a portion of everything exists in everything, as has been said by me before, and things mingled with it would prevent it from having power over anything in the same way that it does now that it is alone by itself. For it is the most rarefied of all things and the purest, and it has all knowledge in regard to everything and the greatest power; over all that has life, both greater and less, mind rules. And mind ruled the rotation of the whole, so that it set it in rotation in the beginning. First it began the rotation from a small beginning, then more and more was included in the motion, and yet more will be included. Both the mixed and the separated and distinct, all things mind recognised. And whatever things were to be, and whatever things were, as many as are now, and whatever things shall be, all these mind arranged in order; and it arranged that rotation, according to which now rotate stars and sun and moon and air and aether, now that they are separated. Rotation itself caused the separation, and the dense is separated from the rare, the warm from the cold, the bright from the dark, the dry from the moist. And there are many portions of many things. Nothing is absolutely separated nor distinct, one thing from another, except mind. All mind is of like character, both the greater and the smaller. But nothing different is like anything else, but in whatever object there are the most, each single object is and was most distinctly these things.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24 τὰ μὲν ... μέμικται οὐδενί, and 33 r 156,
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24 τὰ μὲν ... μέμικται οὐδενί, and 33 r 156,
Fragment 7 (DK B12)
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο ὁ νοῦς κινεῖν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κινουμένου παντὸς ἀπεκρίνετο, καὶ ὅσον ἐκίνησεν ὁ νοῦς, πᾶν τοῦτο διεκρίθη. κινουμένων δὲ καὶ διακρινομένων ἡ περιχώρησις πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐποίει διακρίνεσθαι.
And when mind began to set things in motion, there was separation from everything that was in motion, and however much mind set in motion, all this was made distinct. The rotation of the things that were moved and made distinct caused them to be yet more distinct.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 66 r; 300, 31. 33. DE καὶ, aF omit.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 66 r; 300, 31. 33. DE καὶ, aF omit.
Fragment 8 (DK B15)
τὸ μὲν πυκνὸν καὶ διερὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν καὶ τὸ ζοφερὸν ἐνθάδε συνεχώρησεν ἔνθα νῦν <ἡ γῆ>· τὸ δὲ ἀραιὸν καὶ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ξηρὸν <καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν> ἐξεχώρησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσω τοῦ αἰθέρος.
The dense, the moist, the cold, the dark, collected there where now is the earth; the rare, the warm, the dry, the bright, departed toward the farther part of the aether.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r; 179, 3. Cf. Dox. 562, 3.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r; 179, 3. Cf. Dox. 562, 3.
Fragment 9 (DK B16)
ἀπὸ τουτέων ἀποκρινομένων συμπήγνυται γῆ· ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῶν νεφελῶν ὕδωρ ἀποκρίνεται, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὕδατος γῆ, ἐκ δὲ τῆς γῆς λίθοι συμπήγνυνται ὑπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ, οὗτοι δὲ ἐκχωρέουσι μᾶλλον τοῦ ὕδατος.
Earth is condensed out of these things that are separated. For water is separated from the clouds, and earth from the water; and from the earth stones are condensed by cold; and these are separated farther from water.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r 179, 8. In part 33 r 155, 21. Cf. 106 v 460,
Source: Simpl. Phys. 38 r 179, 8. In part 33 r 155, 21. Cf. 106 v 460,
Fragment 10 (DK B4)
καὶ ἀνθρώπους τε συμπαγῆναι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὅσα ψυχὴν ἔχει. καὶ τοῖς γε ἀνθρώποισιν εἶναι καὶ πόλεις συνῳκημένας καὶ ἔργα κατεσκευασμένα, ὥσπερ παρ’ ἡμῖν, καὶ ἠέλιόν τε αὐτοῖσιν εἶναι καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὥσπερ παρ’ ἡμῖν, καὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτοῖσι φύειν πολλά τε καὶ παντοῖα, ὧν ἐκεῖνοι τὰ ὀνήιστα συνενεγκάμενοι εἰς τὴν οἴκησιν χρῶνται. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν μοι λέλεκται περὶ τῆς ἀποκρίσιος, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν παρ’ ἡμῖν μόνον ἀποκριθείη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλῃ.
And men were constituted, and the other animals, as many as have life. And the men have inhabited cities and works constructed as among us, and they have sun and moon and other things as among us; and the earth brings forth for them many things of all sorts, of which they carry the most serviceable into the house and use them. These things then I have said concerning the separation, that not only among us would the separation take place, but elsewhere too.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 3. 33 v 157, 9 (continuing Fr. 3). Simpl. de coelo.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 3. 33 v 157, 9 (continuing Fr. 3). Simpl. de coelo.
Fragment 11 (DK B9)
οὕτω τούτων περιχωρούντων τε καὶ ἀποκρινομένων ὑπὸ βίης τε καὶ ταχυτῆτος. βίην δὲ ἡ ταχυτὴς ποιεῖ. ἡ δὲ ταχυτὴς αὐτῶν οὐδενὶ ἔοικε χρήματι τὴν ταχυτῆτα τῶν νῦν ἐόντων χρημάτων ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ πάντως πολλαπλασίως ταχύ ἐστι.
So these things rotate and are separated by force and swiftness. And the swiftness produces force; and their swiftness is in no way like the swiftness of the things now existing among men, but it is certainly many times as swift.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 14.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 14.
Fragment 12 (DK B14)
ὁ δὲ νοῦς, ὡς ἀεί ποτε, κάρτα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ἵνα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ἐν τῷ πολλῷ περιέχοντι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκριθεῖσι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρινομένοις.
But mind, as it always has been, especially now also is where all other things are, in the surrounding mass, and in the things that were separated, and in the things that are being separated.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 r 157, 7. Simpl. ὅσα ἐστί τε, corr. Diels: πολλὰ περιέχοντι, corr. Diels; cf. p. 155, 31: προσκριθεῖσι ... ἀποκρινομένοις, corr. Diels; cf. 156, 28.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 r 157, 7. Simpl. ὅσα ἐστί τε, corr. Diels: πολλὰ περιέχοντι, corr. Diels; cf. p. 155, 31: προσκριθεῖσι ... ἀποκρινομένοις, corr. Diels; cf. 156, 28.
Fragment 13 (DK B7)
οὐ κεχώρισται ἀλλήλων τὰ ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ κόσμῳ οὐδὲ ἀποκέκοπται πελέκει οὔτε τὸ θερμὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ οὔτε τὸ ψυχρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ.
Things in the one universe are not divided from each other, nor yet are they cut off with an axe, neither hot from cold, nor cold from hot.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 37 r 175, 12 beginning with οὐδέ. To πελέκει, 38 v
Source: Simpl. Phys. 37 r 175, 12 beginning with οὐδέ. To πελέκει, 38 v
Fragment 14 (DK B5)
τούτων δὲ οὕτω διακεκριμένων γινώσκειν χρὴ, ὅτι πάντα οὐδὲν ἐλάσσω ἐστὶν οὐδὲ πλείω. οὐ γὰρ ἀνυστὸν πάντων πλείω εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἴσα ἀεί.
When they are thus distinguished, it is necessary to recognise that they all become no fewer and no more. For it is impossible that more than all should exist, but all are always equal.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 10.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 10.
Fragment 15 (DK B2)
οὔτε γὰρ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἐστι τό γε ἐλάχιστον, ἀλλ’ ἔλασσον ἀεί. τὸ γὰρ ἐὸν οὐκ ἔστι τὸ μὴ οὐκ εἶναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀεί ἐστι μεῖζον. καὶ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ σμικρῷ πλῆθος, πρὸς ἑαυτὸ δὲ ἕκαστόν ἐστι καὶ μέγα καὶ σμικρόν.
For neither is there a least of what is small, but there is always a less. For being is not non-being. But there is always a greater than what is great. And it is equal to the small in number; but with reference to itself each thing is both small and great.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 17. Cf. 35 r 166, 15.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 17. Cf. 35 r 166, 15.
Fragment 16 (DK B6)
καὶ ὅτε δὲ ἴσαι μοῖραί εἰσι τοῦ τε μεγάλου καὶ τοῦ σμικροῦ πλῆθος, καὶ οὕτως ἂν εἴη ἐν παντὶ πάντα. οὐδὲ χωρὶς ἔστιν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει. ὅτε τοὐλάχιστον μὴ ἔστιν εἶναι, οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο χωρισθῆναι, οὐδ’ ἂν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι· ἀλλ’ ὅπωσπερ ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ νῦν, πάντα ὁμοῦ. ἐν πᾶσι δὲ πολλὰ ἔνεστι, καὶ τῶν ἀποκρινομένων ἴσα πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς μείζοσί τε καὶ ἐλάσσοσι.
And since the portions of the great and the small are equal in number, thus also all things would be in everything. Nor yet is it possible for them to exist apart, but all things include a portion of everything. Since it is not possible for the least to exist, nothing could be separated, nor yet could it come into being of itself, but as they were in the beginning so they are now, all things together. And there are many things in all things, and of those that are separated there are things equal in number in the greater and the lesser.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24.
Fragment 17 (DK B17)
τὸ δὲ γίνεσθαι καὶ ἀπόλλυσθαι οὐκ ὀρθῶς νομίζουσιν οἱ Ἕλληνες· οὐδὲν γὰρ χρῆμα γίνεται οὐδὲ ἀπόλλυται, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ ἐόντων χρημάτων συμμίσγεταί τε καὶ διακρίνεται. καὶ οὕτως ἂν ὀρθῶς καλοῖεν τό τε γίνεσθαι συμμίσγεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀπόλλυσθαι διακρίνεσθαι.
The Greeks do not rightly use the terms ‘coming into being’ and ‘perishing.’ For nothing comes into being nor yet does anything perish, but there is mixture and separation of things that are. So they would do right in calling the coming into being ‘mixture,’ and the perishing ‘separation.’
Source: Simpl. Phys. 34 v 163, 20.
Source: Simpl. Phys. 34 v 163, 20.
Fragment 18 (DK B10)
πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐκ μὴ τριχὸς γίνοιτο θρὶξ καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ μὴ σαρκός;
For how could hair come from what is not hair? Or flesh from what is not flesh? PASSAGES FROM PLATO REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS. Apol. 26 D. He asserts that I say the sun is a stone and the moon is earth. Do you think of accusing Anaxagoras, Meletos, and have you so low an opinion of these men and think them so unskilled in letters as not to know that the books of Anaxagoras of Klazomenae are full of these doctrines? And forsooth the young men are learning these matters from me, which sometimes they can buy from the orchestra for a drachma at the most, and laugh at Sokrates if he pretends that they are his—particularly seeing they are so strange. Phaedo 72 C. And if all things were composite and were not separated, speedily the statement of Anaxagoras would become true, ‘All things were together.’ 97 C. I heard a man reading from a book of one Anaxagoras (he said), to the effect that it is mind which arranges all things and is the cause of all things. 98 B. Reading the book, I see that the man does not make any use of mind, nor does he assign any causes for the arrangement of things, but he treats air and aether and water as causes, and many other strange things. Lysis 214 B. The writings of the wisest men say ... that it is necessary for the like always to be loved by the unlike. Hipp. Mai. 283 A. They say you had an experience opposite to that of Anaxagoras; for though he inherited much property he lost it all by his carelessness; so he practised a senseless wisdom. Kratyl. 400 A. And do you not believe Anaxagoras that the nature of all other things is mind, and that it is soul which arranges and controls them? (cf. Phaedo 72 C). 409 A. It looks as though the opinion Anaxagoras recently expressed was a more ancient matter, that the moon has its light from the sun. 413 C. Anaxagoras is right in saying that this is mind, for he says that mind exercising absolute power and mingled with nothing disposes all things, running through all. Rival. 132 A. But the youths seemed to be quarrelling about Anaxagoras or Oenopedos, for they were evidently drawing circles and imitating certain inclinations by the slope of their hands with great earnestness. Phil. 28 C. All the wise men agree that mind is king of heaven and earth for us. 30 D. Some long ago declared that always mind rules the all. Legg. 967 B. And some had the daring to conjecture this very thing, saying that it is mind which disposes all things in the heavens. And the same men again, being in error as to the nature of soul, in that it is older than bodies, while they regarded it as younger, to put it in a word, turned all things upside down, and themselves most of all. For indeed all things before their eyes—the things moving in the heavens—appeared to them to be full of stones and earth and many other soulless bodies, which dispose the causes of all the universe. Phaedr. 270 A. All the arts that are great require subtlety and the higher kind of philosophy of nature; so such loftiness and complete effectiveness seem to come from this source. This Perikles acquired in addition to being a man of genius; for as the result, I think, of his acquaintance with such a man as Anaxagoras he became imbued with high philosophy, and arrived at the nature of intelligence [νοῦς] and its opposite, concerning which Anaxagoras often discoursed, so that he brought to the art of speaking what was advantageous to him. PASSAGES IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS. Phys. i. 4; 187 a 20. And others say that the opposites existing in the one are separated out of it, as Anaximandros says, and as many as say that things are one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras; for these separate other things out of the mixture.... And Anaxagoras seems to have thought (the elements) infinite because he assumed the common opinion of the physicists to be true, that nothing arises out of non-being; for this is why they say, as they do, that all things were together, and he established the fact that such ‘arising’ was change of form. Phys. i. 4; 187 a 36. They thought that (what arose) arose necessarily out of things that are and their attributes, and, because the masses were so small, out of what we cannot perceive. Wherefore they say that everything was mixed in everything because they saw everything arising out of everything; and different things appeared and were called different from each other according to what is present in greater number in the mixture of the infinites; for the whole is not purely white or black or sweet or flesh or bone, but the nature of the thing seems to be that of which it has the most. Phys. iii. 4; 203 a 19. And as many as make the elements infinite, as Anaxagoras and Demokritos, the former out of homoeomeries.... Phys. iii. 5; 205 b 1. Anaxagoras speaks strangely about the permanence of the infinite; for he says that the infinite itself establishes itself—that is, it is in itself; for nothing else surrounds it, so that wherever anything may be, it is there in virtue of its origin. Phys. iv. 6; 213 a 22. Some who try to show that the void does not exist, do not prove this of what men are wont to call a void, but they make the mistake Anaxagoras did and those who attempted to prove it after this manner. For they show that air is something, blowing skins up tight, and showing how strong air is, and shutting it up in clepsydrae. Phys. viii. 1; 250 b 24. For Anaxagoras says that when all things were together and had been at rest for an infinite time, mind introduced motion and caused separation. Phys. viii. 5; 256 b 24. So Anaxagoras is right in saying that mind is not affected by other things and is unmixed, since he makes it the first principle of motion. For thus only, being unmoved, it might move, and being unmixed, it might rule. De caelo i. 3; 270 b 24. Anaxagoras does not use this word [αἰθήρ] rightly, for he uses the word aether instead of fire. De caelo iii. 2; 301 a 12. Anaxagoras starts to construct the universe out of non-moving bodies. De caelo iii. 3; 302 a 31. Anaxagoras says the opposite to Empedokles, for he calls the homoeomeries elements (I mean such as flesh and bone and each of those things), and air and fire he calls mixtures of these and of all the other ‘seeds;’ for each of these things is made of the invisible homoeomeries all heaped together. Wherefore all things arise out of these things; for he calls fire and aether the same. And since there is a peculiar motion of every material body, and some motions are simple and some complex, and the complex motions are those of complex bodies and the simple motions of simple bodies, it is evident that there will be simple bodies. For there are also simple motions. So it is evident what elements are, and why they are. De caelo iv. 2; 309 a 20. Some of those who deny that there is a void say nothing definite concerning lightness and weight, for instance Anaxagoras and Empedokles. Gen. corr. i. 1; 314 a 11. Others assert that matter is more than one, as Empedokles and Leukippos and Anaxagoras, but there is a difference between these. And Anaxagoras even ignores his own word, for he says that he has shown genesis and destruction to be the same as change, but like the others, he says there are many elements.... Anaxagoras et al. say there are an infinite number of elements. For he regards the homoeomeries as elements, such as bone and flesh and marrow, and other things of which the part (μέρος) has the same name as the whole. De anima i. 2; 404 a 25. In like manner Anaxagoras says that soul is the moving power, and if any one else has said that mind moved the all, no one said it absolutely as did Demokritos. De anima i. 2; 404 b 1. Anaxagoras speaks less clearly about these things; for many times he rightly and truly says that mind is the cause, while at other times he says it is soul; for (he says) it is in all animals, both great and small, both honoured and dishonoured. But it is not apparent that what is intelligently called mind is present in all animals alike, nor even in all men. De anima i. 2; 405 a 13. Anaxagoras seems to say that soul and mind are different, as we said before, but he treats both as one in nature, except that he regards mind especially as the first principle of all things; for he says that this alone of all things is simple and unmixed and pure. And he assigns both to the same first principle, both knowledge and motion, saying that mind moves the all. De anima i. 19; 405 b 19. Anaxagoras alone says that mind does not suffer change, and has nothing in common with any of the other things. De anima iii. 4; 429 a 18. It is necessary then that it be unmixed since it knows [νοεῖ] all things, as Anaxagoras says, in order that it may rule, that is, that it may know [γνωρίζῃ]. De part. anim. iv. 10; 687 a 7. Anaxagoras says that man is the most intelligent of animals because he has hands. De plant. i.; 815 a 16. Anaxagoras said that plants are animals and feel pleasure and pain, inferring this because they shed their leaves and let them grow again. De plant. i.; 816 b 26. Anaxagoras said that plants have these (motion and sensation) and breathing. De plant. i.; 817 a 26. Anaxagoras said that their moisture is from the earth, and on this account he said to Lechineos that the earth is mother of plants, and the sun father. De X. Z. G. ii.; 976 b 20. Anaxagoras busying himself on this point, was satisfied with saying that the void does not exist, nevertheless he says beings move, though there is no void. Meta. i. 3; 984 a 11. Anaxagoras of Klazomenae, who preceded him (Empedokles) in point of age and followed him in his works, says that the first principles are infinite in number; for nearly all things being made up of like parts (homoeomeries), as for instance fire and water, he says arise and perish only by composition and separation, and there is no other arising and perishing, but they abide eternal. Meta. i. 3; 984 b 8. Besides these and similar causes, inasmuch as they are not such as to generate the nature of things, they (again compelled, as we said, by the truth itself) sought the first principle which lay nearest. For perhaps neither fire nor earth nor any other such thing should fittingly be or be thought a cause why some things exist and others arise; nor is it well to assign any such matter to its voluntary motion or to chance. Moreover one who said that as mind exists in animals, so it exists in nature as the cause of the universe and of all order, appeared as a sober man in contrast with those before who spoke rashly. Meta. i. 4; 985 a 18. Anaxagoras uses mind as a device by which to construct the universe, and when he is at a loss for the cause why anything necessarily is, then he drags this in, but in other cases he assigns any other cause rather than mind for what comes into being. Meta. i. 8; 989 a 30. And if any one were to assume that Anaxagoras said the elements were two, he certainly would assume it according to a principle which that one did not describe distinctly; nevertheless he would follow along a necessary path those who guided him. For though it is strange particularly that he said all things had been mixed together at first, and that they must first have existed unmixed because they came together, and because chance had not in its nature to be mingled with chance; and in addition to this it is strange that he should separate qualities and accidental characteristics from essences (for there is mixture and separation of these), nevertheless if any one should follow him and try to put together what he wanted to say, perhaps he would seem to speak in a very novel manner. For when nothing was separated, clearly it was not possible to say anything true of that essence, I mean to say that anything was white or black or grey or any other colour, but everything was necessarily colourless; for it might have any of these colours. In like manner it is tasteless, nor according to the same line of argument could it have any other of the like qualities; for it could not have any quality, or quantity, or anything. For then one of what are sometimes called forms would exist for it, and this is impossible when all things are mixed together; for it would have been already separated, and he says that all things are mixed together except mind, and this alone is unmixed and pure. It results from these views that he says the first principles are unity (for this is simple and unmixed), and what is different from unity, such as we suppose the undefined to be before it was defined and partook of any form. So he does not speak rightly or clearly, still he means something like those who spoke later and with greater clearness. Meta. iii. 5; 1009 b 25. And he called to mind the saying of Anaxagoras that just such things as men assume will be real for them. Meta. iii. 7; 1012 a 26. The thought of Anaxagoras ... that some things exist between contradictory propositions, so that all things are false; for when they are mixed together, the mixture is neither good nor not-good, so that there is nothing true to be said. Meta. x. 6; 1063 b 25. According to the position of Herakleitos, or of Anaxagoras, it is not possible to speak the truth. Ethic. vi. 5; 1141 b 3. Wherefore they say that Thales and Anaxagoras and such wise men are lacking in intelligence, when they see them ignorant in things that are for their own advantage, and they say they know things extraordinary and wonderful and dreadful and divine, but these are of no use, because they do not seek human good. Ethic. x. 9; 1179 a 13. And Anaxagoras did not seem to regard the rich man nor yet the powerful man as the happy one when he said he would not be surprised if any one appeared strange to the many; for these judge by what is outside, for that is all they can see. PASSAGES IN THE DOXOGRAPHISTS REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS.
Source: Schol. in Gregor. Naz. Migne 36, 911. (Cf. Hermes xiii. 4, Diels.)
Source: Schol. in Gregor. Naz. Migne 36, 911. (Cf. Hermes xiii. 4, Diels.)
Testimonia
Contents — 14 sections
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet
- Aet
- Theophr
- Phys. op. Fr. 19; Dox. 493. See Aet. ii. 29; Dox. 360, translated above, p. 255.
- Phys. opin. Fr. 23; Dox. 495. And the third opinion about the sea is that the
- Theophr. de sens. 27; Dox. 507
- Cic. de Nat
- Hipp
- Sun and moon and all the stars are fiery stones that are borne about by the
- And winds arise when the air is rarefied by the sun, and when objects are set
- Herm
Aet
Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 279. Anaxagoras of Klazomenae declared that homoeomeries are the first principles of things. For he thought it most difficult to understand how anything should arise out of not-being, or perish into not-being. Certainly we take simple food of one kind, such as the bread of Demeter, and we drink water; and from this nourishment there are nurtured hair, veins, arteries, sinews, bones, and the other parts. Since these arise we must acknowledge that in the nourishment that is taken are present all realities, and from them everything will grow. And in that nourishment there are parts productive of blood and of sinews and bones and the rest; these are the parts that may be discovered by contemplation. For it is not necessary to perceive everything by sense, how that bread and water give rise to these things, but the parts may be discovered in them by contemplation. From the fact that parts exist in the nourishment like the things that are generated, he called them homoeomeries, and declared that they are the first principles of things; and he called the homoeomeries matter, but the active cause that arranges all things is mind. And he began thus: All things were together and mind arranged and disposed them. So we must assert that he associated an artificer with matter. i. 7; 299. Anaxagoras says that bodies are established according to first principles, and the mind of God arranged them and caused the generations of all things. i. 7; 302. The mind that made the universe is God. i. 14; 312. Anaxagoras: The homoeomeries are of many shapes. i. 17; 315. Anaxagoras and Demokritos: The elements are mixed by juxtaposition. i. 24; 320. (See p. 241. i. 29; 326.) Anaxagoras and the Stoics: Cause is not evident to human reason; for some things happen by necessity, and others by fate, and others by purpose, and others by chance, and others of their own accord. i. 30; 326. Anaxagoras: Origination is at the same time composition and separation, that is, genesis and destruction.
Aet
Aet. Plac. ii. 1; 327. The universe is one. ii. 4; 331. The universe is perishable. ii. 8; 337. Diogenes and Anaxagoras: After the universe arose and the animals were brought forth out of the earth, it tipped somehow of its own accord towards its south part, perhaps intentionally, in order that some parts of the universe might be inhabited and others uninhabited according as they are cold, or hot, or temperate. ii. 13; 341. Anaxagoras: The surrounding aether is of a fiery nature, and catching up stones from the earth by the power of its rotation and setting them on fire it has made them into stars. ii. 16; 345. Anaxagoras et al.: All the stars move from east to west. ii. 21; 351. Anaxagoras: The sun is many times as large as the Peloponnesos. ii. 23; 352. Anaxagoras: The solstices are due to a repulsion of the air towards the south, for the sun compressed it and by condensation made it strong. ii. 25; 356. Anaxagoras and Demokritos: The moon is a fiery solid body having in itself plains and mountains and valleys. ii. 29; 360. Anaxagoras, as Theophrastos says, attributed eclipses to bodies below the moon which sometimes come in front of it. ii. 30; 361. Anaxagoras says that the unevenness of the composition (the surface of the moon) is due to the mixture of earthy matter with cold, since the moon has some high places and some low hollows. And the dark stuff is mingled with the fiery, the result of which is the shadowy appearance; whence it is called a false-shining star.
Aet
Aet. Plac. iii. 1; 365. Anaxagoras: The shadow of the earth falls along this part of the heaven (the milky way), when the sun is beneath the earth and does not shed light on all things. iii. 2; 366. Anaxagoras and Demokritos: (Comets etc.) are due to the conjunction of two or more stars, and the combination of their rays. 367. The so-called shooting stars come darting down from the aether like sparks, and so they are immediately extinguished. iii. 3; 368. Anaxagoras: When the hot falls on the cold (that is, aether on air), it produces thunder by the noise it makes, and lightning by the colour on the black of the cloud, and the thunderbolt by the mass and amount of the light, and the typhoon by the more material fire, and the fiery whirlwind by the fire mixed with cloud. iii. 4; 371. Anaxagoras: Clouds and snow are formed in somewhat the same manner; and hail is formed when, already cooled by its descent earthwards, it is thrust forth from frozen clouds; and it is made round. iii. 5; 373. Anaxagoras: (The rainbow) is a reflection of the sun’s brightness from thick cloud, and it is always set opposite the star which gives rise to the reflection. And in a similar way he accounts for the so-called parhelia, which take place along the Pontos. iii. 15; 379. Anaxagoras: (Earthquakes take place) when the air falls on the thickness of the earth’s surface in a sheltered place, and it shakes the surrounding medium and makes it tremble, because it is unable to effect a separation. iii. 16; 381. Anaxagoras: When the moisture which was at first gathered in pools was burned all around by the revolution of the sun, and the fresh water was evaporated into saltness and bitterness, the rest (of the sea) remained.
Aet
Aet. Plac. iv. 1; 385. Anaxagoras: The Nile comes from the snow in Ethiopia which melts in summer and freezes in winter. iv. 3; 387. Anaxagoras et al.: The soul is of the nature of air. iv. 5; 392. The intelligence is gathered in the breast. The soul is imperishable. iv. 9; 396. Anaxagoras et al.: Sensations are deceptive. 397. Sensations arise part by part according to the symmetry of the pores, each particular object of sense corresponding to a particular sense (organ). iv. 19; 409. Anaxagoras: Sound arises when wind falls on solid air, and by the return of the blow which is dealt to the ear; so that what is called an echo takes place.
Aet
Aet. Plac. v. 7; 420. Anaxagoras, Parmenides: Males are conceived when seed from the right side enters the right side of the womb, or seed from the left side the left side of the womb; but if its course is changed females are born. v. 19; 430. As Anaxagoras and Euripides say: Nothing of what is born dies, but one thing separated from one part and added to another produces different forms. v. 20; 432. Anaxagoras: All animals have reason that shows itself in activity, but they do not have a sort of intelligence that receives impressions, which may be called the interpreter of intelligence. v. 25; 437. Anaxagoras: Sleep is due to a weariness of the body’s energy; for it is an experience of the body, not of the soul; and death is the separation of the soul from the body.
Theophr
Theophr. Phys. opin. Fr. 4; Dox. 479. Theophrastos says that the teaching of Anaxagoras is much like that of Anaximandros; for Anaxagoras says that in the separation of the infinite, things that are akin come together, and whatever gold there is in the all becomes gold, and whatever earth becomes earth, and in like manner each of the other things, not as though they came into being, but as though they were existing before. And Anaxagoras postulated intelligence (νοῦν) as the cause of motion and of coming into being, and when this caused separation worlds were produced and other objects sprang forth. He might seem, he says, to make the material causes of things taking place thus infinite, but the cause of motion and of coming into being one. But if one were to assume that the mixture of all things were one nature undefined in form and in amount, which he seems to mean, it follows that he speaks of two first principles, the nature of the infinite and intelligence, so that he appears to treat all the material elements in much the same manner as Anaximandros.
Phys. op. Fr. 19; Dox. 493. See Aet. ii. 29; Dox. 360, translated above, p. 255.
Phys. op. Fr. 19; Dox. 493. See Aet. ii. 29; Dox. 360, translated above, p. 255.
Phys. opin. Fr. 23; Dox. 495. And the third opinion about the sea is that the
Phys. opin. Fr. 23; Dox. 495. And the third opinion about the sea is that the water which filters and strains through the earth becomes salt because the earth has such flavours in it; and they point out as a proof of this that salt and saltpetre are dug up out of the earth, and there are bitter flavours at many places in the earth. Anaxagoras and Metrodoros came to be of this opinion.
Theophr. de sens. 27; Dox. 507
Theophr. de sens. 27; Dox. 507. Anaxagoras held that sensation takes place by opposite qualities; for like is not affected by like. And he attempts to enumerate things one by one. For seeing is a reflection in the pupil, and objects are not reflected in the like, but in the opposite. And for many creatures there is a difference of colour in the daytime, and for others at night, so that at that time they are sharpsighted. But in general the night is more of the same colour as the eyes. And the reflection takes place in the daytime, since light is the cause of reflection; but that colour which prevails the more is reflected in its opposite. In the same manner both touch and taste discern; for what is equally warm or equally cold does not produce warm or cold when it approaches its like, nor yet do men recognise sweet or bitter by these qualities in themselves, but they perceive the cold by the warm, the drinkable water by the salt, the sweet by the bitter, according as each quality is absent; for all things are existing in us. So also smell and hearing take place, the one in connection with breathing, the other by the penetration of sound into the brain; for the surrounding bone against which the sound strikes is hollow. And every sensation is attended with pain, which would seem to follow from the fundamental thesis; for every unlike thing by touching produces distress. And this is evident both in the duration and in the excessive intensity of the sensations. For both bright colours and very loud sounds occasion pain, and men are not able to bear them for any long time. And the larger animals have the more acute sensations, for sensation is simply a matter of size. For animals that have large, pure, and bright eyes see large things afar off, but of those that have small eyes the opposite is true. And the same holds true of hearing. For large ears hear large sounds afar off, smaller ones escape their notice, and small ears hear small sounds near at hand. And the same is true of smell; for the thin air has the stronger odour, since warm and rarefied air has an odour. And when a large animal breathes, it draws in the thick with the rarefied, but the small animal only the rarefied, so that large animals have a better sense of smell. For an odour near at hand is stronger than one far off, because that is thicker, and what is scattered is weakened. It comes about to this, large animals do not perceive the thin air, and small animals do not perceive the thick air.
Cic. de Nat
Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 11; Dox. 532. Whence Anaxagoras, who was a pupil of Anaximenes, first taught that the separation and character of all things were determined and arranged by the power and reason of infinite mind; but in this he fails to see that no motion can be connected with and contiguous to infinite sensation, and that no sensation at all can exist, by which nature as a whole can feel a shock. Wherefore if he meant that mind is as it were some sort of living being, there will be something inside of it from which that living being is determined. But what could be inside of mind? So the living being would be joined with an external body. But since this is not satisfactory, and mind is ‘open and simple,’ joined with nothing by means of which it can feel, he seems to go beyond the scope of our intelligence.
Hipp
Hipp. Phil. 8; Dox. 561. After him came Anaxagoras of Klazomenae, son of Hegesiboulos. He said that the first principle of the all is mind and matter, mind the active first principle, and matter the passive. For when all things were together, mind entered and disposed them. The material first principles are infinite, and the smaller ones of these he calls infinite. And all things partake of motion when they are moved by mind and like things come together. And objects in the heavens have been ordered by their circular motion. The dense and the moist and the dark and the cold and all heavy things come together into the midst, and the earth consists of these when they are solidified; but the opposite to these, the warm, the bright, the dry, and the light move out beyond the aether. The earth is flat in form, and keeps its place in the heavens because of its size and because there is no void; and on this account the air by its strength holds up the earth, which rides on the air. And the sea arose from the moisture on the earth, both of the waters which have fallen after being evaporated, and of the rivers that flow down into it. And the rivers get their substance from the clouds and from the waters that are in the earth. For the earth is hollow and has water in the hollow places. And the Nile increases in summer because waters flow down into it from snows †at the north.†
Sun and moon and all the stars are fiery stones that are borne about by the
Sun and moon and all the stars are fiery stones that are borne about by the revolution of the aether. And sun and moon and certain other bodies moving with them, but invisible to us, are below the stars. Men do not feel the warmth of the stars, because they are so far away from the earth; and they are not warm in the same way that the sun is, because they are in a colder region. The moon is below the sun and nearer us. The sun is larger than the Peloponnesos. The moon does not have its own light, but light from the sun. The revolution of the stars takes them beneath the earth. The moon is eclipsed when the earth goes in front of it, and sometimes when the bodies beneath the moon go in front of it; and the sun is eclipsed when the new moon goes in front of it. And the solstices are occasioned because the sun and the moon are thrust aside by the air. And the moon changes its course frequently because it is not able to master the cold. He first determined the matter of the moon’s phases. He said the moon is made of earth and has plains and valleys in it. The milky way is a reflection of the light of the stars which do not get their light from the sun. The stars which move across the heavens, darting down like sparks, are due to the motion of the sphere.
And winds arise when the air is rarefied by the sun, and when objects are set
And winds arise when the air is rarefied by the sun, and when objects are set on fire and moving towards the sphere are borne away. Thunders and lightnings arise from heat striking the clouds. Earthquakes arise from the air above striking that which is beneath the earth; for when this is set in motion, the earth which rides on it is tossed about by it. And animals arose in the first place from moisture, and afterwards one from another; and males arise when the seed that is separated from the right side becomes attached to the right side of the womb, and females when the opposite is the case. He was in his prime in the first year of the eighty-eighth Olympiad, at the time when it is said Plato was born. They say that he became endowed with knowledge of the future.
Herm
Herm. I. G. P. 6; Dox. 652. Anaxagoras takes me aside and instructs me as follows:—Mind is the first principle of all things, and it is the cause and master of all, and it provides arrangement for what is disarranged, and separation for what has been mixed, and an orderly universe for what was disorderly.
Testimonia
- Testimonium 1 (Aristotle and Theophrastus on the originator of atomism)
- Testimonium 2 (The Great Diakosmos)
- Testimonium 3 (Leucippus and the Eleatics)
Testimonium 1 (Aristotle and Theophrastus on the originator of atomism)
It is true that the very existence of Leukippos has been called in question. Epicurus is reported to have said there never was such a philosopher, and the same thing has been maintained in quite recent times. On the other hand, Aristotle and Theophrastos certainly made him the originator of the atomic theory, and they can hardly have been mistaken on such a point.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. IX, §§171–172.
Testimonium 2 (The Great Diakosmos)
What that work was, Theophrastos also tells us. It was the Great Diakosmos usually attributed to Demokritos. This means further that what were known later as the works of Demokritos were really the writings of the school of Abdera, and included, as was natural, the works of its founder.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. IX, §§171–172.
Testimonium 3 (Leucippus and the Eleatics)
Theophrastos says distinctly that he had been a member of the school of Parmenides, and his words suggest that the founder of that school was then still at its head. Theophrastos also appears to have said that Leukippos "heard" Zeno, which is very credible. We shall see, at any rate, that the influence of Zeno on his thinking is unmistakable.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. IX, §§171–172.
Fragments
Contents — 8 sections
Fragment B1
In the beginning any discourse, it seems to me that one should make one’s starting-point something indisputable, and one’s expression simple and dignified. R. P. 207.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 1 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B2
My view is, to sum it all up, that all things are differentiations of the same thing, and are the same thing. And this is obvious ; for, if the things which are now in this world — earth, and water, and air and fire, and the other things which we see of Successions, that he had “ heard " Anaximenes is due to the usual confusion. He was doubtless, like Anaxagoras, " an associate of the philosophy of Anaximenes.” Cf. Chap. VI. § 122. * Aristoph. Clouds, 227 sqq,, where Sokrates speaks of '* mixing his subtle thought with the kindred air," and especially the words plq; I i\K€i wpbs abrv iKfidSa Trjs tftpovrLSos, For the see Beare, P* 59 - » SimpL Phys, p, 151, 24 (R. P. 207 a). * Simplicius says lipsi 4 >virtd\ 6 yovs, but he adds that Diogenes called them <ro<t>i(rral, which is the older word. This is, so far, in favour of the genuineness of the work. ® Diels gives this as £r. 6 {Vors. 51 b 6). I have omitted it, as it really belongs to the history of Medicine. existing in this world — if any one of these things, I say, were different from any other, different, that is, by having a substance peculiar to itself ; and if it were not the same thing that is often changed and differentiated, then things could not in any way mix with one another, nor could they do one another good or harm. Neither could a plant grow out of the earth, nor any animal nor anything else come into being unless things were composed in such a way as to be the same. But all these things arise from the same thing ; they are differentiated and take different forms at different times, and return again to the same thing. R. P. 208.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 2 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B3
For it would not be possible for it without intelligence to be so divided, as to keep the measures of all things, of winter and summer, of day and night, of rains and winds and fair weather. And any one who cares to reflect will find that everything else is disposed in the best possible manner.- R. P. 210.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 3 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B4
And, further, there are still the following great proofs. Men and all other animals live upon air by breathing it, and this is their soul and their intelligence, as will be clearly shown in this work ; while, when this is taken away, they die, and their intelligence fails. R. P. 210.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 4 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B5
And my view is, that that which has intelligence is what men call air, and that all things have their course steered by it, and that it has power over all things. For this very thing I hold to be a god, and to reach everywhere, and to dispose everything, and to be in eveiything ; and there is not an3rthing which does not partake in it. Yet no single thing partakes in it just in the same way as another ; but there are many modes both of air and of intelligence. For it undergoes many transformations, warmer and colder, drier and moister, more stable and in swifter motion, and it has many other differentiations in it, and an infinite number of colours and savours. And the soul of all living things is the same, namy, air warmer than that outside us and in which we are, but much colder than that near the sun. And this warmth is not alike in any two kinds of living creatures. certain correction. It is confirmed by the statement of Theophrastos that Diogenes caUed the air within us " a small portion of the god (de Sens. 42) ; and by Philodemos {Dox. p. 536), where we read that Diogenes prais Homer, rbv a4pa yiip atrrby Ala vofjJitip alv, iireidij irdv cldivai rbv Ala Tiiyei (c£. Cic. Nat. D. i. 12, 29). nor, for the matter of that, in any two men ; but it does not . differ much, only so far as is compatible with their being alike. At the same time, it is not possible for any of the things which are differentiated to be exactly like one another till they all once more become the same.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 5 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B6
Since, then, differentiation is multiform, living creatures are multiform and many, and they are like one another neither ■ in appearance nor in intelligence, because of the multitude of differentiations. At the same time, they all live, and see, and hear by the same thing, and they all have their intelligence from the same source. R. P. 211.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 6 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B7
And this itself is an eternal and undying body, but of those things some come into being and some pass away.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 7 (Diels's arrangement).
Fragment B8
But this, too, appears to me to be obvious, that it is both great, and mighty, and eternal, and undying, and of great knowledge. R. P. 209.
Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §II, fr. 8 (Diels's arrangement).
Testimonia
Testimonium 1 (Hippolytus, Refutation i. 9)
Archelaos was by birth an Athenian, and the son of Apollodoros. He spoke of the mixture of matter in a similar way to Anaxagoras, and of the first principles likewise. He held, however, that there was a certain nnxture immanent even in Nous. And he held that there were two efficient causes which were separated off from one another, namely, the warm and the cold. The former was in motion, the latter at rest. When the water was liquefied it flowed to the centre, and there being burnt up it turned to earth and air, the latter of which was borne upwards, while the former took up its position below. These, then, are the reasons why the earth is at rest, and why it came into being. It lies in the centre, being practically no appreciable part of the universe. (But the air rules over all things),* being produced by the burning of the fire, and from its original combustion comes the substance of the heavenly bodies. Of these the sun is the largest, and the moon second ; the rest are of various sizes. He says that the heavens were inclined, and that then the sun made light upon the earth, made the air transparent, and the earth dry ; for it was originally a pond, being high at the circumference and hollow in the centre. He adduces as a proof of this hollowness that the sun does not rise and set at the same time for all peoples, as it ought to do if the earth were level.
Hippolytus, _Refutation_ i. 9 (R. P. 218), as translated in Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §III.
Testimonium 2 (Hippolytus, Refutation i. 9)
As to animals, he says that when the earth was first being warmed in the lower part where the warm and the cold were mingled together, many living creatures appeared, and especially men, all having the same manner of life, and deriving their sustenance * 'Apaay6peL0L are mentioned by Plato [Cra. 409 b 6), and in the Awro-ol \6yo(, (of. p. 29, «. 3). It is also to be noted that Plato {Farm, 126 a, b) represents certain <j>CK6<To<pot. from Klazomenai as coining to Athens after the deatb of Sokrates for the purpose of getting an accurate account of the famous conversation between Parmenides and the young Sokrates (§ 84) « from the slime ; they did not live long, and later on generation from one another began. And men were distinguished from the rest, and set up leaders, and laws, and arts, and cities, and so forth. And he says that Nous is implanted in all animals alike ; for each of the animals, as well as man, makes use of Nous, but some quicker and some slower.
Hippolytus, _Refutation_ i. 9 (R. P. 218), as translated in Burnet, _Early Greek Philosophy_ (4th ed., 1930), Ch. X, §III.
Encomium on Helen
Contents — 14 sections
Section 1
Embellishment to a city is the valor of its citi-zens ; to a person, comeliness ; to a soul, wisdom ; to a deed, virtue ; to discourse, truth. But the opposite to these is lack of embellishment. Now a man, woman, discourse, work, city, deed, if deserving of praise must be honored with praise, but if undeserv-ing must be censured. For it is alike aberration and stultification to censure the commendable and com-mend the censurable.
Section 2
It is the duty of the same individual both to pro-claim justice wholly, and to declaim against injustice holily, to confute the detractors of Helen, a woman concerning whom there has been uniform and univer-sal praise of poets and the celebration of her name has been the commemoration of her fame. But I desire by rational calculation to free the lady's reputation, by disclosing her detractors as prevaricators, and by revealing the truth to put an end to error'. THE CLASSICAL WEEKLY 123
Section 3
That in nature and nurture the lady was the fairest flower of men and women is not unknown, not even to the few, for her maternity was of Leda, her paternity immortal by generation, but mortal by repu-tation, Tyndareus and Zeus, of whom the one was reputed in the being, the other was asserted in the affirming; the former, the greatest of humanity, the latter, the lordliest of divinity.
Section 4
Of such origin she was endowed with godlike beauty, expressed not suppressed, which inspired in many men many mad moods of love, and she, one lovely person, assembled many personalities of proud ambition, of whom some possessed opulent riches, others the fair fame of ancient ancestry; others the vigor of native strength, others the power of acquired wisdom ; and all came because of amorous contention and ambitious pretention.
Section 5
Who he was, however, who won Helen and attained his heart's desire, and why, and how, I will riot say, since to give information to the informed conduces to confirmation but conveys no delectation. Passing over in my present discourse the time now past, I will proceed to the beginning of my intended discussion and will predicate the causes by reason of which it was natural that Helen went to Troy.
Section 6
For either by the disposition of fortune and the ratification of the gods and the determination of necessity she did what she did, or by violence con-founded, or by persuasion dumbfounded or to Love surrendered. If, however, it was against her will, the culpable should not be exculpated. For it is impossible to forestall divine disposals by human pro-posals. It is a law of nature that the stronger is not subordinated to the weaker but the weaker is subjugated and dominated by the stronger; the strong-er is the leader while the weaker is the entreater. Divinity surpasses humanity in might, in sight, and in all else. Therefore, if on fortune and the deity we must visit condemnation, the infamy of Helen should find no confirmation.
Section 7
But if by violence she was defeated and unlaw-fully she was treated and to her injustice was meted, clearly her violator as a terrifier was importunate, while she, translated and violated, was unfortunate. Therefore, the barbarian who verbally, legally, actu-ally attempted the barbarous attempt, should meet with verbal accusation, legal reprobation and actual con-demnation. For Helen who was violated and from her fatherland separated and from her friends segre-gated should justly meet with commiseration rather than with defamation. For he was the victor and she was the victim. It is just therefore to sympa-thize with the latter and anathematize the former.
Section 8
But if it was through \iyot's reception and the soul's deception it is not difficult to defend the situa-tion and forefend the accusation, thus. AAyot is a powerful potentate, who with frailest, feeblest frame works wonders. For it can put an end to fear and make vexation vanish; it can inspire exultation and increase compassion.
Section 9
I will show how this is so. For I must indicate this to my hearers for them to predicate. All poetry I ordain and proclaim to be composition in meter; the listeners of which are affected by passionate trepi-dation and compassionate perturbation and likewise tearful lamentation, since through discourse the soul suffers, as if its own, the felicity and infelicity of property and person of others.
Section 10
Come let us turn to another consideration. In-spired incantations are provocative of charm and revocative of harm. For the power of song in asso-ciation with the belief of the soul captures and en-raptures and translates the soul with witchery. For there have been discovered arts twain of witchery and sorcery, which are consternation to the heart and perturbation to art.
Section 15
Now, it has been shown that, if Helen was won over by persuasion, she is deserving of commisera-tion, and not condemnation. The fourth accusation I shall now proceed to answer with a fourth refuta-tion. For if love was the doer of all these deeds, with no difficulty will she be acquitted of the crime attributed to her. The nature of that which we see is not that which we wish it to be but as it chances to be. For through the vision the soul is also in various ways smitten.
Section 19
If, then, the eye of Helen, charmed by Alexan-der's beauty gave to her soul excitement and amorous incitement, what wonder? How could one who was weaker, repel and expel him who, being divine, had power divine? If it was physical diversion and psychical perversion, we should not execrate it as reprehensible but deprecate it as indefensible. For it came to whom it came by fortuitous insinuations not by judicious resolutions; by erotic compulsions, not by despotic machinations.
Section 20
How, 'then, is it fair to blame Helen who, whether by love captivated, or by word persuaded, or by violence dominated, or by divine necessity sub-jugated, did what she did, and is completely absolved from blame?
Section 21
By this discourse I have freed a woman from evil reputation; I have kept the promise which I made in the beginning ; I have essayed to dispose of the injustice of defamation and the folly of allega-tion; I have prayed to compose a lucubration for-Helen's adulation and my own delectation.
The Choice of Heracles
Contents — 8 sections
Introduction (Memorabilia 2.1.21)
And that wise man Prodicus delivers himself in a like strain concerning virtue in that composition of his about Heracles, which crowds have listened to. This, as far as I can recollect it, is the substance at least of what he says:
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
The two women appear (2.1.21–22)
"When Heracles was emerging from boyhood into the bloom of youth, having reached that season in which the young man, now standing upon the verge of independence, shows plainly whether he will enter upon the path of virtue or of vice, he went forth into a quiet place, and sat debating with himself which of those two paths he should pursue; and as he there sat musing, there appeared to him two women of great stature which drew nigh to him. The one was fair to look upon, frank and free by gift of nature, her limbs adorned with purity and her eyes with bashfulness; sobriety set the rhythm of her gait, and she was clad in white apparel. The other was of a different type; the fleshy softness of her limbs betrayed her nurture, while the complexion of her skin was embellished that she might appear whiter and rosier than she really was, and her figure that she might seem taller than nature made her; she stared with wide-open eyes, and the raiment wherewith she was clad served but to reveal the ripeness of her bloom. With frequent glances she surveyed her person, or looked to see if others noticed her; while ever and anon she fixed her gaze upon the shadow of herself intently.
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
Vice speaks (2.1.23–25)
"Now when these two had drawn near to Heracles, she who was first named advanced at an even pace towards him, but the other, in her eagerness to outstrip her, ran forward to the youth, exclaiming, 'I see you, Heracles, in doubt and difficulty what path of life to choose; make me your friend, and I will lead you to the pleasantest road and easiest. This I promise you: you shall taste all of life's sweets and escape all bitters. In the first place, you shall not trouble your brain with war or business; other topics shall engage your mind; your only speculation, what meat or drink you shall find agreeable to your palate; what delight of ear or eye; what pleasure of smell or touch; what darling lover's intercourse shall most enrapture you; how you shall pillow your limbs in softest slumber; how cull each individual pleasure without alloy of pain; and if ever the suspicion steal upon you that the stream of joys will one day dwindle, trust me I will not lead you where you shall replenish the store by toil of body and trouble of soul. No! others shall labour, but you shall reap the fruit of their labours; you shall withhold your hand from nought which shall bring you gain. For to all my followers I give authority and power to help themselves freely from every side.'
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
Heracles asks her name (2.1.26)
"Heracles hearing these words made answer: 'What, O lady, is the name you bear?' To which she: 'Know that my friends call be Happiness, but they that hate me have their own nicknames for me, Vice and Naughtiness.'
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
Virtue speaks (2.1.27–28)
"But just then the other of those fair women approached and spoke: 'Heracles, I too am come to you, seeing that your parents are well known to me, and in your nurture I have gauged your nature; wherefore I entertain good hope that if you choose the path which leads to me, you shall greatly bestir yourself to be the doer of many a doughty deed of noble emprise; and that I too shall be held in even higher honour for your sake, lit with the lustre shed by valorous deeds. I will not cheat you with preludings of pleasure, but I will relate to you the things that are according to the ordinances of God in very truth. Know then that among things that are lovely and of good report, not one have the gods bestowed upon mortal men apart from toil and pains. Would you obtain the favour of the gods, then must you pay these same gods service; would you be loved by your friends, you must benefit these friends; do you desire to be honoured by the state, you must give the state your aid; do you claim admiration for your virtue from all Hellas, you must strive to do some good to Hellas; do you wish earth to yield her fruits to you abundantly, to earth must you pay your court; do you seek to amass riches from your flocks and herds, on them must you bestow your labour; or is it your ambition to be potent as a warrior, able to save your friends and to subdue your foes, then must you learn the arts of war from those who have the knowledge, and practise their application in the field when learned; or would you e'en be powerful of limb and body, then must you habituate limbs and body to obey the mind, and exercise yourself with toil and sweat.'
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
Vice interrupts (2.1.29)
"At this point, (as Prodicus relates) Vice broke in exclaiming: 'See you, Heracles, how hard and long the road is by which yonder woman would escort you to her festal joys. But I will guide you by a short and easy road to happiness.'
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
Virtue answers (2.1.30–33)
"Then spoke Virtue: 'Nay, wretched one, what good thing hast thou? or what sweet thing art thou acquainted with--that wilt stir neither hand nor foot to gain it? Thou, that mayest not even await the desire of pleasure, but, or ever that desire springs up, art already satiated; eating before thou hungerest, and drinking before thou thirsteth; who to eke out an appetite must invent an army of cooks and confectioners; and to whet thy thirst must lay down costliest wines, and run up and down in search of ice in summer-time; to help thy slumbers soft coverlets suffice not, but couches and feather-beds must be prepared thee and rockers to rock thee to rest; since desire for sleep in thy case springs not from toil but from vacuity and nothing in the world to do. Even the natural appetite of love thou forcest prematurely by every means thou mayest devise, confounding the sexes in thy service. Thus thou educatest thy friends: with insult in the night season and drowse of slumber during the precious hours of the day. Immortal, thou art cast forth from the company of gods, and by good men art dishonoured: that sweetest sound of all, the voice of praise, has never thrilled thine ears; and the fairest of all fair visions is hidden from thine eyes that have never beheld one bounteous deed wrought by thine own hand. If thou openest thy lips in speech, who will believe thy word? If thou hast need of aught, none shall satisfy thee. What sane man will venture to join thy rablle rout? Ill indeed are thy revellers to look upon, young men impotent of body, and old men witless in mind: in the heyday of life they batten in sleek idleness, and wearily do they drag through an age of wrinkled wretchedness: and why? they blush with shame at the thought of deeds done in the past, and groan for weariness at what is left to do. During their youth they ran riot through their sweet things, and laid up for themselves large store of bitterness against the time of eld. But my companionship is with the gods; and with the good among men my conversation; no bounteous deed, divine or human, is wrought without my aid. Therefore am I honoured in Heaven pre-eminently, and upon earth among men whose right it is to honour me; as a beloved fellow-worker of all craftsmen; a faithful guardian of house and lands, whom the owners bless; a kindly helpmeet of servants; a brave assistant in the labours of peace; an unflinching ally in the deeds of war; a sharer in all friendships indispensable. To my friends is given an enjoyment of meats and drinks, which is sweet in itself and devoid of trouble, in that they can endure until desire ripens, and sleep more delicious visits them than those who toil not. Yet they are not pained to part with it; nor for the sake of slumber do they let slip the performance of their duties. Among my followers the youth delights in the praises of his elders, and the old man glories in the honour of the young; with joy they call to memory their deeds of old, and in to-day's well-doing are well pleased. For my sake they are dear in the sight of God, beloved of their friends and honoured by the country of their birth. When the appointed goal is reached they lie not down in oblivion with dishonour, but bloom afresh--their praise resounded on the lips of men for ever. Toils like these, O son of noble parents, Heracles, it is yours to meet with, and having endured, to enter into the heritage assured you of transcendant happiness.'"
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.
Conclusion (2.1.34)
This, Aristippus, in rough sketch is the theme which Prodicus pursues in his "Education of Heracles by Virtue," only he decked out his sentiments, I admit, in far more magnificent phrases than I have ventured on. Were it not well, Aristippus, to lay to heart these sayings, and to strive to bethink you somewhat of that which touches the future of our life?
Xenophon, _Memorabilia_ 2.1.21–34, as translated by H. G. Dakyns (1897). Prodicus's fable, DK 84 B 2, as reported (and paraphrased) by Xenophon.